
Glass _^?.C_ % U l 
Book ZD*1 $. 



OopightN . 



9 69 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. 



ECLECTIC EDUCATIONAL SERIES. 



NEW 



FRENCH METHOD, 



BY 

F. DUFFET, 

Ojficier d' Academie ; Professor of Languages; Member of the 
"Association Poly technique" Paris. 



REVISED, AND ADAPTED TO THE USE OF AMERICAN 
SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES, 



BY 

ALFRED HENNEQUIN, Ph. D. 

Instructor in French and German in the University of Michigan J 

Author of "A New Treatise on the French Verbs" 

u First French Reading Lessons" etc. 



NEW YORK •:• CINCINNATI •:• CHICAGO 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 



LIBRARY of CONGRESS 
Two Copies Received 

FEB Zt 1909 

. Copyright Entry ~ 

t)LASS c^- XXc No, 

COPY 8. 



-pea" 1 




REMARKS TO TEACHERS. 



We would respectfully advise teachers using this book to 
adopt the plan of study suggested hereafter: 

1st. Lay all possible stress on a correct pronunciation. Do 
not, however, delay the study of the Grammar proper too long. 
Should the students find the application of the rules on pronun- 
ciation too difficult, give the rules yourself in connection with 
practical illustrations from the words of the "Lessons;*' and 
then, at some later time, review the rules in the book. 

2d. If the exercises are too long for the time allotted to the 
study of French, assign certain portions in each of the exer- 
cises, both from the beginning and the end of the "Lesson." 

3d. Use the French Exercises, at the end of Part First (p. 199), 
in connection with the first twenty-five lessons. 

4th. Begin the study of the Verbs, — as independent work, — 
as soon as the scholars have become familiar with the pronun- 
ciation. Devote whole recitations to this portion of the Gram- 
mar once in a while. If necessary, use a separate work, deal- 
ing with the Verbs only, especially if you wish to begin to read 
before Part First has been completed. 

5th. When the "Reader" is first introduced, attach a great 
deal of importance to the words, explaining, when this is pos- 
sible, their relation to English or their formation in French ; 
and use the text principally as a means of reviewing and ex- 
plaining the Grammar. 

6th. Make conversation, from the very beginning, an impor- 
tant phase of the study of the language. 



Copyright, 1873, by Wilson, Hinkle & Co. 

Copyright, 1881, by Van Antwerp, Bragg & Co. 

Copyright, 1909, b}' Alfred Hennequin. 



DUFF. HENIM F| 
L 6 



PKEFACE. 



This revised edition of Professor Duffet's French 
Method does not differ in the main from the original 
work, which has, in a very short time, become so fa- 
vorably known in Europe and in this country. It is 
I still an eminently " Progressive and Practical French 
i Method for the Study of the French Language." 

The object to be attained in studying a foreign lan- 
guage is certainly to understand it, to speak it, and to 
write it at the earliest possible moment. With this in 
view, Professor Duffet introduces the student to the 
language itself in its most useful and practical forms 
from the very beginning. Before the twenty-five "Les- 
sons " composing the Part First have been studied, the 
learner already understands and can apply most of the 
principles of the grammar of the language, and has be- 
come tolerably familiar with French conversation. It 
is, in fact, a colloquial grammar, simple but thorough, 
short and complete. 

We do not claim, as reviser, to have added much to 
the intrinsic value of the work. Our object has been 
to adapt the book to the requirements of American 
schools and colleges : our principal task having consisted 
in an endeavor to facilitate the acquirements of some 
of the leading features of the work. Most of the im- 
portant changes that have been made occur in Part 

dii) 



iv PREFACE. 

First, in which have been introduced numerous tables 
and diagrams, explaining the parts of speech in a 
more systematic form than Prof. Duffet had attempted. 
Short rules have also been given where deemed advisa- 
ble, and many of the original rules have been re-worded. 

Part Second has called for very few changes aside 
from the introduction of Tables and Diagrams. The or- 
der of the Rules of Syntax has been maintained. 

The verbs have also been left in the order given by 
Prof. Duffet, and the same classification retained. We 
have, however, given an enlarged formation of the 
tenses, adding numerous references to the same, thereby 
doing away, to a very great extent, with the mechan- 
ical memorizing of the irregular verbs. Various other 
minor changes have also been made in the verbs, mostly 
through the introduction of Tables and Diagrams. 

We hope that this revised edition of Prof. Duffet's 
French Method will continue to receive the same de- 
gree of favor accorded to the original work, and that 
the new features will prove to be useful to the teach* 
ers and students of the language. 

ALFRED HENNEQUIN. 

University of Michigan, ■» 

Ann Arbor, April, 1881. / 



CONTENTS. 



Part I. 



Remarks to Teachers 

Preface 

The Alphabet . 

Accent .... 

Vowels .... 

Nasal Sounds 

Diphthongs . 

Consonants . 

Union of Words . 
First Lesson. — The Definite Article .... 

The Indefinite Article 

Partitive Articles 



Pronunciation. 



Second Lesson. 



page 

2 
3 
9 
10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
17 
18 
20 
21 



Third Lesson. 



f Position of the Adjective 23 

<- Contracted Articles 24 



Fourth Lesson. — Gender of Nouns 25, : 

Fifth Lesson. —Plural of Substantives and Adjectives 28,; 



Sixth Lesson. 



Seventh Lesson. 



Eighth Lesson. 



Vocabulary 31 

Possessive Adjectives 32 

_ Personal Pronouns, 3d person .... 32 

f The Possessive Case 35 

Demonstrative Adjectives and Pronouns . 36 

How to Ask Questions 38 

Feminine of Adjectives 39 

Gender and Number of Adjectives . . 41 

J Resume" of the Different Articles ... 41 

I Comparison of Adjectives 42 

f Interrogative Forms ...... 44 

■j Use of Definite Article (Special) ... 45 

[ Relative Pronouns 45, 46 

Ninth Lesson. — To be able, pouvoir 49 

f Vocabulary 52 



Tenth Lesson. 



Eleventh Lesson. 



Twelfth Lesson. 

Thirteenth Lesson. 
Fourteenth Lesson. 
Fifteenth Lesson. 



■{ Possessive and Personal Pronouns , 

[ Interrogative quel, etc. . 

( Vocabulary 

Special Meaning of certain Adjectives 

Cardinal Numbers .... 

Ordinal Numbers . 

Names of the Months 

f Vocabulary 

v Impersonal Form, y avoir 
f Objective, denoting Substance 
<■ Interrogative Forms .... 
Imperfect and Past Definite 

f Vocabulary ... . 



Personal Pronouns 



53 
55 
57 
58 
61 
62 
63 
63 
64 
67 
70 
71 
75 
78-81 



(V) 



vi CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Sixteenth Lesson. — The Past Indefinite 82 

Seventeenth Lesson. j Vocabu lary 85 

<■ Use of c'est and ce sont .... 86 
C Definite Article with Names of Countries . 89 

Eighteenth Lesson. -j En and a with Countries and Cities . . 89 
[ Pronoun it 90 

Nineteenth Lesson. j Vocabulary .94 

<• Tenses after quand and si .... 95 

Twentieth Lesson. — Use of the Imperative 98-100 

f Vocabulary 101 

! Expressions of Time 102 

j The Verb 104 

Twenty-First Lesson. -j Reflective and Passive Verbs .... 105 

j Unipersonal Verbs 106 

| Primitive and Derivative Tenses . . .106 
I Formation of Tenses 107-112 

TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. { S^™^ ^\ 113 

*• The Adjective tout 114 

Twenty-Third Lesson. { ^finite Article, with Titles, etc. . . . 117 

<■ Use of the Preposition chez .... 117 

Twenty-Fourth Lesson. — Use of il, y, a 121 

Twenty-Fifth Lesson. i rT _ " *,'.," 

<■ Use of quelque chose ; dont le . . . 126 

Conjugation of avoir 129-133 

Names of the Tenses in French 129 

Conjugation of §tre 134-137 

Synopsis of avoir and gtre 137 

The Four Conjugations 138 

Terminations of the First Conjugation 138 

The Verb aimer 139-142 

Remarks on Verbs of First Conjugation 142 

List of Regular Verbs of First Conjugation 143 

Terminations of the Second Conjugation . 144 

The Verb finir 145, 146 

Regular Verbs, like finir 147 

Verbs like sentir and couvrir . . . _. 148 

Sentir, ouvrir and venir 149 

Irregular Verbs, like venir and tenir 150 

Terminations of the Third Conjugation — The Verb recevoir . . 151 

Terminations of the Fourth Conjugation — The Verb vendre . . 154 

Verbs like paraitre and croitre 157 

Verbs like conduire 158 

Verbs like oindre and plaindre, — Reflective Verbs .... 159 

Conjugation of s'habiller 160 

List of Reflective Verbs 161 

Passive Verbs 162 

Unipersonal Verbs 163 

The Irregular Verbs 165 

List and Conjugation of the Irregular and Defective Verbs . 166-176 



CONTENTS. 



vil 



PAGE 

Objective Case after Verbs 176 

Verbs requiring a 178 

Verbs requiring de 179 

Principal Adverbs 180 

Formation of Adverbs 182, 183 

Principal Prepositions 184 

Principal Conjunctions and Interjections 185 

Common Phrases 186-190 

Familiar Dialogues 190-199 

French Exercises for Translation 199-208 



Part II. 

Relation of English to French — Prefixes 209 

English and French Suffixes 210 

Suffixes to Nouns, Adjectives, and Verbs 211 

[ Religion ; Insects, and Fishes . . .212 

Vocabularies. -! The Human Body; The Country . . .213 

t Articles for the Use of Ladies . . . .213 

First Lesson. — Use of on 214 

Second Lesson. — Business Terms— Use of en 218 

(Commercial Terms 221 
Use of v and ou 222 
o y * + u A *• 1 „" 

Syntax of the Article 225 
Repetition of the Article 228 

f Commercial Terms 229 

Fourth Lesson. -j Use of falloir and devoir .... 229 
[ Use of avoir besoin de 230 

_ | Commercial Terms 233 

Fifth Lesson. n . . . , 

<- Use of voulorr and pouvoir. ... 233 

f Use of n'est-ce pas 237 

: Use of faire de, venir de . . . .238 
Sixth Lesson. \ gyntax Qf the Noun 24Q 

[ Substantives derived from Verbs . . .243 

Seventh Lesson. — Use of Infinitive and Participle 244 

Eighth Lesson. — Use of Infinitive 248 

f Trades 251 

! Unipersonal Verbs -252 

Ninth Lesson. Syntax of the Adjective 255 

[ Adjectives, Meaning dependent on Position 258 

f Countries 259 

Tenth Lesson. 1 Si, aussi, trop, tel, demi .... 260 

f The Weather 263 

I Syntax of the Pronoun 266 

Eleventh Lesson. \ Repetition of the Pronouns .... 267 

! Use of le, la, les 268 

[ Use of tel, chaque, and chacun. . . 269 



The Subjunctive Mode. 



viii CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Twelfth Lesson. — Geographical Terms 271 

THIRTEENTH LESSON. { * h \ H °T ' ^ ' u 27 f 

<- Syntax of the Verb 278 

Rule I 278 

Rule II 280 

Rule III 281 

Rule IV ,282 

. Rules V and VI 283 

Concord of Tenses. — Rules I and II 285 

The Present Participle 288 

Past Participle, Rule 1 289 

Rule II 290 

Rule III 291 

Past Participle, followed by an Infinitive . 293 

Past Participle of Reflective Verbs. . . 294 

Past Participle of an Impersonal Verb. . 296 

Fourteenth Lesson. — Games .299 

( Musical Instruments 303 

Fifteenth Lesson. -j The Adverb 306 

{ Negation 307 

Sixteenth Lesson. — Out-door Exercises . 308 

-Seventeenth Lesson. —Implements 312 

x f The Theater 315 

Eighteenth Lesson. i TT . „ 1n 

<• Use of que .319 

Use of coup 321 



The Participle. 



Nineteenth Lesson. . T 

t Invitations, etc 323 

f Use of tenir 324 

Twentieth Lesson. { m% ^ %%Q 327 

Twenty-First Lesson. — Diseases and Deformities 328 

Twenty-Second Lesson. —The City 332 

Twenty-Third Lesson. — Miscellaneous 336 

„-,.(' Marriage 339 

Twenty-Fourth Lesson. { The present Participle 340 

Twenty-Fifth Lesson. — Virtues and Vices 343 

Miscellaneous Phrases 346-362 

Selections.— Sobriete, 362; Affection Conjugate, 362; Opinion de Jefferson sur 
le Peuple Frangais, 363; Le Philosophe Vaincu, 363; Le Page, 364; Maniere 
de Demander un Sou, 364; Priere d'un Enfant, 365; La Fille de Robert, 365; 
L'etrange Nageur, 366; La Fuite Heureuse, 367; Les Gages d'un Roi, 367; 
Danger de la D6sobeissance, 368-370; Le Voleur de Grand Chemin, 370; Le 
Cceur d'une Mere, 370; Scarron, 371; Absence d'Esprit de Newton, 371: Ac- 
tivite" et Indolence, 372; Henri IV., 372; Politesse Rustique, 373; Sterne, 374; 
Anecdote de Tompion, 374 ; Anecdote d'un Grenadier, 375 ; La Chevre Recon- 
naissante, 375; Le Chien Fidele, 376; Le Marechal Turenne, 377; Gustave 
Adolphe, 377 ; Le Mordeur Mordu, 378 ; Mourir en Vain, 378 ; L'esprit d'York- 
shire, 379 ; Un Gros Ane, 379 ; Une Conscience Tendre, 380 ; Les Colons, 380- 
385; Noces de Henri IV., 385-389; Est-ce un Reve, 389; L'homme au Masque 
de fer, 392; Histoire d'un Lievre, 393. 



DUFFET'S 



FRENCH METHOD 



P^RT FIRST. 



Pronunciation. 

The French alphabet is composed of the following 
twenty-five letters, which are divided into vowels and 
consonants : 





PRONOUNCED. 




PRONOUNCED. 


a, 


ah. 




n, 


n, 


ne. 


b, 


bay, 


be. 


o, 


0. 




c, 


say, 


ce, he. 


P, 


pay, 


pe. 


d, 


day, 


de. 


q, 


ku, 


he. 


e, 


a. 




r, 


heir, 


re. 


f, 


#, 


fe. 


s, 


ess, 


se. 


g, 


JWi 


ghe. 


t, 


tay, 


te. 


h, 


ash, 


he. 


u, 


uh. 




i, 


e. 




v, 


vay, 


ve. 


h 


jee, 


P- 


x, 


eeks, 


kse. 


k, 


hah, 


he. 


y, 


e grec. 




1, 


ell, 


le. 


z, 


zed. 




m, 


m, 


me. 


w 


is calle 


i doul 



The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, y. 

The compound vowels are ai, eu, ou: ai has two pronuncia- 
tions, b or 6. The pronunciation of u is not like any English 
vowel. 

(9) 



10 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Accent. 

In the French language there are three accents which 
are placed on the vowels to modify their pronunciation ; 
but they belong principally to the e. 

U accent aigu (6), the accute accent; as in ete, summer; verite, 
truth; celebrity, celebrity. 

L 'accent grave (e), the grave accent; as in per e, father ; mere, 
mother ; fidele, faithful. 

U accent circonflexe (S), the circumflex accent; as in m§me, even, 
same ; prSter, to lend ; pate, paste ; apotre, apostle. 

The circumflex accent often represents a letter which has been 
suppressed, as in pate, formerly spelled paste ; meme, mesme ; 
forSt, forest ; epitre, epistre, epistle ; age, aage, age, etc. 

If e be without the accent, it is generally either pronounced 
short or not at all, and is called e mute. 

Table, pronounce tabl' ; porte, door, pronounce port ; venir, to 
come, pronounce v'nir; besoin, pronounce b'soin, etc. 

The accent aigu is only used on the e ; the accent grave is also 
used on a ; the accent circonflexe, or the long accent, occurs in the 
vowels a, e, i, o, u, and lengthens them — ame, t§te, ile, cote, 
flute. 

Besides the three above accents, the French language has the 
following accentual marks: 

The trema (I, e), two points which are sometimes placed over 
a vowel : hair, to hate ; ambigue, ambiguous. 

The cedille (c), which is sometimes placed under c before a, 
o, u: effaca, effacons, recut. 

The apostrophe ('), which takes the place of a, e, or i; Pamie, 
l'enfant, s'il, for la amie, le enfant, si il. 

The trait d' union (-), hyphen, which joins two words: porte- 
plume, dit-elle, §tes-vousP 



PR ONUNCIA TION. 



n 



Vowels. 

a is pronounced like the a of rather: 



ma, my. 
mal, bad. 



table, table. 
madame^ madam. 



arbre, tree. 
carte, card. 



6 is pronounced like ai of retain. 

et6, 6een. rosee, dew. 

idee, idea. pre, meadow. 



bonte, 

celebre, celebrated. 



er, ez, ai are generally pronounced like 6 

parler (parle), to speak. 
chanter (chante), to sing. 



vous parlez (parle 1 ), you 
j'ai, J have. 



e, ais, ai, ei, § are pronounced like ea in measure: 

mere, mother. aile, wing. vaine, vain. tSte, /lead 

j'avais, I had. veine, vein. peine, trouble. reine, queen. 

6, au, eau are pronounced like o in no; o like o in not: 

or, ^oZd. robe, dress. tableau, picture. eau, water. 

tort, wrong, rose, rose. bientot, soon. cause, cause. 

ou is pronounced like oo in cool: 
fou, /ooZ. trou, Tiofe. bout, end. 

oi is pronounced like wa in was: 
moi, me, I. foi, /aif/i. quoi P what ? voix, voice. 

eu, ceu are pronounced like u of hurt: 



heureux, happy. 
feu, fire. 



peur, /ear. 
beurre, butter. 



soeur, sister. 
boeuf, oee/, ox. 



u is pronounced by contracting the mouth ; it has no cor- 
responding sound in English, and must be learned from the 
teacher : 



murmurer, to murmur 
pur, pure. 



lune, moon. 
plume, pen. 

y, i are pronounced alike — as e in be: 
rivre, to live. utile, useful. 



rue, street. 
rhume, cold. 



style, style. 



12 BUFFETS FRENCH METHOD. 

y is generally pronounced like two French i's ; always so be- 
tween two vowels : 

pays, pron. pai-i, country. payer, pron. pai-ier, to pay. 

paysage, " pai-isage, landscape, croyant, " croi-iant, believing. 
envoyer, " envoi-ier, to send. essuye, " essui-ie, wiped. 



Nasal Sounds — Sons Nasal. 

There are four nasal sounds peculiar to the French 
language, and represented by m, n, preceded by one or 
two vowels. 

an, in, on, un. 

an Are all pronounced much like an (broad) in want: 
ean gant, glove. Jean, John. tentant, tempting. 

en grand, tall. enfant, child. rampant, creeping. 

am membre, member. remplir, to fill. 

em 
ien is pronounced like yan in Yankee; as, chien, dog. 

in These are all pronounced without sounding n, like 
im an of the English w 7 ord anger: 
aim lin,flax. syntaxe, syntax. 

ain Vin, wine. sympathie, sympathy. 

ein important, important. feindre, to feign. 

yn faim, hunger. plaindre, to pity. 

ym pain, bread. peindre, to paint. 

bain, bath. 

ion Pronounce somewhat like on of the word wrong, a 
om little more broad and nasal: 
eon bon, good. ombre, shade. 

bonbon, sweetmeat. montons, let us go up. 
mangeons, let us eat. songeons, let us think. 
f un Pronounce much like un of the word young: 
4 th. \ um brun, brown. quelqu'un, somebody. 

I eun humble, humble. a jeun, fasting. 

parfum, perfume. commun, common. 



1st 



2d. 



PRONUNCIATION. 13 

If the m or n of the above combinations is doubled, or 
occurs between two vowels, there is no nasal sound ; as, annee, 
inattendu, etc. 

The following are for practice on the nasal sounds: 

combien, how much. un jambon, a ham. 

comment, how. un enfant, a child. 

invention, invention. imposition, tax. 

compenser, to compensate. un an, a year. 
vengeance, vengeance. consequence, consequence. 

imminent, imminent. tentation, temptation. 

un bon chien, a good dog. 

un bon gant, a good glove. 

humblement, humbly. 

honteusement, shamefully. 

nous cbangeons, we change. 

un grand banc, a large bench. 

1 or 11, preceded by i in the middle or at the end of a word, 
has the liquid sound found in the English word brilliant. Ai, 
preceding 1 or 11, has the sound of a in mat. 

travailler, to work. seuil, threshold. 

eventail, fan. feuille, leaf. 



corail, coral. sommeil, 

oseille, sorel. Versailles, Versailles. 

soleil, sun. ceil, eye. 



Diphthongs. 

When two vowels are pronounced by a single impulse 
of the voice, as, oi, oin, ien, ia, ie, ie, io, ien, ua, ue, iu, 
ian, ion, they are called diphthongs. 

roi, king; noir, black; soin, care; coin, corner; bien, good; rien, 
nothing; diacre, deacon; amitie, friendship; lumiere, light; 
mediocre, middling; milieu, middle; suave, sweet; suivre, to 
follow; viande, meat; nation, nation; passion, passion. 



14 DTJFFETS FRENCH METHOD. 

If two vowels be pronounced separately, the latter 
takes the trema: 

naif, artless. aieul, grandfather. hair, to hate. 

heroine, heroine. Noel, Christmas. paien, pagan. 



Consonants. 

A final consonant is generally silent : plomb, lead ; 
aplomb, perpendicular; port, harbor; fort, strong; fusil, 
gun; gout, taste. 

B is pronounced as in English : bas, stocking ; baton, stick. 

C before e and i is pronounced like s: ceci, this; citron, lemon. 
C before a, o, u, and before the consonants s, 1, n, r, t, 
sounds like k, except when the cedilla is added; c sounds 
like s. 

cahier, copy-book. croire, to believe. garcon, boy. 

couteau, knife. clou, nail. recu, received. 

cuisine, kitchen. craindre, to fear. placa, placed. 

C final sounds like k: sec, dry; sac, bag. It is silent in some 
words: pore, pork; tabac, tobacco; blanc, white; franc, free; 
tronc, trunk. 

Ch is pronounced like sh in English. 

D has the same sound as in English: David. D final sounds 
like t when followed immediately by a word commencing 
with a vowel or h mute, in the union (la liaison) of the two 
words : un grand homme, pronounce un grantomme ; vend- 
elle, pronounce ventelle, etc. 

F is pronounced as in English, fievre, fever. F final is generally 
sounded: soif, thirst; chef, chief; oeuf, egg; bceuf, ox; but in 
clef, chef-d'oeuvre, ceufs, bceufs, f is silent. (For neuf, see 
p. 52.) 



PR ON UNCI A TION. 



15 



G before e and i is soft, and is sounded like j : genie, genius; 
agir, to act. G before a, o, u, and consonants is hard: 
gar<jon, boy ; gorge, throat ; aigu, sharp, grand, great ; gloire, 
glory, etc. gn is sounded somewhat like n in senior; igno- 
rance ; seigneur, lord; saigner, to bleed; etc. For the liaison, 
g has the sound of k on a vowel or mute h: sang humain 
is pronounced sankhumain, etc. 



H is mute in most '. 


French woi 


*ds; as, l'homme, man 


; l'honneur, 


honor } 


; l'hero'ine, 


the heroine 


, etc. H 


is aspirated 


in the fol- 


lowing words: 










hableur 


halte 


hareng 


have 


hideux 


houss 


hache 


hamae 


hargneux 


havre 


hierarchie 


houx 


hagard 


hameau 


haricot 


havresac 


Hollande 


huchc 


haie 


hanche 


haridelle 


heler 


homard 


hu6e 


haillon 


hangar 


harnais 


hennir 


honte 


huguenot 


haine 


hanneton 


harpe 


Henri 


horde 


huit 


hair 


hanter 


harpie 


hSraut 


hors 


burner 


haire 


harangue 


hasard 


h6risson 


hotte 


huppe 


halage 


haras 


hater 


heron 


Hottentot 


hure 


hale 


harasser 


hausser 


h6ros 


houblon 


hurler 


haUe 


harceler 


haut 


herse 


houille 


hussard 


hallebarde hardes 


haut-bois 


heurter 


houlette 




hallier 


hardi 


hauteur 


hibou 


houppe 





There is no elision before the aspirated h : la haie, not l'haie, 
etc. There is no liaison before the aspirated h: les heros 
pronounce le h6ros, not lezheros, etc. 

J is pronounced like s in measure: jamais, never; jour, day, etc. 

K is pronounced as in English: kilogramme, kilogram. 

L is sounded at the end of some words ; as, fil, thread ; Br§sil, 
Brazil; Nil, Nile; mil, mille, thousand; profil; ville, town, etc. 
See p. 13 for the liquid 1, 11. L is silent in baril, barrel; 
coutil, ticking ; fils, son; fusil, gun; outil, tool; persil, parsley, 
pouls, pulse, etc. 

M as in English. It is silent in automne, and in the nasal 
sounds: temps, rompre, etc. 

N as in English. It is silent in nasal sounds: enfant. 



16 DVFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

P is generally sounded as in English. However, it is silent in 
bapteme, baptiser, compte, compter, dompter, exempt, sept. 
P final is silent : coup, blow ; drap, cloth, etc. ; except cap, 
cape, and proper names. It is not carried to the next word, 
except in trop and beaucoup. 

Qu is pronounced like k : quatre, quel, qui. 

K is like the English r in rich, with a little greater force. 

rire, to laugh. retrouver, to find again. 

rare, scarce. retourner, to return. 

rougeatre, reddish. montre, watch. 

trouver, to find. arbre, tree. 

Practice br, cr, dr, fre, gr, pr, tr, pourrai, pourra, pourrons, 
pourrez, pourront; croitrai, croitra, croitrons, croitrez, croi- 
trant ; montrerai, montrera, montrerons, montrerez, montre- 
ront. K is not sounded at the end of the words ending in 
ier : premier, first ; dernier, last ; and at the end of words 
ending in cher, ger: cocher, coachman; berger, shepherd, etc. 
R is not sounded at the end of verbs ending in er, unless 
when followed by a vowel: aimer (aim6), to love; donner 
(donne), to give, etc. Aimer a chanter, pronounce aimera 
chante, etc. R is sounded at the end of verbs ending in 
ir, and in monosyllables: flnir, choisir, car, cor, pur, voir, 
cher, fer. 

S is pronounced like s in sum when beginning the word, or 
after a consonant, but like z between two vowels. 

sante, health. saison (z), season. 

depense, expense. raison, reason. 

insulte, insult. poison, poison. 

observer, to observe. vision, vision. 

Sc is pronounced as in English: scene, science, conscience, 
scandale. Sen is pronounced like sh: scbisme, schelling. 
S final is generally silent: pas, step; mais, but; jus, juice; 
progres, succes, etc.; but sounded like s in aloes, atlas, 
blocus, gratis, iris, mais, moeurs, manners, etc. S, when 
joined to the initial letter of the next word, is sounded 
like z on the following vowel or mute h: les amis, le-zamis? 
mes enfants, m6-zenfants ; trois hommes, troi-zommes. 



UNION OF WOEDS. 17 

T is pronounced like t in English : toute, all. T has the sound 
of s in the combinations tial, tiel, tion: partial, essentiel, 
nation, providentiel, etc. T has this same pronunciation (s) 
in ineptie, minutie, prophetie, aristocratie, democratie, etc. 
But t has its proper sound in garantie, moitiS, amitie, 
chantier, metier, trade. Th always sounds like t: the, tea; 
these, thesis. 

V, W, have the same pronunciation, v. 

X initial is pronounced gz : Xavier, Xenophon. X after an initial 
e is also pronounced gz : exemple, earil, examiner. X not 
following an initial e is pronounced ks : Alexandre, maxime, 
sexe. 

Z sounds like a soft s: zele, zeal; douze, twelve. Z final is gen- 
erally silent: nez, nose; chez, at; allez, go; venez, come; 
sortez, go out, etc. ; except gaz, gas; Suez (z), Metz (ss). 



Union of Words — Liaison des Mots. 

The final consonant of a word is sounded with the 
initial vowel of the following w r ord, whenever the two 
w r ords are so connected with each other that there can 
be no pause between them. 

Vos enfants sont-ils arrives, pronounce vo-zenfants son-til- 
zarriv6s. S sounds like z ; d has the sound of t ; g of k ; x of z ; 
f of v. 

lis ont eu deux enfants, pronounce il-zon-teu deu-zenfants. 
C'est un grand ami de neuf ans, " ce-tun gran-tami de neu-vans. 
Nous avons deux ou trois amis, " nou-zavons deu-zou troi-zamis. 

In words ending in rt, rd, carry on r, not t, d : tort ou raison, 
pronounce to-rou raison. In words ending in ct, carry on e as k, 
not t: respect a la vieillesse, pronounce respe-ka la vieillesse. 
The ear, practice, and taste will be the best guides. 

N. B. — The union of words depends more on euphony than 
on actual rules. 

D. F. M.-2. 



FIRST LESSON*— Premiere Leeon. 



The bread, le pain. 

The meat, la viande. 

The eggs, les ceufs, m. 

The wine, le vin. 

The beer, la biere. 

The glasses, les verres, m. 



The sugar, le sucre. 
The milk, le lait. 
The water, l'eau, /. 
The knife, le couteau. 
The spoon, la cuillere. 
The fork, la fourchette. 



The 



Sing. 



Plur. 



{*■ 



The Definite Article. 

1. Le, m, used before masculine singular words be- 

ginning with a consonant or aspirated h. 

2. La, /, used before feminine singular words be- 

ginning with a consonant or aspirated h. 

3. L', m and /, used before masculine or feminine 
singular words beginning with a vowel or mute h. 

Les, m and /, used before masculine or feminine 
plural words. 



When a noun is taken in a general sense, it takes the 
article le, la, P, les, in French. 



Wine, le vin. 
Beer, la biere. 



Water, l'eau, /, 
Eggs, les ceufs, m. 



The article is repeated before every noun, and before 
every word used as a noun having a separate meaning. 
The wine, beer, and water: Le vin, la biere, et l'eau. 

Let us notice immediately that besides the article, the pro- 
noun, the preposition, etc., are repeated in French. 

Study and conjugate, affirmatively and interrogatively, the 
present indicative of the auxiliary avoir, p. 130. 



* Before committing to memory the words of every lesson, the student must 
be sure of the correctness of his pronunciation. 

(18) 



THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 



19 



Yes, sir. 
No, madam. 
And. 



Oui, monsieur. 

Non, madame. 
Et. 



Yes — oui, and also si, si fait. 

The affirmative answer to a sentence without nega- 
tion is oui; but with a negation in familiar style, the 
affirmative answer is generally si or si fait. 



Do you not love your mother 
I do love her. 



N'aimez-vous pas votre mere ? 
Si, je l'aime. 



EXAMPLES. 



Have you the bread? 

Yes, sir, I have the bread. 

Has he the meat? 

Yes, madam, he has the meat. 

Has she the eggs? 

She has the eggs. 

Have you the wine? 

Yes, we have the wine. 

Have they the beer? 

They have the beer and glasses. 

Have they the sugar? 

They have the sugar and milk. 

Have you the knife? 

I have the knife, fork, and spoon. 



Avez-vous le pain? 
Oui, monsieur, j'ai le pain. 
A-t-il la viande? 
Oui, madame, il a la viande. 
A-t-elle les ceufs? 
Elle a les ceufs. 
Avez-vous le vin? 
Oui, nous avons le vin. 
Ont-ils la biere ? 
lis ont la biere et les verres. 
Ont-elles le sucre? 
Elles ont le sucre et le lait. 
Avez-vous le couteau? 
J'ai le couteau, la fourchette, et 
la cuillere. 



1. 



Have you the glasses? Yes, I have the glasses. — Has he 
the bread? He has the bread and the wine. — Has she the 
sugar ? She has the sugar and water. — Have you the beer ? 
I have the beer ? — Have you the knife and the fork ? We have 
the knife, spoon, fork, and meat. — Have they the milk? They 



20 DUFFETS FRENCH METHOD. 

have the milk and the sugar. — Have they (/.) the eggs? Yes, 
they have the eggs and the bread. — Has he the meat ? He 
has the meat, bread, and wine. — Have you the water ? I have 
the water, the sugar, and bread. — Who (qui) has the milk? 
We have the milk. — Have you also (aussi) the water? Yes, 
we have the milk and the water. 



SECOND LESSON— Deuxieme Lecon. 



A plate, une assiette. 
A bottle, une bouteille. 
A decanter, une carafe. 
A dish, un plat. 
Some (or any) butter, du beurre. 
" coffee, du cafe. 



Some (or any) tea, du th6. 

chocolate, du choeolat. 
cream, de la crSme. 
cheese, du fromage. 
pepper, du poivre. 
salt, du sel. 



Eeview present indicative of avoir in the four forms. Page 130. 
Indefinite Article. 

A, an, [ 1. Un, m. s., used before masculine singular words, 
or j 
one. { 2. Une, /. s., used before feminine singular words. 

I have a dish, J'ai un plat. 

I have a bottle, J'ai une bouteille. 

I have one plate, J'ai une assiette. 

Not, ne,* . . . pas. Only, but, ne . . . que, settlement. 

Place ne before the verb, and pas or que after the 

verb. 

I have not a decanter, Je n'ai pas une carafe. 

I have not a dish, Je n'ai pas un plat. 

_ fJe n'ai qu'une bouteille. 

I have only a bottle, 1 _, . , . , ... 

" (J'ai seulement une bouteille. 

I have but one plate, Je n'ai qu'une assiette. 



* Most monosyllabic words ending with e mute reject this letter before a vowel or 
silent h. 



PARTITIVES. 



21 



Partitive Articles. 



Some or any; 

(also of or 

from the.) 



Sing. 



Plur. 



Du, m. used before masculine singular 

words beginning with a consonant or 

aspirated h. 
De la, /, used before feminine singular 

words beginning with a consonant or 

aspirated h. 
De P, m. and /., used before masculine or 

feminine singular words beginning with 

a rou'eZ or silent h. 
Des, _pZw?\ used before masculine or /<ew- 

irawe plural words. 



N. B. The above partitive articles follow the same rules, as to 
the classes of words with which they are used, as have been 
given for the Definite Article. 

Some or any, of it, thereof, of them, en. 

When the partitive noun* is "understood, en is used 
instead of du, de la, de P, des, and is placed before the 
verb, except in the imperative affirmative. 



Save you any bread f 
I have, i. e., I have some, 
Have you anyf 
We have not (any). 
Get some. 



Avez-vous du pain? 

J'en ai. 

En avez-vous? 

Nous n'en avons pas. 

Procurez-en. (Imp. Affir.' 



The preposition de is used instead of du, de la, de F, 
des, whatever be the gender or number of the partitive 
noun : 

1st. In a negative-partitive sentence. 

2d. When an adjective precedes the partitive noun. 



I have no butter. 
I have good butter. 



Je n'ai pas de beurre. 
J'ai de bon beurre. 



*A partitive noun is one with which some or any is used. Some or any is. 
however, frequently understood in English. 



22 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



E X AMPLES 



Has she any chocolate? 

She has some chocolate. 

She has some. 

Have we any teat 

We have no tea. 

We have none. 

Have you no cheese ? 

No, but we have some cream. 

Have they any pepper f 

They have some pepper and salt. 

Have they (/.) not a decanter. 

They have one. 

They have none. 

Have you a plate f 

I have a plate and a dish. 

I have but one 



Have you not also a dishf 
Who has a dish? 
I have no dish. 



A-t-elle du chocolatP 
Elle a du chocolat. 
Elle en a. 

Avons-nous du the? 
Nous n'avons pas de the. 
Nous n'en avons pas. 
N'avez-vous pas de fromage ? 
Won, mais nous avons de la 

crSme. 
Ont-ils du poivre ? 
lis ont du poivre et du sel. 
N'ont-elles pas une carafe? 
Elles en ont une. 
Elles n'en ont pas. 
Avez-vous une assiette ? 
J'ai une assiette et un plat. 

{Je n'ai qu'une assiette. 
J'ai seulement une assiette. 
N'avez-vous pas aussi un plat? 
Qui a un plat? 
Je n'ai pas de plat. 



2. 



Has he not a decanter and a bottle? He has no decanter, 
but he has a bottle. — Has she not a plate? She has one, but 
she has no dish. — Have you not any salt ? I have some salt 
and pepper. — Have they (/.) any butter? They have some 
butter and cream. — Have they (m.) any cheese? They have 
some cheese and bread. — Have they (m.) no wine? They have 
some. — Have they (/.) any eggs? They have none, but they 
have some milk and cream. — Have you no beer? I have 
none. — Have you any glasses? I have only one. — Have you 
a decanter ? I have only one. — Has she any coffee ? She has 
some coffee and sugar. — Have you a knife? I have one. — 
Have you a spoon and a fork? I have a spoon, but I have no 
fork. — Have you no meat? I have none. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 



23 



THIRD LESSON— Troisieme Lecon, 



Fine, handsome, | beau, bel, m. 
Beautiful, nice, J belle, /. 
Pretty, joli, m. jolie, /. 

Ugly,\ 1&id ' m - ;vn&in ' m - 
{ laide, /. ; vilaine, /. 

Good, kind, nice, bon, m. bonne,/. 

Bad, mauvais, m. e, /. 



Naughty, wicked, 



mechant, m. 
mechante, /. 



Good, (children), sage (wise), 

m. and /. 
Tall, great, large, grand, m. e, /. 
Little, small, petit, m. e, /. 
™ , f court, m. ; petit, m. 



courte, /. petite, /. 
Young, jeune, m. and /. 

m. ; vieux, vieil, m. 
i, /. ; vieille, /. 



Old, 



i 



Bel and vieil are used with masculine singular nouns beginning 
with a vowel or silent h. 

Study and conjugate, affirmatively and interrogatively, the 
indicative present of Stre. See page 134. 



Position of the Adjective — Place de PAdjectif. 

The adjective in French is generally placed after the 
noun to which it relates. It is always placed after it 
when it denotes religion, nationality, color, shape, taste, 
quality, temperature, the matter of which an object is 
composed or made; as well as the participles present 
and past used adjectively; and also many adjectives in 
al, able, ible, ique, if. 

The following usually precede the noun: beau, bon, 
cher (dear), digne (worthy), jeune, joli, mauvais, me- 
chant, meilleur (better), petit, saint (holy), tout (all), 
vieux, vilain, laid, etc., i. e., short adjectives in common 
use. 



Many adjectives may be placed either before or after 
the noun. These will be studied farther on. 



24 



DUFFET'S FBENCH METHOD. 



The adjective, whatever may be its place, agrees in 
gender and number with the noun which it qualifies. 

I have some, good milk, J'ai de bon lait (de not du, before an adj.) 
I have some good cream, J'ai de bonne creme (de, not de la, before 

an adj.) 
I have some red paper, J'ai du papier rouge. (Adj. after the noun.) 

Very. Tres. Well. Bien. 

Very well. Tres-bien. To, at. a. 

It. Ce, or c', with the verb to be. 

It is beautiful. C'est beau. 



To the 

or 
at the. 



Definite Article Contracted with a. 



1. Au. 
Sing. \ 2. A la. 
[3. Al\ 

Plur. \ 4. Aux. 



These contracted articles follow the 
same rules as have already been given 
for the partitive or definite articles. 
(See Lessons 2 and 3; also Lesson 7.1 



EXAMPLES. 



Is he handsome? 

He is handsome. 

Is it fine ? 

It is very fine. 

Is she pretty ? 

She is pretty and hind. 

Are they ugly? 

They are very ugly. 

Is it bad? 

No, it is very good. 

Are you naughty? 

No, we are very good. 

Are they tall? 

No, they are little. 

Are they old? 

They are very old? 

Is she tall? 

/She is tall and young. 



Est-il beau? 

II est beau. 

Est-ce beau? 

C'est tres-beau. 

Est-elle belle? 

Elle est jolie et bonne. 

Sont-ils laids? 

lis sont tres-laids. 

Est-ce mauvais? 

Won, c'est tres-bon. 

Etes-vous m6chantes? (/.) 

Non, nous sommes bien 

Sont-ils grands? (m.) 

Non, ils sont petits. 

Sont-elles vieilles? (/.) 

Elles sont tres-ag6es. 

Est-elle grande? 

Elle est grande et jeune. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 



25 



3. 

Are you naughty ? (/.) No, I am very good. — Is he ugly ? No, 
he is handsome and very good. — Is she pretty ? She is ugly 
and wicked. — Are they (m.) old? They are very old. — Are 
they (/.) kind? They are very kind. — Are you very good? 
We are very good. — Have you any good bread? I have some 
very good bread. — Has he any good wine? No, but he has 
some good beer. — Has she a small decanter? She has no 
decanter, but she has a large bottle. — Have you any good tea? 
We have very bad tea, but we have some good coffee. — Have 
they (m.) any old wine ? They have none. — Have they ( /.) any fine 
forks (fourchettes) ? They have some fine forks and nice little 
spoons. — Have you any cheese? I have some old cheese. — 
Is it a good knife ? No, it is a bad knife. — Have you any 
good milk? I have none. — Have you any small glasses? 
I have none. — Have you a large dish? I have one; I have 
only one; I have none. 



FOURTH LESSON — Quatrieme Legon. 



^fk>laimable,m.and/. 

Kind, J * 

Satisfied, j content> m> e> f 
Pleased, J 

Displeased, mecontent, m. e, /. 
Tired, f fatigue, m. e, /. 
Fatigued, [ las, m. lasse, /. 
Angry (with), fache, m. e, 

(contre). 
Happy, heureux, m. se, /. 
Unhappy, 
Unfortunate, 

The x of adjectives in eux 

Study and conjugate the 
four forms. See page 134. 

D. F. M.— 3. 



mallieu.reux,m.se./. 



Poor, pauvre, m. and /. 

Rich > 1 riche, m. and /. 

Wealthy, J J 

j- J paresseux, m. 

\ paresseuse, /. 
Industrious, 1 laborieuXj m . s6j fm 
Laborious, j 
Clean, propre, m. and /. 
sale, m. and /. 



Dirty, 



\ malpropre, m. and /. 
Miserable, miserable, m. and /. 
Dangerous, dangereux, m. se, /. 

is changed into se for the feminine. 

indicative present of §tre in the 



26 DUFFETS FBENCH METHOD. 

Of the Gender of Nouns* — Du Genre des Noms. 

There are but two genders in French ; the masculine 
and feminine. 

Nouns naming male beings are masculine; as, homrne, man; 
taureau, bull, etc. 

Nouns naming female beings are feminine ; as, femme, woman ; 
jument, mare, etc. 

Certain nouns assume a feminine form when denoting a 
female ; as, voisin, neighbor, voisine, lady neighbor. 

Nouns denoting neither male nor female are of the masculine 
or feminine genders. 

The following are of the masculine gender: 

1. The names of trees, mountains, metals, seasons, months, days. 

2. Nouns ending in al, et, ant, ent. 

3. Those ending in*ege, age, except cage, image, nage, page, plage, 

rage, which are feminine. 

4. Those ending in isme, asme, iste, ime, aume, ome, ome, are 

also generally of the masculine gender. 

5. And all those ending in one of the following letters : b, e, d, 

g, h, k, 1, p, q, y, z. 

The following are of the feminine gender: 

1. The names of fruits, flowers, herbs, sciences, virtues, vices — 

but there are exceptions. 

2. Nouns ending in anee, ence (except silence), esse, eur (except 

bonheur, deshonneur, honneur, malheur), aison, erie, ise, ion, 
te, ude, ure, ade, tie, ee, etc. 

Or. Ou. 

On the contrary. Au contraire. 

Not at all. Pas du tout. 

Also, too. Aussi. 



* If these rules are carefully studied, the student will be able to give the gender 
of a very large number of French nouns. The ear and practice are, however, the 
most correct guides for the distinction between the genders. 



THE ADJECTIVE. 27 



EXAMPLES. 

Is she not very amiable? N'est-elle pas tres-aimable ? 

She is very amiable. Elle est tres-aimable. 

Are you pleased f Etes-vous content? 

On the contrary, lam displeased. Au contraire, je suis mecontent, 

Is he tired f Est?il fatigue? 

He is not tired, but angry. II n'est pas fatigue, mais fache. 

Are you happy f Etes-vous heureux? 

We are not at all happy. Nous ne sommes pas heureux du 

tout. 

Are they not very unhappy? Ne sont-ils pas bien malheureux ? 

They are very unfortunate. lis sont tres-malheureux. 

Are they not poor? Ne sont-elles pas pauvres? 

On the contrary, they are very Au contraire, elles sont tres- 

rich. riches. 

Is she not lazy? N'est-elle pas paresseuse? 

No, she is, on the contrary, very Won, elle est, au contraire, tres- 

industrious. laborieuse. 

Is it clean? Est-ce propre? 

Yes, it is very clean. Oui, c'est tres-propre. 

No, it is very dirty. Mon, c'est tres-sale. 



4. 

Are you angry? I am not at all angry. — Is she not very 
happy? She is, on the contrary, displeased. — Are they (ra.) 
fatigued? They are not (fatigued) . — Are they (/.) happy? 
No, they are very unhappy. — Is he rich? Not at all, he is 
very poor. — Is she not industrious? On the contrary, she is 
lazy. — Are you not pleased? We are displeased. — Is it not 
dirty? It is, on the contrary, very clean. — Are they (/.) very 
amiable? They are not at all amiable. — Are they (m.) angry? 
They are angry, and they are not at all amiable. — Are you not 
industrious ? I am, on the contrary, very lazy. — Have you any 
water? Yes, I have some water. — Have you no wine? I 
have some very good old wine. — Have you any beer? I 
have none. — Have they no good cheese? They have none 
at all. 



28 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



FIFTH LESSON — Cinquieme Legem. 



Very glad (of it), bien aise. 



curieux, m. se, /. 



Inquisitive, 

Curious, 

Sweet, mild, 1 , , „ 

1 ' \. doux, m. douce, /. 

Gentle, j 

Obstinate, entete, m. e, /. 
Strange, Strange, m. and /. 
Astonishing, etonnant, m. e, f. 
Sorry for, fache de. 



New, 



Wet, mouille, m. e, /. 
Necessary, necessaire, m. and /. 

neuf, m. neuve, /. {just 
made.) 

nouveau, m. nouvel, m. 

nouvelle, /. 
Learned, savant, m. e, /. 
Dry, sec, m. seche, f. 
Dark, sombre, m. and /. 



Modest, modeste, m. and f. 

N. B. — The following idiomatic expressions are formed, in 
French, by means of substantives, while the English correspond- 
ing expressions require adjectives; e. g. to be hungry or thirsty, 
etc., is, in French, to have hunger or thirst, etc. 



To be hungry. 


Avoir faim. 


To be thirsty. 


Avoir soif. 


To be right. 


Avoir raison (de) before the inf. 


To be wrong. 


Avoir tort. " " 


To be afraid. 


Avoir peur. " 


To be ashamed. 


Avoir honte. " 


To be sleepy. 


Avoir sommeil. 


To be warm. 


Avoir chaud, J faire chaud. t referring 


To be cold. 


Avoir froid, \ faire froid. "j to the 
Faire humide. [atmosphere 


To be damp. 



Good morning; good day. 
How are youf 

I am very well, thank you; how 

are youf 
How is your mother? 

Did you sleep well last night f 



Bonjour. 

.( Comment vous portez-vous ? or, 
(Comment allez-vous? 
Je me porte tres-bien (or, je vais 

tres-bien), merci; et vous? 
Comment se porte (or, comment 

va) votre mere? 
Avez-vous bien dormi cette nuit ? 



To-night, cette nuit. Here, ici. 

To-day, aujourd'hui. There, la. 



Good-by, au revoir. 
Good-night, bonne nuit. 



ADJECTIVES. 29 

EXAMPLES. 

Are you hungry ? Avez-vous faim P 

/ am hungry and thirsty. J'ai faim et soil 

7s he right? A-t-il raison? 

No, he is wrong. Won, il a tort. 

Is she afraid? A-t-elle peur? 

She is not afraid, she is ashamed. Elle n' a pas peur, elle a honte. 

Are you not sleepy? N'avez-vous pas sommeil? 

We are very sleepy. Nous avons bien sommeil. 

Is it cold? Fait-il froid? 

It is not cold to-day. II ne fait pas froid aujourd'hui. 

Are you warm ? Avez-vous chaud ? 

I am very warm; it is very warm. J'ai bien chaud ; il fait tres-chaud. 

It is damp here. II fait humide ici. 

It is damp to-day. II fait humide aujourd'hui. 

How are your parents ? Comment se portent (or, vont) 

vos parents? 

They are pretty well. lis se portent (or, ils vont), assez 

bien? 



How are you to-day? I am pretty well. — Did you sleep 
well last night ? Very well, thank you. — Are you not hungry ? 
I am very hungry. — Are you thirsty ? No, I am not thirsty. — 
Is she cold? Yes, she is very cold. — Is it cold? It is very 
cold. — Is it not damp? No, it is dry. — Are they not right? 
They are right, we are wrong. — Are they (/.) afraid? They 
are afraid. — Are you not sleepy? I am very sleepy. — She is 
very well. — They (/.) are very well. — Is it cold there? No, 
but it is cold here. — It is astonishing. — Is she modest? She 
is gentle and modest. — Are you very glad? No. — Are you 
obstinate? I am very obstinate. — Is she not inquisitive? She 
is very inquisitive. — Are they wet? No, they are not wet. — 
Bread is very necessary. — You are learned. — The water is not 
clean. —I have some new wine. — How is your father? He is 
very well, thank you. — I am very glad of it. — Good-night. 



DUFFETS FRENCH METHOD. 



Plural of Substantives and Adjectives. 



General Rule. — A substantive, as well as an adjec- 
tive, becomes plural by taking an s. 



the house, the houses. 

the large house, the large houses. 

a good child, good children, 
a black coat, black coats. 



la maisoti, les maisons. 

la grande maison, les grandes 

maisons. 
un bon enfant, de bons enfants. 
un habit noir, des habits noirs. 



Exceptions. — 1. Words ending in s, x, z, remain unchanged 
in the plural. 



the son, the sons, 
happy son, happy sons, 
the walnut, the walnuts. 
the nose, the 



le fils, les fils. 

fils heureux, fils heureux. 

la noix, les noix. 

le nez, les nez. 



2. Words in au, eu, take an x. 

the ring, the rings. 

the picture, the pictures. 

the tomb, the tombs. 

the nice game, the nice games. 

a bad bird, bad birds. 



l'anneau, les anneaux. 
le tableau, les tableaux, 
le tombeau, les tombeaux. 
le beau jeu, les beaux jeux. 
un mauvais oiseau, de mauvais 
oiseaux. 



3. The following words in ou do not follow the general rule, 
but take x instead of s. 



the jewel, the jewels. 

the pebble, the pebbles. 

the cabbage, the cabbages. 

the louse, the lice. 

the knee, the knees. 

the owl, the owls. 

the plaything, the playthings. 



le bijou, les bijoux, 
le caillou, les cailloux. 
le chou, les choux. 
le pou, les poux. 
le genou, les genoux. 
le hibou, les hiboux. 
le joujou, les joujoux. 



4. Words in al change that termination into aux. 



PLURALS. 



31 



the horse, the horses, 
the canal, the canals, 
the animal, the animals. 



le cheval, les chevaux. 
le canal, les canaux. 
Panimal, les animaux, etc. 



Except bal, ball; carnaval, carnival; fatal, fatal; etc., whicL 
follow the general rule: bals, carnavals, fatals, navals, etc. 

5. Words in ail follow the general rule. 

a fan, fans, 
the detail, the 
a rail, rails. 



un 6ventail, des 6ventails. 
le detail, les details, 
un rail, des rails, etc. 



Except the following, which change ail to aux: 



lease, bail, baux. 
coral, corail, coraux. 



air-hole, soupirail, soupiraux. 
work, travail, travaux. 
enamel, email, 6maux. 



6. Some plurals are formed irregularly: 

the eye. l'oeil, les yeux. cattle. b§tail, bestiaux. 

grandfather, aieul, aieux. heaven, sky. del, cieux. 

Some nouns have no singular; as, funerailles, fiangailles, etc. 
Some are used only in the singular ; as, la crainte, la honte, etc. 

Adjectives and verbs used substantively are employed only 
in the singular: as, l'agreable, le comique, le possible, l'avoir, le 
boire, le manger. 



SIXTH LESSON— Sixieme Legon. 



The father, le pere 

The mother, la mere. 

The son, le fils. 

The daughter, la fille. 

The child, l'enfant, m. and /. 

The brother, le frere. 

The sister, la sceur. 



The family, la famille. 

An uncle, un oncle. 

An aunt, une tante. 

A nephew, un neveu. 

A niece, une niece. 

A cousin, un cousin, m. 

A cousin, une cousine, /. 

A friend, un ami, m. une amie, /. 



32 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Study and conjugate, affirmatively and interrogatively, the 
indicative present of aimer. See page 139. 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 



English. Masc. sing. Fern. sing. M. and F. plur. 

My, mon, ma, mes. 

Thy, ton, ta, tes. 

His, her, its, son, sa, ses. 

Our, notre, notre, nos. 

Your, votre, votre, vos. 

Their, leur, leur, leurs. 



These possessive adjectives 
agree, in French, with the 
object possessed; not, as in 
English, with the posses- 
sor. They are always used 
in connection with nouns. 



My father, mother, brothers. 
Thy uncle, aunt, cousins. 
His, her friend, sister, aunts. 
Our nephew and nieces. 
Your brother and sisters. 
Their friend and cousins. 



Mon pere, ma mere, mes freres. 
Ton oncle, ta tante, tes cousins. 
Son ami, sa soeur, ses tantes. 
Notre neveu et nos nieces. 
Votre frere et vos soeurs. 
Leur ami et leurs cousins. 



N. B. — Before a feminine singular noun, beginning with a 
vowel or mute h, mon, ton, son are used instead of ma, ta, sa. 

My soul, mon ame, instead of ma ame. 

His friend, f. son amie, instead of sa amie, etc. 

Him, it, le, m.; her, it, la, /.; him, her, it, 1% m. and /.; them, les, 
m. and /. plur. 

These personal pronouns, third person, singular and plural, are 
placed before the verb, except in the imperative affirmative. They 
stand for the English objective case, or Latin accusative. 



I see him, or it. 
I see her, or it. 
I love him, her, it. 
I see them. 
See them. 

To know. 

Much, very much. 

Better. 



Je le vois. 

Je la vois. 

Je l'aime. 

Je les vois. 

Voyez-les. (Imp. Affir.) 

Connaitre (p. 157), savoir (p. 174). 
Beaucoup (before the object). 
Mieux (before the object). 



POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 



33 



EXAMPLES. 



Do you love your father ? 

I love him very much. 

Does he love his mother? 

He does love her. 

Does she love her parents f 

She does love them. 

Do you know my sons? 

I know your sons and daughters. 

Do they like their niece f 

They like her very much, she is very 

kind. 
Do you like children ? 
Yes, I do like them. 
Do you know my brother? 
I know your sister better. 
Do they like their nephews? 
Not much. 

Have they any friends ? 
Yes, but they have also enemies. 

TJie father loves his daughters. 
The mother loves her sons. 



Aimez-vous votre pere ? 

Je l'aime beaucoup. 

Aime-t-il sa mere ? 

Oui, il l'aime. 

Aime-t-elle ses parents? 

Oui, elle les aime. 

Connaissez-vous mes fils? 

Je connais vos fils et vos filles ? 

Aiment-ils leur niece ? 

lis l'aiment beaucoup, elle est 

tres-bonne. 
Aimez-vous les enfants? 
Oui, je les aime. 
Connaissez-vous mon frere? 
Je connais mieux votre sceur. 
Aiment-ils leurs neveux? 
Pas beaucoup. 
Ont-elles des amis? 
Oui, mais elles ont aussi des 

ennemis. 
Le pere aime ses filles. 
La mere aime ses fils. 



CONVEESATION: 

OR QUESTIONS WHICH THE PUPIL IS TO ANSWER IN FRENCH. 

Avez-vous du sucre? N'avez-vous pas de chocolat? Etes- 
vous fache? Etes-vous paresseux? Est-elle modeste? Fait-il 
froid aujourd'hui? Avez-vous chaud? N'avez-vous pas faira? 
Aimez-vous le lait? Avez-vous soif? Aimez-vous la biere? 
Comment se porte votre pere? Aimez-vous vos parents? Avez- 
vous bien dormi cette nuit? Comment vous portez-vous au- 
jourd'hui? N'avez-vous pas mon canif? Aimez-vous le cafe? 
A-t-elle son verre ? N'avez-vous pas sommeil ? 

6. 

My mother is very kind ; she loves her children very much. — 
Does she love her niece? She loves her niece and nephew. — 
Do you like your uncle, Paul? I like my uncle and my aunt 



34 D UFFET ' S FRENCH METHOD. 

very much. — Have you a son ? I have a son and a daughter. — 
Do you like our children? I like your children very much; 
they are very good. — My daughter loves her brother very 
much. — My son loves his sister and his parents. — Do you like 
coffee ? I like coffee, tea, and chocolate. — Your niece loves her 
father, uncle, aunt, and cousins (/.) very much. — My uncle is 
very fond of beer. — Do you know your enemies ? I know them 
very well. — Have you any friends? Yes, I have some good 
friends, — Are you hungry ? I am not hungry, but I am 
thirsty. — Is it cold ? It is not cold to-day. 

7. 

Do you like eggs? I like eggs and butter. — Does he like 
wine? He likes wine and beer. — Does she like meat? Not 
much. — My sister likes chocolate and sugar. — We are fond of 
cheese. — My brothers like good wine. — My nephews are very 
well satisfied. — My children are very fond of potatoes. — Have 
you not any sugar? I have none. — Do you like milk? Yes, 
but I like cream better. — Have they no coffee? Yes, they 
have some. — Have you any good knives? I have no good 
ones. — Your brothers are very industrious. — They are indus- 
trious and kind. — My mother loves her uncle and aunt. — Are 
they old? They are very old. — Have you not a niece? No, 
but I have nephews. — My sister loves her young child ; it is a 
beautiful child. — I am very well satisfied with my wine. —Do 
you like our old friends? I like them very much; they are 
very agreeable. 

Important Remark to Teachers. 

It now becomes most advisable to study the verbs as 
a separate subject; a certain portion being assigned for 
each lesson. 

Learn first the verbs avoir and etre; then the ter- 
minations, which precede each of the regular conjugations ; 
and, finally, the formation of tenses. 

Many of the verbs referred to in this and in the sub- 
sequent lessons, are conjugated in full; but the acquire- 



THE POSSESSIVE. 



35 



ment of the same can be more easily obtained through 
the formation of tenses. If the learner masters the reg- 
ular verbs, and can form a verb, by means of the termin- 
ations and the formation of tenses, the task of memorizing 
a whole irregular verb, and frequently a whole class 
of verbs, will require less study than to learn two or 
three tenses needed for a "Lesson." 



SEVENTH LESSON — Septieme Legem. 



The book, le livre. 

The dictionary, le dictionnaire. 

The copy-book, le cahier. 

The letter paper, le papier a lettre. 

The envelope, l'enveloppe. /. 

The letter, la lettre. 



The pen, la plume. 
The pen-holder, le porte-plume. 
The pencil, le crayon. 
The inkstand, Pencrier. m. 
The ink, l'encre. /. 
A sheet of paper, une feuille de 
papier. 



Study and conjugate, negatively and interrogatively with the 
negation, the indicative present of aimer. See p. 139. 

The possession, in French, corresponding to the Saxon Geni- 
tive, i. e., expressed in English by means of 's or s', is rendered 
by the preposition de, of or from, in connection with the pos- 
sessive adjectives (see the table in the preceding lesson), or by 
means of the contracted articles du, m. de la, /, de V, m. and /. 
des, m. and /. plural. 



The boy's book, i. e., 
the book of the boy. 

My sister's house, i. e., 
the house of my sister. 

Your brothers' pens, i. e., 
the pens of your brothers. 

To belong (to). 
To give. 



Le livre du gargon. 
La maison de ma scaur. 
Les plumes de vos freres. 



Appartenir (see p. 150). 
Donner. 



36 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



This 

or 
that, 
These 

or 
those. 



To lend. 


Pr§ter. 


To write. 


Ecrire. (See p. 169.) 


To answer. 


Kepondre (a). (See p. 157.) 


To speak. 


Parler. 


To see. 


Voir. (p. 176.) 



{1. Ce, m. 
2. Cet, m. 
3. Cette, /. 



Plur. \ 4. Ces, m. and /. 



These demonstrative adjectives 
agree in gender and number 
with the noun. The second 
masculine form is used with 
masculine nouns before a vowel 
or silent h. The adverbs of 
place, ci (here) and la (there), 
are suffixed to the noun to 
point out the difference be- 
tween this and that t these and 
those. 



This or that book, 
This or that silver, 
This or that lady, 
These or those men, 
This man and that man, 



Ce livre. 

Cet argent. 

Cette dame. 

Ces hommes. 

Cet homme-ci, et cet homme-la. 



These children and those children, Ces enfants-ci, et ces enfants-la. 
This, ceci, and that, cela, are used absolutely. 

I have this and that, J'ai ceci et cela. 



That 

or 
those 
(of). 



Smg. | I' 

{i 



Plur 



Celui, m. 
Celle, /. 

Ceux, m. 
Celles, /. 



Followed by the preposition de (of). 



These demonstrative pronouns are usually understood in English, 
but can not be omitted in French. They agree in gender and 
number with the noun for which they stand. 



l. e. 



Have you my brother's 
that of my brother? 

We have not your friends', 
those of your friends. 



l. e 



■ { 



Avez-vous celui, or celle, de 

mon frere? 

Nous n'avons pas ceux, or 

celles, de vos amis. 



DEMONSTRA TIVES. 



37 



In the same manner as the adverbs of place ci and la are 
used above, with the demonstrative adjectives, they can be used 
with the demonstrative pronouns, conveying then the idea of 
this one, that one, these (here), those (there). 

We have this one, and you have that 

one. 
You have tliese, and we have those. 



Which f 

Who? 

Whose? to whom? 

Whose pen is this? 

To whom do you give this pencil? 

Too, too much, too many. 

Him, her, it, them. 



Nous avons celui-ci, or celle-ci, et 
vous avez celui-la, or celle-la. 

Vous avez ceux-ci, or celles-ci, et 
nous avons ceux-la, or celles-la. 

Lequel, m. laquelle, /. lesquels, 
m.plur. lesquelles, /, plur. 

Qui? qui est-ce qui? 

A qui? 

A qui est cette plume? 

A qui donnez-vous ce crayon. 

Trop. 

Le, la, 1', les.* (See Lesson 6.) 



EXAMPLES. 



Whose book is this? 
Which? 
This one. 
It is my friend's. 
Who has my dictionary? 
Your sister has it. 
Do you not like that copy-book ? 
Not at all. 

Who lends you some letter paper ? 
My friend Robert. 
You have a letter to write. 
I have to write to Paul. 
To whom do these good pens belong ? 
They are my cousin's. 
Do you see my pen-holder? 
I see your brother's. 
You do not speak to Robert? 
No, I am angry with him. 
Charles gives his inkstand to his 
brother. 



A qui est ce livre? 
Lequel ? 
Celui-ci. 

C'est celui de mon ami. 
Qui a mon dictionnaire ? 
Votre sceur l'a. 
N'aimez-vous pas ce cahier? 
Pas du tout. 

Qui vous prete du papier a lettre D 
Mon ami Robert. 
Vous avez une lettre a ecrire. 
J'ai a ecrire a Paul. 
A qui sont ces bonnes plumes? 
Elles sont a ma cousine. 
Voyez-vous mon porte-plume? 
Je vois celui de votre frere. 
Vous ne parlez pas a Robert? 
Won, je suis fache contre lui. 
Charles donne son encrier a son 
frere. 



"Placed before the verb, except in the imperative affirmative Iseeit,jele, (la,) vois. 



38 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

CONVERSATION. 

N'avez-vous pas mon cahier? A qui sont ces enveloppes? 
A qui pretez-vous votre dictionnaire? N ! avez-vous pas soif? 
Ne connaissez-vous pas la soeur d' Arthur? Oonnaissez-vous ces 
enfants? Ne voyez-vous pas mes beaux crayons? N'avez-vous 
pas l'encrier de mon fils ? Avez-vous 1'encrier de Charles? 
N'etes-vous pas mouille ? Fait-il humide ? Fait-il froid ? Aimez- 
vous ces plumes? Ne sont-elles pas bonnes? Qui a tort? Qui 
a peur? Comment vous portez-vous aujourd'hui? Comment se 
portent vos enfants? 



How to ask Questions in French when the Nominative 

is a Noun. 

"When the nominative or subject of the verb in an interroga- 
tive sentence is a noun, it must be placed before the verb ; 
and a pronoun agreeing with the subject in gender, number, 
and person, is placed immediately after the verb in simple tenses, 
or immediately after the auxiliary in compound tenses. 

Is his brother tall? Son frere est-il grand f 

Does his father love him f Son pere l'aime-t-il ? 

Has your sister danced? Votre soeur a-t-elle dans6? 

"When the third person singular of a verb ends with a vowel, 
and is immediately followed by a pronoun, a euphonic t is 
placed between the verb and the pronoun; as. 

Does he love him? L'aime-t-il? 

Has he? A-t-il? etc. 



With f Has your father ? Votre pere a-t-il ? 

avoir. \ Have not your brothers ? Vos freres n'ont-ils pas ? 

With J Is your mother ? Votre mere est-elle ? 

dtre. \ Are not my sisters? Mes soeurs ne sont-elles pas? 

Does his sister speak ? Sa soeur parle-t-elle ? 

Do the children write? Les enfants §crivent-ils? 

Do not these little girls Ces petites filles n'aiment-elles 



With 
other 
verbs. 



love their parents? pas leurs parents? 



FEMININE OF ADJECTIVES. 39 

8. 

Do you like my pen-holder? No, it is too small. —Do you 
see my dictionary? 1 have it. — To whom are you writing this 
letter? To my mother. — Does she answer your letters? Yes, 
always. — Has your niece the paper and envelopes? Yes, and 
she has also the inkstand and pen. — Have you my pencil? 
No, I have your sister's. — Have you my brother's copy-book ? 
I have not your brother's; I have Eobert's. — Are your sister's 
pens good? No, I do not like them. — Whose large book is 
this ? It is Paul's. — Do you see that child ? I do. — Do you 
know him? He is (c'est) my friend's son. — I do not like that 
letter paper ; it is very bad. — Does your sister lend or give 
her book to my cousin (/.)? I do not know. — Is it not damp 
to-day? It is damp and cold. — Are you cold? My young 
sister is cold. 

9. 

Is this pencil your sister's? No, it is my cousin's (/.). — Is 
George's book dirty? No, George is a good boy; his books are 
clean, but his cousin's are very dirty. — To whom do you give 
chocolate? I give some to my friends. — Whose knife is this? 
It is my niece's. — Are your brothers happy? They are very 
happy. — Is not your aunt's daughter angry with your sister? 
I do not know. — Poor child! you have no bread. No, sir, I 
have not any. — Has your little daughter paper, pen, and ink ? 
She has some paper and a pen, but she has no inkstand. — 
Have you not too much wine? No, not at all. — Do you like 
wine? Yes, I like good wine. — Have you not too many pen- 
holders ? I have only one. — Do you not like these eggs ? I 
like them very much; they are very good. — How are your 
parents ? I thank you, they are pretty well. — Are you not 
very warm? I am too warm. — Are you thirsty? Very. (J'ai 
bien soif). 

Feminine of Adjectives. 

The feminine of adjectives is formed by adding a 
mute e to the masculine : 

grand, grande ; petit, petite ; fort, forte, strong. 



40 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Those ending in e mute in the masculine remain unchanged 
in the feminine : aimable, honnete, sage. 

Adjectives ending in el, eil, on, ien, as, et, etc., double the 
final consonant and add e : 

cruel, cruelle ; pareil, pareille, equal. 
bon, bonne ; ancien, ancienne, old, ancient. 
gras, grasse, fat; muet, muette, dumb. 

Those ending in f change f into ve : 
neuf, neuve ; vif, vive, quick. 

Those ending in x change x into se: 

heureux, heureuse ; jaloux, jalouse, jealous. 

The feminine of some adjectives is irregularly formed; as: 

blanc, blanche, white. 
doux, douce, sweet. 
franc, franche, frank. 
faux, fausse, false. 
public, publique, public. 
turc, turque, Turkish, etc. 

Some words ending in eur change it to euse ; and teur to trice ; 
a few words in eur form their feminine in resse : 

trompeur, trompeuse, deceiver. 
inspecteur, inspectrice, inspector. 
pecheur, pecheresse, sinner. 

Remarks. — 1. Let the student notice that the characteristic 
sign of the feminine is e, and that the feminine plural is always 
formed by adding s to the feminine singular. 

2. Certain nouns are subject to feminine forms (e), according 
to the sex they denote — ami, friend (m.), amie, friend (/.). 

3. The resume given on p. 41 contains not only the general 
rules, but also the principal exceptions. 



REVIEW TABLES. 41 

RESUME of the gender and number of adjectives. 



No. 


Masc. Sing. 


Fem. Sing. 


Masc. Plur. J 


Fem. Plur. 


1 


e. 


e. 


es. 


es. 


2 


Not ending in e. 


e. 


f add s. if mas. 


es. 


3 


| El, eil, en, j 
<• et, on, as. J 


Double final con- 


-j sing, does not 


es. 


sonant and add e. 


L end in s. 


4 


eux. 


euse. 


eux. 


euses. 


5 


if. 


ive. 


ifs. 


ives. 


6 


X. 


se, sse, ce. 


X. 


ses, sses, ees. 


7 


eur.* 


euse,resse,rice. 


eurs. 


euses, resses, rices. 


8 


c hard. 


que. 


cs. 


ques. 


9 


c mute. 


che. 


cs. 


ches. 


10 


ou, ol. 


olle. 


s. 


olles. 


11 


eau. 


elle. 


eux. 


elles. 


12 


al.t 


e. 


aux. 


es. 



* This termination is dropped before adding the feminine forms. 

t A few adjectives in al take s for the masculine plural. 

t The masculine plural of adjectives is the same as the masc. plur. of nouns. 

RESUME OF THE DIFFERENT FRENCH ARTICLES. 



No. 


French. 


English. 


Gender and 
Number. 


Use of the Articles. 


1 


Le, 1 


CO 


The, 


M. Sing. 


Before mas. sing, words beginning 
with a consonant or aspirated H. 


2 


La, 


3 


The, 


F. Sing. 


Before fem. sing, words beginning 
with a consonant or aspirated H. 


3 


L% 


2 


The, 


M. and F. Sing. 


Before mas. or fem. sing, words 
beginning with a vowel or silent H. 


4 

5 


lies, J 
Du, 1 


5° 


The 
Of the' 


GO 




M. and F. Plur. 
M. Sing. 


Before plur. words of either gender. 
Same as No. 1. 


6 


Dela, 


^ 


Of the 




F. Sing. 


No. 2. 


7 
8 


Del', 
Des, 


C?P- 

Be 


Of the 
Of the . 


P 

B 


M. and F. Sing. 
M. and F. Plur. 


No. 3. 
" No. 4. 


9 


Au, - 


Q 


To or a£ Jfie 


M. Sing. 


" No. 1. 


10 


Ala, 


2Z 


To or a^ ^e 


F. Sing. 


No. 2. 


11 


Al', 


r 3s 

a: «■ 


To or at the 


M. and F. Sing. 


No. 3. 


12 


Aux, , 


P. 


To or at the 


M. and F. Plur. 


No. 4. 


13 


Un, ' 


Is 2 

lis 


A, an, one, 


M. Sing. 


Before masculine singular words. 


14 


Une. 


A, an, one, 


F. Sing. 


Before feminine singular words. 



D. F. M.- 



42 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

The Comparison of Adjectives, 
quality compared. 

Equality. -! ' ' I as, as much, 1 

H J \2. Autant,/ ' 

f 1. Pas aussi, pas si, ") not as, [ <c * ne ' as ' 

Inferiority..} 2. Pas autant, pas tant. J not as much,... J 

I 3. Moins, Zess, 1 

« ..r /T ^-.. . . . [ Que, than. 

Superiority. | Plus, more, (or English comparative m er). J 



He is as much loved as his brother. II est autant aime que son frere. 

She is as tall as her sister. Elle est aussi grande que sa soeur. 

They are not as much loved as lis ne sont pas autant aimes 

esteemed. qu'estimes. 

They (/.) are less handsome than Elles sont moins belles que leurs 

their friends, (/). amies. 

My cousins are taller (more tall) Mes cousins sont plus grands que 

than we. nous. 

QUANTITY COMPARED. 

Equality. { Autant de, } as much, as many, ] Que, or 

1 not as much, not as many, [ Que de, 

Inferiority./ L Pas autant de ' [ f ewer > J «*• 

I 2. Moins de, J l esS) f eweV) j Qu ^ Qr 

[ Que de, 
Superiority. { Plus de, more, J ^ an- 

N. B. — Use que as second part when the sentence does not 
involve two quantities, and que de when two quantities are actually 
compared. 

I have as many horses as your J'ai autant de chevaux que votre 
father. pere. 

There is but one quantity — horses. 

They have more courage than you. lis ont plus de courage que vous. 
There is but one quantity or amount — courage. 

We have more friends than enemies. Nous avons plus d'amis que 

d'ennemis. 



COMPARISON. 43 

The number of friends is compared to the number of enemies. 

They have fewer books than pencils. lis ont moins de livres que de 

crayons. 
The number of books is compared to the number of pencils. 

You have not as much courage as Vous n'avez pas autant de cour- 
ambition. age que d'ambition. 

The amount of courage is compared to the amount of ambition. 

After the que of a comparison, the personal pronouns nomi- 
native are not used in French. The following are used instead : 

I, moi, for je. We, nous, for J same as the 

Thou, toi, " tu. You, vous, " \ nominative. 

He, lui, il. TJ | eux, " ils. 

She, elle, " eUe. [ eUes, " eUes. 

He is taller than I. II est plus grand que moi. 

She is taller than he. Elle est plus grande que lui. 

We are taller than they (m). Nous sommes plus grands qu'eux. 



Superlative. 

Place le plus, la plus, les plus before the adjective ; as, 

/ am the tallest of all. Je suis le plus grand de tous. 

She is the prettiest of the three. C'est la plus jolie des trois. 

good, bon; better, meilleur ^mieux, adv.); the best, le meilleur (le 

mieux, adv.). 
bad, mauvais ; worse, pire (pis, adv.) ; the worst, le pire (le pis, adv.). 
little, petit; less, moindre (moins, adv.); the least, le moindre (le 

moins). 

very, tres, fort, bien; rather, assez. 

The more I know him, the more Plus je le connais, plus je l'es- 

I esteem him. time. 

The less you speak, the more you Moins vous parlez, plus vous 

listen. ecoutez. 

More than, plus de (before a number) ; plus de dix, de cent, etc. 
Less than, moins de ; moins de quinze, etc. 



44 DVFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



EIGHTH LESSON — Huitieme Legon. 



The head, la tete. 

The hair, les cheveux, m. 

The ear, 1'oreille, /. 

The nose, le nez. 

The mouth, la bouche. 

The face, la figure. 

The eye, l'ceil, les yeux, m. 



The arm, le bras. 
The hand, la main. 
The finger, le doigt. 
The nails, les ongles, 
The leg, la jambe. 
The beard, la barbe. 
The body, le corps. 



Study and conjugate finir in the indicative present, four forms. 
See p. 145, as well as sentir (p. 149), ouvrir (p. 149), and tenir 
(p. 150). 

Do If Est-ce que je? 

The student already knows that in conjugating a verb inter- 
rogatively, the subject pronoun is placed after the verb; as, 
aimons-nous? etc. However, when a verb in the first person 
singular of the indicative present ends with two or more con- 
sonants, as je vends, je dors, je pars, je prends, and also in all 
verbs of the first conjugation, as well as in the verbs of other 
conjugations in which the same first person ends in e, as je 
cueille, j'ouvre, the French make use of the above expression — 
est-ce que je? i. e., is it that? as: 

Do I sell? Est-ce que je vends? 

Do I sleep ? Est-ce que je dors ? 

Do I lovef Est-ce que j'aime? 

Do I open? Est-ce que j'ouvre? etc. 

The same est-ce que may be used with every tense and per- 
son in familiar style, but the other form is preferable- 

Do you work? Travaillez-vous ? or Est-ce que vous travaillezP 
Does he sell? Vend-il? or Est-ce qu'il vend? 
Do they open? Ouvrent-ils? or Est-ce qu'ils ouvrent? 
Would that gentleman leave? Ce monsieur partirait-il? or Est-ce 
que ce monsieur partirait? 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 



45 



In speaking of the parts of the body or the qualities 
of the mind, the French use the article le, la, les, etc., 
instead of the possessive adjective or the indefinite 
article ; the possession being already expressed by some 
other word in the sentence. 



My feet are cold. 
Her hands are warm. 
He has cut his nails. 



J'ai froid aux pieds. 
EUe a chaud aux mains. 
II s'est coupe les ongles. 



To have the or a headache. 

To have a sore eye. 

To have a pain in one's side. 

I have a headache. 

She has the toothache. 

He has sore eyes. 

She has pains in her arms. 



Avoir mal a Id tgte. 
Avoir mal a l'oeil. 
Avoir mal au cote. 
J'ai mal a la tete. 
Elle a mal aux dents. 
U a mal aux yeux. 
Elle a mal aux bras. 



What is the matter with him, Q,u'a-t-il, qu'a-t-elle, 

with her, with youf etc. qu'avez-vous ? etc. 

I have a bad cold. J'ai un gros rhume. 



lit. what have 
you? etc. 



Relative Pronouns. 



Who, 

That, [ qui. 

Which, 



Whom, j 

lhat, V q^ que. 

Which, ! 



) Who is there? qui est la? 
The flower that, or which, is in the garden, la 
fleur qui est dans le jardin. 



Objective -interroga- | WJiom do you see? qui voyez-vous? 
tive applying to persons. J Of whom do you speak ? de qui parlez-vous ? 



Objective (not in- 
terrogative), to per- 
sons and things. 



The lawyer whom I heard, Favocat que j'ai 

entendu. 
The book which, or that, I read, le livre que 

j'ai lu. 



46 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Vakious Forms of Relative Pronouns. 

1. Qui, who, that, which, mas. and fern., sing, and plur. ; stand- 
ing in the nom. for persons or things, Who is there? Qui est lap 

2. Qui, whom, mas. and fern., sing, and plur. ; standing in the 
objective for persons, in interrogative sentences, with or with- 
out preposition. Whom do you see? Qui voyez-vous? 

3. Que, whom, that, vjhich, mas. and fern., sing, and plur.; stand- 
ing for persons or things in the objective case. The man whom 
I see. L'homme que je vois. 

4. Quoi, what, used absolutely and relatively ; also interroga- 
tively with a preposition, in the sense of "what thing?" etc. Of 
what are you thinking ? A quoi pensez-vous ? 

5. Dont, of whom, of which, whose, mas. and fern., sing, and plur.; 
for persons or things, never used absolutely ; preferable to de qui, 
du quel, etc. The book of which I speak. Le livre dont je parle. 

6. Lequel, which one, which, mas. sing. ; standing for mas. sing, 
nouns. Which one do you see? Lequel voyez-vous? 

7. Laquelle, which one, which, fern. sing. ; standing for fern. sing. 
nouns. Which one do you give me ? Laquelle me donnez-vous ? 

8. Lesquels, which ones, which, mas. plur.; standing for mas. 
plur. nouns. Which ones are yours? Lesquels sont a vous? 

9. Lesquelles, which ones, which, fern, plur.; standing for fern, 
plur. nouns. Which ones are mine? Lesquelles sont a moi? 

10. Duquel, of which one, of which, mas. sing. ; standing for mas. 
sing, nouns. Of which one does he speak? Duquel parle-t-il? 

11. De laquelle, of which one, of which, fern. sing. ; standing for 
fern. sing, nouns. Of which one is he fond ? Laquelle aime-t-il ? 

12. Desquels, of which ones, of which, mas. plur. ; standing for 
mas. plur. nouns. Of which ones does she complain ? Desquels se 
plaint-elle ? 

13. Desquelles, of which ones, of which, fern. plur. ; standing for 
fern. plur. nouns. Of which ones do they speak ? Desquelles par- 
lent-ils ? 

14. Auquel, to which one, to which, mas. sing. ; standing for mas. 
sing, nouns. To which one does she give it? Auquel le donne-t-elle ? 

15. A laquelle, to which one, to which, fern. sing. ; standing for 
fern. sing, nouns. To which one does he write ? A laquelle 6crit-il ? 

16. Auxquels, to which ones, to which, mas. plur. ; standing for 
mas. plur. nouns. To which ones do we give it ? Auxquels le don- 
nons-nous ? 



RELATIVES. 



47 



17. Auxquelles, to which ones, to which, fern. plur. ; standing for 
fern. plur. nouns. To which ones shall I write f Auxquelles ecrirai-j e ? 

To cut. Couper. To walk. Marcher. To work. Travailler. 



To have a mind, to 
To intend to. 
To have time to. 
To be in a hurry. 



Avoir envie de. 

Avoir l'intention de, compter. 

Avoir le temps de. 

Etre presse. 



He who, the one ivho, the one which, etc., are rendered in 
French by means of the demonstrative pronouns (see Sev- 
enth Lesson) and the relatives qui and que. 

The one who, he who, she who, the Celui qui. celle qui. 

one which. 

The one whom, he whom, she Celui que, celle que, 

whom, the one. 

They who, those who, those which. Ceux qui, celles qui. 

They whom, those whom, those which. Ceux que, celles que. 



EXAMPLES. 



Are your feet warm ? 

Yes, but my hands are cold. 

Good morning, sir; what is the 

matter with youf 
I have a violent headache. 
You work too much. 
I am in a hurry. 
I have pains in my legs. 
You walk too much. 
And I have a bad cold. 
Is this handsome child yours f 
Yes, the one who has long hair. 
He has a beautiful mouth and a 

pretty nose. 
His mother intends to cut his hair. 

Has he not sore eyes f 

He has sore eyes and ears. 

What is the matter with your arms f 



Avez-vous chaud aux pieds ? 
Oui, mais j'ai froid aux mains. 
Bonjour, monsieur ; qu'avez-vous 

done? 
J'ai un violent mal de tSte. 
Vous travaillez trop. 
Je suis presse. 
Moi, j'ai mal aux jambes. 
Vous mar chez trop. 
Et j'ai un mauvais rhume. 
Ce bel enfant est-il a vous? 
Oui, celui qui a de longs cheveux. 
II a une belle bouche et un joli 

nez. 
Sa mere a l'intention de lui 

couper les cheveux. 
N'a-t-il pas mal aux yeux ? 
II a mal aux yeux et aux oreilles* 
Qu'avez-vous aux bras? 



48 D UFFET » S FRENCH METHOD. 

Nothing. Rien. 

I have a mind to walk. J'ai envie de marcher. 

I have not time to cut your nails. Je n'ai pas le temps de vous 

couper les ongles. 
I have the one my father does not J'ai eelui que mon pere n'aime 
not like. pas. 



CONVEKSATION. 

Qu'avez-vous ? Avez-vous chaud aux pieds? A qui est cet 
encrier? Cette plume est-elle a vous? Connaissez-vous ma 
soeur ? Connaissez-vous son amie ? Aimez-vous le vin ? Fait-il 
bien froid aujourd'hui? Ecrivez-vous beaucoup? Avez-vous mal 
alatete? Etes-vous fatigue? Marchez- vous beaucoup? N'avez- 
vous pas le dictionnaire de mon frere? Qui a le livre de ma 
niece ? A qui sont ces livres ? Qu'avez-vous ? 



10. 

Are not your feet cold ? No ; it is not cold. — Have you time 
to cut my hair? Not to-day. — Do you intend to work to-day? 
I intend to work much (hard) ; I am in a hurry. — Do you walk 
much ? I walk too much ; I am very tired. — How is your 
mother? My mother has a headache. — And how is your sister? 
My sister has a bad cold, and she has sore eyes. — You have a 
cousin (/.) who is very pretty; she has beautiful eyes and nice, 
small hands. — The one who has a pain in her foot ? The one 
whom your mother loves very much. — Yes, she is my cousin 
Catharine; she is very pretty and very good. — Your brother has 
a fine beard. I do not like it so long. — My uncle has a violent 
toothache. — My brother's friend has pains in his arms. — I 
noticed (j'ai remarque) your sister's pretty little hands. 



11. 

To whom does this beautiful pen-holder belong? Which? 
That one. To my uncle (Paul). — Whose books are these? 
Which? These. They are my nephew's. — Do you not answer 



TABLE CONVERSATION. 



49 



your friend's letter? Not to-day; my hands are old, and I have 
a headache. — Do you not speak to your friend's aunt? Not at 
all ; I am very angry with her nephew, who is very obstinate. — 
Do you not lend your dictionary to your brother? I do not 
like to lend my dictionary, which is new. — Is it not too warm 
here? Yes, I am too warm. — Do you like the family of your 
friend Arthur? Very much; his father and mother are very 
amiable. — Have you not my knife ? No, I have not a knife. — 
Are not my sisters here? No, they are with their mother. — 
That child is very dirty; to whom does he belong? He is the 
son of that woman whom your little sister does not like. — Do 
you intend to see that family to-day ? No, I have not time. — 
Have you not a mind to give your young brother this pen- 
holder? Not at all. — Is the man whose book I have, here? 
The man whose book you have, is not here. — Which one ? The 
one of whom I speak. 



NINTH LESSON— Neuvieme Legon. 



The breakfast, le dejeuner. 
The dinner, le diner. 
The appetite, Pappetit, m. 
The soup, la soupe. 
The broth, le bouillon. 
Some mutton, du mouton. 
Some veal, du veau. 
Some beef, du boeuf. 



Fowl, de la volatile. 

A leg of mutton, un gigot de 

mouton. 
The dessert, le dessert. 
A peach, une peche. 
An apple, une pomme. 
A pear, une poire. 
An orange, une orange. 



Study and conjugate the present indicative of pouvoir, in the 
four forms. (See p. 172.) 



To be able. Pouvoir. (See p. 172.) 

The verb pouvoir expresses : — 1. Ability ; 2. Possibility, or per- 
mission. 

D. F. M. — 5. 



50 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Ability. 



I can, je puis, or je peux, etc., With the infinitive 
I could, je pouvais, etc., " " (t 

I am able, je puis, etc., " " " 

I was able, je pouvais, etc., " " " 

Etc. 



Possibility 

or 
Permission. 



I may, je puis, with the infinitive. 
I might, 
I could, 



it,] 

j r je pourrais, (conditional) . 



. .«r. 



You can speak English. 
He may die to-day. 
She is not able to do that. 
I could come if I saw him. 
He was not able to say it. 

To breakfast. 
To take. 
To dine. 
To eat. 
To drink. 

Whatf 

With. 

With us, with you, him. 

With pleasure. 



Vous pouvez parler anglais. 
II peut mourir aujourd'hui. 
Elle ne peut pas faire cela. 
Je pourrais venir si je le voyais. 
II ne pouvait le dire. 

Dejeuner. 

Prendre (see p. 172). 

Diner. 

Manger (see p. J 42). 

Boire (see p. 167). 

Qu'est-ce que ? que ? 

Avec. 

Avec nous, avec vous, lui, etc. 

Avec plaisir. 



EXAMPLES. 



Can you breakfast with us f 
Thank you, I can not to-day. 
But you can drink a glass of wine : 

No, I am not thirsty, thank you. 

Bo you not like winef 

I only drink water. 

Can not you dine with usf 

Yes, with pleasure. 
Bo you like mutton? 



Pouvez-vous dejeuner avec nous ? 
Merci, je ne peux pas aujourd'hui. 
Mais vous pouvez boire un verre 

de vin? 
Non, je n'ai pas soif, merci. 
N'aimez-vous pas le vin? 
Je ne bois que de l'eau. 
Ne pouvez-vous pas diner avec 

nous? 
Oui, avec plaisir. 
Aimez-vous le mouton? 



TABLE CONVERSATION. 51 

Yes, I like it very much. Oui, je Paime beaucoup. 

You do not eat. Vous ne mangez pas. 

I have no appetite to-day. Je n'ai pas d'appetit aujourd'hui. 

Will you not take a peach f Ne prenez-vous pas une pecbe ? 

Might he come if I wrote? Pourrait-il venir, si j'ecrivais? 

Was he not able to come yesterday f Ne pouvait-il venir hier ? 



CONVERSATION. 

Pouvez-vous dejeuner avec nous aujourd'hui? Puis-je prendre 
votre plume et votre encrier? Ne pouvez-vous pas diner avec 
nous? Que buvez-vous? N'aimez-vous pas la volaille? Ne 
mangez -vous pas de mouton? Pouvez-vous parler anglais? Ne 
pouvez-vous pas me donner un crayon ? N'etes-vous pas en- 
rhume? Avez-vous froid ici? Ne fait-il pas chaud aujourd'hui? 
Avez-vous bon appetit? Marchez-vous beaucoup? Yotre fils 
travaille-t-il beaucoup? Avez-vous le temps de parler a mon 
cousin ? Avez-vous l'intention de voir cette famille ? Ne pouvez- 
vous pas repondre a la lettre de votre oncle? Qu'avez-vous 
done? 

12. 

My aunt breakfasts with us to-day. — I dine (or, I shall dine) 
with my cousin (/.). — Does not your father drink wine? No, 
he drinks beer. — Can you not eat that apple ? I do not like 
apples. — Can not your aunt drink beer ? She does not like 
beer. — Can your little daughter eat peaches? We have a great 
many. — What does she drink? Wine with water. — Have you 
a peach or a pear? I have a peach. — Do you not take any 
cheese ? No, thank you ; I do not like cheese. — Can you give 
a pen to that child (or, can you give that child a pen) ? I have 
not any. — Can he write ? Yes, he writes pretty well. — Can he 
write a letter? He can write only short letters. — May I take 
your inkstand? You may (take it). — May I give an apple to 
your little sister (or, may I give your little sister an apple) ? 
You are very kind, sir; my sister likes apples very much (or, 
is very fond of apples). — What do you give my nephew? A 
pencil and a pen-holder. — Can you not cut this bread ? I can 
not cut it with my knife!" 



52 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

13. 

Do you not intend to breakfast with your aunt? I can not 
breakfast with my aunt to-day ; I have to work. — You write too 
much. I am in a hurry. — Is your father better ? Thank you, 
he is much better. — Can he walk? Not at all. — To whom does 
this nice little knife belong ? It is my young sister's. — Can 
you lend my uncle some letter paper? I have none, but my 
father has some, and he will be very glad to give him some 
paper and envelopes. — Is not your uncle my aunt's cousin ? I 
do not know. — Is this inkstand yours or your sister's ? It is 
my sister's. — Do you know my friend Kobert's brothers ? I do 
not know them at all. — Can you eat that beef? No, I am not 
hungry. 



TENTH LESSON — Dixieme Legon. 



A hat, un chapeau. 

A coat, un habit. 

A vest, un gilet. 

A pair of trousers, un pantalon. 

A necktie, une cravate. 

A shirt, une chemise. 

A handkerchief, un mouehoir, 



An umbrella, un parapluie. 
Gloves, des gants m. 
Boots, bottes, bottines /. 
Socks, des chaussettes /. 
Stockings, des bas m. 
Slippers, des pantoufles /. 
A watch, une montre. 



Study and conjugate, in the four forms, the present indicative 
of recevoir, p. 151. See vouloir, to wish, will, to be .ivilling, 
p. 176. 

Vouloir, followed by a noun, does not require avoir before 
the noun: 

Will you have some wine? Voulez-vous du via? 

Will you have some soup t "Voulez-vous de la soupe P 



POSSUSSIVU PRONOUNS. 



53 



Possessive Pronouns. — Pronoms Possessifs. 

N. B. — The plural forms of these pronouns require the plural 
article les (the), and the addition of s to both the masculine 
and feminine singular. 









Gender 






No. 


French. 


English. 


AND 

Number. 


Remarks. 




M " 




Le mien, 


mine. 


Mas. sing. 


Representing mas. sing 


nouns. 


2 »■ 




Le tien, 


thine. 


Mas. sing. 


See No. 1. 




3j 


. 


Le sien, 


his, its. 


Mas. sing. 


See No. 1. 




il 


r 


La mienne, 


mine. 


Fern. sing. 


Representing fern. sing. 


nouns. 


5 




La tienne, 


thine. 


Fern. sing. 


See No. 4. 




6 J , 




La sienne, 


her, its. 


Fern. sing. 


See No. 4. 




7 1 




Le notre, 


ours. 


Mas. sing. 


See No. 1. 




l\ 




Le votre, 


yours. 


Mas. sing. 


See No. 1. 




9J 




Le leur, 


theirs. 


Mas. sing. 


See No. 1. 




10 1 




La notre, 


ours. 


Fern. sing. 


See No. 4. 




11 \ 




La votre, 


yours. 


Fern. sing. 


See No. 4. 




12 J J 




La leur, 


theirs. 


Fern. sing. 


See No. 4. 





The emphatic forms, my own, etc., are also expressed as above. 

The personal pronouns moi, me; toi, thee; lui, him, it; elle, her, 
it; nous, us; vous, you; eux, (m.) them; elles, (/.) them, are also 
used with the preposition a, to, it, to express possession. 

It is his. C'est le sien, or il est a lui. 

It is mine. C'est le mien, or il est a moi. 



To wear. 
To 'put on. 
To buy. 



Porter (clothes). 
Mettre (p. 171). 
Acheter. 



Remark. — The personal pronouns will be explained and classi- 
fied in the fifteenth lesson. We give here below those forms 
only which are needed for the exercises of this lesson. 



Direct Object. — 
(Objective case. 
Latin Accusative.) 



1. 


Me, me. 


2. 


Te, thee. 




\ Le, m. 1 him. 


3. 


j La, /. [ her. 




[ L', m. and /. J it. 


1. 


Nous, us. 


2, 


Vous, you. 


3. 


Les, them, m. and /. plural. 



54 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Indirect Object. - 
(Latin Dative.) 



1. Me, to me. 

2. Te, to thee. 

3. Lui, m. and f. 

1. Nous, to us. 

2. Vous, to you. 

3. Leur, to them. 



}to him, 
to it. 



to her. 



These pronouns, whether direct or indirect, are placed before 
the verb, except in the imperative affirmative. 

I see him, je le vois. 

I give him, — i. e., to him, je lui donne. 



N. B. — Me and te (direct and indirect) become moi and toi in 
the imperative affirmative. 



Indirect Object.— 
(After a preposi- . 
tion other than to 
or at.) 



Lg 


ve me, 


aimez-moi. 


Give me, < 


ionnez-moi. 


1. 


Moi, 




me. 


2. 


Toi, 




thee. 


3. 


f Lui, 


m. 


him, it 


[ Elle 


/• 


her it. 


1. 


Nous, 




us. 


2. 


Vous, 




you. 


3. 


f Eux 


m. 


[ them. 



These pronouns 

are always placed 

• after the verb, the 

preposition being 

translated. 



He comes with me, il vient avec moi. 

She went away without them (m.), elle s'en alia sans eux. 

Eemark. — A few verbs require that the preposition a, (to, at) 
be translated. In such cases, these last pronouns are used, in- 
stead of those representing the dative. 

He comes to me, il vient a moi. 



Which f what f (before a noun). Quel m. quelle, /. quels, m. plu. 

quelles, f.plu. 
Where? Ou? 

Often. Souvent. 



POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 



55 



The forms quel, etc., are always used with nouns, and agree 
in gender and number with the noun they limit or determine. 

Which man f Quel homme ? 
What house? Quelle maison? 

In such expressions as "What a life!" the indefinite article a 
is not translated in French. 

What a boy! Quel garcon! 
What a life ! Quelle vie ! 



EXAMPLES. 



Will you lend me your umbrella f 

Have you not yours f 

Your father has mine. 

Will you have my brother's ? 

No, his is too small. 

What hat do you put on t 

I put on my old hat. 

Do you often wear this coat? 

No, not often. 

Does he wish to give us some gloves ? 

He does wish to. 

What do you, give to this child f 

I give him a vest and a necktie. 

Where is my handkerchief? 

I don't know; will you have one 

of mine ? 
Yes, if you please. 
Whose socks are these ? 
They are my brothers'. 
And these stockings? 
They are mine. 
What a man! 



Voulez-vous me prSter votre 

parapluie ? 
N'avez-vous pas le votre ? 
Votre pere a le mien. 
Voulez-vous celui de mon frere? 
Non, le sien est trop petit. 
Quel chapeau mettez-vous? 
Je mets mon vieux chapeau. 
Portez-vous souvent cet habit ? 
Won, pas souvent. 
Veut-il nous donner des gants? 
II veut vous en donner. 
Que donnez-vous a cet enfant? 
Je lui donne un gilet et une 

cravate. 
Ou est mon mouchoir de poche ? 
Je ne sais pas ; en voulez-vous 

un des miens? 
Oui, s'il vous plait. 
A qui sont ces chaussettes? 
Elles sont a mes freres. 
Et ces has? 
Ce sont les miens. 
Quel homme ! 



56 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



CONVERSATION. 

N'avez-vous pas inon chapeau? Ne portez-vous pas des gants? 
Voulez-vous me preter vos pantoufles? Ce parapluie est-il a 
vous ou a moi ? Quel habit mettez-vous aujourd'hui ? Ou sont 
mes bottes? Ou est mon mouchoir de poche? Voulez-vous m'en 
preter un ? Que desirez-vous, or voulez-vous acheter? Que 
desirez-vous, or que voulez-vous manger ? Me donnez-vous cette 
cravate? Etes-vous presse? A qui voulez-vous parler? A qui 
est ce gilet? Donnez-vous des pommes a mes enfants? Avez- 
vous froid aux pieds? Ne pouvez-vous pas nous donner des 
oranges? Comment se portent vos amis Charles et Robert? 
N' etes-vous pas content? 

14. 

What coat do you put on ? I put on my old coat. — Do you 
know where my boots are? I do not know at all where they 
are. — Whose umbrella is this? Is it not yours? No, mine is 
larger. Is it not your sister's? I do not know. — Do you not 
put on your gloves? I do not like to put on gloves. — Where 
is your handkerchief? I do not know, I havn't it. — I see you 
put on your brother's necktie. I put on his because I do not 
know where mine is. — Will you put on a clean shirt? Mine is 
not soiled. — Where are my daughter's boots ? Hasn't she them? 
She hasn't them. — Will you see where they are? Yes, madam. — 
Does your son wear boots? Yes, he often puts on his father's. — 
How is your daughter? Pretty well, thank you. — Will you give 
her these peaches? I know she likes them. You are very 
kind. — Does she like pears? Very much. 



15. 

Have you a new pair of trousers, Charles? Yes, sir, I have 
new trousers and a fine vest. — Do you often put them on? 
Very often. — Will you give me my coat, Robert? Where is it, 
sir? In my room. — Whose stockings are these? They belong 
to my little sister. — Do you like our coffee? I like it very 
much; it is very good,, — Have not your sisters their books? 



USE OF ADJECTIVES. 



57 



They have not theirs, they have ours. — Where are theirs? 
Their friends have thern. — Will not your sister write her letter? 
She does not wish to write it. — Have you given her paper, ink, 
a pen, and an envelope? Yes, but the pens are bad, and she 
wishes to buy good ones. — What do you wish to give (to) your 
children? I will give them some books. — What do you wish 
to buy me? I will buy you a fine watch. — Will you lend me 
your dictionary? I haven't it; Arthur has it. — What is the 
matter with you, Charles? I have a toothache. You are too 
young to have a toothache. — Have you bad teeth? Very bad. — 
Is your water good? It is very bad here. — What a book! Do 
you wish it? No, thank you; I have mine. 



ELEVENTH LESSON — Onzieme Legem. 



A man, tin homme. 

A woman, une femme. 

The wife, l'epouse, la femme. 

Ihe husband, le mari. 

The boy, le gargon. 

The girl, la fille. 

The young lady, la demoiselle. 

TJie young man, le jeune homme. 



The lady, la dame. 

The gentleman, le monsieur. 

The neighbor, le voisin. 

The grocer, l'epicier, m. 

The baker, le boulanger. 

The servant, le domestique, m., 
la domestique, /., la ser- 
vant e, /. 



Study and conjugate the present indicative of vendre, in the 
four forms, p. 154. Imperfect and past definite of avoir, p. 130. 



New, neuf, m., neuve, /., recently made, not yet old. 



New, -j 



nouveau, nouvel, m., 
nouvelle, /., 



* 1 recent in origin, not before known, 
j- new-fashioned, fresh, recently ob- 
J tained , beginning. 



* Nouveau before a consonant or aspirated h: un nouveau cheval, un nouveau 
hameau, hamlet. Nouvel before a vowel or mute & ; un nouvel ami, un nouvel 
heritier. Nouveaux in the plural in both cases. 



58 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Your son has new clothes. 

You have a new house. 

This work is new (recently pub- 
lished), although it is not new 
{fresh). 

Have you a new friend ? 

You have a new (different) coat. 

He has made a new 

We have some new wine. 

I have three new friends. 

We expect fresh soldiers. 



Votre fils a des habits neufs. 
Vous avez une maison neuve. 
Cet ouvrage est nouveau, bien 
qu'il ne soit pas neuf. 

Avez- vous un nouvel ami? 
Vous avez un nouvel habit. 
II a fait une nouvelle decouverte. 
Nous avons du vin nouveau. 
J'ai trois nouveaux amis (or amis 

nouveaux). 
Nous attendons de nouveaux 

soldats. 



The meaning of several adjectives differs according to their 
position; the actual meaning being usually conveyed when the 
adjective is placed after the noun. 



A great man. 
A tall man. 
A single child. 
A child alone. 
Young Peter. 



Un grand homme. 
Un homme grand. 
Un seul enfant. 
Un enfant seui. 
Le jeune Pierre. 



Peter the younger. Pierre le jeune. 



How old are you? 

I am seventeen. 

How old is your son? 

He is fourteen and a half. 

The eldest, the elder, the senior. 



Quel age avez- vous P 

J'ai dix-sept ans. 

Quel age a votre fils? 

II a quatorze ans et demi. 

L'aine. 



Notice that the verb avoir is used, in French, to denote age, 
while the verb to be is used in English. 



Of age, majeur. 

Never, ever, ne (before the verb) 

.... jamais (after the verb), 

jamais. 



Already, deja. 

Not yet, pas encore. 

Always, toujours. 



COMPARISON. 



59 



EXAMPLES. 



Tlxis young man is as tall as you. 

He is taller than I. 

Is he older than his sister? 

Yes, his sister is the youngest of 

the family. 
Is their father rich ? 
He is the richest man in the town. 

Is that gentleman's house as large 

as yours f 
It is not so large as ours. 

But his is finer than ours. 

Is that lady as kind as her sister f 

She is the best woman I know. 



Her sister is very pretty. 

Yes, but she is still more modest than 

pretty. 
Have you as many good pens as bad 

ones f 
I have more bad ones than good 

ones. 
How old is that woman? 
She is old; she is already eighty 

years old. 
She is always well (in good health). 
She never drinks wine. 



Ce jeune homme est aussi grand 

que vous. 
II est plus grand que moi. 
Est-il plus age que sa sceur? 
Oui, sa sceur est la plus jeune de 

la famille. 
Leur pere est-il riche ? 
C'est l'homme le plus riche de la 

ville. 
La maison de ce monsieur est-elle 

aussi grande que la votre ? 
Elle est moins grande que la 

notre. 
Mais la sienne est plus belle que 

la notre. 
Cette dame est-elle aussi bonne 

que sa sceur? 
C'est la meilleure femme que je 

connaisse. 
Sa sceur est tres-belle. 
Oui, mais elle est encore plus 

modeste que belle. 
Avez-vous autant de bonnes que 

de mauvaises plumes? 
J'en ai plus de mauvaises que 

de bonnes. 
Quel age a cette femme ? 
Elle est vieille, elle a deja 

quatre-vingts ans. 
Elle se porte toujours bien. 
Elle ne boit jamais de vin. 



CONVEESATION: 



N'aviez-vous pas une tante? Get homme n'avait-il pas un 
fils? N'aviez-vous pas de meilleur vin? N'aviez-vous pas autant 



60 D UFFET ' S FRENCH METHOD. 

de chemises que moi? Ou est le mari de cette femme ? Ne con- 
naissez-vous pas le frere de cette demoiselle? Qui est le mon- 
sieur qui est avec votre voisin? Pouvez-vous deja parler anglais? 
Quel age a votre fils aine? N'est-il pas plus jeune que ma fille? 
Oette dame est-elle l'amie de votre tante? Ce jeune homme 
est-il majeur? Parlez-vous toujours anglais? Aimez-vous a ecrire 
deslettres? Qu'avez-vous aux mains? N'avez-vous pas une robe 
neuve? N'avez-vous pas sommeil? Que desirez-vous boire? 
Voulez-vous du the? Au revoir. 

16. 

Had not that young lady a brother? She had no brother, 
but she had a sister. — Is that young man as kind as his father? 
I do not know; I do not know him well, but his brother 
Charles, my friend, is a very good young man. — Do you know 
that man? I do; he is my cousin's husband. — Is he not much 
richer than his wife? He is. — Is that woman as old as your 
mother? She is not so old. — Has your grocer (d') as bad coffee 
as ours? Our grocer has (de) very good coffee. — How are you 
to-day, my friend? Very well; and you? Pretty well. — Have 
you a book to lend me? I have a book, but I do not lend it 
to you; I give it to you. You are the kindest man I know. — 
Do you know K. the younger? I do. 

17. 

Has your uncle as many enemies as we? My uncle has no 
enemies, he has only friends. — Is he as rich as your father ? 
He is not so rich. — Is your house as large as your neighbor's? 
Ours is not so large as our neighbor's, but it is finer. — Have 
you more clothes than your brother ? He has as many as I. — 
Is your sister's watch as fine as her mother's? My mother's is 
pretty, my sister's is prettier, but mine is the prettiest. — To 
whom does that pretty, small house belong ? It is my aunt's. — 
Are the plates, butter, tea, cream, and sugar upon the table? 
Yes, madam. — Very well. — Will you lend me a knife? I have 
none. — Will your sister lend me hers ? She has none either 
(non plus). — Will you have an apple, my child? Thank you, 
madam, I am not hungry. — How old are you? I am six years 
old, madam. — Are you very good ? Mamma (maman) is satisfied 
with me. That is very good. 



NUMBERS. 



61 



Numbers. — Nombres. 



1, un. 




31, 


2, deux. 




32, 


3, trois. 




40, 


4, quatre (katre). 




41, 


5, cinq (k). 




42, 


6, six (siss). 




50, 


7, sept (sett). 




51, 


8, huit (witt). 




52, 


9, neuf (ff). 




60, 


10, dix (diss). 




61, 


11, onze. 




62, 


12, douze. 




70, 


13, treize. 




71, 


14, quatorze. 




72, 


15, quinze. 




80, 


16, seize. 




81, 


17, dix-sept (dis-sett). 


82, 


18, dix-huit (diz-witt). 


90, 


19, dix-neuf (diz-neuff). 


91, 


20, vingt (gt mute) 




100, 


21, vingt et un. 


-d 


101, 


22, vingt-deux. 


a 

o 


120, 


23, vingt-trois. 


240, 


24, vingt-quatre. 


02 

' +3 


1,000, 


25, vingt-cinq. 


2,000, 


26, vingt-six. 




1,000,000, 


27, vingt-sept. 


a 


2,000,000, 


28, vingt-huit. 


1,000,000,000, 


29, vingt-neuf. 


M 


5,000,000,000, 


30, trente. 







trente et un. 

trente-deux, etc. 

quarante. 

quarante et un. 

quarante-deux, etc. 

cinquante. 

cinquante et un. 

cinquante-deux, etc. 

soixante (soissante). 

soixante et un. 

soixante-deux, etc. 

soixante-dix. 

soixante et onze. 

soixante-douze, etc. 

quatre -vingt. 

quatre- vingt-un (gt mute), 

quatre-vingt-deux, etc. 

quatre-vingt-dix. 

quatre- vingt- onze, etc. 

cent (t is mute). 

cent un (not et un). 

cent vingt. 

deux cent quarante, etc. 

mille. 

deux mille. 

un million. 

deux millions. 

un billion, or un milliard. 

cinq milliards. 



5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 17, 18, 19 have the final consonant mute when 
the following word begins with a consonant or h aspirated ; as, 
5 francs, 6 francs, etc., are pronounced cin francs, si francs, se 
francs, hui francs, neu francs, di francs, diss-se, diz-ui, diz-neu 
francs. But before a vowel or h mute (as before amis, friends) 
they are pronounced as follows: cinkamis, sizamis, setamis, ui- 
fcamis, neuvamis, dizamis, diss-setamis, diz-uitamis, diz-neuvamis ; 
i. e., x is sounded z, f is sounded v before a vowel or mute h. 



62 DUFFEFS FRENCH METHOD. 

Cent takes an s when preceded by a number by which it is 
multiplied; as, deux cents livres; but cent is undeclined when 
followed by another number: deux cent cinq francs. Cent is 
also undeclined in expressing a date : l'an huit cent. 

Vingt follows the same rules as cent: quatre-vingts livres, 
quatre-vingt-cinq francs. 

Mille, as well as the other cardinal numbers, never takes ss 
as, deux, trois mille hommes, etc. It is spelled mil in expressing 
the date of the year: l'an mil huit cent soixante-douze. 

Mille, a mile, being a substantive, takes an s in the plural: 
quatre milles, four miles. 



Ordinal Numbers. — Nombres Ordinaux. 

1 st , l er , premier, m., premiere, /., also 1°, primo, 

premierement, 

(2 e , deuxieme; also 2°, secondo, secondement. 
2 d , second, m., seconde, /., (when no 3 d fol- 
lows it.) 
3 d , 3 e , troisieme ; also 3°, tertio, troisiemement. 

4 th , 4 e , quatrieme; " 4°, quarto, quatriemement. 

5 th , 5 e , cinquieme; " 5°, quinto, cinqiemement. 

etc., Hi corresponding to ieme or o. 
20 th , 20 e , vingtieme. 

50 th , 50 e , cinquantieme. 

100 th , 100 e , centieme. 

1,000 th , l,000 e , millieme. 

1,000,000 th , l,000,000 e , millionieme, etc. 



2 d , 



Ordinal numbers are declined, quatre cinquiemes, etc. 

^, one half, un demi, la moitie. 

|-, one third,un tiers. 

|, two thirds, deux tiers. x 1 ^, dix-neuf centiemes. 

The cardinal numbers are used in French for the date of the 
month, and for expressing the order of kings except the first: 



DAYS, MONTHS, ETC. 



Paris, the 25th of May, 1872. 



The 17th of June. 

j Charles XII. 

{ Charles the Twelfth. 



Paris, le 25 Mai, 1872. — No- 
tice that the cardinal num- 
ber is used for the date of 
the month, — Exception, Le 
l er , the first. 

Le 17 Juin. 

Charles douze. — Notice that 
"the" is not translated. 



Double, double 
tuple, etc 



treble, triple ; fourfold, quadruple ; fivefold, quin- 



January, Janvier. 
February, Fevrier. 
March, Mars. 
April, Avril. 
May, Mai. 

June, Juin. 



July, Juillet. 

August, Aout (pronounced ou) . 

September, Septembre. 

October, Oetobre. 

November, Novembre. 

December, D§cembre. 



A leap year, une annee bissextile. About ten, une dizaine. 

A dozen, une douzaine. A fortnight, une quinzaine. 

Two, three . . . dozen, deux, trois About fifteen, une quinzaine. 

douzaines. About a hundred, une centaine. 



TWELFTH LESSON — Douzieme Legon. 



The grandfather. 

The grandmother. 

The grandson. 

The granddaughter. 

The ancestors, forefathers. 

The father-in-law. 

The mother-in-law. 

The son-in-law. 

The daughter-in-law. 



Le grand-pere, l'a'ieul. 

La grand'mere, Paieule. 

Le petit-fils. 

La petite-fille. 

Les ancetres, les aieux. 

Le beau-pere. 

La belle-mere. 

Le gendre, le beau-fils, 

La belle-fille, la bru. 



64 



BUFFET'S FBENCR METHOD. 



The brother-in-law. 

The sister-in-law. 

The step-father. 

The step-mother. 

The godfather, the godmother. 

TJie godson, the god-daughter. 



Le beau-frere. 

La belle-soeur. 

Le beau-pere. 

La belle-mere. 

Le parrain, la marraine. 

Le filleul, la filleule. 



Study and conjugate §tre, (p. 134) in the imperfect and past 
definite, in the four forms. 



To be there, Y avoir (Impersonal). 



There is, there are. 

There is not, there are not. 

Is there f are there ? 

Is there not? are there not? 

There was, there were. 

There was not, there were not. 

Was there? were there? 

Was there not? were there not? 

There will be, etc. 

Once. 
Twice. 
Three times. 
Four times. 
Several times. 
Once a day. 
Twice a week. 
Three times a month. 
Several times a year. 
So much a day. 

Neither . . . nor. 



II y a. 

II n'y a pas. 

Y a-t-il? 

N'y a-t-il pas? 

II y avait, il y eut. 

H n'y avait pas, il n'y eut pas. 

Y avait-il? y eut-il? 

N'y avait-il pas? n'y eut-il pas? 
II y aura, etc. 

Une fois. 

Deux fois. 

Trois fois. 

Quatre fois. 

Plusieurs fois. 

Une fois par jour. 

Deux fois par semaine. 

Trois fois par mois. 

Plusieurs fois par an. 

Tant par jour. 

Ne . . . ni . . . ni. (Place ne be- 
fore the verb, and ni before 
every noun, adjective, or 
participle.) 



I have neither book, nor pencil, nor Je n'ai ni livre, ni crayon, ni 
slate. ardoise. 



Still. 

How much? how many? 



Encore. 

Combien (de, before a noun). 



RELATIONSHIPS. 



65 



EXAMPLES 



]I<yw many grandchildren has your 
grandfather ? 



There are fourteen of us. 

How many granddaughters are 

there ? 
There are five granddaughters and 

nine grandsons. 
Is your grandfather still alive? 

Yes, and my grandmother, also. 
How many brothers-in-law have 

you? 
I have no brother-in-law, but I 

ha.ve two sisters-in-law. 
Where is your godfather? 
I don't know; I don't see him 

often. 
Which lesson do you know ? 
Iknow the eighth and ninth lessons. 
Do you know the first seven 



Tolerably well. 

To whom are you writing? 

I am writing to my sister ; I write 

to her twice a week. 
She writes to us three or four times 

a week. 
Have you not three sisters? 
I have five. 
That little girl knows neither the 

halves, nor the thirds, nor the 

fourths. 



Combien votre grand-pere a-t-il 
de petits-enfants ? (or, com- 
bien de petits-enfants a votre 
grand-pere ? ) 

Nous sommes quatorze. 

Combien y a-t-il de petites-filles? 

II y a cinq petites-filles et neuf 
petits-fils. 

Avez-vous encore votre grand- 
pere ? 

Oui, et ma grand'mere, aussi. 

Combien de beaux-freres avez- 
vous? 

Je n'ai pas de beau-frere, mais 
j'ai deux belles-scaurs. 

Ou est votre parrain? 

Je ne sais pas ; je ne le vois pas 
souvent. 

Quelle legon savez-vous? 

Je sais lahuitieme et la neuvieme. 

Savez-vous les sept premieres 
legons ? 

Assez bien; passablement bien. 

A qui ecrivez-vous P 

J'ecris a ma soeuri je lui ecris 
deux fois par semaine. 

Elle nous ecrit trois ou quatrj 
fois par semaine. 

Wavez-vous pas trois scaurs P 

J'en ai cinq. 

Cette petite fille ne connait ni 
les demis, ni les tiers, ni 
les quarts. 



CONVERSATION. 

Combien votre grand'mere a-t-elle de petitsfils? N'a-t-elie 
pas aussi des petites-filles? Votre grand-pere etait-il beaucoup 

D. F. M. - 6. 



ffi DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

plus age que sa femme ? Quel age a votre grand'mere ? Com- 
bieu de cousins avez-vous ? Combien de fois par semaine voyez- 
vous votre beau-frere? Votre petit frere etait-il aussi fatigue 
que vous ? N'etiez-vous pas fache contre le fils de votre voisin ? 
Combien de lecons prenez-vous par semaine? Combien y a-t-il 
de livres? Sont-ils tous a votre pere? Etes-vous Faine de la 
famille? Quel age a le plus jeune? Combien y avait-il de 
bouteilles? Quelle viande voulez-vous, or desirez-vous ? 



18. 

Do you usually know your lessons? Yes, sir. — How many 
children has your sister ? She (en) has four. — Then you are 
four times an uncle. More than that; I have eight nephews 
and nieces. — Do you like your nephews better than your nieces ? 
On the contrary, I like my nieces better than my nephews ; 
they are better than they. — Do you love your grandmother 
better than your grandfather? I love them both (tous les deux) 
very much; they are so kind. — Is your grandfather still alive? 
No, but my great-grandmother (arriere-grand'mere) is still alive. — 
Are your brother-in-law's parents still alive ? His father is still 
alive, and he has a step-mother. — Were you not fatigued? I 
was very much fatigued ; more than my husband. — Do you 
know my mother-in-law ? I know her very well ; the more I see 
her the more I like her; she is so kind. — She is the best woman 
I know. — Do you often write to your parents? I write to them 
three or four times a month. — Write the following numbers in 
French : 18, 29, 31, 47, 58, 63, 82, 96, 108, 353, 1080, 2975, 3421871. 



19. 

Is your ink as bad as mine? Yours can not be worse than 
mine. — Is Eobert's paper as good as mine? It is better than 
yours ; it is the best paper that I ever saw. — Does your sister 
know her lessons better than you do ? She always knows them 
much better. — How many inkstands have you? I (en) have 
only one. — Will you lend it to me? My ink is very bad. — I 
have a letter to write. — To whom will you write ? I will write 
to my brother. — Does he answer you? He always answers 



PLACE OF THE OBJECT. 



67 



me. — Does he write better than you? Yes, much better. — 
How many children are there in that family ? There (en) are 
seven or eight. — Will you have the half of this bottle of wine? 
No, thank you, I do not like wine. — Do you wish to have some 
water? I am not thirsty. — How many thirds are there in an 
integer? (un entier) ? There (en) are three ; a little child knows 
that. — How old is your godson? He is thirteen. — Is he as tall 
as your son ? He is taller ; he is two years older than my son. — 
Is this new book yours? No, it is Paul's. 



THIRTEENTH LESSON — Treizieme Lecon. 



A marble table 


Une table de marbre. 


A gold watch. 


Une montre d'or. 


A watch-key. 


Une clef de montre. 


A silver snuff-box. 


Une tabatiere d'argent. 


A silk dress. 


Une robe de soie. 


A silver fork and spoon. 


Un eouvert d'argent. 


A cloth coat. 


Un habit de drap. 


A crystal inkstand. 


Un encrier de cristal. 


A dining-room. 


Une salle a manger. 


A wine-bottle. 


Une bouteille a vin. 


A mustard-pot. 


Un pot a moutarde. 



In French, the name of an object precedes the name 
of the substance of which it is formed or which it con- 
tains. The preposition de is placed between them. 

The name of an object precedes the noun represent- 
ing its use, produce, etc. The preposition a generally 
connects the two nouns. (See examples above.) 

Study and conjugate the imperfect and past definite of aimer, 
p. 139, flnir, p. 145, recevoir, p. 152, and vendre, p. 155, and of 
pouvoir, p. 172. 



68 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



To think of. 

To receive. Recevoir. 
To learn. Apprendre. 



Penser a (to reflect on, to bear in 
mind, to have some thoughts). 

Penser de (to form one's opinion 
about, to think well of, etc.). 

To break. Casser (reg.). 

To qo. Aller. 



That. Que, (conj.) always expressed after the verb). 

One, ones, (of them, of it, thereof, etc.) En. 

Hier. Formerly, Autrefois. When, Quand, lorsque. 



EXAMPLES. 



Did you know (that) I had a gold 
watch ? 

I knew (that) you had a ivatch, 
but I thought it was a silver 
one. 

Had not your father a silver snuff- 
box? 

Formerly he had a beautiful one. 

Yesterday my mother received a 
silver fork and spoon. 

My sister wishes to buy a silk dress. 

Whose fine crystal inkstand is this f 
It was formerly my grandfather's. 

Did- you learn your lessons well ? 
Did you often go to see your parents f 

Did you receive any books? 

Did you not often break the plates ? 

What do you think of that ? 
He wore a cloth vest. 
She broke her crystal inkstand. 
I did not like their dining-room. 

Where is the mustard-pot? 



Saviez-vous que j'avais une mon- 

tre d'or? 
Je savais que vous aviez une 

montre, mais je pensais que 

c'etait une montre d'argent. 
Votre pere n'avait-il pas une 

tabatiere d'argent? 
Autrefois il en avait une belle. 
Hier ma mere a recu un couvert 

d'argent. 
Ma soeur desire acheter une robe 

de soie. 
A qui est ce bel encrier de cristal? 
II etait autrefois a mon grand- 

pere. 
Appreniez-vous bien vos legons ? 
Alliez-vous souvent voir vos pa- 
rents ? 
Reeeviez-vous des livres ? 
Ne cassiez-vous pas souvent les 

assiettes ? 
Que pensez-vous de cela ? 
II portait un gilet de drap. 
Elle cassa son encrier de cristal. 
Je n'aimais pas leur salle a 

manger. 
Ou est le pot a moutarde? 



PLACE OF THE OBJECT. 69 

CONVERSATION. 

Quand avez-vous casse votre montre d'or? Ou avez-vous 
achete cette tabatiere d'argent ? Conibien aviez-vous de bouteil- 
les a vin? Qu'avez-vous appris hier? Avez-vous pu prendre 
votre lecon hier? Ne pensiez-vous pas a nous? Quand etes- 
vous alle voir votre parrain? Ou etaient autrefois vos ancetres? 
Quand avez-vous recu ces beaux couverts d'argent? N'aviez- 
vous pas plusieurs moutardiers ? Qui a casse mon eouteau hier ? 
N'aviez-vous pas plusieurs habits de drap? Ne saviez-vous pas 
que j'avais une montre d'argent? Ou puis-je acheter une clef 
de montre? N'avez-vous pas plusieurs filleuls? Ou sont les 
cahiers de mes sceurs? 

20. 

Did you often think of me when you were so unfortunate? 
I often thought of you and of my uncle. — Could you not write 
to us? I had neither pen nor paper, and I could not buy any. — 
When did you go to see your family? Three times a year. — 
Did you never go to see your brother-in-law ? I could not ; he 
was angry with me. — Is not your dining-room larger than ours ? 
I think yours is smaller than ours. — How many lessons did you 
take a week ? I took five lessons a week. — Did you learn them 
well? Not always. — Did you receive many books? I received 
some often enough. — Formerly you had a silver pen-holder; 
where is it? My sister has it (or, it is my sister who has it). — 
What vest do you give the servant ? I give him an old vest. 

21. 

Do you often eat fowl? We (en) eat some twice or three 
times a week. — Do you eat many potatoes? Yes, we (en) always 
have some with our meat. — What do you drink ? We drink 
wine and water. — Do you often take chocolate? No, we do not 
like chocolate much. — Will you breakfast with us ? I can offer 
you a leg of mutton: I know you like it very much. You are 
very kind, but I can not; I am to breakfast with my friend 
Charles. — How are your sisters? I thank you, my sisters are 
very well. — Do you know how many cousins I have? I know 
(that) you (en) have a great many. I (en) have twenty-two. — 



70 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Were there not wine-bottles in the dining-room? There (en) 
were more than ten. — Where are they? I do not know; the 
servant (en) often breaks some. — Did your grandfather come 
and see you? He came to see us several times a year. 

An Important Remark. — To ask questions when the subject 
is a noun preceded by an interrogative, always begin with that 
interrogative. 

When is your sister Quand votre sceur doit-elle venir 
to come? (or, quand est-ce que votre 

sceur doit venir) ? 

Where does your Ou demeure votre oncle (or, ou 
uncle live f votre oncle demeure-t-il) ? 

Why does not Mrs. Pourquoi Madame S. ne vient- 
S. come ? elle pas ? 

Par ou M. T. est-il venu? 



With quand. 



With ou. 



With 
pourquoi. 

With 
par ou. 



With 
quels, quelles. 



With que. 



With 
combien. 



What way did Mr. 

T. come? 
Which or what Quelle maison M. F. a-t-il ache 

house has Mr. tee? 

F. bought? 
Which or what Quels livres votre sceur lit-elle 

books does your (or, quels livres lit votre 

sister read ? sceur) ? 

What did your Qu'ont dit vos parents (or, qu'est- 
parents say ? ce que vos parents ont dit) ? 

' How much does Combien M. P. paie-t-il par an? 
Mr. P. pay a 
year ? 



How many houses Combien votre oncle a-t-il de 
has your uncle? maisons (or, combien de mai- 
sons a votre oncle ? or, com- 
bien de maisons votre oncle 
a-t-il? or, combien est-ce que 
votre oncle a de maisons) ? 

Est-ce que might be placed after any of the interrogatives; 
Ou est-ce que votre oncle demeure ? 
Pourquoi est-ce que Madame S. ne vient pas ? 
Quels livres est-ce que votre sceur lit ? etc. 



IMPERFECT AND PAST DEFINITE. 



71 



FOURTEENTH LESSON — Quatorzieme Legon. 



White, blanc, m., blanche, /. 

Blue, bleu, m., bleue, /. 

Brown, brun, m., e,f. 

Gray, gris, m., e,f. 

Yellow, jaune, m. and /. 

Black, noir, m., e, f. 

Red, rouge, m. and f.; roux, m. s 

rousse, /., red-haired. 
Green, vert, m., e, /. 



Dark, fonce, m., e, f 

Light, clair, m., e, /. 

Whitish, blanchatre, m. and /. 

Bluish, bleuatre, m. and /. 

The silk, la soie. 

The wool, la laine. 

The cotton, le coton. 

The thread, le fil. 

The linen cloth, la toile. 



Violet, purple, violet, m., te, /. 

In English, the present and the imperfect of the in- 
dicative have three forms, whereas, in French, they 
have only one form each ; as : 

I write, I am writing, I do write, j'ecris. 

I wrote, I was writing, I did write, j'ecrivais, etc. 



The Imperfect and the Past Definite. 

The imperfect describes a past action. It shows the actions 
and positions with regard to their duration. It represents an 
action in the course of its duration. It is used of every period 
of the past. It is used to express repeated or customary actions ; 
then it may often be rendered by used to, would. It represents 
the English past tense formed of to be, and the present participle, 
was doing, etc. 



I ivas going out when your sister 
came. 

When I was in Paris I got up 
late, breakfasted at twelve, 
walked in the afternoon, dined 
at six, and went to the theater 
every night. 



Je sortais quand votre soeur 
vint. 

Quand j'Stais a Paris je me levais 
tard, je dejeunais a midi, je 
me promenais l'apres-midi, 
je dinais a six heures, et j'al- 
lais au theatre tous les soirs. 



72 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

N. B. — In the foregoing illustration "used to," is understood 
with the English past tense : "I got up," i. e., "I used to get up," 
etc. 

Charles the Fifth spoke several Charles-Quint parlait plusieurs 

languages. langues. 

My grandfather was very tall. Mon grand-pere etait tres-grand. 

The pluperfect marks an event not only past in itself, but as 
past with regard to another past event. As its auxiliary is the 
imperfect of avoir or etre, it partakes of the signification of that 
tense. 

I had finished when you came. J'avais fini quand vous vintes. 

The past definite relates a past action without regarding its 
duration. It is a narrative, historical tense. 

The idea of " did," is usually understood in English, unless 
"did" belongs to an interrogative sentence, when it then means 
"used to," and requires the imperfect. 

As soon as I arrived in Paris, Aussitot que j'arrivai a Paris, 

I took a cab and went to the je pris une voiture et j'allai 

Grand Hotel; the day after, au Grand Hotol; le lende- 

I visited a part of the city, main, je visitai une partie 

etc. de la ville, etc. 

Napoleon died on the 5th of May, Napoleon mourut le 5 Mai, 

1821. 1821. 

N. B. — Notice that " I arrived," " I took" "went," "visited," 
"died," actually mean "did arrive," "did take" etc. 

The passe anterieur expresses what took place immediately 
before another event which is also past (expressed in the past 
definite). It is generally accompanied by quand, des que, a 
peine, apres que, aussitot que. 

My brother left as soon as he had Mon frere partit aussitot qu'il 
breakfasted. eut dejeune. 

To enter, to go into. Entrer (dans). 

To mend. Raccommoder. 

To tear. Dechirer. 

To come. Venir (p. 150). 

To meet. Bencontrer. 



IMPERFECT AND PAST DEFINITE. 



73 



Every day. 
Every other day. 
Every third day. 
Of course. 
Now, at present. 
Above all, especially. 
Nearly, almost, about. 



Tous les jours. 

Tous les deux jours. 

Tous les trois jours, etc. 

Bien entendu; naturellement. 

Maintenant, a present. 

Surtout. 

A peu pres. 



EXAMPLES. 



Do you wear cotton stockings ? 
Now I wear thread stockings ? 

Does your sister like silk dresses ? 

Of course she does. 

Does she like light colors? 

She does; above all green, blue, 

and white. 
Where are you going? 
I am going to buy some yellow 

paper. 
Wliat are you mending? 
I am mending my brother's black 

vest. 
Does he often tear his coats ? 
Almost every day. 
Do you often go into that house? 

Every third or fourth day. 

Were you coming here yesterday 
when I met you ? 

No, I was going to see my god- 
father. 

Did you not wish to buy red 
stockings ? 

No, I wished to buy white ones. 

Could you speak that language? 



Not at all. 



Portez-vous des bas de coton ? 
Maintenant je porte des bas de 

fll. 
Votre sceur aime-t-elle les robes 

de soieP 
Naturellement elle les aime. 
Aime-t-elle les couleurs claires P 
Oui, surtout le vert, le bleu, et 

le blanc. 
Ou allez-vous ? 
Je vais acheter du papier jaune. 

Que raccommodez-vous ? 

Je raccommode le gilet noir de 

mon frere. 
Dechire-t-il souvent ses habits P 
A peu pres tous les jours, 
Entrez-vous souvent dans cette 

maison ? 
Tous les trois ou quatre jours. 
Veniez-vous ici hier quand je 

vous ai rencontre ? 
"Non, j'allais voir mon parrain. 

He vouliez-vous pas acheter des 

bas rouges? 
Non, je voulais en acheter des 

blancs. 
Pouviez-vous parler cette Lan- 

gue? 
Pas du tout. 



D. F. M.— 7. 



74 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



CONVERSATION. 

Qui vient ? N'est-ce pas l'amie de votre soeur qui vous donne 
de si bonnes peches? Out allez-vous? Que raccommodez-vous ? 
Ou allait votre fr£re quand je 1'ai rencontre? N'y allez-vous 
pas tous les trois jours ? Qu'ecrivez-vous ? Ecrivez-vous souvent 
a votre famille? Votre mere repond-elle a vos lettres? A qui 
est ce papier bleu? A qui sont ces chaussettes rouges? Qui 
vous a donne ce mauvais crayon noir? N'avez-vous pas ma 
cravate verte ? Cette demoiselle n'aime-t-elle pas les couleurs 
foncees? Que dechirez-vous ? Est-ce la de la laine? Aimez- 
vous les chaussettes de fil? A qui est ce parapluie brun? Ce 
fil est-il a vous ou a votre mere? 



22. 

Have you a white vest? No, I do not like light colors; 
I always wear black coats. — Your sister likes light colors; she 
often wears green or blue silk dresses. She has also dark silk 
dresses. — You always wear this gray hat ; have you not a black 
one? Yes, I (en) have a black one. — You have a beautiful 
dining-room. It is nice, but yours is nicer and larger. — Do 
you take a lesson every day ? I (en) take one every other day, 
and I write my lessons and exercises the other days. — What 
are you learning now? I am learning English. — Do you speak 
it already? I can speak it pretty well. — Your father speaks 
English ? Formerly he knew it pretty well. — Where was your 
son going yesterday? He was going to see his brother-in-law. 



23. 

Did you not know my grandfather ? Yes, my father was his 
best friend. — Were they not cousins? No, but they were great 
friends. — How many houses are there in this town ? There 
(en) are five thousand four hundred and eighty -five. — It is a 
large town. It is not so large as ours. — Do you wish to see 
my sister's fine books? How many has she? She (en) has 
more than a hundred. — She (en) has more than I have. — Do 
you like these gray coats? No, I do not like them at all. — 



COMPOUND TENSES. 



lb 



Whose red socks are these? They are my brother's; he likes 
red very much. — Do you often go to see your father-in-law? 
We go to see him every fifth or sixth day. — What were } r ou 
mending when I entered ? I was mending my brother's black 
cloth trousers. — Where were you going when I met you? I 
was going to buy some thread and silk. — Do you like silk 
dresses ? Of course I do, especially violet silk dresses. 



FIFTEENTH LESSON — Quinzieme Legon. 



The house, la maison. 
The room, la chambre. 
The ivindow, la fenetre. 

The door, la porte. 
The table, la table. 
The chair, la chaise. 
The arm-chair, le fauteuil. 



The sofa, le canap6. 

The bed, le lit. 

The chest of drawers, the bureau, 

la commode. 
The carpet, le tapis. 
The fire, le feu. 
The icood, le bois. 
The coal or coals, le cbarbon. 



Study and conjugate the compound tenses, past indefinite, 
pluperfect, and passe anterieur of avoir (p. 131), §tre (p. 135), 
aimer (p. 140), finir (p. 145), recevoir (p. 152), vendre (p. 155). 

To shut. Fermer. 

To open. Ouvrir (p. 149). 

To burn. Bruler. 

Much, a great deal of, a good deal 1 , , , x 

' y jy » i Beaucoup (de, before a noun). 

of, many, a great many. J 



My neighbor has a great deal of Mon voisin a beaucoup d'ar- 
money. gent (never tres-beaucoup). 

We have a great many friends. Nous avons beaucoup d'amis. 



Too much, too many. 
Enough . 
A little. 



Trop (de, before a noun). 

Assez. 

TJn peu. " " 



76 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



But little, only a little, not much, ) Ne . . . guere, (ne, before the 



scarcely any, but few, not 
many. 

No more. 

Almost, nearly, scarcely. 

Another. 

In, into. 



verb, and guere after the 
verb). 

Ne . . . plus. (Same rule as 

for ne . . . guere.) 
Presque. 

Un autre, m., une autre, /. 
Dans. 



EXAMPLES. 



Have you had wood enough? 

I have had too much coal, but I 

have not had wood enough. 
Have you not given an arm-chair 

to C? 
I have given him an arm-chair and 

two chairs. 
We have spoken to Mrs. B. 
Have you shut the windows ? 
Has Charles written his letter f 
Has that child breakfasted f 
You had given me too much wine. 
Had Robert put on another coat ? 

You have bought too many shirts. 

I have bought four good ones. 
We have not burned much wood. 

Have you received a little wine ? 
I have received scarcely any. 
Have you drunk of that tea ? 
No, I was not thirsty. 
My sister has been afraid. 
Your daughter has not eaten. 
Has he a great many books? 
He has a great many (of them). 
( Has he enough (of them) ? 
He has too many (of them). 



Avez-vous eu assez de bois ? 

J'ai eu trop de charbon, mais je 
n'ai pas eu assez de bois. 

N'avez-vous pas donne un fau- 
teuil a C. ? 

Je lui ai donne un fauteuil et 
deux chaises. 

Nous avons parle a Madame B. 

Avez-vous ferme les fen§tres? 

Charles a-t-il ecrit sa lettre? 

Cet enfant a-t-il dejeun§? 

Vous m'aviez donne trop de vin. 

Robert avait-il mis un autre 
habit ? 

"Vous avez achete trop de che- 
mises. 

J'en ai achete quatre bonnes. 

Nous n'avons guere brule de 
bois. 

Avez-vous regu un peu de vin ? 

Je n'en ai presque pas regu. 

Avez-vous bu de ce the? 

Non, je n'avais pas soif. 

Ma soeur a eu peur. 

Votre fille n'a pas mang6. 

A-t-il beaucoup de livres? 

II en a beaucoup. 

En a-t-il assez? 

II en a trop. 



COMPOUND TENSES. 77 

CONVERSATION. 

Votre maison est-elle aussi grande que la notre? Y a-t-il 
beaucoup de grandes chambres? N'avez-vous pas achete un 
canape neuf ? Avez-vous raccommode le tapis ? Le domestique 
a' a-t-il pas ouvert les fenetres de ma chambre ? N'avez-vous pas 
achete trop de fauteuils? Mon chapeau de soie n'est-il pas dans 
votre chambre? N'avez-vous pas une commode? Avez-vous 
assez decharbon? Avez-vous parle a ce monsieur? Avez-vous 
ferme la porte ? Votre frere a-t-il un peu d'encre a me donner ? 
N'avez-vOus pas declare" la robe de soie de votre mere? Votre 
tante n'a-t-elle pas repondu a votre lettre? Comment se porte- 
t-elle? Qui est entre dans ma chambre? Pouvez-vous me don- 
ner un peu de sucre? 

24. 

How many rooms are there in this house? There (en) are 
twenty-four. — Are they as large as yours? Some are larger 
and some smaller than mine. — Is it not your cousin's house ? 
It is his wife's. — Is it a new house ? You see that it is almost 
new. — Are not the windows too small ? They are as large as 
those of your house. — You have very fine arm-chairs; how 
many (en) have you? I (en) have six, and ten chairs. — "Where 
is your sofa? It is now in my room; I will (en) buy another. — 
You have a beautiful green carpet; is it new? Yes, I bought it 
with the arm-chairs and chairs. — Have you enough wood? We 
burn scarcely any wood ; we burn coal. — Have you much coal ? 



25. 

Has your son answered you yet? Yes, he usually answers 
(a) our letters as soon as he receives them. — W T ill you lend 
your watch to your brother? I don't much like to lend my 
watch. — W T hat will you give (to) your servant? I will give him 
my old coats. — What lesson are you learning now? I am 
learning the eleventh lesson. — Do you know it ? I shall very 
soon (know it). — Who was first to-day? I know that I was the 
twenty-fourth. — But that is not at all good; you have been 



78 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



lazy. I have always been lazy. — Your young sister is more 
studious (studieuse) than you, and she is much younger than 
you. — I do not like English; I do not wish to learn it. The 
baker's son speaks it now better than you. — He is older than I 
(am). He is; but you take a lesson every day, and he takes one 
only every other day. — Will you lend me some paper? You 
see I have but little. — Where can I buy some? I am going to 
(en) give you five or six sheets. — Have you a pen-holder? I 
can not write with this one. I have only that one. — There is 
not much ink in your inkstand. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



Person 


Nominative. 


Direct Object. 


Indirect Object. 


Object op a 
Preposition. 


and 
Number 


















Fr. 


Eng. 


Fr. 


Eng. 


Fr. 


Eng. 


Fr. 


Eng. 


1 ' 




je. 


I. 


me. 


me. 


me. 


to me. 


moi. 


me. 


2 


OQ 


tu. 


thou. 


te. 


thee. 


te. 


to thee. 


toi. 


thee. 


3 


fTO 


Jil. 
1 elle. 


he, it. 


/ le, 1\ 
<■ la, P. 


him, it. 


flui. 
tlui. 


to him, to it. 


flui. 
<■ elle. 


him, it. 


3/-, 




she, it. 


her, it. 


to her, to it. 


her, it. 


1 




nous. 


we. 


nous. 


us. 


nous. 


to us. 


nous. 


us. 


2 


^ 


vous. 


you. 


vous. 


you. 


vous. 


to you. 


vous. 


you. 


3 


S= 


f ils. 
v elles. 


they. 


fles. 
lies. 


them. 


f leur. 
<■ leur. 


to them. 


f eux. 
<• elles. 


them. 


3/.J 




they. 


them. 


to them. 


them. 



The "Nominative" is the nominative case or subject. 

The "Direct object" is the English objective case, the accus- 
ative in Latin. 

The "Indirect Object" is the case calling, in English, for the 
prepositions "to" or "at," — it is the dative in Latin. 

The "Object of a Preposition" is the case calling for any other 
preposition than "to" or "at" — the genitive or ablative in 
Latin. 

SE and SOI. 



SE (accusative or dative) is used in reflective verbs for one's 
self, himself, herself, itself, themselves, each other, one another; to one's 
self, to himself, etc. It is the reflective pronoun, third persons, 
singular and plural. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 79 

He is too fond of himself, il s'aime trop. 

They strike one another, ils se donnent des coups, — i. e., They 
give blows to one another. 

SOI, himself, herself, itself, etc., is of both genders and numbers, 
and is applied to persons and things. It is used in general and 
indeterminate sentences, having commonly an indefinite pronoun 
for the nominative. 

We have often need of one more humble than ourselves, on a souvent 
besoin d'un plus petit que soi. 



Place of the Personal Pronouns Nominative. 

1. These pronouns are placed before the verb in affirmative 
and negative sentences. 

I speak, je parle. They do not see, ils ne voient pa&. 

2. They are placed after the verb in interrogative and interroga* 
tive* -negative sentences. 

Have I seen that man f ai-je vu cet homme? 

Has he not seen my children? n'a-t-il pas vu mes enfants? 



Place of the Personal Pronouns, Direct and 
Indirect Object. 

These pronouns are placed before the verb, except in the 
Imperative-affirmative, — when they are placed after the verb. 



Before the Verb. 



After the Verb. 
( Imperati ve-afnrm- 
ative. 



He sees me, il me voit. 1 Direct „ 

She loves them, elle les aime. J 
She gives me, elle me donne. 1 T -, , . 
We give them, nous leur donnons. J 

See her to day, voyez-la aujourd'hui. 
Love them always, aimez-les toujours. 
Give us your books, donnez-nous vos livres. 
Give themmy compliments, faites-leur mes 
compliments. 



If the form est-ce-que is used, the nominative pronoun is placed before the verb. 



80 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Place of the Personal Pronoun, Object of a 
Preposition. 

These pronouns are always placed after the verb, the preposi- 
tions used with them being translated. Some few verbs require 
the preposition a (to or at, of the dative case) to be also trans- 
lated. In such cases the pronoun as object of a preposition, is 
used instead of the pronoun dative. 

He went with me to the theater, il alia avec moi au theatre. 

He goes with her every day, il va avec elle tous les jours. 

They speak for them, ils parlent pour eux, or elles. 

He fell against her, il tomba contre elle. 

He comes to him for money, il vient a lui pour de l'argent. 

He still thinks of them, il pense encore a eux. 



Use of moi and toi as Direct or Indirect Object. 

The forms moi and toi are used instead of me and te, whether 
direct or indirect, when placed after the verb, i. e., in the imper- 
ative-affirmative. 

See me this afternoon, voyez-moi cette apres-midi. 
Give me all your money, donnez-moi tout votre argent. 

Personal Pronouns En and Y. 

The pronouns en (some, or any, of it, thereof, of them, etc.), and 
y (to or at it, thereat, at them, of it, — also the adverb of place, y, 
there,) follow the same rules as have been given for the pronouns 
when used as direct object or indirect object, 

I have some (of it), j'en ai. 

Have you any (of them,)? en avez-vous? 

Get some to-day, ayez-en aujourd'hui. 

I think of it now, j'y pense maintenant. 

I think of it often, j'y pense souvent. 

Go there at once, allez-y de suite. 

He went there yesterday, il y alia hier. 



PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 81 

Respective places of the Pronouns, Direct and 
Indirect Object. 

When two personal pronouns, — one direct and the other in- 
direct, — occur in the same sentence, they are both placed be- 
fore the verb, except in the imperative affirmative. 

In order to ascertain their respective places observe the person 
of the indirect, as is shown below. 

1. He gives it to me. — The indirect is not of the 3d. person. 

2. They give it to him. — The indirect is of the 3d. person. 



If the indirect is not of the third person, singular or plural, 
the order is the opposite to the English, i. e., the indirect before 
the direct. 

He gives it to me, il me le donne. 



If the indirect is of the third person, singular or plural, the 
order is the same as in English, i. e., the direct before the indirect. 

He gives it to him, il le lui donne. 

When these pronouns are placed after the verb, (in the im- 
perative affirmative,) the order is always the same as in English, 
i. e., the direct before the indirect. 

Give it to me, donnez-le-moi. 
Give it to him, donnez-le-lui. 



The pronouns en and y (also y, there, adverb) always follow 
all other pronouns, whether before or after the verb. 

Speak to her of it, parlez-lui-en. 
Do not speak to her of it, ne lui en parlez pas. 
I will send it to you there, je vous l'y enverrai. 
He has spoken to me about it, il m'en a parle. 



82 



DVFFET^S FRENCH METHOD. 



SIXTEENTH LESSON — Seizieme LeQon. 



The market, 

The church. 

The college. 

The school. 

The museum. 

The art museum. 

The law school. 

The park. 

The station, the depot. 

The railway. 

The medical college. 

The boulevards. 

The University of Michigan. 



Le marche. 

L'eglise, /. 

Le college. 

L'ecole, /. 

Le musee. 

Le musee des arts. 

L'ecole de droit. 

Le pare. 

La gare. 

Le chemin de fer. 

L'ecole de medecine. 

Les boulevards, m. 

L'TJniversite de Michigan. 



Study and conjugate the past indefinite of repondre (p. 157); 
aller (p. 166), ecrire (p. 169). 



Past Indefinite. 

This tense expresses an action entirely completed, 
but performed at a time of which some part is not yet 
elapsed; as to-day, this week, this month, this year, etc. 

Important Remark. — This tense is more frequently used in 
French than in English. In the familiar style, in all ordinary 
circumstances, it may be and is used instead of the past definite, i. e., 
when "did" is expressed or understood in English. 



Yesterday I wrote two letters. 
We finished this morning. 
She answered on the 16th instant. 
You spoke to her last week. 

I have written several letters. 
We have finished our lessons. 
Last year I saw the queen Vic- 
toria. 



Hier j'ai ecrit deux lettres. 
Nous avons fini ce matin. 
Elle a repondu le 16 courant. 
Vous lui avez parl6 la semaine 

derniere. 
J'ai §crit plusieurs lettres. 
Nous avons fini nos lemons. 
L'annee derniere j'ai vu la reine 

Victoria. 



PAST INDEFINITE. 



83 



To go to church. 

To go to school. 

To visit. 

To accompany. 

To travel. 

To remain, to stay. 

Long, a long time. 

From time to time- 

Sometimes. 

Before. 

After. 



Aller a l'eglise. 

Aller a Pecole. 

Visiter. 

Aceompagner. 

Voyager. 

Hester (with etre). 

Longtemps. 

De temps en temps. 

Quelquefois. 

Avant (prep.), devant (adv.)* 

avant que (conj.). 
Apres, apres que. 



EXAMPLES. 



Who has gone to market? 
My aunt (has gone there). 
Save you visited our church? 
I visited it yesterday; it is large. 
Who accompanied you? 
Mr. Paid accompanied me. 
Has your father traveled much? 

He traveled when he was young. 

Have you been to the museum? 

I have teen there occasionally. 

Have you met my sisters? 

I saw them at church. 

Did you remain long at school? 

I remained there for three hours. 
Who spoke first? 
I spoke before you did. 
Did you come before I did? 
Xo, I came after you. 
Did you dance much yesterday? 
About half an hour. 
When I was in Paris, I used to 
go to the lav: school. 



Qui est alle au marcb^P 

Ma tante y est allee. 

Avez-vous visite notre eglise? 

Jel'aivisiteebier; elle est gran.de. 

Qui vous a accompagne? 

M. Paul m'a accompagne. 

Votre pere a-t-il beaucoup voy- 
age? 

II a voyage quand il etait jeune. 

Avez-vous ete au musee ? 

J'y ai ete quelquefois. 

Avez-vous rencontre mes scaurs? 

Je les ai vues a l'eglise. 

Etes-vous reste longtemps a 
Pecole ? 

J'y suis reste trois beures. 

Qui a parle le premier? 

J'ai parle avant vous. 

Etes-vous venu avant moi? 

Non, je suis venu apres vous. 

Avez-vous beaucoup danse bier? 

Environ une demi-beure. 

Quand j'etais a Paris, j'allais de 
temps en temps a Pecole de 
droit. 



84 DUFFET'S FBENCH METHOD. 

CONVERSATION. 

Etes-vous alle a l'eglise hier? Vos petits freres vont-ils a 
l'ecole tous les jours? Ce garcon aime-t-il son college? 
Qu'apprend-il? Avez-vous deja visite le musee? Nos amis ne 
sont-ils pas alles au musee? Y a-t-il un pare dans la ville? 
Vos amis sont-ils a l'Universite de Michigan? Voulez-vous venir 
avec moi a la gare? Avez-vous beaucoup voyage? Allez-vous 
de temps en temps au college? Etes-vous venu avant Charles? 
Etes-vous venu longtemps avant lui? 

— 26. 

Is your little boy at school? Yes, he is there now; he goes 
there twice a day. — Does he learn well? He is a little lazy; 
but he is so young. — Who has gone to the station with your 
sister-in-law? My husband has accompanied her there. — She 
did not remain long with you. She remained only three days 
with us. — Do you sometimes go to the college? I go there 
from time to time. — You are right. — Have you shut the door 
of your room? I always shut it when I think of it. — Where 
did you meet my servant? I met him on the boulevard. — 
Which museum did you visit yesterday? I visited the Art 
Museum. — Will you accompany me to the market? With 
pleasure; what do you wish to buy? I wish to buy a silver 
Bnuff-box. — You (en) have one already. Yes, but it is bro- 
ken. —Do you often travel? I travel two or three times a 
year. — Do you sometimes go to the park? I have been there 
only once. —Do you like it? Not much. — Will you lend me 
your pen-knife? I can not lend it to you; my sister has it. 

27. 

Who has torn these envelopes ? It is that little boy who has 
torn them. — Have you a (du) fire in your room? Not to-day; 
it is not cold. — I am not warm. It is astonishing; it is warm 
to-day. — Do you burn wood or coal? We always burn coal. — 
(En) Do you burn much of it? We (en) burn five or six thou- 
sand kilogrammes a year. — Is it not damp to-day? Yes, it is 
damp and mild. — Whose umbrella is this? It is my father's. — 



COINS. 



85 



It is torn; do you see? Yes, it is an old umbrella. — Will 
you lend me yours? I (en) have not one. — Are there many 
apples this year? No, there are not a great many apples, but 
there are a good many pears. — Have you known your grand- 
father? No, but I have seen my grandmother. — How much 
does this man receive a day? He receives five francs a day. 
It is not much. — How many children has he? He (en) has 
four or five. — Is not the young man who is with him his son? 
No, he is our neighbor's son. — Does he work with him? I 
think he always works with him; I always see them together 
(ensemble). — Will you give me your old pen? I can lend it to 
you, but I do not wish to give it to you. 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON — Dix-septieme Legon. 



f Gold. 

[ Silver. 

f Money. 

•j Change. 

[ Pence, coppers. 

A piece. 

A twenty-franc piece. 

A pound sterling. 

A crown. 

A shilling. 

A penny. 

A halfpenny. 

A farthing. 

A cent. 

A guinea. 

A dollar. 



L'or (metal). 

L'argent (metal). 

De l'argent. 

De la monnaie. 

Des sous. 

Une piece de. 

Une piece de vingt francs. 

Une livre sterling. 

Une couronne. 

Un schelling. 

Un penny, deux sous. 

Un sou. 

Un demi-sou. 

Un cent. 

Une guin§e. 

Un dollar, une piastre. 



Study and conjugate, in the four forms, the future of avoir 
<'p. 131), and etre (p. 135). 



* General sense. 



t Partitive sense. 



86 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

After c'est, or ee sont, expressed or understood, use 
the personal pronouns in the objective with a preposi- 
tion, i. e. } moi, toi, lui, elle, nous, vous, eux, elles, in- 
stead of the nominative case, as in English, and say : 

It is I who have. C'est moi qui ai. 

It is thou who hast. . C'est toi qui as. 

It is he who has. C'est lui qui a. 

It is she who has. C'est eUe qui a. 

It is we who have. C'est nous qui avons. 

It is you who have. C'est vous qui avez. 

It is they who have. Ce sont eux qui ont. 

It is they who have. Ce sont elles qui ont. 

It is you who are right. C'est vous qui avez raison. 

It is they who are to go. Ce sont eux qui doivent aller, 

Use moi, etc., when the verb is understood. 

Who said that? I. Qui a dit cela? Moi. 

It is thou, and not he. C'est toi, et non pas lui. 
Neither he nor I. Ni lui ni moi. 

For the sake of emphasis, as well as when there is more than 
one subject to the verb, also use moi, etc. 

I am an Englishman. Moi, je suis anglais. 

We are fatigued. Nous, nous sommes fatigues. 

He do such a thing! Lui, faire une pareille chose! 

He and I depart. Lui et moi nous partons. 

They and you are invited. Eux et vous (vous) etes invites. 

There. La, y. f La and ici, when the 

Here. Ici, y. [ place is pointed out. 

Some more, any more. Encore. 

A little more, a few more. Encore un peu. 

Much more, many more. Encore beaucoup. 

Not much more, not many more. Ne . . . plus guere de. 

Some, a few. Quelques (before a plural noun). 

A few, some (pronoun). Quelques-uns, m., unes, /. 

Few, not much, not many. Peu de. 

Several. Plusieurs. 

To-morrow. Demain. 

For." Car. 



THE PRONOUN. 



87 



EXAMPLES 



Have you any gold? 

No, but I shall have some to-morrow. 

Shall you have much? 

I shall have a thousand francs in 

gold. 
Has your brother much more money 

(or, much money left). 
He has not much more. 
Have you a few more five franc 
• t 



I have a few more. 

Will not Mr. V. be here to-morrow ? 

I think he will (be here). 

Shall you not be glad to see him? 

I shall, for he is very amiable. 
There will be very few ladies. 
There will be several children. 
There will be some young men. 
How many shillings are there in a 

pound sterling? 
There are twenty shillings in a 

pound, and twelve pence in a 

shilling. 
Have you change for twenty francs ? 



No, I have only sous. 
How many francs are there in a 
dollar? 



Avez-vous de 1'orP 
Non, mais j'en aurai domain. 
En aurez-vous beaucoup? 
J'aurai mille francs en or. 

Votre frere a-t-il encore beau- 
coup d'argent? 
II n'en a plus guere. 
Avez-vous encore quelques pieces 

de cinq francs? 
J'en ai encore quelques-unes. 
M. V. ne sera-t-il pas ici demain ? 
Je pense qu'il y sera (or, je pense 

que oui). 
We serez-vous pas bien aise de le 

voir? 
Oui, car il est tres-aimable. 
II y aura tres-peu de dames. 
II y aura plusieurs enfants. 
II y aura quelques jeunes gens. 
Combien y a-t-il de schellings 

dans une livre sterling? 
II y a vingt schellings dans une 

livre (<£), et douze pence 

dans un schelling. 
Avez-vous 20 francs de monnaie 

(or, avez-vous la monnaie de 

vingt francs) ? 
Non, je n'ai que des sous. 
Combien de francs y a-t-il dans 

un dollar? 



CONVERSATION. 



Avez-vous de l'or? Combien y a-t-il de francs dans une 
guinee? Et combien y a-t-il de schellings? N'avez-vous plus 
de couronnes? Avez-vous encore beaucoup de pieces de vingt 



88 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

francs? Qu'aurai-je de cette dame? Quand vos fils desirent-ils 
m'accompagner au musee ? Serez-vous longtemps ici ? L'epicier 
a-t-il encore beaucoup de ce bon cafe ? Que comptez-vous faire 
demain? Quand serez-vous majeur? Avez-vous la monnaie de 
vingt francs? Avez-vous de l'argent? Quand en aurez-vous? 
Pouvez-vous me donner des sous? N'avez-vous pas encore 
quelques dollars? Est-ce votre pere qui vous donne tant 
d'argent? 

28. 

Have you many twenty-franc pieces ? I ( en ) have not 
any more. — Have you any five-franc pieces in silver? I 
(en) have not many. — Have you any small change? No, I 
have only paper-money and coppers. — Is there much gold 
here? There is a great deal. — How many francs are there in 
a pound sterling? There are twenty-five francs in a pound 
sterling. — What is a shilling? It is the twentieth part of a 
pound, or twelve pence. — Is the crown bigger than the five- 
franc piece in silver? Yes, for there are five shillings in a 
crown, and four in the five-franc piece. — Your sister has a 
good deal of money. — She has gold pieces and a good many 
silver ones. — Her godmother, who loves her very much, often 
gives her money. — Did your cousin give you this beautiful 
book? No, my uncle gave it to me. — Have you written (ecrit) 
this letter? I have not written it; it was my brother. 



29. 

Will you have wood and coal enough ? We shall have wood 
enough, but we shall not have coal enough, for we burn much 
more coal than wood. — Will your father have enough money 
to buy your neighbor's house? Yes, my father has a great deal 
of money. — Will you have as many houses as your uncle? We 
(en) already have more than he, but his are larger than ours. — 
Will your cousins be as rich as you? They will be richer than 
I, for they are only two, and we are five. —You will soon be 
as tall as your brother. I am already almost as tall as he is. — 
Haye you still much money? No, I (en) have not much more, 



NATIONALITIES. 89 

but to-morrow I (en) shall have a good deal; I shall have two 
hundred dollars. — Your father gives you too much money. No, 
for I have several things to buy; a hat, boots, neckties, a dic- 
tionary, and several books. — Shall you be here to-morrow? I 
think I shall be here before you. — I almost always come before 
you. Yesterday you came after me. — It was the first time. — 
You and I are always the first arrived (arrives). 



EIGHTEENTH LESSON — Dix-huitieme Legon. 



France. 
England. 
To or in France. 
To or in England. 
To, in, at Paris. 
To, in, at London. 
A Frenchman. 
A French lady. 
An Englishman. 
An English lady. 
Frenchmen. 
Englishmen. 
The English. 
The French. 
French. 
English. 



La France. 

L'Angleterre. 

En France. 

En Angleterre. 

A Paris. 

A Londres. 

Un Frangais. 

Une (dame) frangaise. 

Un Anglais. 

Une (dame) anglaise. 

Des Frangais, 

Des Anglais, 

Les Anglais. 

lies Frangais. 

Le frangais (the language). 

L'anglais. 



partitive. 



The names of countries are preceded, in French, by the defi- 
nite article. 

The preposition en is used before the names of countries, to 
translate to or in, into, in which case the article is omitted. 

The preposition a is used before the names of cities, to trans- 
late to, at, or in. 

Study and conjugate the future of aimer, finir, recevoir, 
vendre, in the four forms, 
D. F. M.— 8. 



90 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

C'est, il est, it is, he is, etc. 
C'etait, il etait, it was, he was, etc. 

Translate it by il (an impersonal pronoun): 

1st. With a unipersonal verb. 

It is cold. II fait froid. | j Q 

It will ram. II pleuvra. 

2d. "When an adjective followed by de or que, comes after 
,he verb §tre. 

It is necessary to study. II est n6cessaire d'6tudier. 

It is important that I should go. II est important que j'aille. 

3d. When speaking of time. 

It is late, it is ten o'clock. II est tard, il est dix heures. 

It was nine o'clock. II 6tait neuf heures. 

Translate it by ee or c': 

1st. When it stands for that, that thing, cela, in which case 
the adjective is not followed by de, que. 

It is necessary, important. C'est necessaire, c'est important. 

It is natural, it is true. C'est naturel, c'est vrai. 

2d. When the verb gtre is followed by a noun having before 
it le, la, un, une, mon, ton, son, etc.; and also when the verb 
etre is followed by celui, celle, etc., l'un or l'autre, ni Tun, ni 
l'autre, etc. 

It is my uncle's house. C'est la maison de mon oncle. 

It is mine, not his. C'est la mienne, ce n'est pas la 

sienne. 
It is a beautiful house. C'est une belle maison. 

Tt Was my sister's. C'etait celle de ma soeur (or, elle 

etait a ma soeur). 



IMPERSONAL PRONOUNS. 



91 



He, she, they, and these are expressed by ce when the verb 
etre is followed by an article, a possessive, a demonstrative: 



He is a friend of mine. 
She was my best friend. 
These are my books. 
She is a German lady. 
They are Americans. 
They are yours. 



C'est un de mes amis. 
C'etait ma meilleure amie. 
Ce sont mes livres. 
C'est une dame allemande. 
Ce sont des Americains. 
Ce sont les votres (or, ils sont 
a vous). 



But he, she, they, are translated by il, elle, ils, elles when 
the verb etre is followed by a noun which has neither an article, 
nor a possessive, nor a demonstrative before it. 



He is a Frenchman. 
She is an artist. 
They are foreigners. 



II est Francais (or, c'est un 

Frangais). 
Elle est artiste (or, c'est une 

artiste). 
Ils sont etrangers (or, ce sont 

des etrangers). 



It is translated by il, elle, when an adjective referring to a 
masculine or feminine noun in the singular comes after est, 
6tait. 



Speaking of a hat: 

It is new, beautiful. 

Speaking of a house: 
It is large, high. 



II est neuf, il est beau, etc. 



Elle est grande, elle est haute. 



TV) know 



Connaitre, to know (by the senses), to be acquainted with, 
to know a place, to have the knowledge of. 

Savoir, to know, to know how, to know where, to know 
what, to know something. 



I know your father. 
I know what you mean. 

To begin, to commence. 
To understand. 



Je connais votre pere. 

Je sais ce que vous voulez dire. 

Commencer. 
Comprendre (p. 168). 



92 



BUFFET'S FEENCH METHOD. 



How? 

Why? 

Because. 

Soon, very soon. 

Together. 

Perhaps. 

So much, so many. 



Comment ? 

Pourquoi ? 

Parce que. 

Bientot. 

Ensemble. 

Peut-§tre. 

Tant (de before a noun) 



EXAMPLES. 



When shall you go to France f 
I shall, perhaps, go there soon. 
Have you begun to study French ? 



I shall 



next 



Shall you go to Paris f 

I shall, perhaps, go to Orleans. 

Does that Englishman speak 
* French ? 

He does, but he has a bad accent. 

Does that French lady speak En- 
glish well? 

She speaks it as well as an En- 
glish lady. 

Do you know many Englishmen? 

I know a few Englishmen in 

London. 
Will you go together? 
I think we shall. 
Will your friends come ? 
They will not come at all. 
Shall you soon understand? 
I begin to understand a little. 



How do I speak 
You begin to 



pretty well. 



Quand irez-vous en France? 

J'y irai peut-etre bientot. 

Avez-vous commence a 6tudier, 
le francais? 

Je commencerai la semaine pro- 
chaine. 

Irez-vous a Paris? 

J'irai peut-£tre a Orleans. 

Cet Anglais parle-t-il le fran- 
cais ? or francais ? 

Oui, mais il a un mauvais accent. 

Cette Francaise parle-t-elle bien 
l'anglais? or anglais? 

Elle le parle aussi bien qu'une 
Anglaise. 

Connaissez-vous beaucoup d' An- 
glais? 

Je connais quelques Anglais a 
Londres. 

Irez-vous ensemble? 

Je pense que oui. 

Vos amis viendront-ils ? 

lis ne viendront pas du tout. 

Comprendrez-vous bientot ? 

Je commence a comprendre un 
peu. 

Comment est-ce que je parle? 

Vous commencez a parler assez 
bien. 



THE PRONOUN. 93 

CONVERSATION. 

Votre fille peut-elle parler anglais? Cet Anglais coroprend-il 
le frangais? Pourquoi ne me repondez-vous pas en anglais? 
Ne pouvez-vous pas comprendre cette demoiselle anglaise ? Con- 
naissez-vous plusieurs Anglais qui parlent bon francais? Quand 
irez-vous en France? Resterez-vous longtemps a Paris? Votre 
fils saura-t-il bientot le francais? Y a-t-il beaucoup d' Anglais a 
Paris? PouYez-YOUS comprendre les Francais quand ils parlent 
ensemble? Quand commencerez-YOus a ecrire yos lettres? 
Quand votre mere viendra-t-elle yous voir? Pourquoi n'allez- 
vous pas a rUniversite de Michigan? Qui est cette dame? 



30. 



Are there many Englishmen in Paris ? There (en) are always 
a great many. — Are there more Englishmen in Paris than 
Frenchmen in London? I don't know, but there are a great 
many Englishmen in Paris. — Can you speak French? I begin 
to speak it pretty well. — Do you know the verbs? I already 
know how to conjugate several tenses (temps) of a great many 
verbs. — Shall you go to France? Perhaps. — Has not your brother 
been there ? Yes, he has been in Paris. — Do you often speak 
French? I only speak French with my teacher (professeur), 
one hour every day. — Do you read (p. 171) French books? 1 
do; but I do not yet know French enough to understand what 
I read. — Is that gentleman English? No, he is a Frenchman, 
but he speaks English as well as an Englishman. — There are 
few Frenchmen who have a good English accent. My father 
has a very good accent. — Why do you not speak with that 
lady? Because I do not understand her, and she does not un- 
derstand me. — You see that it is necessary to know how to 
speak several languages. 

31. 

When will you go to Versailles ? Perhaps I shall go to- 
morrow. — Why do you not go there to-day? Because I have 
several letters to write. — To whom have you to write ? To my 



94 D UFFET ' S FRENCH METHOD. 

aunt, my brother, and to a friend who is in France. — When 
shall you go to Paris? Very soon; to-morrow, perhaps. — Shall 
you soon be able to speak French? I begin to speak and un- 
derstand it pretty well. — Did you learn it in England? Yes, a 
little. — Do you like France? I like it better than England. — 
Are you acquainted with many Frenchmen now? I am, but I 
shall soon have more friends in Paris, because I have several 
French families to visit; to-day I shall go and see (j'irai voir) 
the family B. — When will you take your lesson? I do not 
know it yet; I am going to learn it. — Do you understand me 
very well when I speak French to you? I do, because you 
speak very distinctly (distinctement). — Do you like the French 
language? I do; but I shall like it better when I can speak 
and understand it better. — Will you remain long in France? I 
intend to remain eight months in Paris, and four months at 
Versailles. 



NINETEENTH LESSON— Dix-neuvieme Lecon. 



The horse, le cheval. 
The dog, le chien. 
Faithful, fldele. * 
The cat, le chat. 
The ox, le boeuf. 
The ass, 

The donkey, J V{ine > m ' 
The mule, le mulet. 



The calf, le veau. 

The bird, l'oiseau, m. 

The cage, la cage. 

The carriage, 1 

The coach, ] la voiture ' 

The coachman, 1 

The driver, ) le cocher ' 

The farmer, le fermier. 



The cow, la vache. ' The cart, la charrette. 

Study and conjugate avoir, etre, aimer, finir, reeevoir, vendre, 
in the conditional present and past, and the same verbs in the 
futur anterieur. 

After quand, lorsque (when), aussitot que (as soon as), 



We will no longer give the genders of adjectives. 



REMARKS ON THE FUTURE. 95 

etc., the future is used, in French, instead of the pres- 
ent, as in English, when we have to express a future 
action or state. 

When you have finished, come (i. e., Quand vous aurez flni, venez. 

when you will have finished). 
As soon as he knows how to read Aussitot qa'il saura lire, il aura 

(i. e., he will know), he will have ces livres. 

these books. 
When you come (i. e., when you Quand vous viendrez, il sera ici. 

shall have come), he will be here. 
When he is here. Lorsqu'il sera ici. 

After si (if), do not use a future or conditional in 
French; but the present or imperfect, according to the 
sense. 

If I can do that, I ivill do it. Si je puis faire cela, je le ferai. 

If he could write, it would be better. S'il pouvait ecrire, ce serait mieux. 

Still, when si stands for whether, the future and con- 
ditional are used. 

I do n't know wluther she will come. Je ne sais pas si elle viendra. 

I should like to know whether it will Je voudrais savoir s'il pleuvra. 

rain. 

I did notknow whether you would go. Je ne savais pas si vous iriez. 

If I had, or had I; if he had, or Si j'avais ; s'il avait ; si nous 

had he; if vje had, etc. avions, etc. 

I should like to know. Je voudrais, je desirerais savoir. 

He would like to come. II voudrait bien venir, il desire- 
rait venir. 

He will come and take it. II viendra le prendre. 

Go and look for my son. Allez chercher mon fils. 

In these and similar phrases and is not expressed in French. 

To go out. Sortir (p. 148). 

To depart, to leave. Partir, (etre), (p. 148). 

To sell. Vendre. 



96 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



EX AMP LE S 



Shall you buy a horse? 

I should like to buy one, but 

have not money enough. 
I should like to sell my dog. 



You are wrong; dogs are 

faithful creatures. 
My wife is very fond of cats 



such 



My farmer has beautiful oxen. 
He has asses and mules also. 
Has he many cows? 
He has ten cows and five calves. 
My daughter has four nice birds. 
Will you go out this afternoon? 
I should like to go out. 
Should you remain here if your 

mother were here? 
I think I should. 
Had you remained here, I should 

not have gone out. 
I shall have finished when you 

come. 
As soon as you have received your 

money, come and see me. 
I do not know yet whether we shall 

leave to-morrow. 
I should have been afraid, had you 

not been with me. 



Acheterez-vous un cheval? 

Je voudrais en aeheter un, mais 

je n'ai pas assez d'argent. 
Je voudrais bien vendre mon 

chien. 
Vous avez tort; les chiens sont 

si fideles. 
Ma femme aime beaucoup les 

chats. 
Mon fermier a de beaux boeufs. 
II a aussi des anes et des mulets. 
A-t-il beaucoup de vaches? 
II a dix vaches et cinq veaux. 
Ma fllle a quatre beaux oiseaux. 
Sortirez-vous cette apres-midiP 
Je voudrais bien sortir. 
Resteriez-vous ici si votre mere 

y etait? 
Je pense que oui. 
Si vous etiez reste ici, je ne 

serais pas sorti. 
J'aurai fini quand vous viendrez. 

Aussitot que vous aurez recu 
votre argent, venez me voir. 

Je ne sais pas encore si nous 
partirons demain. 

J'aurais eu peur, si vous n'aviez 
pas ete avec moi. 



CONVERSATION. 



Avez-vous achete un cheval? Qu'acheteriez-vous si vous aviez 
beaucoup d'argent? Votre pere vous donnerait-il de l'argent si 
vous vouliez aeheter une montre? Qu'est-ce que votre fermier 
voudrait vendre? A-t-il beaucoup de bceufs et de veaux a 
vendre? Quand voudriez-vous partir? Si j'ecrivais a Charles, 



USE OF THE FUTURE. 97 

me repondrait-il ? Si je parlais francais a cette dame, me com- 
prendrait elle ? Sortiriez-vous, si j'allais avec vous? Seriez-vous 
sorti s'il n'avait pas fait froid ? Combien y a-t-il d'oiseaux dans 
cette cage? A qui sont-ils? Je ne vois pas votre chien, ou 
est-il? Pouvez-vous voir aussi loin que moi? Aimeriez-vous 
avoir de l'argent anglais? 



32. 

If you had money, would you buy that gentleman's horse ? 
Perhaps I should buy it. — Should you like to have a dog like 
(comme) mine? Xo, I like mine better than yours. — Dogs are 
very faithful animals; more faithful than cats. — My wife is 
very fond of cats; she has four, and would not give hers for 
an empire. — When will you go to Liverpool ? I shall go as 
soon as I know how to speak English. — You would learn En- 
glish better were you in England. — I don't know whether I 
should learn it better ; I speak it a good deal every day. — 
Would not your farmer sell one of his horses? Yes, he would 
sell two, should you wish to buy them. I should like (en) to 
buy one. — When will you go out? I shall go out as soon as 
I know my lesson. — When will you come and see my father? 
To-morrow, perhaps. — Would you leave to-day if my brother 
started with you? It would not be possible for me to start 
to-day; I can not leave before next Saturday. 



33. 

Will you remain long in London? I shall remain there 
three or four weeks. — When shall you set out ? Very soon. — 
Is Paris as large as London? London is much larger than 
Paris, but Paris is more beautiful than London ; the English 
themselves (eux-memes) say so (le disent). — Haven't you eight 
birds in your cage? I (en) have only six. — Do not these books 
belong to your sister? No. they are mine. — To whom do these 
beautiful horses belong ? They are my farmer's. — Will you lend 
me your sister's inkstand? Take it. — Shall you soon have a 
carriage and a horse ? We intend to buy a carriage ; we alreadv 
D. F. M.— 9. 



98 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



have two horses; I bought them yesterday. I did not know 
that. — Will you buy a large carriage? I can't say. — I should 
like to know whether you will always be lazy, Robert. No, 
sir, I shall be studious and good; you will see. — That is very 
well; when will you begin? I shall begin to-morrow morn- 
ing. — Should you not be glad if you knew your lessons before 
Charles? Yes, to-morrow I will try (tacherai) to know them 
before him. 



TWENTIETH LESSON— Vingtieme Legon. 



The morning. 

The evening. 

This morning. 

This evening. 

Last night. 

Next year. 

Last month. 

The day after. 

The day before, the eve. 

The day. 

The month. 

The year. 

A year. 



Le matin, la matinee (duration). 

Le soir, la soiree. 

Ce matin. 

Ce soir. 

La nuit derniere. 

L'annee prochaine. 

Le mois dernier. 

Le lendemain. 

La veille. 

Le jour. 

Le mois. 

L'annee, / (duration). 

Un an. 



Study and conjugate the imperative of avoir, §tre, aimer, finir, 
recevoir, vendre. 



To be so kind as to. 
To be kind enough to. 
Please; pray, do. 

To study. 

Of whom ? from whom ! 



Of what f on ivhose behalf? De quoi? 



Avoir la bonte de. 

Veuillez. (Imperative of the verb 

vouloir, to be willing.) 
Etudier. 
De qui? de la part de qui? 



IMPERATIVE. 



99 



In the morning. 

In the evening. 

In the afternoon. 

The day after to-morrow. 

The day before yesterday. 

This day week. 

To-morrow fortnight. 

Then. 



Le matin. 
Le soir. 
L'apres-midi. 
Apres-demain. 
Avant-hier. 
D'aujourd'hui en huit. 
De demain en quinze. 
Alors. 



EXAMPLES. 



Be so kind as to come and see me 

this evening. 
Let him drink, if he is thirsty. 
Let them study the twentieth lesson. 

Let us go to Mrs. B.'s this after- 
noon. 

Do not receive any thing from that 
man. 

Say nothing about that lady. 

Please give me some water. 

Do not go out this morning. 
Do not let them eat, now. 

Let me have this book before twelve. 
Do not let us speak to Paul. 
Do not walk so much. 
Let him be more studious to-mor- 



Ayez la bont§ de venir me voir 

ce soir. 
Qu'il boive, s'il a soif. 
Qu'ils etudient la vingtieme 

lecon. 
Allons chez madame B. cette 

apres-midi. 
Ne recevez rien de cet homme. 

Ne dites rien de cette dame. 
Veuillez me donner de l'eau, s'il 

vous plait. 
Ne sortez pas ce matin. 
Qu'ils ne mangent pas mainte- 

nant. 
Que j'aie ce livre avant midi. 
Ne parlons pas a Paul. 
Ne marchez pas tant. 
Qu'il soit plus studieux demain. 



Do not let her sing so much. 

Let those children come in the 
morning. 

Whom were you speaking of dur- 
ing the evening? 

From whom have you received this 
nice box. 

What are you speaking off 



Qu'elle ne chante pas tant. 
Que ces enfants viennent le 

matin. 
De qui parliez-vous pendant la 

soiree ? 
De qui avez-vous recu cette belle 

boite ? 
De quoi parlez-vous ? 



100 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

I write in the morning, and go out J'ecris le matin et je sors le 

in the evening. soir. 

The day before yesterday was the Avant-hier c'etait le dix. 

tenth. 

To-morrow three weeks will be my De demain en trois semaines ce 

birthday. sera mon jour de naissance. 

CONVERSATION. 

Ou avez-vous ete ce matin? Etudiez-vous beaucoup le matin? 
Ne sortez-vous pas 1'apres-midi? Auriez-vous la bonte de me 
donner un verre d'eau? Pretez-moi deux francs, voulez-vous? 
De qui avez-vous recu ce beau porte-plume d'argent? Ou 
comptez-vous voyager l'hiver prochain ? Voulez-vous venir nous 
voir ce soir? Ou etes-vous alle avant-hier? N'avez-vous pas 
mal au doigt? Qu'etudiez-vous maintenant? Voulez-vous me 
donner du pain et du beurre? N'avez-vous pas soif? Voulez- 
vous avoir la bonte de fermer cette porte? Qu'a votre grand' 
mere? 

34. 

Would you be so kind as to come and see me to-morrow? 
In the morning or in the evening? In the afternoon, if you 
please. — To-morrow afternoon I shall give lessons. Then come 
in the evening. With pleasure. — I should like to speak to you 
about my son, who wishes to learn French. — Has he already 
studied it? A little. — Does he like to study? No, he is very 
lazy, and I am not satisfied with him; he does not study at 
all. — He is wrong; if he will study well, he can learn English 
in five or six months. — Be so kind as to lend me your pencil, 
if you please. I have none; take this pen. — Please give me a 
sheet of paper. Thank you. — Will you go to Munich this 
year? If I do not go this year, I shall next year. — Go there 
next month ; my son will go with you. I will see. — Does your 
son write to you often? He writes to me every month. — Does 
he often come to see you? No, but we go to see him; his 
father will go and see him day after to-morrow. — Of whom are 
you speaking? Of the Englishman (whom) you saw here yester- 
day. — Give me a pear, if you please. — Lend your dictionary to 
that lady. With pleasure. 



EXPRESSIONS OF TIME. 
35. 



101 



Is not Mr. G. wrong to sell his house ? Perhaps. — Has he 
another ? He (en) had another, but he has sold it also. — I 
have not wine enough ; give me (en) a little more, if you 
please. — Don't you wish to have a little more meat? No, 
thank you, I (en) have enough. — Do you take coffee? No, 
never ; I like tea better than coffee. — You are wrong, I think, 
for coffee is better than tea. — Take some cheese. I never eat 
cheese. — Have you much more of this good old wine? I (en) 
have not much more ; from fifteen to twenty bottles. — We shall 
not have much wine this year; much less than last year. — Do 
you work in the evening? I do, because I go out in the after- 
noon. — Do you never go out in the morning? No, I study, 
write, and read in the morning. — You are right. — From whom 
have you received this beautiful gold watch? I received it 
from my grandmother. It is a beautiful watch. — Sell me your 
horse, will you? I like it too much to (pour) sell it. — Where 
were you last month ? I was in Lyons. — Are you not too warm? 
I am never too warm. 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON— Vingt et unieme Legon. 



The clock, 



f la 

' jl'h 



pendule. 
'horloge, /. 
The hour, 1 
The time, }"««»./■ 
The dial, le cadran. 
The hands, les aiguilles,/. 

Twelve hours. 

To gain, to go too fast. 

To keep good time. 

Half an hour. 

A quarter of an hour. 



midi, m. 



Twelve, noon, 

Midday, 

Midnight, minuit, m. 

To wind up, remonter. 

By my watch, a ma montre. 

To lose, (perdre), retarder. 

Douze heures. 

Avancer. 

Aller bien. 

Une demi-heure. 

Un quart d'heure. 



102 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Study and conjugate the present subjunctive of avoir, etre, 
aimer, finir, etc. 

Notice, in the following examples, that the word for o'clock, 
time, (heure) is never omitted in French. 



At what o'clock? 

What o'clock is itf 

It is ten o'clock. 

It is half past ten. 

It is a quarter past ten. 

It is a quarter to ten. 

It is twenty minutes past ten. 

It is twenty minutes to ten. 

It is twenty minutes to eleven. 

By my watch it is twenty-seven 

minutes past ten. 
Your watch loses; by mine it is 

twenty-five minutes to eleven. 

My watch always keeps good time. 



A quelle heure ? 

Quelle heure est-il? 

II est dix heures. 

II est dix heures et demie. 

II est dix heures et quart. 

II est dix heures moins un quart. 

II est dix heures vingt (minutes). 

II est dix heures moins vingt '* 

II est dix heures quarante " 

A ma montre, il est dix heures 

vingt-sept. 
Votre montre retarde ; a la mienne 

il est onze heures moins 

vingt-cinq. 
Ma montre va toujours bien. 



To want, to need, to be in need of. 
To arrive, to come, to happen. 



Avoir besoin de. 
Arriver (with §tre). 



Early. 

Earlier. 

Sooner. 

Rather. 

Late. 

Later, by and by. 

Too late. 



De bonne heure, tot. 

De meilleure heure, plus tot. 

Plus tot. 

Plutot. 

Tard, en retard. 

Plus tard. 

Trop tard. 



Too early, too soon. Trop tot, de trop bonne heure. 



EXAMPLES. 



What o'clock is it by your watch? Quelle heure est-il a votre 

montre ? 
It is a quarter past nine. II est neuf heures et quart. 

Your clock is a quarter of an hour Votre pendule avance d'un quart 
too fast. d'heure. 



EXPRESSIONS OF TIME. 



103 



Will you come early to-morroiv? 

I will come earlier than to-day. 

You are very late. 

I intended to come sooner. 

It is late; you will not have time 

to finish your lesson. 
Do you wind up your watch in 

the evening? 
Not always. 
You need a watch. 
I shall buy one later. 
You come too soon. 
It is a quarter to twelve. 
It is already so late. 
Come to-morrow at three. 
Not before three? 
Come, rather, at half past two. 



Viendrez-vous de bonne heure 

demain ? 
Je viendrai de meilleure heure 

qu'auj ourd'hui. 
Vous etes bien en retard. 
J'avais envie de venir plus tot. 
II est tard ; vous n'aurez pas le 

temps de finir votre lecon. 
Remontez-vous votre montre le 

soir? 
Pas toujours. 

Vous avez besoin d'une montre. 
J'en acheterai une plus tard. 
Vous venez trop tot. 
II est midi moins un quart. 
II est deja si tard. 
Venez demain a trois heures. 
Pas avant trois heures? 
Venez plutot a deux heures et 

demie. 



CONVERSATION. 

N'avez-vous pas besoin d'une pendule dans votre chambre? 
Quelle heure est-il? Pourquoi n'etes-vous pas venu plus tot? 
N'avez-vous pas ete en retard? Quelle heure est-il a votre 
montre? Ne retarde-t-elle pas? Pourquoi venez-vous toujours 
tard? De quoi votre soeur a-t-elle besoin? Viendrez-vous de 
meilleure heure demain? Commencez-vous a etudier avec 
plaisir? Pouvez-vous dire l'heure? Votre pendule va-t-elle 
bien? Savez-vous la remonter? Quand la remontez-vous? De 
quoi avez-vous besoin Charles ? Ne partez-vous pas ce soir ? A 
quelle heure? 

36. 

The hands of your watch are too small. They are gold. — 
Does your watch keep good time? It is ten minutes too fast. 
Then it is twenty-five minutes past two. — It is time to learn 
my lesson. — How many pages have you to learn ? One ; and I 



104 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

have two exercises to write. — At what o'clock do you take 
your lesson ? At one o'clock. — You have time enough ; you 
will have finished at twelve. — I am afraid of being late. You 
are right. — Will you have time to go out to-day? Yes, I in- 
tend to go and see my godfather; he wishes to see me. — At 
what time will you go? At four o'clock. — That is very late. 
I have not time to go sooner. — When will you have finished 
your exercise ? Very soon. — Has your brother a clock in his 
room ? No ; he wants to have one, because he never knows the 
hour, and is always late. — Where have you been so early this 
morning? I was in need of ink, and I went to buy some. — 
Did you go out earlier than I did ? At what o'clock did you 
go out? I went out at a quarter to eight. I went out at half 
past seven. 

37. 

What do you want? I want some money. — You always 
need money. You do not (en) give me enough. — You buy too 
many books. Had I more money, I would buy many more. — 
What are you reading now? A book of my sister's. — Have 
you not enough of your own? No; will you lend me some? 
With pleasure. — Why does that boy always come too late ? 
He has not time to come sooner; he goes to work early in the 
morning. — I should like to write a letter to my uncle, who is 
in Germany, but I have no time to-day. — What o'clock is it by 
your watch ? It is sixteen minutes past one. Already so late! — 
Where are you going? I am going to buy some silver spoons 
and forks. — Will you be here early? As soon as possible. — 
Will your husband go to England? He will, by and by; he 
has not time now. — Have you ever been at Oxford? No, but 
I shall go as soon as I know English. — How many hours a 
day do you study? I study four hours. 



The Verb. 

The verb agrees with its subject (sujet), whether 
the subject precedes or follows the verb. 

The past participle of active verbs, conjugated with 



THE VERB. 105 

avoir, agrees with the accusative or direct object, when 
that accusative precedes the participle; but remains 
unchanged when the object comes after the participle. 

The houses I have seen. Les maisons que j'ai vues. 

I have admired them. Je les ai admirees. 

We have admired the houses. Nous avous admire les maisons. 

If the verb is conjugated with etre, the past parti- 
ciple agrees with the nominative. 

My sister has come. Ma sceur est venue. 

Her brothers have not left. Ses freres ne sont pas partis. 

The rules for the past participle will be found in Part II. 

Reflective verbs are essentially reflective (i. e., can not 
be other than reflective) or accidentally reflective (*. e., 
occasionally so used.) 

Reflective verbs are conjugated in their simple tenses, 
like the regular verbs of the conjugation to which they 
belong (see p. 159). Two pronouns are used in their 
conjugation : 



Je me, I myself. 
Tu te, thou, thyself. 
II se, he himself. 
Elle se, she herself. 



Nous nous, ive ourselves. 

Vous vous, you yourself, yourselves. 

8 se ' 1 they themselves. 
EUes se, r 



In their compound tenses they take etre ; as : 
Je me suis habille. I have dressed myself. 

Passive verbs. — An active verb may become passive 
by adding its past participle to every tense of the 
auxiliary etre. The participle agrees in gender and 



106 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

number with the subject of the verb to which it re- 
lates. (See p. 162.) 

Nous sommes aimes, or aimees. We are loved. 

Unipersonal verbs are conjugated according to the model 
of the conjugation to which they belong. These verbs 
are used only in the third person singular (see p. 163). 
They take avoir in their compound tenses. 

Many verbs are frequently used impersonally; they 
are conjugated with etre in their compound tenses, as: 

II est arrive un accident. An accident has happened. 

Important Remark. — The following formation of tenses should 
be studied very carefully, as it will enable the student to con- 
jugate a large portion of all the verbs of the language, with but 
few difficulties to overcome. — It applies to all the regular verbs, 
and to a large number of irregular verbs. 

Primitive and Derivative Tenses. 

Five of the simple tenses are called primitive, because 
they are used to form the other tenses. 

All the other tenses of a verb are called derivative, 
because they are formed from the primitive tenses. 

The primitive tenses are : 

1. The Present Infinitive. 2. The Present Participle. 
3. The Past Participle. 4. The Present Indicative. 
5. The Past Definite. 

Terminations of the Primitive Tenses of the 
Regular Verbs. 

N. B. — The terminations we give below are those that belong 
to the greater number of the verbs of the language. For the 
present, the verbs we call regular, are those conjugated like donner, 
punir, concevoir, and rendre. (See farther on, the verbs aimer, 
finir, recevoir, and vendre.) 



FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 



107 













Present Infinitive. 


Present 
Participle. 


o 

H 

H 
02 

< 


Present Indici- 
tive. 


Past Definite. 








f e ' 


( ons, 


ai, 


ames. 


1st Conj. EK, 


ant, 


e, 


"j es, 


-j ez, 


as, 


ates. 








1 e, 


[ ent, 


a, 


erent. 








f is, 


f issons, 


[is, 


f imes. 


2d Conj. IE, 


issant, 


*, 


jis, 


j issez, 


i is > 


-j ites. 








I it, 


[ issent, 


[it, 


[ irent. 


3d Conj. f EVOIK 
or OIK, 


evant, ant, 


u, 


( ois, 
■j ois, 


\ evons, 
-j evez, 


\ us, 
j us, 


[ umes. 
-j utes. 








[oit, 


[ oivent 


I u t, 


[ urent. 








fs, 


f ons, 


ffa. 


\ imes. 


4th Conj. HE, 


ant, 


u , 


i ■• 


\ ez, 


i is, 


-j ites. 








L — 


[ ent, 


Lit, 


[ irent. 



FORMATION OF THE TENSES — FORMATION 
DES TEMPS. 

Fiest Primitive Tense: Present Infinitive. 



The Present Infinitive forms two tenses: the Future and 
the Conditional Present. 

1. In the 1st and 2d conjugations it forms the Future by add- 
ing ai, as, a, ons ez, ont, to the terminations of the Infinitive: 



Donn-er. 






Pun-ir. 




Future. 






Future. 




Je donner-ai, 






Je punir-ai, 




Tu donner-as, 
11 donner-a, 
Nous donner-ons, 


J shall 
' give, etc. 


Tu punir-as, 
11 punir-a, 
Nous punir-ons, 


I shall pun- 
ish, etc. 


Vous donner-ez, 






Vous punir-ez, 




lis donner-ont, 






lis punir-ont, 





108 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



2. It forms the Conditional by adding ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, 
aient, to the terminations of the Infinitive : 



1 


Donn-er. 


o 


Conditional. 


I 

8' 


Je donner-ais, 


Tu donner-ais, 
11 donner-ait, 


CM 


Nous donner-ions, 


^ 


Vous donner-iez, 


OD 


lis donner-aient, 



I should 
give, etc. 



Pun-ir. 
Conditional. 
Je punir-ais, 
Tu punir-ais, 
II punir-ait, 
Nous punir-ions, 
Vous punir-iez, 
lis punir-aient. 



I should 
punish, etc. 



3. In the 3d conjugation it forms the Future by changing evoir 
into evrai, evras, evra, evrons, evrez, evront ;* but more frequently 
by changing oir into rai, ras, ra, etc. 



Conc-evoir. 
Future. 
Je conc-evrai, 
Tu conc-evras, 
II conc-evra, 
Nous conc-evrons, 
Vous conc-evrez, 
lis conc-evront, 



Mouv-oir. 

Future. 
Je mouv-rai, 
Tu mouv-ras, 
I shall con- II mouv-ra, 
ceive, etc. Nous mouv-rons, 
Vous mouv-rez, 
lis mouv-ront. 



[_ Ishallmove, 
etc. 



4. It forms the Conditional by changing evoir into evrais, 
evrais, evrait, evrions, evriez, evraient;* or oir into rais, rais, 
rait, etc. 



Conc-evoir. 
Conditional. 
Je conc-evrais, 
Tu conc-evrais, 
II conc-evrait, 
Nous conc-evrions, 
Vous conc-evriez, 
lis conc-evraient, 



I should 
conceive, 
etc. 



Mouv-oir. 
Conditional. 
Je mouv-rais, 
Tu mouv-rais, 
II mouv-rait, 
Nous mouv-rions, 
Vous mouv-riez, 
lis mouv-raient, 



I should 
move, etc. 



5. In the 4th conjugation it forms the Future by changing re 



* Only seven verbs of the third conjugation follow this rule ; i. e., apercevoir, con- 
cevoir, decevoir, devoir, percevoir, recevoir, redevoir. 



PRIMITIVE TENSES. 



109 



into rai, ras, ra, rons, rez, ront, and the Conditional by changing 
re into rais, rais, rait, rions, riez, raient. 



g 


Rend-re. 


Rend-re. 




■55 


Future. 


Conditional. 




I 

S 1 


Je rend-rai, 


Je rend-rais, 




Tu rend-ras, 


Tu rend-rais, 




a H 


11 rend-ra, 


I shall 11 rend-rait, 


/ should 


rg 


Nous rend-rons, 


render, etc. Nous rend-rions, 


render, etc 


| 


Vous rend-rez, 


Vous rend-riez, 




fc* 


lis rend-ront, 


lis rend-raient, 





Second Primitive Tense : Present Participle. 

The Present Participle forms two tenses and a half tense: 
the Imperfect Indicative, the Present Subjunctive, and the 
plural of tne Present Indicative.* 

1. It forms the Imperfect Indicative by changing ant, for the 
four conjugations, into ais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient: 

Present Participle. 
Puniss-ant. 



Present Participle. 
Donn-ant. 
Imperfect Indicative. 
Je donn-ais, 



S j Tu donn-ais, 
111 donn-ait, 
Nous donn-ions, 

^ Vous donn-iez, 
Ills donn-aient, 



I gave, 
etc. 



Imperfect Indicative. 
Je puniss-ais, 



© i Tu puniss-ais, 
II puniss-ait, 

© 



QQ 



Nous puniss-ions, 

Vous puniss-iez, 

lis puniss-aient, 



I pun- 
ished, etc. 



Present Participle. 

Coneev-ant. 
Imperfect Indicative. 
Je concev-ais, 
Tu concev-ais, 
11 concev-ait, I I con- 

Nous concev-ions, ceived, etc 
Vous concev-iez, 
lis concev-aient. 



Present Participle. 
Rend-ant. 
Imperfect Indicative. 
Je rend-ais, 
Tu rend-ais, 
II rend-ait, I ren- 

Nous rend-ions, dered,etc. 
Vous rend-iez, 
lis rend-aient, 



* Though the Present Indicative is one of the primitive tenses, we will form its plural 
in order to simplify the study of the Irregular Verbs. 



110 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



2. It forms the Present Subjunctive by changing ant, for the 
first, second, and fourth conjugations, into e, es, e, ions, iez, ent ; 
and for the third conjugation by changing evant into oive, oives, 
oive, evions, eviez, oivent: 



Present Participle. 
Donn-ant. 

Present Subjunctive. 
Que je donn-e, 
Que tu donn-es, 
Qu'il donn-e, 
Que nous donn-ions, 
Que vous donn-iez, 
Qu'ils donn-ent, 



Present Participle. 

Puniss-ant. 

Present Subjunctive. 



Que je puniss-e, 
© * Que tu puniss-es, 
Qu'il puniss-e, 



QQ 



Que nous puniss-ions, 
Que vous puniss-iez, 
Qu'ils puniss-ent, 






2- » 



Present Participle. 

Conc-evant. 
Present Subjunctive 
Que je cong-oive, 
Que tu cong-oives, 
Qu'il cong-oive, 
Que nous conc-evions 
Que vous conc-eviez, 
Qu'ils cong-oivent, 



~6 



Present Participle. 

Kend-ant. 
Present Subjunctive. 
Que je rend-e, 
Que tu rend-es, 
Qu'il rend-e, 
Que nous rend-ions, 
Que vous rend-iez, 
Qu'ils rend-ent, 



J s 






3. It forms the plural of the Present Indicative by changing, for 
the first, second, and fourth conjugations, ant into ons, ez, ent; 
and for the third conjugation by changing evant into evons, 
evez, oivent: 



First Conjugation. 



Second Conjugation. 



Present Participle. Present Participle. 

Donn-ant. Puniss-ant. 

Plur. of the Pres. Indicative. Plur. of the Pres. Indicative, 

Nous puniss-ons, we punish. 



Nous donn-ons, we give. 



Vous donn-ez, 
lis donn-ent, 



you give. 
they give. 



Vous puniss-ez, 
lis puniss-ent, 



you punish, 
they punish. 



PRIMITIVE TENSES. Ill 

Third Conjugation. Fourth Conjugation. 



Present Participle. Present Participle. 

Concev-ant. Kend-ant. 

Pltjr. of the Pres. Indicative. Plur. of the Pres. Indicative. 

Nous conc-evons, we conceive. Nous rend-ons, we render. 

Vous conc-evez, you conceive. Vous rend-ez, you render. 

lis conc-oivent, they conceive. lis rend-ent, they render. 

Third Primitive Tense : Past Participle. 

The Past Participle forms all the compound tenses 
with the help of the auxiliary verbs avoir and etre: 

First Conjugation. Second Conjugation. 

Past Indefinite. Pluperfect. 

J'ai donne, I have given. J'avais puni, I had punished. 

Third Conjugation. Fourth Conjugation. 



Future Anterior. Conditional Past. 

J'aurai concu, 1 shall have re- J'aurais rendu, I should have ren- 
ceived. dered. 

Fourth Primitive Tense : Present Indicative. 

The Present Indicative forms one tense : that of the 
Imperative. 

It forms the Imperative by suppressing the pronouns, also the 
1st and 3d persons singular, and the 3d person plural: 

First Conjugation. Second Conjugation. 



Imperative. Imperative. 

Donne,* give thou. Punis, punish thou. 

Donnons, let us give. Punissons, let us punish. 

Donnez, give ye or you. Punissez, punish ye or you. 



* For the first conjugation, the s of the termination es (2d person singular Present In- 
dicative) is also suppressed. 



112 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Third Conjugation. 



Fourth Conjugation. 



Imperative. 
Congois, conceive thou. 
Concevons, let us conceive. 
Concevez, conceive ye or you. 



Imperative. 
Rends, render thou. 
Rendons, let us render. 
Rendez, render ye or you. 



Fifth Pkimitive Tense : Past Definite. 

The Past Definite forms one tense : the Imperfect Sub- 
junctive. 

It forms the Imperfect Subjunctive by adding se, ses (the 3d 
person singular changes s into t*), sions, siez, sent, to the 2d 
person singular: 



Past Definite, 2d Pee. Sing. 
Tu donnas. 

Imperfect Subjunctive. 

Que je donnas-se, 
Que tu donnas-ses, 
Qu'il donna-t, 
Que nous donnas-sions, 
Que vous donnas-siez, 
Qu'ils donnas-sent, 



^ "• o 
& ^ ^ 






Past Definite, 2d Per. Sing. 

Tu punis. 

Imperfect Subjunctive. 

Que je punis-se, 
Que tu punis-ses, 
Qu'il puni-t, 
Que nous punis-sions, 
Que vous punis-siez, 
Qu'ils punis-sent, 



■a 




s 


H 


3 


J^4 


•n 


a 


Sj- 




m 


H 




^ 




<o' 




3- 



Past Definite 2d Per. Sing. 

Tu concus. 

Imperfect Subjunctive. 

Que je concus-se, 
Que tu congus-ses, 
Qu'il concu-t, 
Que nous congus-sions 
Que vous congus-siez, 
Qu'ils congus-sent, 




Past Definite, 2d Per. Sing. 

Tu rendis. 

Imperfect Subjunctive. 

Que je rendis-se, 
Que tu rendis-ses, 
Qu'il rendi-t, 
Que nous rendis-sions 
Que vous rendis-siez, 
Qu'ils rendis-sent, 



P 3 



Remark. — Before attempting to learn the irregular verbs, the 
student should know thoroughly the terminations of the four conju- 
gations, the formation of tenses, the two auxiliaries, and the use of 

these auxiliaries. 



* The vowel preceding the t should always have a circumflex accent. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 113 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON— Vingt-deuxieme Le<?on. 



The week, la semaine. 
Sunday, dimanche. * 
Monday, lundi. 
Tuesday, mardi. 
Wednesday, mercredi. 
Thursday, jeudi. 
Friday, vendredi. 
Saturday, samedi. 



Spring, le printemps. 
Summer, l'ete, m. 
Autumn, l'automne, m. 
Winter, l'hiver, m. 
The theater, le theatre. 
Dancing, la danse. 
The ball, le bal. 
The concert, le concert. 



Study and conjugate the imperfect subjunctive of avoir, Stre, 
aimer, etc. Study and conjugate the verb pouvoir, to be able. 

The subjunctive mode is very frequently used in 
French. We shall study its use in the Second Part. 
Let us only notice for the present that the French 
subjunctive is expressed in English: 

1st. By the present indicative mode; as: 

Though he is thirsty, he does not Quoi qu'il ait soit; il ne boit pas. 

drink. 

Is it possible that you can not do Est-il possible que vous ne puis- 

that f siez pas faire cela ? 

2d. By the future: 

Do you think he will come to-day f Pensez-vous qu'il vienne au- 

jourd'hui? 
I don't think he will set out this Je ne crois pas qu'il parte ce 
evening f soir. 

3d. By the conditional: 

I wish you would write to me. Je desire que vous m'6criviez. 
I wish you would go there. Je desire que vous y alliez. 



* The names of the days of the week are masculine. 
D. F. M.— 10. 



114 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



4th. By the infinitive mode: 

Is it necessary for me to write? Faut-il que j'6crive? 
Was it necessary for them to come t Fallait-il qu'ils vinssent ? 



To dance. Danser. 

To skate. Patiner. 

To find. Trouver. 

To say again. Bedire. 



On, upon. 

Only. 

Still, yet, again. 

In time. 



Sur. 

Seulement. 

Encore. 



A temps- 



All 



Tout, mas. sing. ; toute, fern. sing. 
Tous, mas. plur. ; toutes, fern. plur. 



The singular forms of tout, m., toute, /., with the definite 
article le or la, mean the whole; the plural forms, with the plural 
article les, mean every: 

The whole day, tout le jour. 
day, tous les jours. 



EXAMPLES. 



Could you lend me a thousand 

francs ? 
For how long? 
For a few days only. 
When will you be able to go out 

with me? 
I shall not be able to go out before 

twelve. 
Have you been able to read that 

letter? 
I have not. 
Have you not been able to find 

your pencil? 
No; I don't know at all where it 

can be. 
May I take your brother's ? 



Pourriez-vous me preter mille 

francs ? 
Pour combien de temps? 
Pour quelques jours seulement. 
Q,uand pourrez-vous sortir avec 

moi? 
Je ne pourrai pas sortir avant 

midi. 
Avez-vous pu lire cette lettre? 

Je n'ai pas pu la lire. 
N'avez-vous pas pu trouver votre 

crayon ? 
Non; je ne sais pas du tout ou 

il peut Stre. 
Puis-je prendre celui de votre 

frere? 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 



115 



Certainly. 

Did you skate last winter f 

No, I can not skate. 

Do you like dancing f 

I do; only I dance very badly. 

Have you all your books upon 
your table f 

I have not all of them,. 

I shall go to the theater on Satur- 
day next. 

Go early, to be there in time. 

Have you still your headache? 
Come again to-morrow. 
I study the whole day. 
We walk every day. 



Certainement. 

Avez-vous patine l'hiver dernier P 

Non, je ne sais pas patiner. 

Aimez-vous la danse? 

Oui ; seulement je danse tres-maL 

Avez-vous tous vos livres sur 
votre table? 

Je ne les ai pas tous. 

J'irai au theatre samedi pro- 
chain. 

Allez de bonne heure pour 
arriver a temps. 

Avez-vous encore mal a la t§te P 

Revenez demain. 

J'etudie tout le jour. 

Nous marchons tous les jours. 



CONVEKSATIOK 



Ne pourriez-vous pas commencer d'etudier lundi prochain? 
Ne desirez-vous pas prendre une lecon tous les jours? Quel 
jour est-ce aujourd'hui? N'aimez-vous pas a apprendre le fran- 
cais? Savez-vous patiner? Ou pouvez-vous patiner? Avec 
qui allez-vous au pare pour patiner ? Savez-vous danser ? Dansez- 
vous souvent? Quand coniptez-vous aller au theatre? Vos 
enfants vont-ils au theatre ? Quelle saison (season) aimez-vous le 
mieux? Ou comptez-vous aller l'ete prochain? N'avez-vous 



pas encore vu mon beau petit chien? 
Allez-vous a Paris tous les ans? 



N'est-il pas tres-joli' 



38. 



Could you give me a lesson on Thursday next? At what 
time? At three o'clock in the afternoon, if you can. I can 
not, I shall not have time. If you could come at ten o'clock 
in the (du) morning, I could give it to you at that time. We 
shall see. — Do you often go to the theater? Two or three times 



116 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

a month. — Do you like to go to the theater? Very much; if 
I were (etais) rich, I should go oftener than I do (je ne le 
fais). — At what hour do you come out of the theater? At half 
past eleven, and very often at midnight. It is too late. — How 
many times have you been there this week? I have been 
once. — What do you drink when you come out of the theater? 
I drink one or two glasses of beer. — Are you very fond of beer? 
No, I only (en) drink some when I am thirsty; I like wine 
better. — Is your godfather's son still at Liverpool? No, he is 
in London now. — Would you be kind enough to see whether 
my dictionary is on my daughter's table? I will lend you 
mine. You are very kind ; I thank you. — What day is it to- 
day? Let me see; yesterday was Wednesday, then to-day is 
Thursday. — Do you write the whole day? No, I write every 
day. 



39. 



Have you been able to read my letter? I read it with much 
difficulty (difflculte). — Do you often receive letters? I receive 
some almost every day. — Do you answer them (a) all? If I 
did not (n'y) answer them, my friends would write me no 
more. — How many servants have you? We (en) have three. — 
(En) Are you satisfied with them? I (en) am pretty well sat- 
isfied with them. — You are very lucky (heureux); I have not 
yet been able to (en) find a good one. — What day do you give 
your ball? On Tuesday next. — Will your cousins (/.) be able 
to come early? What for? I should like to see Mary (Marie); 
I wish to speak to her about a gentleman who will be at your 
ball. — Of Paul, perhaps. I can not tell you his name to-day ; 
I will tell you on Wednesday or Thursday next. — Are not my 
gloves upon your chest of drawers? I have not seen them. — 
Will you come and skate with me? Where do you go to skate? 
To the Park. It is too far away. — Can you skate? Pretty 
well. — What time is it by your watch? A quarter to eleven; 
but my watch is ten minutes too fast. — Where will you be 
next autumn? I do not know yet where I shall go. — If my 
father goes to Italy, I shall go with him. — Your uncle arrives 
in time for dinner. 



NAMES AND TITLES. 



117 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON— Vingt-troisieme Legon. 



Mr. A., Monsieur A. 
Mrs. B., Madame B. 
Miss D., Mademoiselle D. 
That lady, cette dame. 
Those ladies, ces dames. 

Those gentlemen. 
Those young ladies. 
The misses K. 
Professor L. 
Lieutenant M. 



General C, le general C. 
Colonel E., le colonel E. 
Captain F., le capitaine F. 
Baron G., le baron G. 
Doctor H., le docteur H. 

Ces messieurs. 
Ces demoiselles. 
Les demoiselles K. 
Le professeur L. 
Le lieutenant M. 



N. B. — Notice, in the examples above, that the definite 
article is used with names of titles and dignities, followed by 
the person's name. 

Study and conjugate the past definite and pluperfect of the 
subjunctive of avoir, etre, aimer, etc. 



At home, a la maison. 



Chez moi, chez lui, chez elle, chez nous, chez vous, chez eux, 
chez elles, i e., with pronouns indirect object of a preposition. 

The preposition chez, placed before a noun or pronoun, an- 
swers to the English, at the house of, at home, with, among, etc. 

At Mr. J.'s house, chez monsieur A. 

At my house, chez moi. 

Among the animals, chez les animaux. 

I am going Iwme. Je vais chez moi, or, a la maison. 

She returns home. Elle retourne chez elle, or, a la 

maison. 
They remain at home to-day. lis restent chez eux, or, a la 

maison aujourd'hui. 



118 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



At my, at his, at our . . . house. 1 Chez moi> chez ^ chez noug 

To my, to his, to our . . . house. J 



Come to my house. 
They are at our house. 
Let us go to their house. 
Are they not at your house f 

To or at the house of. 
To, at Mr. A' s, Mrs. B' s. 
I am going to Mrs. B ' s. 
I live at Mr. D ' s. 

To wfwse house? } 
At whose house ? J 

To whose house are you going? 
I am going to Mrs. C" s. 
At whose house are you? 
I am at my aunt's house. 



Venez chez moi. 

lis sont chez nous. 

Allons chez eux. 

Ne sont-ils pas chez vousP 

Chez. 

Chez M. A., ches madame B. 
Je vais chez madame B. 
Je demeure chez M. D. 



Chez qui? (i. e. 

whom?) 



at the house of 



Chez qui allez-vous? 
Je vais chez madame C. 
Chez qui dtes-vous? 
Je suis chez ma taute. 



Chez moi, chez nous, chez, vous, etc. are invariable compound 
nouns, when preceded by the definite or indefinite articles, pos- 
sessive or demonstrative adjectives. 



Have you a home? 
My home. 
His home. 
To live. 
To send. 



Avez vous un chez- vous? 
Mon chez moi. 
Son chez lui, etc. 
Demeurer. 
Envoyer (p. 170). 



When speaking ceremoniously, the French say- 



Four mother. 
Your father. 



Madame votre mere. 
Monsieur votre pere, etc. 



These forms, however, are never used when speaking of one's 
own relatives. 



My mother, ma mere, not madame ma mere. 



USE OF CHEZ. 



119 



EXAMPLES. 



At whose house do you live? 

I live at Mrs. R' s. 

To whose house are you sending 

that boy? 
lam sending him to my neighbor's. 
To whom do you want to got 

I want to go to Colonel L.'s. 

Does he live far off? 

Not very far. 

When will you come to my house ? 

As soon as I can. 

Are the Messrs. G. at home? 

They are not at home; they have 

gone to Mr. H.'s. 
Do you still live at Mr. D.'s? 

No, I live at his brother's. 

You remained a long time in his 

house. 
I remained there eighteen months. 
Does your aunt often come to your 

house ? 
She comes sometimes. 
Is Mrs. T. at home? 
No, but 3Iiss T. is (at home). 
My children are at home. 



Chez qui demeurez-vous ? 
Je demeure chez Madame B. 
Chez qui envoyez-vous ce gar- 
con? 
Je l'envoie chez mon voisin. 
Chez qui avez-vous besoin d'al- 

ler? 
J'ai besoin d'aller chez le colonel 

L. 
Demeure-t-il loin? 
Pas tres-loin. 

Quand viendrez-vous chez moi ? 
Aussitot que je le pourrai. 
Les Messieurs G-. sont-ils chez 

eux? 
lis ne sont pas chez eux ; ils sont 

alles chez M. H. 
Demeurez-vous toujours chez M. 

D. ? 
K"on, je demeure chez son frere? 
Vous §tes rests longtemps chez 

lui? 
J'y suis rest6 dix-huit mois, 
Votre tante vient-elle souvent 

chez vous? 
Elle y vient quelquefois. 
Madame T. est-elle chez elle? 
Won, mais mademoiselle T. y est. 
Mes enfants sont a la maison 

(not chez eux). 



CONVERSATION. 



Out demeure M. B. ? Savez-vous ou demeure madame C. ? 
Mademoiselle S. sait-elle aussi bien danser que sa cousine ? Ces 
messieurs ne sont-ils pas Anglais? Que pensez-vous de ces 
dames? Les demoiselles Smith ne sont-elles pas tres-aimables ? 
Ces demoiselles ne sont-elles pas les amies de vos soeurs? Ne 



120 . BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

sont-ce pas les filles du general M.? Le capitaine G. vient-il 
vous voir de temps en temps? Oii envoy ez-vous Arthur? 
Ecrivez-vous quelquefois au professeur H. ? Sarvez-vous ou de- 
meure le colonel E. ? Aimez-vous le docteur L. ? Le lieutenant 
V. sait-il danser ? Qu'a le baron S. ? 

40. 

Does your daughter still live at her grandmother's? Yes; 
her grandmother loves her so much that she will not let her 
come back home. — At whose house were you yesterday even- 
ing? We were at Mrs. C.'s. — Was Captain F. there also? He 
was, and his friend, Colonel T., too. — When will you come to 
our house ? We could go on Sunday next. — Come early, if you 
can. — We shall go at eight o'clock in the evening. — Do you know 
whether Doctor B. is at home? He often goes out; I do not 
know whether he is at home now. — Who lives at Professor 
G.'s? An Englishman who has come to France to learn 
French. — To whose house are you sending your son ? I am 
sending him to his grandfather's. — Has that man a home of 
his own ? No ; he sometimes lives at our house, and sometimes 
at my son-in-law's. — Is Mr. X. still among the Indians? I do 
not know ; he does not write to his family. — Is not that gentle- 
man Mr. R.'s son-in-law? I do not know; it is the first time 
I have seen him (le vois). — See, he is going to Mr. R.'s. He 
may go into Mr. R.'s, and yet not be his son-in-law. 



41. 

Are you not cold? Yes, I am. — Come to our house and 
warm yourself. I shall go with pleasure, for I am very cold. — 
Come, I have a good fire in my room. — Are you not hungry? 
No, not at all. — Where is your son Robert? He is at a friend's 
in England. — Does he learn English ? He does, and he already 
speaks it nearly as well as an Englishman. — Drink a cup of 
tea. With pleasure. — At whose house do you buy this tea ? 
At our grocer's. It is very good. — Do you work much? I 
want to work; my children can not work yet; they are too 
young, — How is Mrs. V. ? I thank you, she is very well. — 



ARTICLES OF THE TOILET. 121 

Why does she not come to see my wife? She would be very 
glad to go sometimes to your house, but she can not; she has 
not time. Then my wife will go and see her. — Have you much 
more English money? I have three pounds, five shillings, and 
two pence more (left). — At whose house did you dine yester- 
day? I dined at my friend, Colonel S.'s. — Were there many 
people? No; there were only Captain B. and I. — Do you see 
Baron R. sometimes? I see him from time to time at Mrs. de 
K.'s. — He is quite old; how old is he? Seventy-two. 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON — Vingt-quatrieme 
Legon. 

The drawing-roam. Le salon. 

The bed-room. La chambre a coucher. 

The dressing-table. La table de toilette. 

The water-jug. Le pot a eau. 

The basin. La cuvette. 

The brush. La brosse. 

The soap. Le savon. 

The comb. Le peigne. 

The towel. L'essuie-mains, m. 

The hair-brush. La brosse a cbeveux, 

The tooth-brush. La brosse a dents. 

The ear-piclc. Le cure-oreilles. 

The pomatum. La pommade. 

Study and conjugate the verb aller, p. 166. 

II y a (to express time). 

When speaking of an action, a state or condition be- 
gun in the past, but still continuing, the French use 
the present indicative, while the past indefinite is used 
in English. 

D. F. M. 11. 



122 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

How long have you been in Paris? Combien de temps y a-t-il que 

vous etes a Paris? 
I have been here a fortnight. II y a quinze jours que j'y suis. 

I have been learning French two II y a deux mois que j'apprends 

months. le francais. 

I have had this hat ten days. II y a dix jours que j'aicechapeau. 

My father has been dead five years. II y a cinq ans que mon pere est 

mort. 
I have been suffering these fifteen II y a quinze heures que je 

hours. souffre. 

Depuis, since, may often be used instead of il y a, 
que, but never il y a and depuis together. 

I have been here a fortnight Je suis ici depuis quinze jours. 

I have been learning French two J'apprends le frangais depuis 
months. deux mois. 

However, when the action or state no longer con- 
tinues, the past is used in French. 

It had been raining four days. II y avait quatre jours qu'il 

pleuvait, or, II pleuvait 
depuis quatre jours. 

I had been in Paris a month. II y avait un mois que j'etais 

a Paris, or, J'§tais a Paris 
depuis un mois. 

It was five years since I had seen II y avait cinq ans que je ne 
her. l'avais vue, or, Je ne l'avais 

pas vue depuis cinq ans. 

II y a, ago. 

Ago is always translated by il y a, and the French 
verb is used in the past. 

J came to Paris thirty years ago. Je vins or je suis venu a Paris 

il y a trente ans. 

My father died ten years ago. Mon pere mourut il y a dix ans. 

Mr. K. was here half an hour ago. M. K. etait ici il y a une demi- 

heure, or, II y a une demi- 
heure que M. K, etait ici. 



USE OF THE PRESENT AND PAST. 



123 



II y a is also used for distance, in the sense of "how 
far?" 

How far is it from P. to L. ? Combien y a-t-J. de P. a L. ? or, 

Quelle distance y a-t-il ? etc. 
It is fifty miles from P. to L. II y a 50 milles de P. a L., (i. e., 

there are fifty miles. ) 

To say, to tell. Dire a (p. 169). 

To hear. Entendre. 

To listen to. Ecouter (without a preposition). 

To hear of. Entendre parler de. 

To sing. Chanter. 

To look for. Chercher. 

All that. Tout ce que. 

Whom? Qui? 



EXAMPLES 



Could you tell me where my brush 

is? 
It was on your dressing table a few 

minutes ago. 
I want a comb and a tooth-brush. 

Lend me your soap and pomatum, 
if you please. 

Who is singing in the drawing- 
room f 

It is my daughter. 

It is long since I have heard any 
one sing so well. 

She has been taking lessons only four 
months. 

Have you heard of Miss P? 

Yes, and I heard her sing two 

days ago. 
I think your daughter will sing 

better than Miss P. 



Pourriez-vous me dire ou est ma 
brosse ? 

Elle etait sur votre table de toi- 
lette il y a quelques minutes. 

J'ai besoin d'un peigne et d'une 
brosse a dents. 

Pr§tez-moi votre savon et votre 
pommade, s'il vous plait. 

Qui chante au salon ? 

C'est ma fille. 

II y a longtemps que je n'avais 
entendu si bien chanter. 

II n'y a que quatre mois qu'elle 
prend des lecons. 

Avez-vous entendu parler de 
mademoiselle P? 

Oui, et je l'ai entendu chanter 
il y a deux jours. 

Je crois que votre demoiselle 
chantera mieux que ma- 
demoiselle P. 



124 DUFFET'S FBENCH METHOD. 

To whom are you listening with so Qui §coutez-vous avec tant 
much attention? d'attention ? 

I am listening to that beautiful voice. J'ecoute cette belle voix. 

My daughter listens to what we tell Ma fille ecoute ce que nous lui 
her. disons. 

We have been living here eight years. II y a huit ans que nous de- 

meurons ici. 

I am tired; I have been working Je suis fatigue; il y a dix heures 
these ten hours. que je travaille. 

How long have you been writing? Combien de temps y a-t-il que 

vous ecrivez? 

Three hours. II y a trois heures. 



CONVERSATION. 

Combien y a-t-il que vous avez cette table de toilette ? Com- 
bien (de temps) y a-t-il que vous etes dans cette maison? 
Quand etes-vous venu a Paris? Combien y a-t-il que vous 
etudiez le francais? Combien y avait-il que vous n'aviez vu 
mon pere? Combien de temps y avait-il qu'il pleuvait? Com- 
bien y a-t-il de New York a Ann Arbor? Quand avez- vous vu 
le general M. pour {for) la premiere fois? Combien y a-t-il 
que vous avez mal aux dents? Combien y a-t-il que votre 
mere est morte? Que dit cet homme? Que vous a dit mon 
ami il y a deux jours? Qui avez-vous vu hier soir? Ecoutez- 
vous tout ce que votre sceur ainee vous dit? 

42. 

For whom are you looking ? I am looking for my servant. — 
Perhaps he has gone out. He never goes out in the evening. — 
I saw him half an hour ago. — Have you had this dressing- 
table long ? I have had it more than twelve years. — How long 
have you had the arm-chairs which are in your drawing-room? 
I bought them five years ago. They are beautiful. — Have your 
parents been dead long? My mother has been dead twelve 
years, and my father died fifteen years ago. — Have you heard 
of the Englishman who lives at Mr. H.'s? Yes, I am slightly 
acquainted with him. — He will come to our house this even- 
ing, and will sing. — I should like to hear him. Come at nine 



HOUSEHOLD ARTICLES. 125 

o'clock, and you will. — Your bedroom is very small; why do 
you not take a larger* one? Because I like mine; I have been 
living in it more than seven years. 

43. 

What do you say? I say you are my best friend. — We have 
long been friends. It is more than thirty years. — What are 
you looking for? I am looking for my pen-holder; have you 
not seen it? I saw it on your desk (bureau, pupitre) five min- 
utes ago. I do not at all know where it is. — Are there robbers 
in your house? I don't think so. — Will you travel next sum- 
mer? I have no time to travel. — Do you never travel? Not 
often; three years ago I went to France. — Do you know the 
gentlemen who were at Mrs. C.'s? They are her husband's 
friends ; I had never seen them before. — Is it far from Ann 
Arbor to New York? It is eight hundred kilometres. — Do you 
understand all that you read in French? I understand almost 
all. — What does that man want? I know what he wants; he 
needs money; he is always thirsty, and never has any money. 



TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON— Vingt-cinquieme Legon. 

The bedstead. Le bois de lit. 

The mattress. Le matelas. 

The sheet. Le drap. 

The pillow. L'oreiller, m. 

The spring-mattress. Le sommier. 

The pillow-case. La taie d'oreiller. 

The bedroom stand. La table de nuit. 

The candlestick. Le chandelier. 

The wax candle. La bougie. 

The head of the bed. Le cbevet du lit. 

The bolster. Le traversin. 

The blanket. La couverture. 

The matches. Les allumettes, /. 

Iron (of iron). De fer. 



126 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Any body, any one. 1 
Somebody, some one, J 
Nobody, no one, not any body. 

Have you seen any body? 
I have seen somebody. 
I have not seen any one. 

Something, anything. 
Nothing, not anything. 
Every thing. 



Quelqu'un. 

Fersonne (ne before the verb). 

Avez-vous vu quelqu'un ? 
J'ai vu quelqu'un. 
Je n'ai vu personne. 

Quelque chose. 

Kien (ne before the verb). 

Tout. 



After quelque chose, rien, que, and quoi, put de be- 
fore the adjective which follows. 

Have you anything good t Avez-vous quelque chose de bon ? 



I have something good. 
I have nothing good. 

Somewhere, anywhere. 
Nowhere, not anywhere. 

To die. 
Elsewhere. Ailleurs. 

Of whom, of which. 
Whose. 



J'ai quelque chose de bon. 
Je n'ai rien de bon. 

Quelque part. 
Nulle part. 
Mourir (p. 171). 
Every-where. Partout. 

Dont. 

Dont le, dont la, dont les. 



If dont le, etc., refer to the subject of the verb, both 
dont and le are placed before the subject; but if they 
refer to its object, dont alone precedes the verb, and le, 
la, or les is before the objective and after the verb. 



The child whose parents are dead. 

The man whose horse you have 

bought. 
Every body. 
Many people. 
However, still. 
During, for. 

This is, these are, here is, here are. 
That is, those are, there is, there are. 



L'enfant dont les parents sont 

morts. 
L'homme dont vous avez achete 

le cheval. 
Tout le monde (literally, all the 
Beaucoup de monde. [world). 
Cependant, pourtant. 
Pendant. 

Voici, i. e., vois (see,) ci, (here.) 
Voila, i. e., vois (see,) la, (there.) 



MISCELLANEOUS EXERCISES. 



127 



EXAMPLES. 



Do gou wish to go anywhere ? 

I ivish to go somewhere. 

I do not wish to go anywhere. 

I have been every-where. 

What have you seen remarkable? 

Nothing; but I liave seen a great 
many people. 

These are the Frenchmen of whom 
I have spoken to you. 

There is the gentleman ivhose son is 
dead. 

Here is a girl ivhose parents you 
know. 

My bed is comfortable; I have two 
mattresses and a spring-mat- 
tress. 

Will you have a pillow f 

No, tliank you, I have a comfort- 
able bolster. 

Is one blanket sufficient for you? 

Please let me have another, as well 
as some wax candles and 
matches. 

Have you met any one? 

I met few people; still I went far. 

Is this the house of which you have 

spoken to m€? 
No, it is the next one. 



Voulez-vous aller quelque part? 
Je veux aller quelque part. 
Je ne veux aller nulle part. 
J'ai ete partout. 
Qu'avez-vous vu de remarqua- 

ble? 
Rien ; mais j'ai vu beaucoup de 

monde. 
Voila or voici les Francais dont 

je vous ai parle. 
Voila le monsieur dont le fils 

est mort. 
Voici une fille dont vous con- 

naissez les parents. 
Mon lit est bon or comfortable ; 

j'ai deux matelas et un som- 

mier. 
Voulez-vous un oreiller? 
Non, merci, j'ai un bon tra- 

versin. 
Avez-vous assez d'une couver- 

ture? 
Veuillez m'en faire mettre une 

autre, ainsi que des bougies 

et des allumettes. 
Avez-vous rencontre quelqu'un ? 
J'ai rencontre peu de monde; 

cependant j'ai et§ loin. 
Est-ce la la maison dont vous 

m'avez parle? 
Won, c'est celle d' a cot6. 



CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous quelque chose a me dire? Avez-vous bien dormi 
la nuit derniere or cette nuit? Votre lit est-il comfortable? 
Avez-vous assez de couvertures? N'avez-vous besoin de rien? 
Etes-vous alle" quelque part hier apres-midi? Connaissez-vous 
la dame dont la fille chante si bien ? Connaissez-vous beaucoup 



128 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

de monde a New York? Combien de temps y etes-vous rest£? 
Que pensez-vous de ce livre? Avez-vous achete un chandelier? 
A qui parliez-vous hier matin quand je vous ai rencontre? 
Chez qui voulez-vous aller ce soir? Serez-vous chez vous cette 
apres-midi a deux heures? 



44. 



This bedstead is very nice; is it new? The bedstead, spring- 
mattress, and the other mattresses are new, for I bought them 
three weeks ago. — The blankets are too small. Yes, my mother 
will buy some others. — Could you tell me whether any body 
came to my brother's to-day? I have seen nobody. — Were 
there many people at Mrs. K.'s ball? My sister told me that 
there was a great number of people, and especially some pretty 
ladies. — There is the lady whose husband died a few days ago. 
Every body says that he was the most honest man in the 
town. — Has your friend visited all the town? He says he has 
been every-where. — Have you been anywhere to-day? I have 
not been anywhere; I remained at home because I had to 
write. — Did any body sing yesterday evening? Miss P. sang 
several times. — She sings well, then? She does. 



45. 

Do you understand all that that lady says? She speaks 
French too badly; very often I do not listen to her. — When 
will you send me your two little girls? I will send them to 
you on Tuesday next. — May I see them now? They have 
gone out with a friend. — How old is the elder? She will be 
ten years old next month. — How many children have you? I 
have four now. — How long has your father been dead? He 
has been dead three years. —How old was he? He was not 
old; he was sixty-three. — Do you send your children to school? 
No; a professor comes to give them lessons. — What day is it 
to-day ? It is Saturday. — Could you not go to the museum ? 
We could meet there between two and three o'clock. — We will 
go, if it is not too hot. Good-bye. 



AVOIR. 



129 



Avoir — To have. 

Conjugation of the auxiliary avoir, in the four forms — 
affirmative, interrogative, negative, and interrogative and neg- 
ative. (See synopsis of avoir, p. 137.) 

The Infinitive mode is called in French, Plnfinitif. 



Present, 
Past, 

Participle, 
Indicative mode, 
Present, 
Imperfect, 
Past Definite, 
Past Indefinite, 
Pluperfect, 
Past Anterior, 
Future, 

Future Anterior, 
Conditional Mode, 
Past, 
Imperative mode, 
Subjunctive mode, 
Imperfect, 
Past, 
Pluperfect, 



le Present. 

le Passe. 

le Participe. 

le mode Indieatif. 

le Present. 

PImparfait. 

le Passe Defini. 

le Passe Indefini. 

le Plus-que-parfait. 

le Passe Anterieur. 

le Futur. 

le Futur Anterieur. 

le Conditionnel Present. 

le " Passe. 

PImperatif. 

le Subjonctif Present. " 

PImparfait. 

le Preterit, or le Passe. 

le Plus-que-parfait. 



Primitive Tenses of Avoir. 

1. Present Infinitive. 2. Present Participle. 3. Past 
Participle. 4. Present Indicative. 5. Past Definite. 

Avoir, to have; ayant, having ; eu, (m.), eue, (/.), eus, 
(m. plur.), eues, (/. plur.) had; j'ai, etc., I have; j'eus, 
etc., I had. 

Compounds: — Avoir eu, to have had; ayant eu, hav- 
ing had. 



130 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Note. — Throughout these tables the pronouns of the third 
person may be changed. Instead of il a, he has, and ils ont, 
they have (m.), the pupil may recite elle a, she has, or on a, one 
has. and elles ont, they have (/). 

Indicatif Present. 



j'ai, I have. 
tu as, thou hast. 
il a, he has. 

nous avons, we have. 
vous avez, you have. 
ils ont, they have. 

je n'ai pas, I have not. 
tu n'as pas, etc. 
il n'a pas 

nous n'avons pas 
vous n'avez pas 
ils n'ont pas 



ai-jeP have If 
as tu? hast thou? 
a-t-il? has hef 

avons-nous? have we? 
avez-vous? have you? 
ont-ils? have they? 

n'ai-je pas? have I not? 
n'as-tu pas? etc 
n'a-t-il pas? 

n'avons-nous pas? 
n'avez-vous pas? 
n'ont-ils pas? 



j'avais, I had. 
tu avais, etc. 
il avait 

nous avions 
vous aviez 
ils avaient 



Imparfait. 



avais-je? had I? 
avais-tu? etc. 
avait-il ? 

avions-nous? 
aviez- vous? 
avaient-ils ? 



je n'avais pas, I had not. n'avais-je pas? had I not? 



tu n'avais pas, 
il n'avait pas 



etc. 



n'avais-tu pas? 
n' avait-il pas? 



etc. 



nous n'avions pas 
vous n'aviez pas 
ils n'avaient pas 



n'avions-nous pas? 
n'aviez-vous pasP 
n* avaient-ils pas? 



Passe Defini. 



j'eus, I had. 
tu eus, etc. 
il eut 



eus-je? had I? 
eus-tuP etc. 
eut-il? 



AVOIR. 



131 



nous eumes 
vous eutes 
ils eurent 



eumes-nous? 
eutes-vous? 
eurent-ils ? 



je n'eus pas, I had not. n'eus-je pas? Iwd I not? 



tu n'eus pas, 
il n'eut pas 



etc. 



nous n'eumes pas 
vous n'eutes pas 
ils n'eurent pas 



n'eus-tu pas? 
n'eut-il pas? 



etc. 



n'eumes-nous pas! 
n'eutes-vous pas? 
n'eurent-ils pas? 



Passe Indefini. 

j'ai eu, I have had, etc. ai-je eu? have I had, etc. 

je n'ai pas eu, I have not had. n'ai-je pas eu ? have I not had* 

Plus-que-parfait. 

j'avais eu, I had had, etc. avais-je eu? had I had? etc. 

je n'avais pas eu,Ihad not had. n'avais-je paseu? had I not had? 

Passe Anterieur. 

j'eus eu, Iliad had, etc. eus-je eu? had Ihad, etc. 

je n'eus pas eu, Ihad not had. n'eus-je pas eu? had I not had? 

Futur. 



j'aurai, I shall have. 
tu auras, etc. 
il aura 

nous aurons 
vous aurez 
ils auront 

je n'aurai pas, I shall not have. 
tu n'auras pas, etc. 
il n'aura pas 

nous n'aurons pas 
vous n'aurez pas 
ils n'auront pas 



aurai-je? shall I have? 
auras-tu ? etc. 
aura-t-il ? 

aurons-nous ? 
aurez-vous ? 
auront-ils ? 

n'aurai-je pas? shall I not havet 
n'auras-tu pas? etc. 
n'aura-t-il pas? 

n'aurons-nous pas ? 
n'aurez- vous pas? 
n'auront-ils pas? 



132 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Futur Anterieur. 

j'aurai eu, I shall have had, etc, aurai-je eu? shall I have had? etc. 
je n'aurai pas eu, I shall not have n'aurai-je pas eu? shall I not have 
had, etc. had? etc. 



Conditionnel Present. 



j'aurais, I should have. 
tu aurais etc. 
il aurait 



aurais-je? should I have f 
aurais-tu ? etc. 

aurait-il ? 



nous aunons 
vous auriez 
ils auraient 



aurions-nous ? 
auriez-vous ? 
auraient -ils ? 



je n'aurais pas, I should not have, n'aurais-je pas? should I not have f 
tu n'aurais pas etc. n'aurais-tu pas? etc. 

il n'aurait pas n'aurait-il pas ? 



nous n'aurions pas 
vous n'auriez pas 
ils n'auraient pas 



n'aurions-nous pas ? 
n'auriez-vous pas ? 
n'auraient-ils pas? 



etc. 



\ I should have had 
or, j- 

j'eusse eu j 

tu eusses eu 

il eut eu 



Conditionnel Passe. 

aurais-je eu? ] 



or, J- 

eusse-je eu? j 
eusses-tu eu ? 
eut-il eu? 



should I have had f 
etc. 



nous eussions eu 
vous eussiez eu 
ils eussent eu 



eussions-nous eu? 
eussiez-vous eu ? 
eussent-ils eu? 



je n'aurais pas eu, ] I should not n'aurais-je pas eu? ] should I not 
or, j- have had, or, j- have had f 

je n'eusse pas eu, j etc. n'eusse-je pas eu? j etc. 

tu n'eusses pas eu n'eusses-tu pas eu ? 

il n'eut pas eu n'eut-il pas eu? 



AVOIR. 



133 



nous n'eussions pas eu 
vous n'eussiez pas eu 
Us n'eussent pas eu 



n'eussions-nous pas euP 
n'eussiez-vous pas eu? 
n'eussent-ils pas eu? 



aie. have (thou). 
ayons, let us have. 
ayez, have (ye). ■ 



Imperatif. 



n'aie pas, do not have. 
n'ayons pas, do not let us have. 
n'ayez pas, do not have. 



Subjcmetif Present. 



que j'aie, that I may have. 
que tu aies etc. 

qu'il ait 

que nous ayons 
que vous ayez 
qu'ils aient 



que je n'aie pas, that I may not 
que tu n'aies pas etc. [have. 
quil n'ait pas 

que nous n'ayons pas 
que vous n'ayez pas 
qu'ils n'aient pas 



Imparfait. 



que j'eusse, that I might have. 
que tu eusses etc. 

qu'il eut 

que nous eussions 
que vous eussiez 
qu'ils eussent 



que je n'eusse pas, that I might not 
que tu n'eusses pas, etc. [have. 
qu'il n'eut pas 

que nous n'eussions pas 
que vous n'eussiez pas 
qu'ils n'eussent pas 



Passe. 

que j'aie eu, that I may have had, etc. 



Plus - que-parfait . 

que j'eusse eu, that I might have had 7 etc. 



134 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



I3tre — To be. 

Primitive Tenses: — Present Infinitive, Kiltre, to be; Pres- 
ent Participle, etant, being; Past Participle, ete, been; 
Present Indicative, je suis, etc.; Past Definite, je fus, 



etc 



- , f Avoir ete, to have been. 

Compounds. \ . .. ... , . , 

r I Ayarlt ete, having been. 



Indicatif Present. 



je suis, I am. 
tu es, thou art. 
il est, he is, 

nous sommes, we are. 
vous Stes, you are. 
ils sont, they are. 

je ne suis pas, / am not. 
tu n'es pas etc. 

il n'est pas 

nous ne sommes pas 
vous n'etes pas 
ils ne sont pas. 



suis-je ? am If 
es-tu? art thout 
est-il? is he? 

sommes-nous P are we ? 
Stes-vous? are you? 
sont-ils? are they? 

ne suis-je pas P am I not? 
n'es-tu pas? etc. 

n'est-il pas? 

ne sommes-nous pasP 
n'etes-vous pas? 
ne sont-ils pas? 



Imparfait. 



j'Stais, / was. 
tu etais etc. 
il etait 

nous etions 
vous etiez 
ils etaient 

je n'etais pas, I was not. 
tu n'etais pas etc. 
il n'etait pas 

lions n'etions pas 
vous n'etiez pas 
ils n'Staient pas 



etais-je? was I? 
6tais-tu? etc. 
etait-il ? 

etions-nous P 
etiez-vous ? 
§taient-ils ? 

n'etais-je pas? was I not? 
n'etais-tu pas? etc. 
n'etait-il pas? 

n'etions-nous pas? 
n'etiez-vous pas? 
n'etaient-ils pasP 



£tre. 



135 



Passe Defini. 



je fus, I was. 
tu fus etc. 
il fut 

nous fumes 
vous futes 
ils furent 

je ne fus pas, / ivas not. 
tu ne fus pas etc. 
il ne fut pas 

nous ne .fumes pas 
vous ne futes pas 
ils ne furent pas 



fus-je ? was If 
fus-tu? etc. 
fut-il? 

fumes-nous P 
futes-vous ? 
furent-ils ? 

ne fus-je pas? was I not? 
ne fus-tu pas ? etc. 
ne fut-il pas? 

ne fumes-nous pas? 
ne futes vous pas? 
ne furent-ils pasP 



Passe Indefini. 
j'ai et6, I have been, etc. ai-je 6te? have I been? etc. 

je n'ai pas 6te, I have not been, n'ai-je pas 6te? have I not been? 



etc. 



etc. 



Plus-que-parfait — Passe Anterieur. 



j'avais 6t6, 

or, 
j s eus 6te. 



I had been, 
etc. 



je n'avais pas 6te, 

or, 
je n'eus pas 6t6. 



been, 
etc. 



avais-je et6? 

or, 
eus-je ete? 



had I been ? 
etc. 



I had not n'avais-je pas 6t6 ? 1 had I not 



or, 
n'eus-je pas 6t§ ? 



been? 
etc. 



Futur. 



je serai, I shall be. 
tu seras etc. 
il sera 

nous serons 
vous serez 
Us seront 



serai-je? shall I bet 
seras- tu? etc, 
sera-t-il ? 

serons nous? 
serez-vous ? 
seront-ils P 



136 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

je ne serai pas, i" shall not be. ne serai-je pas? shall I not be? 

tu ne seras pas etc. ne seras-tu pas? etc. 

il ne sera pas He sera-t-il pas? 

nous ne serons pas ne serons nous pas? 

vous ne serez pas ne serez-vous pas? 

ils ne seront pas ne seront-ils pas P 

Futur Anterieur. 

j'aurai ete, I shall have been. aurai-je ete? shall I have been? 

je n'aurai pas ete, I shall not have n'aurai-je pas ete? shall I not have 
been, etc. been? etc. 

Conditionnel Present. 

je serais, 1 should be. serais-je ? should I bet 

tu serais eta serais-tu? etc. 

il serait serait-il? 

nous serions / serions-nous P 

vous seriez seriez-vous? 

ils seraient seraient-ils ? 

je ne serais pas, J should not be. ne serais-je pas? should I not bef 

tu ne serais pas etc. ne serais-tu pas ? etc. 

il ne serait pas ne seraic-il pas? 

nous ne serions pas ne serions-nous pas? 

vous ne seriez pas ne seriez-vous pas? 

ils ne seraient pas ne seraient-ils pas? 

Conditionnel Passe. 



1 ■ _ ,_ _ , aurais-je ete?] should 

[ I should have been, Qr I Umf 



j'aurais ete, ] T 7 77 7 7 aurais-je ete? ] should I have 

or, 



etc 

j'eusse ete. j * eusse-je ete? J etc. 

je n'aurais pas et€, 1 Ishouldnot n'aurais-je pas ete? 1 shall I not 
or, L have been, or, j- have been? 

je n'eusse pas et§. J etc, n'eusse-je pas ete ? J etc. 

Imperatif. 

sois, be (thou). ne sois pas, do not be. 

soyons, let us be. ne soyons pas, do not let us be. 

soyez, be (ye). ne soyez pas, do not be. 



ETRE. 



137 



Subjonctif Present. 



que je sois, that I may be. 

que tu sois etc. 

qu 3 il soit 

que nous soyons 

que vous soyez 

qu'ils soiemt 



que je ne sois pas, that I may not 

que tu ne sois pas etc. [be. 

qu 9 il ne soit pas 

que nous ne soyons pas 

que vous ne soyez pas 

qu'iis ne soient pas 



Imparfait. 

que je fusse, that I might be. 

que tu fusses etc. 

qu'il fut 

que nous fussions 

que vous fussiez 

quails fussent 



que je ne fusse pas, that I might not 
que tu ne fusses pas etc. [be. 
qu'il ne fut pas 
que nous ne fussions pas 
que vous ne fussiez pas 
qu'ils ne fussent pas 



Passe. 

que j'aie 6t&, that J may have been, que je n'aie pas ete, that I may 
etc. not have been, etc. 

Plus - que-parfait . 

que j'^usse ete, that I might have que je n'eusse pas ete, that I might 
been, etc. not have been, etc. 



Synopsis of Avoir and Etre. 



Simple Tenses, to memorize:' 
perative, 3. Present Subjunctive. 



1. Present Indicative, 2. Im- 



J Pluperfect, 
I Past Anterior, 

Future Anterior, 

I Conditional Past, 

I Subjunctive Past, 

i Subj. Pluperfect, 

D. F. M— 12. 



ise the Pres. Indie, of Avoir. 
" " Imper. " " 


Addi 
parti 
avoir 
for e* 


" " Past definite " 


% - a a 
3 v erg 


" " Future 


■ " | °$ 


" " Conditional " 


*J o 


" Present Subj. " 


©> _^ 


" " Imperfect Subj. " 





138 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 





Simple Tenses. 


(Continued.) 






Imperfect 
Indicative. 


ais. 
ais. 


Past 

Definite. 


us. 

us . Future. 


rai. 
ras. 


Prefix av, for ■ 


ait. 


Prefix e, for ■ 


ut. Prefix au, 
umes. avoir, anc 


tor 


ra. 




ions. 




se, 


rons 


avoir, and 


iez. 


avoir, and f, 


utes. for etre. 




rez. 


6t, for £tre. 


. aient 


for etre. 












L urent. 




L ront. 




rais. 




usse. 
usses. 


Conditional. 


rais. 


Subjunctive 




rait. 


Imperfect. 


ut. 


Prefix au, for avoir, ' 


rions. Prefix e, for avoir, 


ussions. 


and se, for etre. 


riez. and f, for §tre. 


ussiez. 






raient. 




ussent. 



CONJUGATIONS. 

There are four conjugations in French, which are 
distinguished by the termination of the infinitive mode. 

The first ends in er, as, aim-er ; the second in ir, as, fin-ir ; the 
third in evoir or oir, as, rec-evoir, mouv-oir; the fourth in re, as, 
vend-re. 

Pres. Infinitive : Aim-er, to love. Pbes. Participle : Aim-ant, loving. Past 
Part.: Aim-e, loved. Pres. Indic: J' aim-e. Past Definite : J' aim-ai. 





> 


TERMINATIONS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. 




H 


H 




hi 
o 

s 

o 
o 


> 




H 


p 

O 

1 


w 
o h 


S3 


3 

S 
i— i 


-« a 


w 

Ph 
P 

P 
ft 


H 

<! 
« 

Ph 


1? H 

P 

Ah « 
P 

w 






















o 

H 


J 


J 


i did 


J s/iaK 


I might 




That I 


That I 




fove, 


loved, 


tove, 


love. 


love, 


Love, 


may love, 


might love, 




I 


etc. 


etc. 
ais 


e£c. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


je,j' 




e 


ai 


erai 


erais 




e 


asse 


tu 




es 


ais 


as 


eras 


erais 


B e 

o 


es 


asses 


il 




e 


ait 


a 


era 


erait 


e 


at 


nous 


aim- ■ 


ons 


ions 


ames 


erons 


enons 


g ons 


ions 


assions 


) vous 




ez 


iez 


ates 


erez 


enez 


rt ez 


iez 


assiez 


ils 




ent 


aient 


erent 


eront 


eraient 


1 


ent 


assent 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 



139 



Aimer — To love, to like, to be fond of. 

Primitive Tenses : Aimer; amant; aime; j'aime; j'aimai. 

Compound Tenses: Avoir aime; ayant aime. 

Indicatif Present. 



j'aime, I love. 

tu aimes, thou 

il aime, he loves. 

nous aimons, we love. 

vous aimez, you love. 

ils aiment, they love. 

je n'aime pas, I do not love. 

tu n' aimes pas etc. 

il n'aime pas 

nous n'aimons pas 

vous n'aimez pas 

ils n'aiment pas 



est-ce que j'aime ? do I love f 
aimes-tu? dost thou love? 
aime-t-il ? does he love? 
aimons-nous ? do we love ? 
aimez-vous? do you love? 
aiment ils? do they love? 
est-ee que je n'aime pas ? do I not 
n'aimes-tu pas ? etc. [love? 
n' aime-t-il pas ? 
n'aimons-nous pas ? 
n'aimez-vous pas ? 
n'aiment-ils pas ? 



Imparfait. 



j'aimais, I tuas loving. 
tu aimais etc. 

il aimait 

nous aimions 
vous aimiez 
ils aimaient 



aimais-je ? was T loving ? 
aimais-tu ? etc. 
aimait-il ? 

aimions-nous ? 
aimiez- vous ? 
aimaient-ils ? 



je n'aimais pas, I was not loving, n'aimais-je pas? was I not loving? 



tu n'aimais pas 
il n'aimait pas 

nous n'aimions pas 
vous n'aimiez pas 
ils n'aimaient pas 



etc. n' aimais-tu pas ? 

n'aimait-il pas ? 

n'aimions-nous pas ? 
n'aimiez-vous pas ? 
n'aimaient-ils pas? 



etc. 



j'aimai, I loved. 
tu aim as etc. 
il aima 



Passe Defini. 

aimai-je? did I love? 



aimas-tu ? 
aima-t-il ? 



etc. 



140 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



nous aimames 
vous aimates 
ils aimerent 

je n'aimai pas, I did not love. 
tu n'aimas pas etc. 

il n'aima pas 

nous n'aimames pas 
vous n'aimates pas 
ils n'aimerent pas 



aimames-nous ? 
aimates-vous ? 
aimerent-ils ? 

n'aimai-je pas? did I not lovef 
n'aimas-tu pas ? etc. 
n'aima-t-il pas ? 

n'aimames-nous pas ? 
n'aimates-vous pas ? 
n'aimerent-ils pas? 



Passe Indefini. 

j'ai aime, I have loved, etc. ai-je aime? have I loved? etc. 

je n'ai pas aime, I have not loved, n'ai-je pas aime ? have 1 not loved f 



Plus-que-parfait — Passe Anterieur. 



j'avais aime 

or, 
j'eus aime 



im6, 1 



avais-jeaime? 
I had loved, etc. or, 

eus-je aime? 



je n'avais pas aime, ] j ■, -, . n'avais-je pas aime ? 

or, 
n'eus-je pas aime ? 



or, 
je n'eus pas aim6 



loved. 



Had I not 
loved f 



Futur. 



j'aimerai, I shall love. 
tu aimeras etc. 
il aimera 

nous aimerons 
vous aimerez 
ils aimeront 



aimerai-je ? shall 1 lovef 
aimeras-tu ? etc. 

aimera-t-il ? 

aimerons-nous ? 
aimerez-vous ? 
aimeront-ils ? 



je n'aimerai pas, I shall not love, n'aimerai-je pas? shall I not lovef 



tu n'aimeras pas 
il n'aimera pas 

nous n'aimerons pas 
vous n'aimerez pas 
ils n'aimeront pas 



etc. n'aimeras-tu pas? etc. 

n'aimera-t-il pas? 

n'aimerons nous pas? 
n'aimerez-vous pas? 
n'aimeront-ils pas ? 



AIMER. 141 

Futur Anterieur. 

j'aurai aime, I shall have loved. aurai-je aime? shaU I have loved? 

je n'aurai pas aime, I shall not n'aurai-je pas aime, shall I not 
have loved. have loved f 

Conditionnel. 

j'aimerais, I should love. aimerais je? should I love f 

tu aimerais etc. aimerais-tu? etc. 

il aimerait aimerait-il? 

nous aimerions aimerion-nous ? 

vous aimeriez aimeriez-vous ? 

ils aimeraient aimeraient-ils ? 

je n'aimerais pas, I should not love, n'aimerais-je pas ? should I not love ? 
tu n'aimerais pas etc. n'aimerais-tu pas? etc. 

il n'aimerait pas n'aimerait-il pas? 

nous n'aimerions pas n'aimerions-nous pas ? 

vous n'aimeriez pas n'aimeriez-vous pas? 

ils n'aimeraient pas n' aimeraient-ils pas? 

Conditionnel Passe. 

j'aurais aime, T 7 -,-, -i aurais-j e aime ? 1 _ 

I I should have J i should I have 

° r \ , I hved, etc - . /' . sa \ loved? etc. 

3'eusse aime J eusse-]e aime ? J 

je n'aurais pas aime, 1 I should n'aurais-je pas aime? ] Should I 
or, I not have or, I not have 

je n'eusse pas aime J loved. n'eusse-je pas aime? J loved f 

Imperatif. 

aime, love. n'aime pas, do not love. 

aimons, let us love. n'aimons pas, do not let lis love. 

aimez, love. n'aimez pas, do not love. 

Subj onetif Present. 

que j'aime, that I may love. que je n'aime pas ; that I may not 

que tu aimes etc. que tu n'aimes pas etc. [love. 

qu'il aime qu'il n'aime pas 



142 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

que nous aimions que nous n'aimions pas 

que vous aimiez que vous n'aimiez pas 

qu'ils aiment qu'ils n'aiment pas 



Imparfait. 

que j'aimasse, that I might love, que je n'aimasse pas, that Imight 

que tu aimasses etc. que tu n'aimasses pas [not love. 

qu'il aimat qu'il n'aimat pas etc. 

que nous aimassions que nous n'aimassions pas 

que vous aimassiez que vous n'aimassiez pas 

qu'ils aimassent qu'ils n'aimassent pas 



que j'aie aim6, that I may have que je n'aie pas aim6, that I may 
loved. etc. not have loved. etc. 

Plus-que-parfait. 

que j'eusse aim.6, that I might que je n'eusse pas aim.6, that I 
have loved. etc. might not have loved. etc. 

N. B. — There are about five thousand verbs in the first con- 
jugation, and nearly all are conjugated like aimer. 



Orthographical Remarks on thr Verbs of the First Conju- 
gation (and also on the verbs in cevoir). 

ger. — Verbs ending in ger retain e before a, o ; as, mangeant, 
mangeons, je mangeais, etc. 

q. — Verbs in which c has the sound of s in the infinitive, as, 
placer, effacer, recevoir, etc., take c cedilla (c) before a, o, u ; 
as, I placed, je placai, il placa, nous placames; I received, je 
recus, il recut, etc. 

y. — Verbs which have y preceding the termination er of the 
infinitive, as, envoyer, payer, essayer, etc., change y into i 
before e mute ; as, I send, etc., j'envoie, tu envoies, ils 
envoient ; I pay, etc., je paie, tu paies, ils paient ; I shall try, 
etc., j'essaierai, tu essaieras, il essaiera, etc. 



ORTHOGRAPHICAL PECULIARITIES. 



143 



yer, ier. — Verbs ending in yer, ier, as, payer, se fier (to trust), 
etc., require i after y and i in the first and second persons 
plural : 

1st, of the imparfait de Pindicatif. 
2d, of the subjonctif present. 

Nous payions, vous payiez — que nous payions, que vous payiez. 
Nous nous fiions, vous vous fiiez — que nous nous fiions, que 
vous vous fiiez, 

6, e. — Verbs which have e or e in the next to the last syllable 
of the infinitive, require a grave accent (e) on that 6 or e 
before a consonant followed by an e mute ; as : 

R6p§ter, to repeat — je repete, tu repetes ; je repeterai, etc. 
Reveler, to reveal — je revele, il revele; je revelerais, etc. 
Mener, to lead — je mene, il mene; je menerai, etc. 
"Peser, to weigh — je pese, il pese; je peserais, etc. 

eler, eter. — Verbs having e mute before the terminations Ier, 
ter, double 1 and t when followed by e mute; as: 

Appeler, to call — j'appelle, il appelle ; j'appellerai. etc. 
Jeter, to throw —je jette, il jette; je jetterais, etc. 

Except geler, to freeze; peler, to peel; acheter, to buy, etc., 
which follow the preceding rule: il gele, je pele, il acbete, 
etc. 

A List of some Regular Verbs conjugated like aimer, 



Aboyer, 


to bark. 


Baigner, 


to bathe. 


Accepter, 


accept. 


Bailler, 


yawn, gap. 


Aflliger, 


afflict. 


Balayer, 


sweep. 


Agrafer, 


hook. 


Blesser, 


wound, hurt 


Aiguiser, 


sharpen. 


Border, 


hem, border. 


Ajourner, 


put off. 


Bouder. 


pout. 


Aj outer, 


add. 


Cacher, 


conceal, hide. 


Allumer, 


light. 


Casser, 


break. 


Appeler, 


call, 


Chatouiller, 


tickle. 


Apporter, 


bring. 


Cbiffonner, 


rumple. 


Arroser, 


water. 


Cracber, 


spit. 


Avaler, 


swallow. 


Creuser, 


dig. 



144 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Demander, 


to ask, beg. 


Gronder, to scold, chide. 


Denouer, 


untie. 


Guerir, 


cure. ■ 


Depenser, 


spend. 


Jeter, 


throw. 


Ecraser. 


bruise, crush. 


Loucher, 


squint. 


Effrayer, 


frighten. 


Manier, 


handle. 


Empeser, 


starch. 


Montrer, 


show. 


Emporter, 


carry away. 


Nager, 


swim. 


Enseigner, 


teach. 


Ourler, 


hem. 


Epeler, 


spell. 


Piquer, 


prick. 


Epousseter, 


dusL 


Questionner, 


ask questions^ 


Frapper, 


strike, knock. 


Quitter, 


leave. 


Frotter, 


rub. 


Reclamer, 


claim. 


Gagner, 


earn, win, gain. 


Recompenser 


, reward. 


Gater, 


spoil. 


Secher, 


dry. 


Gercer, 


chap. 


Souffler, 


blow. 


Glisser, 


slide, slip. 


Soupconner, 


suspect. 


Griffonner, 


scrawl. 


Traverser, 


cross. 



Second Conjugation. 



Pres. Infinitive: Fin-ir, to finish. Pres. Participle : Fin-issant, finishing. 

Past Participle : Fin-i, finished. Pres. Indicative : Je fin-is. 

Past Definite: Je fin-is. 



p 

O 


w 

OS 
W 

> 

o 


TERMINATIONS. 


« 3 


03 
W 
Oh 


P-i fe 


A 

H 
P 


< 

O 

1 


03 

s 


Is 


I 


| 


M 


fi £ 


S 


P 


^ 


o 


g 


Ph pq 
P 


M 


& 












o 




02 






















O 




I finished, 
etc. 


I did 

finish, 


Ishall 
finish, 


finish, 


Finish, 
etc. 


2%a* J 

may fin- 


That 1 
might fin- 




O 


efc. 


etc. 


etc. 


etc. 


ish, etc. 


ish, etc. 


je 




is 


issais 


is 


irai 


irais 


a 


isse 


isse 


tu 




is 


issais 


is 


iras 


irais 


§ * s 


isses 


isses 


il 


fin - 


it 


issait 


it 


ira 


irait 


PI 

o 


isse 


it 


nous 




issons 


issions 


im.es 


irons 


lnons 


p, issons 


issions 


issions 


vous 




issez 


issiez 


ites 


irez 


Inez 


o issez 


issiez 


issiez 


ils 




issent 


issaient 


irent iront iraient 


issent 


issent 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 



145 



Finir — To finish, to end, to conclude. 
Primitive Tenses: Finir; finissant; fini; je finis; je finis. 



Compound Tenses: Avoir fini; ayant fini. 

Indieatif Present. Passe Anterieur. 

je finis, I finish, I am finishing, jeus fini, I had finished. 
tu finis etc. tu eus fini etc. 

il finit il eut fini 



nous finissons 
vous finissez 
ils finissent 



nous eumes fini 
vous eutes fini 
ils eurent fini 



Imparfait. 

je finissais, I was fini 
tu finissais etc. 

il finissait 

nous finissions 
vous finissiez 
ils finissaient 



Futur. 

je finirai, I shall finish. 
tu finiras etc. 
il finira 

nous finirons 
vous finirez 
ils finiront 



Passe Defini. 

je finis, I finished. 
tu finis etc. 
il finit 

nous finimes 
vous finites 
ils finirent 

Passe Indefini. 

j'ai fini, I have finished. 
tu as fini 
il a fini 

nous avons fini 
vous avez fini 
ils ont fini 

D. F. M. 13. 



Futur Anterieur. 

j'aurai fini, I shall have finished. 
tu auras fini etc. 

il aura fini 

nous aurons fini 
vous aurez fini 
ils auront fini 

Conditionnel Present. 

je finirais, I should finish. 
tu finirais etc. 

il finirait 

nous finirions 
vous finiriez 
ils flniraient 



146 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Plus-que-parfait. 

j'avais fini, I had finished. 



Conditionnel Passe. 

j'aurais fini, I should have finished, 



tu avais fini 
il avait fini 

nous avions fini 
vous aviez fini 
ils avaient fini 



etc. 



tu aurais fini 
il aurait fini 

nous aurions fini 
vous auriez fini 
ils auraient fini 



etc. 



Or this form: Imparfait. 

j'eusse fini, I should have finished, que je finisse, that I might finish. 

tu eusses fini etc. que tu finisses etc. 

il eut fini qu'il finit 

nous eussions fini que nous finissions 

vous eussiez fini que vous finissiez 

ils eussent fini qu'ils finissent 



Passe. 

que j'aie fini, that I may havefin- 
que tu aies fini etc. 



Plus-que-parfait. 



Imperatif. 

finis, finish (thou). 
finissons, let us finish. 
finissez, finish. 

Subjonetif Present. 

que je finisse, that I may finish, que j'eusse fini, that I might have 

que tu finisses etc. que tu eusses fini etc. [finished* 

qu'il finisse qu'il eut fini 

que nous finissions que nous eussions fini 

que vous finissiez que vous eussiez fini 

qu'ils finissent qu'ils eussent fini 

Every tense should be conjugated in the four usual forms. 

est-ce que je finis? do I finish f 

finis-tu? etc. 

finit-il? 

je ne finis pas, I do not finish. 

tu ne finis pas etc. 

il ne finit pas 

est-ce que je ne finis pas ? do I ne finissons-nous pas P 

ne finis-tu pas? [not finish? etc. ne finissez-vous pas? 

ne finit-il pas? ne finissent-ils pasP 



finissons-nous ? 
finissez-vous ? 
finissent-ils ? 
nous ne finissons pas 
vous ne finissez pas 
ils ne finissent pas 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 



14? 



The Second Conjugation is divided into four classes: 

' First class, like finir, about 300 verbs. 
Model Second " " sentir, to feel. 
Verbs. Third " " couvrir, to cover, 

. Fourth " " venir, to come. 

Important Remark. —The second, third, and fourth classes 
are irregular verbs, but can be conjugated, —excepting venir — 

according to the Formation of Tenses (see page ), the primitive 

tenses being known. — We will, therefore, only give the primitive 
tenses, and a list of verbs conjugated like each model.* 



Regular Verbs of the First Class conjugated like Finir. 



Aboutir, to come out. 


Deflnir, to define. 


Accomplir, 


accomplish. 


Durcir, 


harden. 


Adoucir, 


soften. 


Eblouir, 


dazzle. 


Affermir, 


strengthen. 


Elargir, 


widen. 


Affranchir, 


free. 


Endurcir, 


harden. 


Agir, 


act. 


Enlaidir, 


grow ugly. 


Agrandir, 


enlarge. 


Etablir, 


establish. 


Amoindrir, 


lessen. 


Flechir, 


bend. 


Amortir, 


deaden. 


Fleurir, 


bloom, to blossom 


Aplanir, 


level. 


Pournir, 


supply. 


Aplatir, 


flatten. 


Pranchir, 


leap. 


Appauvrir, 


impoverish. 


Premir (de), 


shudder (with). 


Applaudir, 


applaud. 


Garnir, 


trim, to adorn. 


Approfondir, 


examine thorough- 


Gerair, 


groan. 


Asservir, 


enslave. \ly. 


Grandir, 


grow tall. 


Assortir, 


match. 


Grossir, 


grow larger. 


Avertir (de), 


inform (of). 


Hair, 


hate. 


Avilir, 


debase. 


Hennir, 


neigh. 


Bannir, 


banish. 


Jouir (de), 


enjoy. 


Batir, 


build. 


Munir, 


provide. 


Benir, 


bless. 


Noircir, 


blacken. 


Blanchir 


whiten. 


K"ourrir, 


feed. 


Bondir, 


bound, to leap. 


Palir, 


grow pale. 


Cherir, 


cherish. 


Polir, 


polish. 


Choisir, 


choose. 


Pourrir, 


rot. 



See Hemaek preceding the irregular verbs. 



148 



DUFFET^S FRENCH METHOD. 



Punir, 


to punish. 


Subir, 


to undergo. 


Reflechir, 


reflect. 


Ternir, 


tarnish. 


R6partir, 


distribute. 


Trahir, 


betray. 


Retentir, 


resound. 


Unir, 


unite. 


Reussir a, 


succeed. 


Vieillir, 


grow old. 



Verbs of the Second Class, like Sentir. * 

To be conjugated through the knowledge obtained of the formation of tenses, 
and the primitive tenses of the verb (see page 106). 



Present 


Present 


Past 


Present 


Past 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


Participle. 


Indicate 


r E. 


Definite. 


Sentir. 


Sentant. 


Senti. 


Je sens 


».t 


Je sentis. 


Consentir, 


to consent. 


Pressentir, 


to foresee. 


Dementir, 


to belie. 


Rendormir, 


to put to sleep again. 


Departir, 


to distribute. 


Repartir, 


to divide. 


Departir (se 


;), to desist. 


Repartir, 


to depart again. 


Desservir, 


to clear the table. 


Repentir (se), 


to repent. 


Dormir, 


to sleep. 


Ressentir, 


to resent. 


Endormir, 


to lull to sleep. 


Ressortir, 


to go out again. 


Endormir (' 


s), to fall asleep. 


Servir, 


to serve. 


Mentir, 


to lie. 


Servir (se), 


to use. 


Partir 


to start. 


Sortir, 


to go out. 



* The model verb of this class can be either sentir, dormir, partir, servir, sortir. 
t The Singular of this tense ends in s, s, t, the t of the root being dropped. The m of 
dormir, t of partir, v of servir, and t of sortir are likewise dropped before adding s, s, t. 



Verbs of the Third Ceass, like Couvrir. 
To be conjugated through the knowledge of the formation of tenses. 



Present 
Infinitive. 


Present 
Participle. 


Past 
Participle. 


Present 
Indicative. 


Past 
Definite. 


Couvrir. 


Couvrant. 


Couvert. 


Je couvre.* 


Je Couvris. 


Couvrir, to cover. 
Decouvrir, to discover. 
Entr'ouvrir, to half open. 
Offi-ir, to offer. 


Ouvrir, to open. 
Recouvrir, to cover again. 
Rouvrir, to reopen. 
Souffrir, to suffer. 



Singular Present Indicative ; e, es, e. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 149 

The Verb Sentir — Conjugated. 

I feel, etc., je sens, tu sens, il sent, nous sentons, 

vous sentez, ils sentent. 
I felt, je sentais, etc., je sentis, etc., j'ai senti, j 'avais 

senti, j'eus senti. 
I shall feel, je sentirai, etc. 

7" should feel, je sentirais, etc. 

Feel, sens, sentons, sentez. 

That I may feel, que je sente. 
That I might feel, que je sentisse. 

The Verb Ouvrir — Conjugated. 

I open, etc., j'ouvre, tu ouvre, il ouvre, nous ouvrons, 

vous ouvrez, ils ouvrent. 

I opened, j'ouvrais, etc., j'ouvris, j'ai ouvert, j 'avais 

ouvert, j'eus ouvert. 

I shall open, j'ouvrirai, etc. 

I should open, j'ouvrirais, etc. 

Open, ouvre, ouvrons, ouvrez. 

That I may open, que j'ouvre. 

That I might open, que j'ouvrisse. 

Verbs of the Fourth Class, like Venir. 

Important Remarks. — The second and third classes illustrate a 
class of verb, which may be called semi-irregular. To conjugate 
these verbs, let the student learn the primitive tenses, and then 
form his own verb, according to the principles given in the For- 
mation of Tenses. 

The verb venir is irregular, and the primitive tenses alone will 
not enable the student to conjugate the whole verb. It will be 
noticed, in the following table, that certain tenses are irregularly- 
formed; these should be learned in addition to the primitive 
tenses, and then the whole verb can be conjugated like a semi- 
irregular verb. (See Remark preceding the list of regular verbs, 
p. 147.) 

Notice that all the verbs conjugated like venir are the com- 
pounds of this verb, and tenir with its compounds. 



150 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Primitive Tenses and Irregular Forms of Venir, to come. 



Present 

Infinitive. 



Venir. 



Future. 
je viendrai 
tu viendras 
il viendra 
nous viend- 

rons 
vous viend 

rez 
ils viendront 



Present 
Participle. 



Venant 



Conditional 
je viendrais 
tu viendrais 
il viendrait 
nous viend- 

rions 
vous viend- 

riez 
ils viendrai- 

ent 



Pres. Indic've 
3d Per. Plur. 

ils viennent 



Present 
Subjunctive. 
que je vienne 
que tu vien- 

nes 
qu'il vienne 
qu'ils vien- 
nent 



Forms regu- 
larly the Pres- 
ent Indicative, 
1st and 2d per 
sons plural: the 
Imperfect In 
dicative : and 
the Present 
Subjunctive, 1st 
and 2d persons 
plural. 



Past 
Participle. 



Venu. 



Compound 

Tenses 

Je suis venu. 

etc. 



Present 
Indicative. 



Je viens. * 



Forms regular- 
ly the Impera- 
tive. 



Past 

Definite. 



Je vins. 



Forms regular- 
ly the Imper- 
fect Subjunct- 
ive. 



Irregular Verbs belonging to 
this Class. 



Abstenir (s'), 

Appartenir, 

Cireonvenir, 

Contenir, 

Contrevenir, 

Convenir, 

Detenir, 

De venir, 

Disconvenir, 

Entretenir, 

Intervenir, 

Maintenir, 

Obtenir, 

Parvenir, 

Prevenir. 

Provenir, 

Redevenir, 

Ressouvenir (se), 

Retenir, 

Revenir, 

Soutenir, 

Souvenir (se), 

Subvenir, 

Survenir, 

Tenir, 

Venir, 



to abstain, 
to belong. 
to circumvent, 
to contain, 
to contravene. 
to suit, 
to detain, 
to become. 



to entertain. 
to intervene. 
to maintain. 
to obtain. 
to succeed, 
to prevent, 
to proceed, 
to become again, 
to remember. 
to retain, 
to return, 
to sustain, 
to remember. 
to relieve. 
to happen, 
to hold, 
to come. 



Singular present Indicative ends in 



s, s, t. 



The Verb Tenir — Conjugated. 

I hold, je tiens, tu tiens, il tient, nous tenons, vous 

tenez, ils tiennent. 
I held, je tenais, etc., je tins, tu tins, il tint, vous 

tinmes, vous tintes, ils tinrent, j'ai tenu, 

j'avais tenu, j'eus tenu. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



151 



I shall hold, je tiendrai, etc. I should hold, je tiendrais, etc. 

Sold, tiens, tenons, tenez. 

That I may hold, que je tienne, que nous tenions, que vous 

teniez, qu'ils tiennent. 
That I might hold, que je tinsse, que tu tinsses, qu'il tint, que 

nous tinssions, que vous tinssiez, qu'ils 

tinssent. 



Third Conjugation. 

Pbes. Infinitive: Rec-evoir. * Pees. Participle: Rec-evant. Past Part- 
iciple: Reg-u. Pres. Indicative ; Je reg-ois. Past Definite : Je reg-us. 





i 

a 
> 


TERMINATIONS. 


H > 


H 


H 




< 


a* 
> 




H* 


W 

Z 

P 

O 

z 

1 


a 

o 

a 

a 


a o 


Pi 

a 

Pi 


" 5 
p 


P 


o 

H 

8 

z 
o 




Z H 
GO JZ 

Ah n 
GO 


a 
« 

a 

Ph 




















s 


J 


7 


idid 


I shall 


J wii'gr/d 


de- 


That I 


Tftcd I 




H 

O 


receive, 
etc. 


received, 
etc. 


re- 
ceive, 


receive, 
etc. 


receive, 
etc. 


ceive, 
etc. 


may re- 
ceive, 


might re- 
ceive, etc. 




tf 






etc. 








etc. 




je, 




ois 


evais 


us 


evrai 


evrais 




oive 


usse 


tu 




ois 


evais 


us 


evras 


evrais 


ois 


oives 


usses 


il 




oit 


evait 


ut 


evra 


evrait 




oive 


fit 


nous 


ree- ■{ 


evons 


evions 


umes 


evrons 


evnons 


evons 


evions 


ussions 


vous 




evez 


eviez 


utes 


evrez 


evriez 


evez 


eviez 


ussiez 


ils 


1 


oivent 


evaient 


urent 


evront 


evraient 




oivent 


ussent 



* A cedilla (c) is placed under the c, when it precedes the vowels a, o, u. 

Recevoir — To Receive. 

Prim. Tenses: recevoir; reeevant; recu; je regois; 
je regus. 

Compound Tenses: Avoir recu; ayant regu. 

Indicatif Present. Passe Indefini. 

je regois, I receive. j'ai regu, I have received. 



tu regois etc. 
il regoit 



tu as regu 
il a regu 



etc. 



152 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



nous recevons 
vous recevez 
ils regoivent 

Imparfait. 

je recevais, I was receiving. 

tu recevais etc. 

il recevait 

nous reeevions 

vous receviez 

ils recevaient 

Passe Defini. 

je regus, I received. 
tu regus etc. 
il regut 
nous regumes 
vous regutes 
ils regurent 

Futur. 

je recevrai, I shall receive. 
tu recevras 
il recevra 



etc. 



nous recevrons 
vous recevrez 
ils recevront 



nous avons regu 
vous avez regu 
ils ont regu 

Plus-que-parfait. 

j'avais regu, I had received. 

tu avais regu 

il avait regu 

nous avions regu 

vous aviez regu 

ils avaient regu 

Passe Anterieur. 

j'eus regu, / had received. 
tu eus regu etc. 
il eut regu 
nous eumes regu 
vous eutes recu 
ils eurent regu 

Subjonctif Present. 

que je regoive, that I may receive. 

que tu regoives etc. 

qu'il regoive 

que nous reeevions 

que vous receviez 

qu'ils regoivent 



etc. 



Futur Anterieur. Imparfait. 

j'aurai regu, I shall have received, que je regusse, that I might receive. 

tu auras regu etc. que tu regusses 

il aura regu qu'il regut 

nous aurons regu 

vous aurez regu 

ils auront regu 



que nous regussions 
que vous regussiez 
qu'ils regussent 



Conditionnel. 

je recevrais, I should receive. nous recevrions 

tu recevrais etc. vous recevriez 

U recevrait ils recevraient 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



153 



Condi tionnel Passe. 

j'aurais regu, I should have received. 

tu aurais regu etc. 

il aurait regu 

nous aurions regu 

vous auriez regu 

ils auraient regu 

Or this form : 
j'eusse regu 
tu eusses regu 
il eut regu 
nous eussions regu 
vous eussiez regu 
ils eussent regu 

Infinitif. 
Present: recevoir, to receive. 
Passe : avoir regu, to havereceived. 

Participe. 
Present: recevant, receiving. 
Present: regu, received. 



Passe. 

que j'aie regu, that I may have re- 
que tu aies regu [ceived. 

qu'il ait regu etc. 

que nous ayons regu 
que vous ayez regu 
qu'ils aient regu 

Plus-que-parfait. 

que j'eusse regu, that I might have 
que tu eusses regu \_received. 

qu'il eut regu etc. 

que nous eussions regu 
que vous eussiez regu 
qu'ils eussent regu 



Imperatif. 

receive {thou), 
let us receive, 
receive. 



regois, 

recevons. 

recevez, 



Other Forms. 

est-ee que je regois? do I receive? est-ce que je ne regois pas ? do 1 

etc. not receive? etc. 

je ne regois pas, etc., I do not receive. 
The Third Conjugation has only seven regular verbs:: 

To perceive, apercevoir. To conceive, concevoir (conc-evoir). To 
deceive, decevoir (dec-evoir). 

To owe, to have to, (do something), devoir (d-evoir), participle 
du (a circumflex accent is placed on u in the masculine singu- 
lar). To still owe, redevoir (red-evoir), redu. To collect, percevoir- 
(perc-evoir). To receive, recevoir (rec-evoir). 



For other verbs ending in oir, see irregular verbs. 



154 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Fourth Conjugation. 

The Fourth Conjugation is divided into four classes: 

First ending in re or andre, endre, ondre, erdre, ordre; 

conjugated like vendre, to sell. 
Second " aitre, oitre; conjugated like paraitre, 

to appear, or cr oitre, to increase. 
Third " uire; conjugated like conduire, to lead, 

to conduct. 
Fourth " oindre, aindre, eindre; conjugated like 

oindre, to anoint. 

Verbs op the First Class, like Vendre. 

Pres. Infinitive: Vend-re. Pees. Participle : Vend-ant. Past Parti- 
ciple: Vend-u. Pres. Indicative: Je vend-s. Past Definite : Je vend-is. 



33 

I 


9 

> 
H 

a 

o 

M 

O 
H 
O 
O 


TERMINATIONS. 


H t 

i— i 


P4 

a 


03 5 

«! S 
H 
ft 


1 

P 
H 
P 

Pn 


< 
o 



o 


Oh 


n 

p 

CO 


W 

Ph 

a 


J 

seM, 


J 

soZd, 
etc. 


J did 

sell, 
etc. 


I shall 
sell, 
etc. 


seM, 


Sell, 
etc. 


T/icrf I 

may 

sell, etc. 


That I 
might 
sell, etc. 


je 

tu 

il 
nous 
vous 

ils 
i 


vend- • 


s 

s 

wanting 

ons 

ez 

ent 


ais 
ais 

ait 
ions 

iez 
aient 


is 

is 

it 

imes 

ites 

irent 


rai 
ras 

ra 
rons 
rez 
ront 


rais 
rais 
rait 
rions 
riez 
raient 


w 

a 

3 s 

o 

o 

p, ons 

o ez 


e 
es 

e 
ions 
iez 
ent 


isse 
isses 

it 

issions 

issiez 

issent 

j 



Vendre, to sell. 

Prim. Tenses: Vendre; vendant; vendu; je vends; 

je vendis. 

Compound Tenses: Avoir vendu; ayant vendu. 
Indieatif Present. Passe Indeflni. 

je vends, I sell. j'ai vendu, I have sold. 



tu vends 
il vend 



etc. 



tu as vendu 
U a ve&du 



etc. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



155 



nous vendons 
vous vendez 
ils vendent 



Imparfait. 



je vendais, I ivas selling. 
tu vendais etc. 

il vendait 
nous vendions 
vous vendiez 
ils vendaient 

Passe Defini. 

je vendis, I sold. 
tu vendis etc. 
il vendit 
nous vendimes 
vous vendites 
ils vendirent 

Futur. 

je vendrai, I shall sell. 
tu vendras etc. 
il vendra 
nous vendrons 
vous vendrez 
ils vendront 

Futur Anterieur. 

j'aurai vendu, I shall have 
tu auras vendu etc. 

il aura vendu 
nous aurons vendu 
vous aurez vendu 
ils auront vendu 

Conditionnel. 

je vendrais, I should sell. 



tu vendrais 
il vendrait 



etc. 



nous avons vendu 
vous avez vendu 
ils ont vendu 

Plus-que-parfait. 

j'avais vendu, I had sold. 
tu avais vendu etc. 
il avait vendu 
nous avions vendu 
vous aviez vendu 
ils avaient vendu 

Passe Anterieur. 

j'eus vendu, I had sold. 
tu eus vendu etc. 
il eut vendu 
nous eumes vendu 
vous eutes vendu 
ils eurent vendu 

Imperatif. 

vends, sell (thou). 
vendons, let us sell. 
vendez, sell. 

Subjonctif Present. 

que je vende, that I may sell. 
que tu vendes etc. 

qu'il vende 

que nous vendions 
que vous vendiez 
qu'ils vendent 



Imparfait. 

que je vendisse, that I might sell. 
que tu vendisses etc. 

qu'il vendit 



156 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



nous vendrions 
vous vendriez 
ils vendraient 

Conditionnel Passe, 



que nous vendissions 
que vous vendissiez 
qu'ils vendissent 

Passe. 



j'aurais vendu, I should have sold, que j'aie vendu, that I may have 

etc. [sold. 



tu aurais vendu 
il aurait vendu 

nous aurions vendu 
vous auriez vendu 
ils auraient vendu 



etc. 



que tu aies vendu 
qu'il ait vendu 

que nous ayons vendu 
que vous ayez vendu 
qu'ils aient vendu 



Or this form: 



Plus-que-parfait. 

que jeusse vendu, that I might 
j'eusse vendu, I should have sold. <l ue tu eusses vendu [have sold. 
tu eusses vendu etc. 

il eut vendu 



nous eussions vendu 
vous eussiez vendu 
ils eussent vendu 

Present — vendant, 



qu'il eut vendu 
que nous eussions vendu 
que vous eussiez vendu 
qu'ils eussent vendu 



Other forms: 

est-ce que je vends? do I sell? 

Passe — vendu, vendue, vendus, vends-tu? etc. 

vendues, sold; ayant vendu, je ne vendg pagj j ^ mt ^ 

having sold. , , 

est-ce que je ne vends pas? do 1 

ne vends tu pas? etc. [not sell? 

vendais-je? did I sell f 
Present — vendre, to sell. 3* e ne vendais pas, I did not sell. 

Passe — avoir vendu, to have sold, ne vendais-je pas ? did I not sell? 

The following verbs are to be conjugated like Vendre: 



Infinitif. 



Attendre, to wait for. 
Confondre, to confound. 
Condescendre, to comply. 
Correspondre, to correspond. 
Descendre, to go down. 
Defendre, to forbid. 
Detendre, to unbend. 
Entendre, to hear. 



Etendre, to stretch out. 
Fendre, to split. 
Fondre, to melt. 
Mordre, to bite. 
Pendre, to hang. 
Perdre, to lose. 
Pondre, to lay eggs. 
Pretendre, to pretend. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



157 



Refondre, to melt again. 
Repondre, to answer. 
Repandre, to Spill. 
Rendre, to render, to restore. 



Suspendre, to suspend. 
Tendre, to hold out. 
Tondre, to shear. 
Tordre, to twist. 



Verbs op the Second Class, like Paraitre and Croitre. 

N. B. — The verbs of the second, third, and fourth classes are 
irregular verbs (semi-irregular), and can be conjugated through 
a knowledge of the primitive tenses and the formation of tenses. 

Paraitre, to appear. 



Present 
Infinitive. 


Present 
Participle. 


Past 
Participle. 


Present 
Indicative. 


Past 
Definite. 


Paraitre. 


Parraissant. 


Paru. 


Je parais. 


Je parus. 


Apparaitre, to appear. 
Comparaitre, to appear. 
Connaitre, to know. 
Disparaitre, to disappear. 


Meconnaitre, to disown. 
Paraitre, to appear. 
Reconnaitre, to recognize. 
Reparaitre, to reappear. 



The Verb Paraitre — Conjugated. 

I appear, etc. je parais, tu parais, il parait, nous paraissons, 
vous paraissez, ils paraissent. 

I appeared, je paraissais, tu paraissais, etc. — je parus, nous 

parumes — j'ai paru, etc. 

1 shall appear, je paraitrai, tu paraitras, etc. 

I should appear, je paraitrais, etc. 

parais, paraissons, paraissez — que je paraisse, etc. — que je parusse, 
que tu parusses, qu'il parut, que nous parussions, etc. 

Croitre, to grow, to increase. 



Present 
Infinitive. 


Present 
Participle. 


Past 
Participle. 


Present 
Indicative. 


Past 
Definite. 


Croitre. 


Croissant. 


Cru. 


Je crois. 


Je crus. 


Accroitre, to increase. 
Croitre, to grow. 


De croitre, to decrease 



158 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



N. B. — Conjugate the verb Croitre, applying the rules of the 
Formation of Tenses. 

The circumflex accent is always placed on i (i) before t. 
Moreover, in the verb croitre and its derivatives the circumflex 
is also placed on i and u (i, u) before s ending the word; as, 
je crois, je crus, tu crus. 

Verbs of the Third Class, dike Conduire. 

Conduire, to conduct. 
Primitive Tenses and Verbs of the same Class. 



Present 
Infinitive. 


Present 
Participle. 


Past 
Participle. 


Present 
Indicative. 


Past 
Definite. 


Conduire. 


Conduisant. 


Conduit. 


Je conduis. 


Je conduisis. 


Conduire, to conduct. 
Construire, to construct. 
Cuire, to bake, etc. 
Deduire, to deduct. 
Detruire, to destroy. 
Enduire, to plaster. 
Induire, to induce. 
Instruire, to instruct. 
Introduire, to introduce. 


Nuire, to injure. 
Produire, to produce. 
Reconduire, to conduct 
again. 
Reconstruire, to reconstruct. 
Reduire, to reduce. 
Reproduire, to reproduce. 
Seduire, to seduce. 
Traduire, to translate. 



The Verb Reduire — Conjugated (same as Conduire). 

I reduce, etc. je rSduis, tu reduis, il reduit, nous reduisons, 

vous reduisez, ils reduisent. 
I reduced, je reduisais, etc. — je reduisis, tu reduisis, nous 

reduisimes, etc. — j'ai reduit, etc. 
I shall reduce, je reduirai, etc. 
I should reduce, je reduirais — ils reduiraient. 



reduis, reduisons, reduisez — que je reduise — que je r§duisisse — 
qu'il reduisit, etc. 



FOURTH COXJUGATIOX. 



159 



Verbs of the Fourth Class, like Oindre. 

Oindre, to anoint. 
Primitive Tenses and verbs of the same Class. 



Present 


Present 


Past 


Present 


Past 


Infinitive. 


Participle. 


Participle. 


Indicative. 


Definite. 


Oindre. 


Oignant. 


Oint. 


J'oins. 


J'oignis, 


A dj oindre 


, to associate. 


Eteindre, 


to extinguish. 


Astreindr 


e, to compel. 


Etreindre, 


to press. 


Atteindre 


, to attain. 


Feindre, 


to feign. 


Ceindre, 


to gird. 


Joindre. 


to join. 


Conjoindr 


e, to conjoin. 


Oindre, 


to anoint. 


Contraind 


re, to constrain. 


Peindre, 


to paint. 


Craindre, 


to fear. 


Plaindre, 


to pity. 


Dej oindre 


, to disjoin. 


Plaindre (se), 


to complain. 


Depeindrt 


i, to depict. 


Patteindre, 


to reach again. 


Deteindre 


, to disclose. 


Rej oindre, 


to rejoin. 


Empreind 


re, to imprint. 


Pepeindre, 


to paint again. 


Enfreindr 


e, to infringe. 


Pestreindre, 


to restrain. 


Enj oindre 


, to enjoin. 


Teindre, 


to dye. 



The Verb Plaindre — Conjugated (like oindre).* 
I pity, je plains, tu plains, il plaint, nous plaignons, 

vous plaignez, ils plaignent. 
I pitied, je plaignais, etc. — je plaignis — nous plaignimes. 

etc. — j'ai plaint, etc. 
I shall, should pity, je plaindrai, etc. — je plaindrais, etc. 
Pity. plains, plaignons, plaignez. 

Subjonctif: que je plaigne — que je plaignisse — qu'il plaignit, etc. 



Reflective Verbs — Verbes Reflechis. 

S'habiller, to dress one's self; s'habillant, dressing one's 
self; habille, e, s, es, dressed. 

Conjugated like aimer. 



* Oindre is changed to aindre, or eindre, hence oign— aign— eign. 



160 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Indieatif Present. 

je m'habille, I dress myself. 
tu t'habilles etc. 

il s'hataille 

nous nous habillons 
vous vous habillez 
ils s'habillent 



Imparfait. 

je mTiabillais, I was dressing my- 
tu t'habillais etc. [self. 

il s'habillait 

nous nous habillions 
vous vous habilliez 
ils s'habillaient 



Passe Defini. 

je m'habillai, I dressed myself. 
tu t'habillas etc. 

il s'habilla 

nous nous habillames 
vous vous habillates 
ils s'habillerent 



Futur Anterieur. 

je me serai habille, I shall have 
dressed myself, etc. 

Conditionnel Present. 

je m'habillerais, I should dress my- 
tu t'habillerais [self, etc. 



Passe Indefini. 



Conditionnel Passe. 



je me suis habille, 
tu t'es habille 
il s'est habille 



I have dressed 
etc. [myself. 



nous nous sommes habilles 
vous vous etes habilles 
ils se sont habilles 

Plus-que-parfait. 

je m'etais habille, I had dressed 
tu t'etais habille etc. [myself. 
il s'etait habille 

nous nous etions habilles 
vous vous etiez habilles 
ils s'etaient habilles 

Passe Anterieur. 

je me fus habille, I had dressed 
tu te fus habille etc. [myself. 
il se fut habille 



je me serais habille 

or, 
je me fusse, etc. 



I should 
have dressed 
myself, etc. • 



Imperatif. 



habille-toi, 

habillons-nous, 

habillez-vous, 



dress thyself, 
let us dress, 
dress yourselves. 



Subjonctif Present. 

que je m'habille, that I may dress 

myself, etc. 

que tu t'habilles 

• etc. 

Imparfait. 

que je m'habillasse, that I might 

dress myself. 
que tu t'habillasses 
qu'il s'habillat 



REFLECTIVE VERBS. 



161 



nous nous fumes habilles 
vous vous futes habilles 
ils se furent habilles 

Futur. 
je m'habillerai, I shall 
tu t'habilleras etc 

il s'habillera 

nous nous habillerons 
vous vous habillerez 
ils s'habilleront 

Infinitif. 
Present: s'habiller 
Passe: s'etre habiUe 



my- 
[self. 



que nous nous habillassions 
que vous vous habillassiez 
qu'ils s'habillassent 

Passe. 

que je me sois habille 
que tu te sois habille, etc. 

Plus-que-parfait. 

que je me fusse habille, etc. 
Participe. 

Present: s'habillant 
Passe: habille, e, s, es, s'etant 
habille 



Other Forms. 



je ne m'habille pas, I do not dress nous ne nous habillons pas 
tu ne t'habilles pas etc. [myself, vous ne vous habillez pas 



il ne s'habille pas 

est-ce que je m'habille? do I dress 

myself? 
t'habilles-tu? 
s'habille-t-il? 
est-ce que je ne m'habille pas? 

do I not dress m\ 
ne t'habilles-tu pas? 
ne s'habille-t-il pas? 



ils ne s'habillent pas 

nous habillons-nous ? 
vous habillez-vous ? 
s'habillent-ils ? 

ne nous habillons-nous pas? 
ne vous habillez-vous pas? 
ne s'habillent-ils pas? 



A List of Reflective Verbs, conjugated according to their 
Respective Conjugations. 



S'abonner a, 

S'accorder, 

S'adoucir, 

S'adresser, 

S'affaiblir, 

S'affermir, 

S'aimer, 

S'amuser, 



to 



subscribe to. 

agree. 

soften. 

address one's self. 

become weak. 

strengthen. 

love each other. 

amuse one's self. 



S'appeler, to be named. 



'apprivoiser, 



become tame. 



S'approcher, approach. 

S'arrSter, stop. 

S'assoupir, grow drowsy. 

Se baisser, stoop. 

Se blesser, wound one's self. 

Se brouiller, disagree. 



D. F. M.-14. 



162 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Se cacher, 

Se chauffer, 

Se coucher, 

Se convenir, 

Se defier, 

S<§ depScher, 

Se deshabiller 

S' endurcir, 

S'elancer, 

S'empresser, 

S'endormir, 

S'enfermer, 

S'enrhumer, 

S'enrichir, 

S'envoler, 

S'etonner, 

S'evanouir, 

S'eveiller, 



self. 



conceal one's self, 
warm one's self, 
go to bed. 
suit each other, 
distrust, 
make haste, 
undress one's 
harden, 
rush upon, 
be eager, 
fall asleep, 
shut up. 
take cold, 
grow rich, 
fly away, 
wonder, 
faint away, 
awake. 



S'exprimer, t 
Se facher, 
Se fier, 
Se lever, 
Se marier, 
Se mefier, 
Se meler, 
Se moquer, 
Se noyer, 
Se peigner, 
Se pencher, 
Se plaindre, 
Se promener, 
Se rapprocher, 
Se reculer, 
Se rendre a, 
Se reposer, 
Se retirer, 



express one's self. 

get angry. 

trust. 

get up, rise. 

get married. 

mistrust. 

mix, meddle. 

laugh at. 

drown one's self. 

comb one's self. 

bend. 

complain. 

take a walk. 

come nearer. 

move back. 

go to. 

rest. 

withdraw. 



Passive Verbs — Verbes Passifs. 
( To be called, etre appele. 



I am called, etc. 

I was called, 

I have been called, 

I had been called, 

I shall be called, 

I shall have been called. 

I should be called, 



je suis appel§, tu es appelG, il est 
appele, nous sommes appel6s, vous 
§tes appel§s, ils sont appeles. 

j'etais appele, tu 6tais appel6, or, je 
fus appel6 — nous fumes appel6s, etc. 

j'ai ete appel6 — nous avons et§ ap- 
peles, etc. 

j'avais ete appel§, etc., or, j'eus §t§ ap- 
pele — nous eumes ete appeles, etc. 

je serai appele — nous serons appel§s, 
etc. 

j'aurai et6 appele — nous aurons et§ 
appel6s, etc. 

je serais appelS — nous serions appelGs, 
etc. 



UN1PERS0NAL VERBS. 163 

I should have been called, j'aurais ete appele, etc., or, j'eusse ete 

appele, etc. 

Be called, sois appele ; let us be called, soyons appeles ; 
be called, soyez appele. 

That I may be called, que je sois appele — que nous soyons 

appeles, etc. 
That I might be called, que je fusse appele — qu'il fut appele, 

etc. 
That I may have been calkd, que j'aie ete appele — qu'ils aient 6t§ 

appeles. 
That I might have been called, que j'eusse ete appele, etc. 

Conjugate one or more of the following passive verbs: 



Etre abandonnS, to be abandoned. 
Etre aime, to be loved. 
Etre cheri, to be cherished. 



Etre craint, to be feared. 
Etre pris, to be taken. 
Etre regu, to be received. 



Unipersonal Verbs — Verbes Unipersonnels. 
To snow, neiger. 

Conjugated like aimer in the third person singular. 

It snows, il neige. 

It ivas snoiving, il neigeait. 

It snowed, il neigea. 

It has snowed, il a neige. 

It had snowed, il avait, or, il eut neig§. 

It will snow, il neigera. 

It will have snowed, il aura neige. 

It would snow, il neigerait. 

It would have snowed, il aurait neige, or, il eut neig§. 

That it may snow, qu'il neige. 

That it might snow, qu'il neigeat. 

That it may have snowed, qu'il ait neige. 

That it might have snowed, qu'il eut neig§. 



164 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



snow f neige-t-il ? it does not snow, il ne neige 
does it not snow f ne neige-t-il pas ? 



Each tense should be conjugated in the usual interrogative 
and negative forms. 

A list of unipersonal verbs conjugated like the third person 
singular of the model verbs: 



Degeler, to thaw. 

Faire des eclairs, to lighten. 

Falloir (irreg.), to be necessary. 



Geler, to freeze. 
Greler, to hail. 
Pleuvoir (irreg.), to rain. 



Tonner, to thunder. 



Many verbs can be used unipersonally; as: 



II importe, it matters. 
II suffit, it is enough. 
II s'agit, it is a question of. 
II convient, it becomes. 



II parait, it appears. 

II semble, it seems. 

II arrive, it happens. 

II s'entend, it is a matter of course. 



Verbs conjugated with §tre in their Compound Tenses. 

1. Eeflective verbs, in which §tre is employed for avoir. 

2. Passive verbs. 

3. Unipersonal verbs take avoir; but those which are accident- 

ally unipersonal — as, il est arrive un malheur, a misfortune 
has happened — take §tre. 

4. Some neuter verbs, as: 



Aller, to go. 
Arriver, to arrive. 
Deceder, to die. 
Entrer, to enter. 
Intervenir, to intervene. 
Mourir, to die. 

Also the following: 

Convenir, to agree. 
Devenir, to become. 



Naitre, to be born. 
Parvenir, to attain, to 
Kevenir, to come again. 
Sortir (persons), to go out 
Venir, to come. 
Hester, to remain, to stay. 



Survenir, to occur. 
Tomber, to fall. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



165 



The Irregular Verbs. 

Important Remarks. — A very large number of the irregular 
verbs of the language may be called semi-irregular verbs, — the 
primitive tenses enabling the student to conjugate the whole verb 
through the knowledge obtained from the "Formation of the 
Tenses" Such verbs will be marked with an asterisk (*). In- 
stead of attempting to memorize the whole verb, let the student 
write the primitive tenses, and then under each primitive tense, 
write the derivative tenses. Ex. : — 



Coudre, {to sew.) 

Future, 
conditionnel. 



Cousant. 

Plur. Prest. Ind. 
imperf. ind. 
Prest. Subj. 



Cousu. 

Compound 

Tenses. 



Je couds. 

Imperative. 



Je cousis. 

Imperfect 
Subjunctive. 



Let the student now apply the principles given for the for- 
mation of the tenses, and he will be able to conjugate the 
verb without any difficulty. This kind of work should be done 
with every model verb, as the student proceeds in the study of 
the irregular verbs. The model semi-irregular verbs will be 
marked with two asterisks (**). 

The verbs that are truly irregular, i. e., those that have not 
all the derivative tenses formed regularly from the primitive 
tenses, can also be learned, to a great extent, through the for- 
mation of tenses. In some instances there are but one or two 
irregularities in the whole verb; these should be learned, and 
the remainder of the verb formed, as has already been shown 
with the verb venir (see page 133). We will indicate the ir- 
regular forms, — i. e., those not formed regularly from the prim- 
itive tenses, — with a noticeable change in the type. 

The model irregular verbs will be preceded by the following 
mark (t). 

The 1st and 2d persons plural of an irregular present sub- 
junctive is always formed regularly, excepting faire and pouvoir. 

Should the verbs be studied as is explained above, the task 
of memorizing them will be much less difficult than if the student 
attempts to learn them mechanically. 



166 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

List of the Irregular and Defective Verbs. * 

* Abattre, to pull down (avoir) ; like battre. 

**Absoudre, to absolve; absolvant, absou, absoute (/.) — j'absous, 
tu absous, il absout, nous absolvons, vous absolvez, ils ab- 
solvent— j'absolvais, (no past definite), j'absoudrai, j'absou- 
drais — absous, absolvons, absolvez, que j'absolve (no imp. 
subj.) (Defective). 

* Abstraire, to abstract; like traire. (Defective.) 
Accourir, to run to (avoir and etre) ; like courir. 

* Accroire is only used with faire ; as, il s'en fait accroire, he 

makes one believe, etc. (Defective.) 
Accueillir, to welcome; conjugated like cueillir. 
t Acquerir, to acquire (avoir); acquerant, acquis, e — j'acquiers, tu 
acquiers, il acquiert, nous acquerons, vous acquerez, ils ac- 
quierent — j'acquerais, j'acquis, j'acquerrai, j'acquerrais — ac- 
quiers, acquerons, acquerez — que j'acquiere, que j'acquisse, 
qu'il acquit. 

* Admettre, to admit (avoir) ; like mettre. 

t Aller, to go (etre); allant, alle, e — je vais, tu vas, il va, nous 
aiions, vous ailez, ils vont — j'aiiais, j'ailai, j'irai, j'irais— va, 
allons, allez — que j'aille, que nous allions, que vous alliez, 
qu'ils aillent — que j'allasse. 

S'en aller, to go away; s'en allant, alle, e — je m'en vais, tu t'en 
vas, il s'en va, nous nous en allons, vous vous en allez, ils 
s'en VOnt — je m'en allais, je m'en allai, je m'en suis all6, 
je m'en etais all6, je m'en fus alle, je m'en irai, je m'en 
serai alle, je m'en irais,je m'en serais alle — va-t'en, allons- 
nous-en, allez-vous-en — que je m'en aille, que je m'en allasse, 
like aller. 
Apprendre, to learn (avoir) ; like prendre, 

**Assaillir, to assault (avoir) ; assaillant, assailli, e — j'assaille, nous 
assaillons, ils assaillent — j'assaillais, j'assaillis, j'assaillirai, 
j'assaillirais — assaille, que j'assaille, que j'assaillisse. 
S'asseoir, to sit down; s'asseyant, assis, e — je m'assieds, tu t'as- 
sieds, il s'assied, nous nous asseyons, vous vous asseyez, ils 
s'asseient — je m'asseyais, je m'assis, je me suis assis, je 



* The Irregular Verbs, already given in connection with the regular verbs, are not 
included in this list. 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 167 

m'etais assis, je me fus assis, je m'assierai, je me serai assis, 
je m'assierais, je me serais or fusse assis — assieds-toi, assey- 
ons-nous, asseyez-vous — que je m'asseie, que nous nous as- 
seyions, que vous vous asseyiez, qu'ils s'asseient — que je 
m'assisse, que je me sois assis, que je me fusse assis. 

Conjugated in the four forms. 

**Battre, to beat; battant, battu, e (avoir) — je bats, tu bats, il bat, 
nous battons, vous battez, ils battent — je battais, je battis, 
je battrai, je battrais — bats — que je batte, que je battisse. 

* Benir, to bless, is regular, except the past participle beni, e, 

which is written benit, e, when speaking of things conse- 
crated by the church; as, pain benit, eau b6nite. 

t Boire, to drink; buvant, bu, e (avoir) — je bois, tu bois, il boit, 
nous buvons, vous buvez, ils boiveilt — je buvais, je bus, je 
boirai, je boirais — bois, buvons, buvez — <jue je fooive, que 
nous buvions, que vous buviez, qu'ils fooiYentj que je busse, 
qu'il but. 

**Bouillir, to boil; bouillant, bouilli, e (avoir) — je bous, tu bous 
il bout, nous bouillons, vous bouillez, ils bouillent — je bouil- 
lais, je bouillis, je bouillirai — bous, bouillons bouillez — que 
je bouille, que je bouillisse. 

Taken in an active sense, it is used with faire, faire bouillir; 
as a neuter verb, it is used figuratively; as, je bous d'impatience, 
etc. 

Braire, to bray (asses); generally used in the following ex- 
pressions only: il brait, ils braient — il braira, ils brairont — 
il brairait, ils brairaient — qu'il braie, qu'ils braient. 

Bruire (a defective verb), to roar, to rustle; bruyant — ils bruis- 
sent, il bruyait, ils bruyaient, ils bruissaient — qu'il bruisse. 

Choir, to fall; used only in the infinitive; as, il s'est laisse 
choir. 

* Circoncire, to circumcise; circoncisant, circoncis — je circoncis, 

je circoncisais, je circoncis, je circoncirai, je circoncirais — 
circoncis — que je circoncise, que je circoncisse. 

* Circonscrire, to circumscribe; like ecrire. 

* Clore, to close; closant, clos, e (avoir) — je clos, tu clos, il clot — 

(no plural, no imperfect, no past definite) — je clorai, je 
clorais — clos (no plural) — que je close — (no imperfect). 



168 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

* Combattre, to fight; combattant, etc., like battre. 

* Commettre, to commit; like mettre. 

* Complaire, to please; like plaire. 

Comprendre, to comprehend, to understand; like prendre. 

* Compromettre, to compromise ; like mettre. 

**Conclure, to conclude; concluant, conclu — je conclus, tu conclus, 
il conclut, nous concluons, vous concluez, ils concluent — je 
concluais, nous concluions, vous coneluiez — je conclus, je 
eonclurai, je conclurais — conclus — que je conclue, que nous 
concluions, que vous coneluiez, qu'ils concluent — que je 
conciusse. 
Concourir, to concur; like courir. 

* Confire, to preserve {fruit, etc.); confisant, confit, e — je conns, 

nous confisons — je conflsais, je conns, je confirai, je confl- 
rais — confis — que je confise, que nous confisions, que je 
confisse. 
Conquerir, to conquer; like acquerir, but it is used only in the 
following tenses: infinitive, participle, past definite, imper- 
fect subjunctive, and compound tenses. 

* Contredire, to contradict ; like dire, except in the second person 

plural of the present indicative and imperative — vous con- 
tredisez, contredisez. 
Contrefaire, to counterfeit; like faire. 

* Convaincre, to convince; like vaincre. 

* Corrompre, to corrupt; like rompre. 

*'*Coudre, to sew; cousant, cousu, e (avoir) — je couds, tu couds, 
il coud, nous cousons, vous cousez, ils cousent — je cousais, 
je cousis, je coudrai, je coudrais — couds, cousons, cousez — 
que je couse, que je cousisse, qu'il cousit. 

t Courir, to run; courant, couru (avoir) — je cours, tu cours, il 
court, nous courons, vous courez, ils courent — je courais, 
je courus, je COUlTai, je COUrrais — cours, courons, courez — - 
que je coure, que je courusse. 

**Croire, to believe; croyant, cru, e (avoir) — je crois, tu crois, il 
croit, nous croyons, vous croyez, ils croient — je croyais, nous 
croyions, vous croyiez — je crus,je croirai,je croirais— crois — 
que je croie, que nous croyions, que vous croyiez, que je 
crusse. 

t Cueillir, to gather; cueillant, cueilli, e — je cueille, nous cueillons 
— je cueiiiais, je cueiilis, je cueillerai, je cneillerais — cueille 
— que je cueille, que je cueillisse, qu'il cueillit. 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 169 

* Debattre, to debate; like battre. 

Dechoir, to decay; (no present participle), dechu, e — je dechois, 
tu dechois, il dechoit, nous dechoyons, vous dechoyez, ils 
dechoient— (no imperfect) — je dechus, je decherrai, je 
decherrais — (no imperfect) — que je dechoie, que nous de- 
choyions — que je dechusse. 

* D6coudre, to unsew; like coudre. 

* Decrire, to describe; like ecrire.' 

** Dedire, to disown; like dire, except vous dedisez. 
Defaire, to undo; like faire. 
Se defaire, to get rid of; like faire. 

* Demettre, to remove; like mettre. 

* Se demettre, to resign; like mettre. 

* Deplaire, to displease; like plaire. 

* Depourvoir, to take away what is wanted or necessary ; used in the 

infinitive and compound tenses, like pourvoir. 
D6sapprendre, to forget; like prendre, 
t Dire, to say, to tell; disant, dit, e — je dis, tu dis, il dit, nous 

disons, VOUS dites, ils disent — je disais, je dis, nous dimes, 

je dirai, je dirais — dis, disons, dites — que je dise, que je 

disse, qu'il dit. 
Discourir, to discourse; like courir. 

* Dissoudre, to dissolve; like absoudre. 

* Distraire, to divert; like traire. 

* S'ebattre, to sport, to be merry ; like battre. 

Echoir, to be due, to expire; echeant, 6chu, e — il 6choit, ils 
6choient — (no imperfect)' — il 6chut, ils echurent, il echerra, 
ils Scherront, il echerrait, ils echerraient — (no imperfect, no 
present subjunctive) — qu'il echut, qu'ils echussent. 

Eclore, to blow, to hatch; used only in the following cases: 
6clos, e — il eclot, ils eclosent, il eclora, ils ecloront, il eclo- 
rait, ils 6cloraient — qu'il eclose, qu'ils eclosent — il est eclos, 
etc. 
**Ecrire, to write; 6crivant, ecrit, e — j'ecris, tu §crit, il ecrit, nous 
ecrivons, vous ecrivez, ils ecrivent — j'ecrivais, j'ecrivis, 
j'6crirai, j'ecrirais — ecris, 6crivons, ecrivez — que j'ecrive, 
que j'ecrivisse, qu'il 6crivit. 

* Elire, to elect; like lire. 
Emouvoir, to Stir; like mouvoir. 

* Enclore, to inclose; like clore. 

D. F. m. 15. 



170 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Encourir, to incur ; like courir. 

* S'enfuir, to fly, to flee, to run away ; like fuir. 
S'enquerir, to inquire; like acquerir. 

* S'ensuivre, to follow (unipersonal) ; s'ensuivant, ensuivi — il 

s'ensuit, il s'ensuivait, il s'ensuivit, il s'ensuivra, il s'en- 
suivrait — qu'il s'ensuive, qu'il s'ensuivit. 

* S'entremettre, to mediate ; like mettre. 

* S'entre-nuire, to injure one another; like nuire. 
Entreprendre, to undertake; like prendre. 
Entrevoir, to have a glimpse of; like voir. 

+ Envoyer, to send; envoyant, envoye, e (avoir) — j'envoie, tu en- 
voies, il envoie, nous envoyons, vous envoyez, ils envoient — 
j'envoyais, tu envoyais, il envoyait, nous envoyions, vous 
envoyiez.ils envoyaient — j'envoyai, j'enverra^j'enyerTais — 
envoie, envoyons, envoyez — que j'envoie, que nous envoyions, 
que vous envoyiez, qu'ils envoient, que j'envoyasse, qu'il 
envoyat. 

S'eprendre, to be smitten; like prendre. 

Equivaloir, to be equivalent; like valoir. 

* Exclure, to exclude; like conclure. 

* Extraire, to extract; like traire. 

Paillir, to fail; faillant, failli ; used only in the past definite 

and compound tenses of the indicative mode; je faillis, nous 

faillimes, j'ai failli, j'avais failli. 
t Faire, to do, to make ; faisant, fait, e — je fais, tu fais, il fait, nous 

faisons, YOUS faites, ils font — je faisais, je fis, nous fimes, 

je ferai, je ferais— fais, faisons, faites— que je fasse, que 

je fisse, qu'il fit. 
t Palloir, (a unipersonal verb), to be necessary, must; fallu, been 

necessary; il faut, il fallait, il fallut, il faudra, il faudrait — 

qu'il faille, qu'il fallut. 
Ferir, to strike; only used in sans coup ferir, without striking a 

blow. 

* Pleurir, to blossom; regular, except in speaking of the arts, 

sciences, and empires. Its part. pres. is florissant, flourish- 
ing ; and the third persons of the imperf . indie, are florissait, 
florissaient. 

Forfaire, to forfeit; like fair 

Prire, to fry; (no part, pres.) — frit — je fris, tu fris, il frit, nous 
faisons frire, vous faites frire, ils font frire — je faisais frire, 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 171 

je fis frire, je frirai, je frirais — fais frire — que je fasse frire, 
que je fisse frire, partly conjugated with faire. 
**Fuire, to fly, to flee; fuyant, fui — je fuis, nous fuyons — je fuyais, 
nous fuyions — je fuis, je fuirai, je fuirais — fuis — que je fuie, 
que nous fuyions, que je fuisse. 
Gesir, to lie ; gisant — il git, nous gisons, vous gisez, ils gisent — 
je gisais, etc. — ci-git, here lies; ci-gisent, here lie. 

* Hair, to hate; regular, except the singular of the present In- 

dicative; je hais, tu hais, il hart; — and Imperative hais. 
Honnir, to dishonor; past, part., honni. Motto of the Order of 
the Garter: honni soit qui mal y pense. . 

* Inscrire, to inscribe; like ecrire. 
Interdire, to forbid; like dire. 

* Interrompre, to interrupt; like rompre. 

**Lire, to read; lisant, lu, e — je lis, tu lis, il lit, nous lisons, vous 
lisez, ils lisent — je lisais, je lus, je lirai, je lirais — lis — que 
je lise, que je lusse, qu'il lut. 

* Luire, to shine ; luisant, lui — je luis, tu luis, il luit, nous luisons, 

vous luisez, ils luisent — je luisais — (no past definite) — je 
luirai, je luirais — luis — que je luise — (no imperfect). 
Malfaire, to do wrong; only used in the infinitive. 
**Maudire, to curse; maudissant, maudit, e — je maudis, — je mau- 
dissais, je maudis, je maudirai, je maudirais — maudis — que 
je maudisse, que je maudisse. 

* Medire, to slander; like dire, except vous medisez — medisez. 
Se meprendre, to mistake; like prendre. 

**Mettre, to put; mettant, mis, e — je mets — je mettais, je mis, 
je mettrai, je mettrais — mets — que je mette, que je misse, 
qu'il mit. 

**Moudre, to grind; moulant, moulu, e — je mouds, nous moulons, 
vous moulez, ils moulent — je moulais, je moulus, je moudrai, 
je moudrais — que je moule, que je moulusse. 

T Mourir, to die; mourant, mort, e (etre) — je meurs, tu meurs, il 
meurt, nous mourons, vous mourez, ils llieurent — je mourais, 
je mourus, je mourrai, je mourrais — meurs, mourons, 
mourez — que je meure, que je mourusse. 

t Mouvoir, to move; mouvant, mu, e — je meus — nous mouvons, 
vous mouvez, ils meuvent — je mouvais, je mus, je mouvrai, 
je mouvrais — meus, mouvons, mouvez — que je Uieuve, que 
je musse. 



172 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

** Naitre, to be bom; naissant, ne, e (Stre) — je nais, tu nais, il 
nait, nous naissons — je naissais, je naquis, je naitrai, je 
naitrais — nais, naissons, naissez — que je naisse, que je na- 
quisse, qu'il naquit. 

"* Nuire, to hurt; past part., nui. The rest like conduire. 

* Omettre, to omit; like mettre. 

Ouir, to hear; oui — j'ouis, I heard — ils ouirent — j'ai oui, etc. — 
que j'ou'isse, qu'il ouit. 

* Paitre, to graze; paissant, etc., conjugated with faire — je fais 

paitre, je faisais paitre, je fis paitre, je ferai paitre, etc. 
Parcourir, to run -over ; like courir. 
Parfaire, to complete; like faire (obsolete). 

* Permettre, to permit; like mettre. 

* Plaire, to please; plaisant, plu — je plais, tu plais, il plait, nous 

plaisons, vous plaisez, ils plaisent — je plaisais, je plus, je 

plairai, je plairais — plais, plaisons, plaisez — que je plaise, 

que je plusse. 
Pleuvoir, to rain (unipersonal) ; plu — il pleut, il pleuvait, il plut, 

il pleuvra, il pleuvrait — qu'il pleuve, qu'il plut. 
Poindre, to dawn; (obsolete.) 

* Poursuivre, to pursue; like suivre. 

t Pourvoir, to provide; pourvoyant, pourvu, e — je pourvois, tu 
pourvois, il pourvoit, nous pourvoyons, vous pourvoyez, ils 
pourvoient — je pourvoyais, tu pourvoyais, il pourvoyait, nous 
pourvoyions, vous pourvoyiez, ils pourvoyaient — je pourvus, 
je pourvoirai, je pourvoir ais — pourvois, pourvoyons, pour- 
voyez — que je pourvoie, que tu pourvoies, qu'il pourvoie, 
que nous pourvoyions, que vous pourvoyiez, qu'ils pourvoient 
— que je pourvusse, qu'il pourvut. 

t Pouvoir, to be able; pouvant, pu — je puis or je peux, tu peux, 
il peut, nous pouvons, vous pouvez, ils peiweilt — je pouvais 
— je pus, tu pus, il put, nous pumes, vous putes, ils purent — 
je pourrai, je pourrais — (no imperative) — que je puisse, 
que je pusse, qu'il put. 
Predire, to foretell ; like dire, except vous predisez — predisez. 

t Prendre, to take; prenant, pris, e — je prends, tu prends, il prend, 
nous prenons, vous prenez, ils prennent— je prenais, je pris, 
je prendrai, je prendrais — prends, prenons, prenez — que je 
prenne, que nous prenions, que vous preniez, qu'ils pren- 
nent — que je prisse. 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 173 

* Prescrire, to prescribe; like ecrire. 

Prevaloir, to prevail; like valoir, except the pres. subj. que je 
prevale, que tu prevales, qu'il prevale, que nous prevalions, 
que vous prevaliez, qu'ils prevalent, 
t Prevoir, to foresee; like voir, except the future and conditional; 
je prevoirai, tu prevoiras, il prevoira, nous prevoirons, 
tous prevoirez, ils prevoiront— je prevoirais, tu prevoir- 
ais, il prevoirait, nous prevoirions, vous prevoiriez, ils 
prevoiraient. 

* Promettre, to promise ; like mettre. 

* Proscrire, to proscribe; like ecrire. 

Querir, to fetch; used (seldom) in the infinitive after aller, en- 
voyer, venir; as, allez me querir M. C; envoyez querir cet 
homme; il m'est venu querir, etc. 

* Rabattre, to abate; like battre. 
Rapprendre, to learn again; like prendre. 
Se rasseoir, to sit down again; like s'asseoir. 

Ravoir, to have again; used only in the infinitive, like avoir. 

* Rebattre, to beat again; like battre. 

* Reboire, to drink again; like boire. 

Reclure, to shut up ; only in the infinitive and compound tenses. 
Reconquerir, to conquer again; like acquerir. 

* Recoudre, to sew again; like coudre. 

Recourir, to have recourse, to run again; like courir. 

* Recrire, to write again; like ecrire. 
Recueillir, to gather; like cueillir. 
Refaire, to undo again, like faire. 

* Relire, to read again; like lire. 

* Reluire, to shine; like luire. 

* Remettre, to put again, to deliver ; like mettre. 

* Remoudre, to grind again; like moudre. 

* Renaitre, to be born again, to spring up again, to reeive ; like 

naitre. No past part., no compound tenses. 
Renvoyer, to send back ; like envoyer. 
Reprendre, to take again; like prendre. 
Requerir, to require; like acquerir. 

* Resoudre, to resolve; resolvant, resolu, e — je resous, tu resous, 

il resout, nous resolvons, ils resolvent — je resolvais, je resolus, 
je resoudrai, je resoudrais — resous, resolvons, resolvez — que 
je resolve, que je resolusse, qu'il resolut. 



174 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Revaloir, to return like for like ; like valoir. 

* Revetir, to invest; like vetir. 

* Revivre, to revive; like vivre. 

Revoir, to review, to see again; like voir. 

**Rire, to laugh; riant, ri — je ris, tu ris, il rit, nous rions, vous 
riez, ils rient — je riais, tu riais, il riait, nous riions, vous 
riiez, ils riaient — je ris, nous rimes — je rirai, je rirais — 
ris, rions, riez — que je rie, que tu ries, qu'il rie, que nous 
riions, que vous riiez, qu'ils rient — que je risse, qu'il rit. 

**Rompre, to break; rompant, rompu, e — je romps, tu romps, il 
rompt, nous rompons, vous rompez, ils rompent — je rom- 
pais, je rompis, je romprai, je romprais — romps, rompons, 
rompez — que je rompe, que je rompisse. 

* Saillir, to gush out (is regular, and conjugated like finir), to 

project; saillant, sailli — il saille, ils saillent, il saillait, ils 
saillaient — (no past definite) — il saillera, ils sailleront, il 
saillerait, ils sailleraient — qu'il saille, qu'ils saillent, qu'il 
saillit, qu'ils saillissent. (Defective.) 
Satisfaire, to satisfy; like faire. 

t Savoir, to know; sachant, su, e — je sais, tu sais, il sait, noilS 
sayons, yous savez, ils sayent — je savais, je sus, nous 
sumes — je saurai, je saurais — sache, sachons, sachez — que 
je sache, que je susse. 
Secourir, to help; like courir. 

t Seoir, to become, to fit; seyant — il sied, ils sieent — il seyait, ils 
seyaient — il siera, ils sieront — il sierait, ils si6raient — only 
are in use. To sit, only in seant ; sis, e, situated. 

* Soumettre, to submit; like mettre. 

* Sourire, to smile; like rire. 

* Souscrire, to subscribe; like ecrire. 
Soustraire, to subtract; like traire. 

**Suffire, to suffice; suffisant, sum — je sums, tu sums, il suffit. 
nous sumsons, vous sumsez, ils suffisent — je suffisais, je sums, 
nous suffimes, je sumrai, je sumrais — sums, sumsons, suffi- 
sez — que je suffise, que je sumsse. 

**Suivre, to follow; suivant, suivi, e — je suis, tu suis, il suit, nous 
suivons, vous suivez, ils suivent — je suivais, je suivis, je 
suivrai, je suivrais — suis, suivons, suivez — que je suive, que 
je suivisse. 
Surfaire, to exact, to overcharge; like faire. 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. 175 

Surgir, to issue, to rise; used figuratively; as, 11 surgira des diffi- 
cultes, difficulties will rise, etc. 

Surprendre, to surprise; like prendre. 

Surseoir, to put off (a law term); sursoyant, sursis— je sursois, 
tu sursois, il sursoit, nous sursoyons, vous sursoyez, ils sur- 
soient — je sursoyais, tu sursoyais, il sursoyait, nous sursoy- 
ions, vous sursoyiez, ils sursoyaient — je sursis, je surseoirai, 
je surseoirais — sursois — que je sursoie, que tu sursoies, qu'il 
sursoie, que nous sursoyions, que vous sursoyiez, qu'ils sur- 
soient — que je sursisse. 

* Survivre, to outlive; like vivre. 

**Taire, to conceal; taisant, tu — je tais, tu tais, il tait, nous taisons, 
vous taisez, ils taisent — je taisais, je tus, je tairai, je tairais 
— tais, taisons, taisez — que je taise, que je tusse, qu'il tut. 

* Se taire, to be silent; like taire. 

**Traire, to milk ; trayant, trait, e — je trais, tu trais, il trait, nous 
trayons, vous trayez, ils traient — je trayais, tu trayais, il 
trayait, nous trayions, vous trayiez, ils trayaient — (no past 
def.) je trairai, tu trairas, etc. — je trairais — trais, trayons, 
trayez — que je traie, que tu traies, qu'il traie, que nous 
trayions, que vous trayiez, qu'ils traient — (no imp. subj.). 

* Transcrire, to transcribe ; like ecrire. 

* Transmettre, to convey ; like mettre. 

* Tressaillir, to start; tressaillant, tressailli — je tressaille, je tres- 

saillais, je tressaillis, je tressaillirai, je tressaillirais — tres- 
saille — que je tressaille, que je tressaillisse. 

**Vaincre, to vanquish; vainquant, vaincu, e — je vaincs, tu vaincs, 
il vainc, nous vainquons, vous vainquez, ils vainquent — je 
vainquais, je vainquis, je vaincrai, je vaincrais — vaincs, 
viinquons, vainquez — que je vainque, que je vainquisse. 

t Valoir, to be worth; valant, valu, e — je vaux, tu vaux, il vaut, 

**Vivre, to live; vivant, vecu — je vis, tu vis, il vit, nous vivons, 
vous vivez, ils vivent — je vivais, je vecus, je vivrai, je 
vivrais — vis, vivons, vivez — que je vive, que je vecusse. 

t Voir, to see; voyant, vu, e — je vois, tu vois, il voit, nous voy- 
ons, vous voyez, ils voient — je voyais, tu voyais, il voyait, 
nous voyions, vous voyiez, ils voyaient — je vis, nous vimes — 
je Terrai, je Yerrais — vois, voyons, voyez — que je voie, 
que tu voies, qu'il voie, que nous voyions, que vous voyiez, 
qu'ils voient — que je visse, etc. 



176 DVFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

t Vouloir, to be willing; voulant, voulu — je veux, tu veux, ii 
veut, nous voulons, vous voulez, ils Yeuleilt — je voulais, je 
vouius, je voudrai, je voudrais — veuille, veuillez — que 
je veuille, que tu veuilles, qu'il veuille, que nous voulions, 
que vous vouliez, qu'ils veuillent, que je voulusse, etc. 

K B. — Many defective verbs have been classified among the 
irregular or semi-irregular verbs. The verbs having no marks 
should be studied separately — most of them offering certain pe- 
culiarities. 

Let the student notice, in reviewing the irregular verbs of 
the language, that there are twenty-nine classes of semi-irregular 
verbs. Five words, for each of these twenty-nine classes of verbs, 
will enable him to conjugate one hundred and sixty-four verbs com- 
monly called irregular. 

Let the student, after having ascertained the model verb for a 
class, classify, for himself, all the verbs that are conjugated like 
the model verb : 

Ex. — Battre — and its compounds. 

Objective Case after Verbs. 

Some verbs have two objects, a direct and an indirect; as: 

I gave a watch to my son. J'ai donn§ une montre a mon fils. 

I gave it to him. Je la lui ai donnee. 

I bought it for him. Je l'ai achetee pour lui. 

I paid the watch-maker for it. Je l'ai payee a l'horloger. 

The objective case after passive verbs is preceded by 
de or par. By de, when we express a feeling, a passion., 
— an operation of the soul; by par, when we have to 
express an action in which the body or the mind alone 
is concerned. 

EXAMPLES. 

We are loved by our children. Nous sommes aimes de nos en- 

fants. 
That girl is beloved by her aunt. Cette fille est cherie de sa tante. 
Wicked persons are detested by Les mechants sont detestes de 
every body. tout le monde. 



OBJECTIVE CASE AFTER VERBS. 



177 



This novel was written by Alex- Ce roman a ete ecrit par Alex- 

ander Dumas. andre Dumas. 

That boy has been corrected by Ce gargon a ete corrige par son 

his father. pere. 

This parcel has been brought by Ce paquet a 6t6 apporte par 

John. Jean. 

The following verbs have for their object another 
verb in the infinitive: 



Aimer mieux, to like better. 
Compter, to intend. 
Croire, to believe. 
Daigner, to deign. 
Devoir, ought. 
Entendre, to hear. 
Esperer, to hope. 
Eaire, to make. 
Falloir, must, to be necessary. 
S'imaginer, to imagine. 



Laisser, to let. 
Oser, to dare. 
Penser, to think. 
Pouvoir, to be able. 
Pretendre, to pretend. 
Savoir, to know. 
Sembler, to seem. 
Valoir mieux, to be better. 
Venir, to come. 
Voir, to see. 



Vouloir, to be witting. 



EXAMPLES 



She prefers to stay in rather than 

to go out. 
I intend to buy a new hat. 

I believe I can remember that. 

Deign to listen to what I tell you. 

We are to dine out. 

I have had my trowsers mended. 

T must give him forty francs. 

He imagines he is learned. 

I dare not say that. 

We can not explain that to you. 



Elle aime mieux rester que de 

sortir. 
Je compte acheter un chapeau 

neuf. 
Je crois pouvoir me rappeler 

cela. 
Daignez ecouter ce que je vous 

dis. 
Nous devons diner en ville. 
J'ai fait raccommoder mon pan- 
talon. 
II me faut lui donner quarante 

francs. 
II s'imagine etre savant. 
Je n'ose pas dire cela. 
Nous ne pouvons pas vous ex- 

pliquer cela. 



178 



DVFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



He pretends to learn that easily. II pretend apprendre cela facile- 

ment. 
I know how to skate. Je sais patiner. 

It is better not to play at all. II vaut mieux ne pas jouer du 

tout. 
Come and dine with us. Venez diner avec nous. 



The following verbs require the preposition a before 
another verb in the infinitive: 



S'abaisser, to 

S'abandonner, 

Aboutir, 

S'aecoutumer, 

S'acharner, 

Aider, 

Aimer, 

S'animer, 

S'appliquer, 

Apprendre, 

S'apprSter, 

Aspirer, 

S'assuj6tir, 

S'attacher, 

S'attendre, 

Autoriser, 

S'avilir, 

Avoir, 

Balancer, 

Se borner, 

Chercher, 

Se complaire, 

Concourir, 

Condamner, 

Consentir, 

Consister, 

Conspirer, 

Se consumer, 

Oontribuer, 

Convier, 



humble one's self. 

yield one's self. 

come out. [self. 

accustom one's 

be excited. 

help. 

like to. 

get animated. 

apply to. 

learn to. [self. 

prepare one's 

aspire to. 

subject one's self. 

attach to. 

expect any thing. 

authorize. 

demean one's self. 

have to. 

hesitate. 

limit one's self. 

seek, look for. 

take delight in. 

co-operate. 

condemn. 

consent. 

consist. 

conspire. 

be consumed. 

contribute. 

invite. 



Couter, 

Decider, 

Desapprendre, 

Se determiner 

Devouer, 

Disposer, 

Donner, 

Dresser, 

Employer, 

Encourager, 

Engager, 

S'enhardir, 

Enseigner, 

S'entendre, 

S'etudier, 



to cost. 

determine to. 
unlearn, 
resolve to. 
devote. 



give, 
train to. 
employ in. 
encourage, 
engage, 
make bold, 
teach. 

understand, 
make it one's 



Exceller(afaire)e£ce£ in. [study. 



Exciter, 

Exhorter, 

Se fatiguer, 

Former, 

Habituer, 

Hesiter, 

Inciter, 

Instruire, 

Inviter, 

Se mettre, 

Montrer, 

S'offrir, 

Parvenir, 

Pencher, 



excite to. 
exhort to. 
fatigue one's self 
form to. 
accustom to. 
hesitate, 
incite to. 
teach, 
invite, 
begin to. 
show to. 
offer. 

succeed in. 
incline to. 



PREPOSITIONS AFTER VERBS. 



179 



Penser, 


to think of. 


Repugner, 


to be repugnant to. 


Perseverer, 


persevere. 


Se resigner, 


submit one's self. 


Persister, 


persist. 


Se resoudre, 


resolve. 


Se plaire, 


be pleased. 


Reussir, 


succeed in. 


Se plier, 


be folded. 


Servir, 


be of use to. 


Porter, 


induce. 


Songer, 


think of. 


Se preparer, 


get ready 


Tarder, 


delay, to tarry. 


Provoquer, 


provoke. 


Tendre, 


tend. 


Reduire, 


reduce. 


Travailler, 


work, to labor. 


Renoncer, 


renounce. 


Viser, 


aim at. 




Vouer, 


to vow. 





The following verbs take the preposition de before 
another verb in the infinitive. 



S'abstenir, 


to abstain from. 


Detester, to detest. 


Achever, 


complete. 


Differer, 


defer. 


Accuser, 


charge. 


Dire, 


say, to tell. 


Affecter, 


affect. 


Disconvenir, 


disown, to deny. 


S'affliger, 


afflict one's self. 


Dispenser, 


exempt from. 


S'agir, 


be questioned. 


Eluder, 


evade. 


Ambitionner, 


ambitious of. 


Empgcher, 


prevent from. 


S'applaudir, 


praise one's self. 


Enjoin dre, 


enjoin. 


Apprehender, 


apprehend. 


S'enorgueillir, 


get proud of. 


Avertir, 


warn. 


Entreprendre, 


undertake. 


S'aviser, 


think of. 


S'etonner, 


be astonished at. 


Blamer, 


blame. 


Eviter, 


avoid. [for. 


Bruler, 


burn with. 


S'excuser, 


excuse one's self 


Cesser, 


cease. 


Feindre, 


feign. 


Charger (se), 


charge. 


Feliciter, 


congratulate. 


Commander, 


order. 


Se flatter, 


flatter one's self. 


Conjurer, 


entreat. 


Fremir, 


shudder. 


Conseiller, 


advise to. 


Gagner, 


gain, to have ad- 


Convenir, 


agree. 


Gemir, 


groan, [vantage. 


Craindre, 


fear. 


Se glorifier, 


glory in. 


Dedaigner, 


disdain to. 


Hater, 


hasten. 


Defendre, 


forbid. 


S'indigner, 


be indignant. 


Defier, 


defy. 


Inspirer, 


inspire. 


Deliberer, 


deliberate. 


Interdire, 


forbid. 


Desesperer, 


despair. 


Jurer, 


swear. 



180 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Languir, to languish. 


Punir, 


to punish. 


Mauder, 


inform. 


Becommander, recommend. 


Manquer, 


miss, to fail. 


Befuser, 


refuse. 


Mediter, 


meditate. 


Begretter, 


regret. 


Menacer, 


threaten. 


Se rejouir, 


rejoice at. 


Meriter, 


deserve. 


Se repentir, 


repent. 


Negliger, 


neglect. 


Beprocher, 


reproach. 


Obtenir, 


obtain. 


Betarder, 


delay. 


Offrir, 


offer. 


Eire, 


laugh. 


Ordonner, 


give order. 


Bisquer, 


risk. 


Oublier, 


forget. 


Bougir, 


blush. 


Parler, 


speak of. 


Sommer, 


summon. 


Permettre, 


allow. 


Souffrir, 


suffer. 


Persuader, 


persuade. 


Souhaiter, 


wish. 


Avoir peur, 


be afraid. 


Soupconner, 


suspect. 


Preferer, 


prefer. 


Suggerer, 


suggest. 


Prendre garde, 


take care not to. 


Supplier, 


beseech. 


Preserver, 


preserve. 


Tenter, 


be tempted. 


Prier, 


beseech. 


Trembler, 


tremble. 


Projeter, 


form projects. 


S'approcher, 


approach. 


Promettre, 


promise. 


Se repentir, 


repent. 


Se proposer, 


propose. 


Se vanter, 


boast. 


Protester, 


protest. 


Se facher, grow angry at some 



Principal Adverbs. 



A dessein, 
A droite, 
A fond, 
Ailleurs, 
A jamais, 
Ainsi, 
A la fois, 
A l'amiable, 
Alentour, 
A l'envi, 
A l'improviste, 
A part, 



on purpose, 
on the right, 
thoroughly, 
elsewhere, 
for ever, 
thus. 
at once, 
amicably, 
around, [other, 
vying with each 
unexpectedly, 
aside. 



A peine, 

Apres-demain, 

A present, 

Au moins, 

Auparavant, 

Aupres, 

Aussitot, 

Autrefois, 

Autrement, 

Avant-hier, 

Avec soin, 

Beaucoup, 



scarcely. 

the day after to- 

now. [morrow. 

at least. 

before. 

near. 

as soon as. 

formerly. 

otherwise, [day. 

day before yester- 

carefully. 

much, many. 



PRINCIPAL ADVERBS. 



181 



C,a et la, 


here and there. 


Jadis, 


formerly. 


Cependant, 


in the mean time. 


Jamais, 


ever, never. 


Certes, 


certainly, [far. 


Jusque-la, 


so far. 


Combien, 


how much, how 


Jusqu'ou, 


how far. 


Ci-apres, 


hereafter. 


La-bas, 


yonder. 


Comme, 


as, hoiv. 


La-dedans, 


within. 


Comment, 


how. 


Loin, 


far. 


D'abord, 


first. 


Longtemps, 


a long time. 


D'ailleurs, 


besides. 


Lors, 


then. 


Davantage, 


more. 


Maintenant, 


now. 


Dedans, 


within. 


Mai, 


badly 


De gre, 


willingly. 


Meme, 


even. 


Dehors, 


outside. 


Mieux, 


better, rather. 


Deja, 


already. 


Moins, 


less. 


Demain, 


to-morrow. 


Naguere, 


lately, formerly. 


De m§me, 


in same manner. 


Weanmoins, 


nevertheless. 


De plus, 


moreover. 


Ni plus ni moins,fte^/igr more nor 


Derriere, 


behind. 


Notamment, 


especially, [less. 


Des lors, 


from that time. 


Nuitamment, 


nightly. 


DSsormais, 


henceforth. 


Nullement, 


by no means. 


Dessous, 


underneath. 


Ou, 


where. 


Dessus, 


upon. 


Parfois, 


sometimes. 


De suite, 


consecutively. 


Partout, 


every-where. 


Devant, 


before. 


Pele-mgle, 


in confusion. 


D'ici, 


hence. 


Peu, 


little. 


D 'ordinaire, 


generally. 


Peut-dtre, 


perhaps. 


Dorenavant, 


henceforth. 


Pis, 


worse. 


D'ou, 


ivhence. 


Plus, 


more. 


Du reste, 


besides. 


Plus tot, 


sooner. 


En avant, 


forward. 


Plutot, 


rather. 


Encore, 


still, yet. 


Pourtant, 


fwwever, still. 


Enfin, 


at last. 


Presentement, 


now. 


Ensemble, 


together. 


Presque, 


almost. 


Ensuite, 


afterward. 


Ici pres, 


hereby. 


En sus, 


over. 


Quand, 


when. 


Environ, 


about, near. 


Quelquefois, 


sometimes. 


Port, 


very. [few. 


Sans fag on, 


without ceremony. 


Guere, 


little, but little, 


Sciemment, 


knowingly. 


Hier, 


yesterday. 


Sens dessus des- 


Incessamment, 


incessantly. 


sous, 


upside down. 


Instamment, 


earnestly. 


Soudain, 


suddenly. 



182 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Souvent, 

Sur-le-champ, 

Surtout, 

Tant, 

Tantot, 

Tant soit peu, 

Tard, 

Tot ou tard, 

Toujours, 

Tour a tour, 



often. 

immediately. 

above all. 

somuch,somany. 

soon, by and by. 

ever so little. 

late. 

sooner or later. 

always. 

by turns. 



Tout a coup, suddenly. 
Tout a fait, quite. 
Tout a l'heure, presently. 
Tout de suite, immediately. 
Toutefois, however. 

Trop, too much. 

Veritablement, truly. 
Vite, quickly. 

Volontiers, willingly. 

Vraiment, truly, indeed. 



Y, here, there. 



Adjectives are frequently used adverbially; as: 



She speaks truly. 
They sing out of tune. 
We speak low. 
Those flowers smell sweet. 
They sell dear. 



Elle dit vrai. 
Elles chantent faux. 
Nous parlous bas. 
Ces fleurs sentent bon. 
lis vendent cher. 



Most adverbs are formed by adding to adjectives the 
syllable ment, corresponding to ly in English; as: 

Sagement, from sage, wise, wisely. 

Fermement, " ferme, firm, firmly. 

Agreablement, " agreable, agreeable, agreeably. 

Ment is added to the masculine adjective, if that ad- 
jective ends with a vowel, or, if it does not, to the 
feminine; as: 

Utile, utilement, useful, usefully. 
Doux, douce, doucement, sweet, sweetly. 
Positif, positive, positivement, positive, positively. 
Certain, certaine, certainement, certain, certainly. 

Exceptions. 

Gentil, gentiment, pretty, prettily. 

Commune, communement, common, commonly. 

Diffuse, diffusement, diffuse, diffusely. 



FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 183 



Expresse, expressement, express, expn 

Importune, importunement, importunate, importunately. 

Obscure, obscurement, obscure, obscurely. 

Precise, precisement, precise, precisely. 

Profonde, profondement, profound, profoundly. 

The adjectives beau, nouveau, fou, mou, whose femi- 
nine is belle, nouvelle, folle, molle, form the adverbs 
by adding ment to the feminine ; as : 

Bellement, beautifully; nouvellement, newly; follement, foolishly ; 
mollement, softly. 

N. B. — Impuni, impunement, unpunished, with impunity. 

Adjectives in ent, ant, change nt into m to form 
adverbs in ment; as: 

Impatient, impatiemment, impatiently. 
Savant, savamment, learnedly. 
Prudent, prudemment, prudently. 
Etonnant, etonnamment, astonishingly. 

Except, — Lent, lentement, slowly. 

Pins, davantage, more. 

Plus expresses a comparison; davantage implies one. 
The former establishes it in a direct manner; the latter. 
in an indirect manner. 

B. is taller than C. B. est plus grand que C. 

B. has more houses than you. B. a plus de maisons que vous. 

Yes, but his uncle has still more Oui, mais son oncle en a encore 
of them. davantage. 

The position of davantage is properly at the end of 
the clause. When used with the infinitive, it maj 
precede or follow the verb. 



184 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Principal Prepositions. 



A, 


at, to. 




Faute de, 


for want of. 


A cause de, 


on account 


of 


Hormis, 


except. 


A cote de, 


by, next to. 




Hors de, 


out of 


A l'instar de, 


in the style 


of 


Joignant, 


next to. 


Apres, 


after. 




Jusqu'a, 


as far as. 


A travers, 


through. 




Loin de, 


far from. 


Attendu, 


considering. 




Malgre, 


in spite of. 


Au dela de, 


beyond. 




Moyennant, 


by means of. 


Aupres de, 


near. 




Nonobstant, 


notwithstanding. 


Autour de, 


around, about. 


Outre, 


besides. 


Au travers de, 


through. 




Par, 


by, through. 


Avant, 


before. 




Par-dessus, 


over. 


Avec, 


with. 


[of- 


Parmi, 


among. 


Chez, 


at, to {the 


house 


Pendant, 


during. 


Concernant, 


concerning. 




Pour, 


for. 


Contre, 


against. 




Pres, pres de, near. 


Dans, 


in. 




Proche de, 


near by. 


De, 


of, from. 




Quant a, 


as for, as to. 


Depuis, 


since. 




Sans, 


without. 


Derriere, 


behind. 




Sau£ 


except. 


Des, 


from, since. 




Selon, 


according to. 


Dessusetdessousttp<m and under. 


Sous, 


under. 


Devant, 


before. 




Suivant, 


according to. 


Devers, 


toward. 




Sur, 


upon, on. 


Durant, 


during. 




Touchant, 


concerning. 


En, 


in. 




Vers, 


toward. 


En deca de, 
Entre, 


on this side 
between. 


of 


Vis a vis, 
Vis a vis de, 


\ opposite. 


Envers, 


toward. 




Voici, 


here is. 


Excepts, 


except. 




Voila, 


there is. 




Vv 


i, con 


sidering. 





a is used for to, at, or in before proper names of places, 
such as towns; en is used for to or in before names of 
countries and provinces; as, I am going to Paris: Je vais 
a Paris. I am going to France: Je vais en France. 

En is used with nouns taken in a vague or indeter- 
minate sense, and is not generally followed by the article. 



CONJUNCTIONS AND INTERJECTIONS. 



185 



Dans is used with nouns taken in a more determined 
sense, and requires the article: 

/ was in France, in the south. J'etais en France, dans le midi. 
My hope is in you. Mon espoir est en vous. 

She is in her room. EUe est dans sa chambre. 

Dans marks the time when things are executed, and 
en the length of time required to execute them. 



Ou, 

Soit, 

Ni, 

Mais, 

Quoique, 

Car, 

Puisque, 

Or, 

Pourquoi, 

Lorsque, 

A moins que, unless 
De crainte que, 
De peur que, 



Principal 

and. 

or. 

whether. 

nor. 

but. 

though. 

because, for. 

since. 

now. 

wherefore. 

when. 



Conjunctions. 

Que, 

Quand, 

Quand m§me, 

Pourtant, 

Cependant, 

Toutefois, 

Si, 

Sinon, 

Savoir, 

Comme, 

Done, 



that. 
I though. 



for fear that, 



yet, however. 

if, whether. 

or else. 

namely. 

as. 

then, therefore. 

(Require ne before the following 
verb in the subjunctive mode. 



Principal Interjections. 



Ah! 
Helas ! 


ah! 

alas ! 


Bah! 


pshaw ! 


Eh bien! 


well ! 


Bon! 


right ! 


Fi done! 


fie! 


Ah! ah! 


oh! oh! 


Comment ! 


how ! 


Q,uoi! 


what ! 



Hola! 

Tout beau! 
Paix ! chut ! 
Hola! eh! ho! 
Vivat ! 

Vive la joie! 
Vraiment ! 
Mais non! 
Allons ! 



D. F. M.— 16. 



Mon dieu! dear me! 



hold ! 
softly ! 
hush ! 
hey! hollo! 

huzza! hurra! 

indeed ! 
oh no! 
come! 



186 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Common Phrases. 



i; 



Across the street. 

Through the yard. 

By me. 

Three miles from Paris. 

On the ground. 

Round the park. 

Up the street. 

Down the street. 

In the country. 

At the beginning of the year. 

At ten o'clock at night. 

At random. 

To your mind. 

At the first opportunity. 

The soonest possible. 



Go down stairs. 

After the French fashion. 

At every turn. 

At once. 

At your ease. 

At least. 

By the by. 

In a hurry. 

Wrongfully. 

Plentifully. 

By the pound. 

Purposely. 

Excepting five francs. 

To wait for some one. 

In order to keep it. 

As 1 think. 



A travers la rue. 

A travers la cour. 

A cote de moi. 

A trois milles de Paris. 

A terre, par terre. 

Autour du pare. 

Au haut de la rue. 

Au bas de la rue. 

A la campagne. 

Au commencement de l'annee. 

A dix heures du soir. 

Au hasard. 

A votre gr6. 

A la premiere occasion. 

Au plus tot. 



2. 



Allez en bas, or, descendez. 

A la francaise. 

A tout bout de champ. 

A la fois. 

A votre aise. 

Au moins, pour le moins. 

A propos. 

A la hate. 

A tort. 

A pleines mains. 

A la livre. 

A dessein. 

A cinq francs pres. 

Attendre quelqu'un. 

Ann de le garder. 

A ce qu'il me semble. 



Whose ring is this? 
Give me a napkin-ring. 
Against the door. 



A qui est cette bague? 
Donnez-moi un rond de serviette. 
Contre la porte. 



COMMON PHRASES. 



187 



At my house. 

It will be for a month hence, 

As you please. 

As usual. 

Front room. 

Amidst the crowd. 

Behind the house. 

Over the way. 

Over the water. 

Toward Marseilles. 

From top to bottom. 

From morning till night. 



In the forenoon. 

In the afternoon. 

In the evening. 

This day week. 

Within a month. 

To-morrow morning. 

Early. 

Very early. 

On this side. 

On that side. 

Daily. 

The right way. 

The wrong way. 

In this manner. 

Between thirty and forty. 

By day, by night. 

These four years. 



From time to time. 

Lately. 

How long. 

Utterly. 

From father to son. 

With all my heart 

Bluntly. 



Chez moi. 

Ce sera pour dans un mois. 

Comme il vous plaira. 

Comme a l'ordinahe. 

Chambre de devant. 

Dans la foule. 

Derriere la maison. 

De l'autre cote (street). 

De l'autre cote (river). 

Du cote de Marseille. 

De haut en bas. 

Du matin au soir, or, 

Depuis le matin jusqu'au sorr. 



4. 



Dans la matinee. 

Dans l'apres-midi. 

Dans la soiree. 

D'aujourd'hui en huit. 

Dans un mois. 

Demain matin. 

De bon matin. 

De grand matin. 

De ce cote-ci. 

De ce cote la. 

De jour en jour. 

Du bon cote. 

Du mauvais cote. 

De cette facon, or maniere. 

De trente a quarante. 

De jour, de nuit. 

Depuis quatre ans. 



5. 



De temps en temps. 
Depuis peu. 
Depuis quand. 
De fond en comble. 
De pere en fils. 
De tout mon cceur. 
De but en blanc. 



188 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Mostly. 

Within five days. 

At all times. 

At the same time. 

In a short time. 

In open day. 

Till we meet again. 

How far f To what place f 

Along the river. 



D 'ordinaire. 
Dans cinq jours. 
En tous temps. 
En meme temps. 
En peu de temps. 
En plein jour. 
Jusqu'au revoir. 
Jusqu'ou ? 
lie long de la riviere. 



The next day. 

Two days after. 

The day before. 

The next week. 

To die with cold. 

It is doing. 

During winter. 

Look about you. 

By degrees. 

Thereby. 

Through what place f 

In fair weather. 

Into the bargain. 

By oversight, by chance. 

For that reason. 

For six days. 

For my sake. 



lie lendemain. 
Le surlendemain. 
Le jour precedent. 
La semaine prochaine. 
Mourir de froid. 
On est apres. 
Pendant l'hiver. 
Prenez gards a vous. 
Peu a peu. 
Par la- 
Par quel endroit? 
Par le beau temps. 
Par-dessus le march§. 
Par megarde, par hasard. 
Pour cela, a cause de cela. 
Pendant six jours. 
Pour l'amour de moi. 



For my share. 

As for you. 

In joke. 

Out of fashion. 

Go over it. 

In winter. 

Go by the side. 

When dinner is over. 

Whatever he be. 

About three tf clock. 

On the right, straight on. 



Pour ma part. 

Pour vous, quant a vous. 

Pour rire. 

Passe de mode. 

Passez par dessus. 

Pendant l'hiver. 

Prenez a cote. 

Quand le diner sera fini. 

Quel qu'il soit. 

Sur les trois heures. 

Sur la droite, tout droit. 



COMMON PHRASES. 



189 



Toward the latter end of the week. Sur la fin de la semaine. 

Without fail. Sans faute. 

His house is by mine. Sa maison est contre la mienne. 

Presently, by and by. Tout a l'heure. 



At large. 

About that business. 

year the beginning of the month 

Opposite the Pantheon. 

Opposite our house. 

How kind you are. 

How lazy that boy is. 

What is to be donef 

Pass that way. 

Make room. 

Do not go so quickly. 

Go slowly. 

Have you guessed it? 

What is your opinion f 

What do you advise met 

How happy they are. 

I am delighted with it. 



Tout au long. 
Touchant cette affaire. 
. Vers le commencement du mois. 
Vis a vis du Pantheon. 
Vis a vis de notre maison. 
Que vous etes bon. 
Que ce gargon est paresseux. 
Que faut-il faire? 
Passez par la. 
Faites place. 
N'allez pas si vite. 
Allez lentement. 
L'avez-vous devine ? 
Quel est votre avis? 
Que me conseillez-vous ? 
Qu'ils sont heureux. 
J'en suis charme. 



J am tolerably well. 

I am getting better. 

Please God. 

Oh, what a shame! 

Help! 

Take care! 

Take care of your head f 

Who goes there? 

Just tell me. 

I am coming. 

I have finished some time ago. 

He began to laugh. 

Stop! 

You speak fluently. 

Half way. 

I have decided. 



Je ne me porte pas mal. 

Je me retablis. 

S'il plait a Dieu ! 

Oh, quelle honte! 

Au secours! 

Gare! 

Gare la tete! 

Qui vive? 

Dites-moi done. 

Je vais venir. 

n y a longtemps que j'ai fini, 

II se mit a rire. 

Arretez! 

Vous parlez couramment. 

A moitie chemin. 

Mon parti est pris. 



190 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



10. 



Lock the door. 

From time immemorial. 

Let me do it. 

I believe so. 

I believe not. 

I say it is. 

I say it is not. 

You may believe me. 

You are mistaken. 

I consent to it. 

From your sister. 

From whom? 

So be it. 

Be it so. 

You are welcome. 

Do not be so ceremonious. 

Willingly. 



Fermez la porte a clef 

De temps immemorial. 

Laissez-moi faire. 

Je crois que oui. 

Je crois que non. 

Je dis que oui. 

Je dis que non. 

Vous pouvez m'en croire. 

Vous Stes dans l'erreur. 

J'y consens. 

De la part de votre sceur. 

De la part de qui? 

Soit. 

D'accord. 

Vous etes le bien-venu. 

Ne faites pas tant de facons. 

De bon cceur. 



Familiar Dialogues. 



11. 



At Breakfast. 

Breakfast is ready. 
There are excellent rolls. 



They are still quite hot. 
Do you wish to have buttered toast ? 
L do; I like it very much. 
Do you drink tea or coffee? 
I should prefer chocolate. 
John, bring a cup of chocolate. 

How do you like it? 
It has an excellent taste. 
It is said that coffee affects the 
nerves. 



A Dejeuner. 



Le dejeuner est servi. 

Voila d'excellents petits pains au 
lait. 

lis sont encore tout chauds. 

Desirez-vous des roties au beurre? 

Oui ; je les aime beaucoup. 

Prenez-vous du the ou du cafe? 

Je prefererais du chocolat. 

Jean, apportez une tasse de cho- 
colat. 

Comment le trouvez-vous? 

II a un gout exquis. 

On dit que le caf6 attaque les 
nerfs. 



FAMILIAR DIALOGUES. 



191 



Do they generally drink tea in 

France f 
Very seldom. 
Even then they make it very weak. 



Prend-on habituellement le th6 

en France ? 
Tres-rarement. 
Encore le fait-on tres-leger. 



12. 



m- 



I nill thank you for an 

Is it fresh f 

Yes. What do you wish to take 

afterward* 
Have you any cold meat? 
No; do you not like mutton-chops ? 

Xot much. 

I will thank you for a slice of 

ham. 
Help yourself. 
Waiter, give me some stale bread. 

We have nothing but new bread. 



Je vous demanderai un oeuf. 

Est-il frais? 

Oui. Que desirez-vous prendre 

ensuite ? 
Avez-vous de la viande froide? 
Non; n'aimez-vous pas les co- 

telettes P 
Pas beaucoup. 
Je vous demanderai une tranche 

de jambon. 
Servez-vous. 
Gargon, donnez-moi du pain 

rassis. 
Nous n'avons que du pain frais. 



Do you sometimes eat black-pud- Mangez-vous quelquefois du 

ding t 
Never. 

What is that? 
They are frogs. 
Don't give me any. 



boudin? 
Jamais. 

Qu'est-ce que c'est que cela? 
Ce sont des grenouilles. 
Ne m'en donnez pas. 



13. 



At Dinner. 



A Diner. 



Dinner is on the table. 

Let us go to the dining-room. 

Let us dine without ceremony. 

I hate ceremony. 

I could not get any fish. 

Do you like soup ? 

Yes; I will ask you for a little 

more. 
Shall I offer you some beef? 
JVb, thank you; I will take some 

veal. 
Will you have some spinach ? 



Le diner est servi. 

Passons dans la salle a manger. 

Dinons sans ceremonie. 

Je deteste les ceremonies. 

Je n'ai pas pu avoir de poisson. 

Aimez-vous la soupe ? 

Oui; je vous en demanderai un 

peu plus. 
Vous offrirai-je du boeuf ? 
Won, merci ; je prendrai du 

veau. 
Voulez-vous des epinards? 



192 



DUFFELS FRENCH METHOD. 



I like vegetables very much. 

Will you not take a slice of this 

leg of mutton ? 
I will thank you for a small 

piece. 
Taste this old claret. 

It is excellent. 

Do you wish some salad f 

With pleasure. 



J'aime beaucoup les legumes. 

Ne prendrez-vous pas une tranche 
de ce gigot? 

Je vous en demanderai un petit 
moreeau. 

Goutez de ce vieux vin de Bor- 
deaux. 

II est tres-bon. 

Voulez-vous un peu de saladeP 

Tres-volontiers. 



14. 



Do you know how to carve f 
No ; I am very awkward. 
Waiter, bring a cork-screw. 
Draw the cork of this bottle. 
I will carve this roast joint. 
Do you like it well done? 
I prefer it rare. 
Help yourself as you like. 
Shall I help you to this piece? 
It is rather too large. 
The meat is rather over-done. 
Help yourself. 



Savez-vous decouper? 

Non; je suis tres maladroit. 

Garcon, apportez un tire-bouchon. 

Debouchez cette bouteille. 

Je vais decouper cette piece. 

L'aimez-vous bien cuit? 

Je prefere peu cuit. 

Prenez a votre gout, 

Vous servirai-je ce moreeau? 

II est un peu trop gros. 

La viande est un peu trop cuite. 

Servez-vous vous-mSme. 



Permit me to pour you out a glass Permettez-moi de vous verser a 

of wine. boire. 

Pour out some wine, but put water Versez du vin, mais mettez-y de 



in it. 
Will you have some cheese? 
I will take some jelly. 
Let us take a cup of coffee. 



With the Tailor. 



l'eau. 
Voulez-vous du fromage? 
Je prendrai des confitures. 
Frenons une tasse de cafe. 



15. 



Avec le Tailleur. 



I want a dress-coat and a frock- J'ai besoin d'un habit et d'une 
coat. redingote. 

What sort of cloth do you want ? Quelle sorte de drap voulez- 
vous ? 

Show me the best you have. Montrez-moi ce que vous avez 

de meilleur. 



FAMILIAR DIALOGUES. 



193 



Here is a durable elolh. 

It suits me well enough. 

I wish the sleeves and skirts to be 
lined with silk. 

When do you wish to have your 
coats ? 

Try to have them ready by Satur- 
day. 

Make a large side pocket. 

I shall come and try them on day 
after to-morrow. 

DonH make the sleeves too tight. 

I shall endeavor lo please you. 

Do not forget that I must have my 

coats on Saturday. 
You may depend upon having them. 



Voici un drap de fort bon usage. 

II me convient assez. 

Je desire que les manches et les 

pans soient doubles de soie. 
Quand desirez-vous avoir vos 

habits? 
Tachez qu'ils soient prets sa- 

medi. 
Faites une grande pocbe de cote. 
Je viendrai les essayer apres- 

demain. 
Ne faites pas les manches trop 

etroites. 
Je ferai en sorte que vous soyez 

content. 
N'oubliez pas qu'il me faut mes 

habits samedi. 
Vous pouvez y compter. 



16. 



With the Shoemaker. 



I am going to my bootmaker's. 
Measure me for a pair of shoes. 

Make them easy. 

Take care that they fit. 

Perhaps you have ready-made 



Yes; try on these. 
The heels are too high. 
They pinch me too much. 
Try on this pair. 
They hurt me. 
But they fit you admirably. 
What do you charge for them? 
Fifteen francs fifty centimes. 
Here is good English blacking. 
I do not want any. 
D. F. M. 17. 



Avec le Cordonnier. 



Je vais chez mon bottier. 
Prenez-moi la mesure pour des 

souliers. 
Faites-les bien aises. 
Tachez qu'ils aillent bien. 
Vous avez peut-etre des souliers 

tout faits? 
Oui; essayez ceux-ci. 
Les talons sont trop hauts. 
lis me serrent trop. 
Essayez cette paire. 
lis me font mal. 
Mais ils vous vont a merveille. 
Quel en est le prix ? 
Quinze francs cinquante. 
Voici de bon cirage anglais. 
II ne m'en faut pas. 



194 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



17. 



With the Washerwoman. 



Avee la Blanchisseu.se. 



Come in! 

Sir, you asked for the washer- 
woman. 
Are you the laundress of the house ? 

Yes, sir. 

I have several things to be washed. 

Have you made out a list of them? 
Yes. How soon can I have my 

linen back? 
After ten days. 
Do not starch the shirt-collars too 

much. 
Iron my shirts well. 
Darn my stockings. 
Here is your linen, sir. 
Is not any thing missing? 
A flannel waistcoat is missing. 
I beg you will come earlier another 

time. 
I will pay you immediately. 



Entrez ! 

Monsieur, vous avez fait de- 

mander la blanchisseuse. 
Etes-vous la blanchisseuse de 

la maison? 
Oui', monsieur. 
J'ai plusieurs choses a faire 

blanchir. 
En avez-vous pris note? 
Oui. Quand pourrai-je avoir mon 

linge ? 
Dans dix jours. 
N'empesez pas trop les cols de 

chemise. 
Kepassez bien mes chemises. 
Reprisez mes bas. 
Voici votre linge, monsieur. 
~Ne manque-t-il rien? 
II manque un gilet de fianelle. 
Je vous prie de venir plus tot 

une autre fois, 
Je vais vous payer tout de suite. 



18. 



Shopping. 
Do you keep any bell- cords ? 

We don't keep that article. 

How do you sell your velvet brace- 
lets? 

Two francs fifty centimes a pair. 

Let me see, if you please, some 
gentlemen's kid gloves. 

How much do you charge for a 
pair ? 

Four francs and twenty-five cen- 
times. 



Avec un Mercier. 



Tenez-vous des cordons de son- 
nette ? 

Nous ne tenons pas cet article. 

Combien vendez-vous des brace- 
lets de velours? 

Je les vends 2 fr. 50 la paire. 

Montrez moi, je vous prie, des 
gants de chevreau pour 
homme. 

Combien la paire ? 

Quatre francs vingt-cinq cen- 
times. 



FAMILIAR DIALOGUES. 



195 



I want some hooks and eyes. 
Black or white? 

A dozen of each sort. 
Do you keep pocket-books f 
Yes, and cigar-cases, too. 
Have you the bill? 
Here it is. 



J'ai besoin d'agrafes. 
Sont-ce des noires ou des blan- 
ches? 
Une douzaine de chaque espece. 
Avez-vous des porte-monnaie P 
Oui, et des porte-cigares, aussi. 
Avez vous la facture ? 
La voici. 



19. 



The Physician. 

What is the matter with youf 

I have had a chill the whole night 
long. 

I feel sore all over. 

How were you taken ill? 

It began last night. 

Let me feel your pulse. 

Your tongue is a little furred. 

I have a fever, have I not? 

A little, but it will be of no con- 
sequence. 

You must have some leeches put on. 

I will write you a prescription. 

Try to sleep. 

Keep yourself warm. 

What am I to drink? 

Drink an infusion of lime-flowers. 



Le Medecin. 

Qu'avez vous ? 

J'ai eu le frisson toute la nuit. 

J'ai une courbature. 
Comment cela vous a-t-il pris? 
Cela m'a pris hier au soir. 
Que je vous tate le pouls. 
Votre langue est un peu chargee. 
J'ai de la fievre, n'est-ce pas ? 
Un peu, mais ce ne sera rien. 

II faut vous faire poser des 

sangsues. 
Je vais vous ecrire une ordon- 

nance. 
Tachez de dormir. 
Tenez-vous bien chaudement. 
Que faut-il que je boive? 
Prenez une infusion de fieurs de 

tilleul. 



20. 



On a Railway. 

What time does the train leave? 
At half past seven. 
I thought you were to go by the 
evening train. 



Sur un Chemin de Fer. 

A quelle heure part le train? 
A sept heures et demie. 
Je croyais que vous partiez par 
le convoi du soir. 



I am expected in London this even- Je suis attendu ce soir a Lon- 
ing. dres. 



196 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Make haste; you have no time to 

lose. 
I will go with you to the station. 

Be so kind as to go and get my 
ticket. 

You know that there are only first- 
class tickets. 

Yes ; it is an express train. 

Where is your baggage, sir? 

Here it is; a trunk, a carpet-bag, 
and a hat box. 

I wish you a pleasant journey. 
Thank you; my compliments to 

your family. 
Get in! the train is going to start. 



Depechez-vous ; vous n'avez pas 

de temps a perdre. 
Je vous accompagnerai jusqu'a 

la gare. 
Ayez la bonte d'aller prendre 

mon billet. 
Vous savez qu'il n'y a que des 

billets de premiere classe. 
Oui; c'est uu train express. 
Ou sont vos bagages, monsieur? 
Les voici ; une malle, un sac de 

voyage, et un carton a cha- 

peau. 
Je vous souhaite un bon voyage. 
Merci ; mes amities a votre 

famille. 
En voiture! le convoi va partir. 



21. 



A Walk. 
Let us go and take a walk. 

I have no objection, as I want to 

take an airing. 
Well, let us go. 
Which way shall we go ? 
Let us go toward the river. 
Are you not afraid of the dust? 

No; it rained yesterday. 

This is a. very pleasant walk. 

Let us cross that field. 

But we shall not be in the shade. 

This place is delightful; let us sit 

down upon the grass. 
Yes, let us rest a little. 
I must ' return home early. 

Let us cross the river again. 



La Promenade. 



Allons faire un tour de pro- 
menade. 

Je le veux bien, d'autant plus que 
j'ai besoin de prendre l'air. 

Eh bien, partons. 

De quel cote irons-nous? 

Allons du cote de la riviere. 

Ne craignez-vous pas la pous- 
siere ? 

Won; il a plu hier. [able. 

Cette promenade est bien agr§- 

Traversons ce champ. 

Mais nous ne serons pas a l'ombre. 

Cet endroit est delicieux; as- 
seyons-nous sur l'herbe. 

Oui, reposons-nous un peu. 

II faut que je rentre de bonne 
heure. 

Kepassons la riviere. 



FAMILIAR DIALOGUES. 



197 



22. 



On Board a Steamboat. 



Sur le Bateau a Vapeur. 



The sea does not appear very La mer ne parait pas trop 

rough. mauvaise. 

No, I think we shall have a pleas- Non, je pense que nous aurons 

ant passage. une traversee agreable. 

There are a great number of pas- II y a beaucoup de passagers. 



Etes-vous sujet au mal de mer? 
Oui, quand la mer est grosse. 
Quelle belle matinee! 
C'est vrai ; et la mer est si calme. 
Nous serons bientot a Calais. 
Je vois deja le clocher de Peglise. 
Nous allons entrer dans le port. 
Comment appelez-vous cette co- 

lonne ? 
Ce n'est pas une colonne, c'est 

le phare. 
C'est la premiere fois que je vois 

un phare. 
Allons, debarquons. 



Are you subject to sea-sickness ? 
Yes, when the sea is very rough. 
What a beautiful morning! 
It is true; and the sea is so calm. 
We shall soon reach Calais. 
Already I see the church steeple. 
We are going to enter the harbor. 
What do you call that column? 

It is not a column, it is the light- 
house. 

It is the first time I have seen a 
light-house. 

Come, let us go on shore. 



23. 



News. 



Des Nouvelles. 



What news is there? 

I know of nothing new. 

They say that the President is ill. 

That is bad news. 

That news wants confirmation. 

From whom did you learn it ? 
I have it from good authority. 
Do you think we shall have war? 

I am afraid we shall. 
Every body wishes for peace. 



Qu'y a-t-il de nouveau? 

Je ne sais rien de nouveau. 

On dit que le President est 
malade. 

C'est une mauvaise nouvelle. 

Cette nouvelle merite confirma- 
tion. 

De qui la tenez-vous? 

Je la sais de bonne source. 

Croyez-vous que nous ayons la 
guerre ? 

Je le crains. 

Tout le monde desire la paix. 



198 



BUFFET'S FBENCH METHOD. 



Especially the tradesmen and mer- 
chants. 

War is always a great hinder ance 
to trade. 

Doubtless. 

Let us still hope we shall have 
peace. 

I must leave you. 

24. 

On Studies. 



Surtout les marchands et les 

negociants. 
La guerre fait toujours du tort 

au commerce. 
Sans doute. 
Esperons encore que nous au- 

rons la paix. 
II faut que je vous quitte. 



Sur les Etudes. 



Why do you not answer •? 

I beg your pardon ; I was think- 
ing of something else. 

You do not seem to be very fond 
of grammar. 

Why, no, sir; I find it very tedi- 
ous. 

1 have no taste for languages. 

What do you like to study? 
I like mathematics. 
Do you know geometry very well? 
Yes, but I know arithmetic still 

better. 
Do you study the natural sciences ? 



Not now. 



Pourquoi ne repondez-vous pas? 
Je vous demande pardon ; j e 

pensais a autre chose. 
Vous ne paraissez pas aimer 

beaucoup la grammaire. 
Mais, non, monsieur; je la trouve 

tres-ennuyeuse. 
Je n'ai pas de gout pour les 

langues. 
Qu'aimez-vous a etudier ? 
J'aime les mathematiques ? 
Savez-vous bien la geometrie? 
Oui, mais je sais encore mieux 

l'arithmetique. 
Etudiez-vous les sciences natu- 

relles ? 
Pas maintenant. 



25. 



Before Going to Bed. 



Avant de se Coueher. 



It is time to go to bed. 

You are a sleepy fellow. 

Has the servant turned down the 

bed-clothes ? 
Yes, but he has not drawn the 

curtains. 
The bed is badly made. 
That servant does not knew how 

to make a bed. 



II est temps de nous coueher. 

Vous etes un dormeur. 

Le domestique a-t-il fait la 

couverture ? 
Oui, mais il n'a pas tire les 

rideaux. 
Le lit est mal fait. 
Ce domestique ne sait pas faire 

un lit. 



EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION. 



199 



Do not take away the wax candle. 
Don't forget to put it out. 
Will you wake me at seven f 

I will not fail. 

Have you a boot-jack f 

I am going to bring you mine. 

I wish you a good night's rest. 



N'emportez pas la bougie. 
N'oubliez pas de l'eteindre, 
Voulez-vous m'eveDler a sept 

heures ? 
Je n'y manquerai pas. 
Avez-vous un tire-bottes ? 
Je vais vous chercber le mien. 
Je vous soubaite une bonne nuit. 



French Exercises. 



COEEESPONDING TO THE FIRST TWENTY-FIVE LESSONS, ONE FOE 
EACH LESSON. 

1. 

A-t-il la fourchette? II a la fourchette et la cuillere. — lis ont 
la biere. Nous avons le sucre. Elle a le couteau. — Ont-ils les 
verres? lis ont les verres. — Avez-vous le vin? J'ai le vin et 
l'eau. — A-t-elle la viande? Oui, inadame, elle a la viande, le 
pain, et l'eau. — J'ai la biere. lis ont les ceufs, le lait, et le 
sucre. — Avez-vous le pain ? Oui, monsieur, nous avons le pain, 
le vin, et la viande. 

2. 

Avez-vous une assiette et un verre? Je n'ai pas d'assiette, 
mais j'ai des verres et des bouteilles. — A-t-elle du poivre? Non, 
madame, elle n'en a pas. — Ont-ils du fromage? lis ont du 
fromage. — A-t-il du beurre? 11 n'a pas de beurre, mais il a 
des ceufs. — Nous n'avons pas de the. lis ont une carafe, une 
bouteille, et des verres. Nous n'avons pas de sel. — A-t-elle de 
la creme? Elle a du lait, mais elle n'a pas de creme. — Avez- 
vous un couteau? J'en ai un. — II a du pain et de la viande. 
lis n'ont pas de vin. lis ont de la biere. 

3. 

Est-ce beau? C'est tres-beau. — N'est-il pas tres-grand? II 
est tres-grand. — Avez-vous du vin vieux? Nous avons de 



200 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

tres-bon vin vieux. — Sont-ils mechants? Non, ils sont tres- 
sages. — Est-elle bien jolie? Elle est jolie et tres-bonne. — Est-il 
laid? II est tres-laid et inechant. — Avez-vous de bonne biere? 
Je n'ai pas de biere. — Nous avons de bon the. — Ils sont tres- 
ages. Ils n'ont pas de chocolat. J'ai une petite fourchette, une 
grande cuillere, et un mauvais couteau. Nous avons de tres- 
vieux fromage. 

4. 

Ne sont-ils pas tres-aimables ? Ils sont aimables, laborieux, 
et heureux. — N'etes-vous pas fache ? Pas du tout. — Est-elle 
paresseuse ? Au cmtraire, elle est tres-laborieuse. — Etes-vous 
fatigue"? Je ne suis pas fatigue. — Elle est tres-malheureuse. 
II est tres-riche. Ils ne sont pas heureux. II est tres-sale. 
Nous ne sommes pas contents. C'est tres-propre. N'etes-vous 
pas mecontent? Ne sont-ils pas parresseux? Elle n'est pas 
belle. Elle n'est pas tres-jeune. Ils ne sont pas du tout pauvres. 
Ils ont de tres-mauvais vin. — N'avez-vous pas d'eau propre? 
Nous avons de bien mauvaise eau. — N'est-il pas tres-bon? II 
est tres-bon. — Est-elle aimable? Elle est amiable, jeune, et 
tres-belle. 

5. 

Est-elle bien aise? Elle est bien aise. — Comment se porte 
votre pere? II se porte tres-bien, merci. — Ne fait-il pas bien 
froid aujourd'hui? II fait froid et humide. — Avez-vous froid? 
J'ai bien froid. — N'est-il pas bien entete? II est entete et cu- 
rieux. — C'est etonnant. J'en suis fache. Elle est tres-modeste. 
Nous sommes mouilles. II fait tres-humide aujourd'hui. — Ont- 
ils raison? Ils ont tort, et vous avez raison. — A-t-elle soif? 
Elle a soif et faim. — Comment vous portez-vous aujourd'hui? 
Je me porte tres-bien, merci; et vous?— Avez-vous bien dormi 
cette nuit, or, la nuit derniere? Tres-bien. — N'est-ce pas tres- 
necessaire? Ne fait-il pas tres-sombre ici ? Avez-vous sommeil? 
N'a-t-elle pas peur? N'a-t-il pas honte? Avez-vous chaud? 
A-t-il froid? 

6. 

Connaissez-vous mon pere? Je connais votre pere et son 
frere, aussi. — J'aime mes parents ; ils sont tres-bons. J'aime 
beaucoup les enfants. J'aime mes cousins. — Connaissent-ils vos 



EXERCISES FOR TRAXSLATIOX. 201 

fils? Oui, ils les connaissent. — N'avez-vous pas un oncle? J'ai 
des oncles et des tantes. — Connaissez-vous sa fille? Je connais 
sa fille et ses fils. — N'avez-vous pas mon couteau? Je ne l'ai 
pas. — Aiment-ils le chocolat? Ils l'aiment. — Connaissez-vous 
leurs parents? Oui, je les connais. — Aimez-vous votre frere? 
Je l'aime beaucoup. — Nos neveux et nos nieces sont tres-heureux. 
J'ai de tres-bons amis. Ma mere a raison et vous avez tort. 
Votre petite sceur est tres-gentille. Mon pere est bien fatigue. 

7. 

A qui donnez-vous ce livre ? Je le donne a ma sceur. — A qui 
est ce dictionnaire ? C'est celui de mon frere. — N'avez-vous pas 
mon cahier? Je ne l'ai pas; j'ai celui de ma petite sceur. — Ces 
livres sont a mes neveux. Ce papier a lettre est a mon fils. 
Ces enveloppes sont a mon ami. — A qui pretez-vous votre en- 
crier? Je le prete a mon oncle. — N'aiinez-vous pas ce crayon? 
Je ne l'aime pas. — Qui repond aux lettres de votre tante ? Ma 
mere. — Ecrivez-vous trop? Je n'ecris pas trop. — A qui sont 
ces plumes? Ce sont celles de mon cousin. Votre enfant parle- 
t-il trop? II ne parle pas trop. — Voyez-vous le crayon de ma 
sceur ? Oui, il est tres-bon. — Votre pere aime-t-il ce papier ? 
Lequel? Celui- ci. Je ne sais pas. 

8. 
N'avez-vous pas mal a la tete? Oui, j'ai un violent mal de 
tete et un tres-mauvais rhume. — Qu'a votre niece? Elle a mal 
aux yeux. — Avez-vous le temps de couper ceci? Pas aujour- 
d'hui, je suis presse. — Comptez-vous ecrire vos lettres aujourd'hui? 
J'ai l'intention d'ecrire a mon oncle et a mon frere. — Qui vous 
coupe les cheveux? Mon coiffeur. — Connaissez-vous mon neveu? 
Lequel? Celui qui a mal aux jambes. — Oui, qu'a-t-il? II est bien 
malheureux. — Ne travaille-t-il pas trop ? Oui, il est trop labori- 
eux. — Ceux qui ont l'intention de vous preter ceci sont les amis 
de mon frere. Ils sont bien aimables. — Marchez-vous beaucoup ? 
Oui, je marche beaucoup. — Ceux qui marchent beaucoup ne 
travaillent pas beaucoup. Moi, je marche beaucoup. 

9. 
Pouvez-vous prendre un verre de vin ? Votre vin est-il vieux? 
Pas tres-vieux. — Je n'aime pas le vin, j'aime mieux la biere- — 



202 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Quelle est cette viande? C'est du veau; l'aimez-vous ? J'aime 
mieux le boeuf. — Ne pouvez-vous pas diner avec nous aujour- 
d'hui? Je ne peux pas; j'ai a travailler avec mon oncle. Vos 
petites nieces aiment-elles les pommes ? Les enfants aiment les 
pommes, les poires, et les peches. — Aujourd'hui nous avons, pour 
diner, un gigot et de la volaille. Je n'aime pas le mouton. Puis- 
je prendre une peche ? Je vous en prie. — N'avez-vous pas bon ap- 
petit ? Je n'ai pas d'appetit du tout. — Qu'allez-vous donner a 
ces enfants ? Des oranges. — Pouvez-vous me preter votre diction- 
naire ? Mon frere l'a. — Votre fils peut-il dejeuner avec nous ? 
II le peut, et il le fera avec plaisir. 

10. 

A qui est ce chapeau? C'est le mien, et celui-la est a mon 
pere. — Ou est celui de Paul? Je ne le vois pas. — Ne voulez- 
vous pas acheter un parapluie neuf ? J'ai 1'intention d'en acheter 
un. — Je desire acheter des gants, des chemises, des chaussettes, 
et des cravates; ou puis-je les acheter? Eue de Eivoli. — Votre 
ami n'a-t-il pas un habit neuf? Oui, et des pantalons, et un 
gilet neufs. — Portez-vous sou vent ces bottines? Ce ne sont pas 
les miennes, ce sont celles de mon frere. — Voulez-vous nous 
preter du papier ? Avec plaisir ; mais mon papier est bien 
mauvais. — Votre sceur n'a-t-elle pas la montre de sa mere ? Non, 
elle a la sienne. — Voulez-vous diner avec nous aujourd'hui? 
Avec plaisir. — Aimez-vous le veau ? Je l'aime beaucoup. — 
Buvez-vous du vin? Je bois du vin avec de l'eau. — Vous ne 
mangez pas? Je n'ai pas beaucoup d'appetit. 

11. 

Quel age a cet homme ? Je ne sais pas, mais il est plus age 
que ma mere. — Cette demoiselle est-elle aussi agee que ma sceur ? 
Elle est plus jeune. — Ce petit garcon est-il aussi paresseux que 
le notre ? Je ne connais pas de garcon plus paresseux que mon 
fils. — Quel age a-t-il? II a quatorze ans. — Est-ce l'aine? Oui. 

— N'aviez-vous pas une fille? Non, nous avions une niece qui 
est morte; c'etait la plus gentille fille du village. — Qui est cette 
femme? C'est la femme de notre voisin. — Avez-vous autant de 
domestiques que nons ? Je n'ai jamais eu plus d'un domestique. 

— Votre epicier a-t-il de bon cafe? II a le meilleur cafe de la 
ville. — Ecrivez-vous aussi bien que votre cousin? II ecrit mieux 



EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION. 203 

que moi. — Buvez-vous sou vent de la biere? Non, je n'en bois 
jamais; je n'aime pas la biere. —Quel vin aimez-vous le mieux, 
celui-ci ou celui-la? J'airue mieux celui-ci que celui-la. — Buvez- 
vous toujours de bon vin? Pas toujours. 

12. 

Avez-vous plusieurs petits-fils? J'ai trois petits-fils et dexix 
petites-filles. — Les voyez-vous sou vent? Je les vois deux fois 
par an, et je leur donne a chacun dix francs. — Dinez-vous 
souvent avec votre grand-pere ? Trois fois par semaine. — Y a- 
t-il beaucoup de boulangers dans la ville ? II y en a plus de 
cent. — Avez-vous encore votre grand'mere ? Oui ; savez-vous 
combien elle a de petits-enfants? Non, je ne le sais pas. — Elle 
a en tout vingt-trois petits-enfants. seize petits-fils, et sept petites- 
filles. — N'avez-vous pas deux beaux-freres ? Je n'ai ni beaux- 
freres ni belles-sceurs. — Aimez-vous votre belle-mere? Oni elle 
est tres-bonne. — Combien de f reres avez-vous ? J'ai quatre freres, 
je suis le plus jeune. 

13. 

Votre grand-pere n'avait-il pas une tabatiere d'or ? Non, c'etait 
une tabatiere d'argent. — Avez-vous beaucoup marche hier? Oui, 
et j'etais tres-fatigue. — Avez-vous pu voir le monsieur a qui vous 
aviez l'intention de parler? Je n'y suis pas alle hier. — Ou etes- 
vous alle? Je suis alle dejeuner avec ma marraine. — Comment 
va-t-elle? Elle va tres-bien. — Quand je cassai mon encrier de 
cristal, vous etiez bien fache contre moi. Notre salle a manger 
est beaucoup plus grande que la votre. Hier mes sceurs ont 
achete de tres-belles robes de soie. Autrefois je portais des 
bottines, quand j'etais jeune homme. Ne pensiez-vous pas a nous 
quand vous etiez en France ? Je pensais a vous plusieurs fois par 
jour. II a fait bien froid hier. J'apprenais deux lecons par se- 
maine. Hier j'ai casse cinq verres et deux bouteilles a vin. J'ai 
souvent ete voir ma belle-sceur. 

14. 

Je n'aime pas les couleurs claires. Je vais apprendre la qua- 
torzieme lecon. lis allaient voir leurs voisins quand je les ai vus. 
Ma sceur raccommodait mon gilet quand votre mere est venue 
lui parler. Je n'aime ni les robes bleues, ni les jaunes, ni les 
vertes; j'aime mieux les grises et les noires. Hier j'ai achete des 



204 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

bas de coton blanc, des mouchoirs de poche de soie, trois eravates 
de soie noire, et une robe violette. J'ecris a ma grand'mere une 
fois par semaine. Je prends une lecon tous les deux jours. Main- 
tenant je vais apprendre ma lecon pour demain. Ou avez-vous 
rencontre votre ami Paul? Je l'ai rencontre quand j'allais prendre 
ma lecon. Ma tante aime les couleurs foncees, surtout le noir. 

15. 

Les portes de votre maison ne ferment pas bien. Vos chaises 
sont presque toutes cassees. Yous avez trop de feu dans votre 
chambre. Avez-vous beaucoup de fauteuils? Nous en avons 
sept ou huit. — Avez-vous achete une autre table ? Pas encore. — 
Votre domestique n'a pas ouvert les fenetres de votre chambre. 
Nous n'avons pas assez de lits. Votre tapis rouge est trop petit. 
Mon oncle n'a guere de charbon. Avez-vous brule beaucoup de 
bois ? Vous avez dechire votre habit. J'ai rencontre mon meilleur 
ami. J'ai tres-bien appris ma legon. Nous avons vu beaucoup 
de maisons brulees. Nous n'avons pas beaucoup de tapis. Ces 
enfants ont pris trop de pain. J'ai deja donne ma montre a mon 
frere. A qui cette clef de montre? C'est celle de mon pere. 

16. 

Mon beau-frere m'a accompagne hier au musee. J'ai deja 
beaucoup voyage. Avez-vous ete au college? J'y vais quelque- 
fois. — Ou va done votre sceur ? Elle va a l'eglise. — Ne l'accompag- 
nez-vous pas? Non, je n'ai pas le temps. — Avez-vous quelquefois 
6te a l'ecole de droit? J'y ai ete trois ou quatre fois. — Mon 
cousin est arrive bien avant sa mere. Votre neveu est entre 
bien longtemps apres ma mere. Ma sceur a regu hier un tres- 
beau porte-plume d'argent, et naturellement elle en 6tait bien 
contente. Avez-vous visite notre marche ? Je l'ai visite plusieurs 
fois. — Resterez-vous longtemps ici? J'ai l'intention de rester 
deux jours avec mon grand-pere. 

17. 

Votre pere a-t-il beaucoup d'or? Autrefois il en avait beau- 
coup, mais maintenant il en a tres-peu. — Avez-vous la monnaie 
de cinq francs? Je n'en ai pas assez; je n'ai que des sous. — 
Avez-vous encore un peu de papier a me donner? Je n'ai plus 



EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION. 205 

de papier a lettre, mais j'ai quelques feuilles de papier jaune. — 
Quand serez-vous parrain ? Je ne sais pas encore. — Voulez-vous 
me preter quelques schelling? ? Corubien en voulez-vous ? Trois 
ou quatre. Votre fils a trop d'argent. Je ne lui donne que deux 
schellings par mois. Je n'ai plus d'or. II n'y a plus de guinees. 
Je n'ai jamais vu de farthings (demi-sou). Aurez-vous un chapeau 
neuf ? Xous n'avons guere de pieces d'or. 

18. 

Quand irez-vous en Angleterre ? Nous irons bientot a Lon- 
dres. — Oommencez-vous a parler anglais ? Je commence a com- 
prendreles Anglais quand ils parlent ensemble, et je puis le parler 
assez bien. — Pourquoi votre frere ne l'apprend-il pas? Parce qu'il 
n'aime pas les Anglais. — Pourquoi? Je ne sais pas. — Irez-vous 
a Liverpool? Peut-etre. — Pouvez-vous comprendre cet Anglais? 
Pas toujours. — Vous donnerai-je quelques plumes? Oui, je n'en 
ai pas de bonne. Je vous donnerai mon livre, car je ne l'aime 
pas. Quand ces Anglais iront-ils a Paris? Ils ont l'intention d'y 
aller bientot. — Resteront-ils longtemps a Paris? Deux mois. — 
Parlent-ils francais ? Ils le parlent et le comprennent un peu. 

19. 

Youdriez-vous vendre votre cheval? J'aimerais a le # vendre 
si je pouvais en acheter un meilleur. — Combien avez-vous de 
chiens? Je n'en ai qu'un. — Yotre fermier a-t-il des veaux a 
vendre? Je sais qu'il en a trois a vendre. — Si M. B. avait su 
cela, il les aurait achetes. Yenez me voir aussitot que vous 
aurez recu de l'argent de M. G. J'ai tant de chats, que je vous 
en donnerai autant que vous voudrez. Yotre petit-fils irait-il en 
Angleterre si mon fils y allait avec lui? Je crois qu'il y irait. — 
Quand votre fils partira-t-il ? Quand il aura recu son argent. — 
Sortiriez-vous s'il faisait chaud? Je pense que oui. — Mon oncle 
a achete deux anes, quatre mulets, six bceufs, et deux vaches. 

20. 

Votre sceur aurait-elle la bonte de venir voir ma femme dans 
l'apres-midi? Ma sceur n'est pas a Paris maintenant; elle est 
allee voir sa grand'mere, et ne sera ici qu'apres-demain. — Quel 
jour du mois est-ce aujourd'hui? C'est le vingt-six. — Ayez la 



206 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

bonte d'etudier la dix-neuvieme lecon. Sortons, il ne fait pas 
trop froid. De qui avez-vous regu ce beau petit oiseau ? De ma 
belle-soeur. — Ou comptez-vous aller dernain matin? J'ai l'inten- 
tion d' aller a, l'ecole de medecine; venez avec moi, voulez-vous? 
Je serais bien aise d'aller avec vous, si j'avais le temps. Donnez- 
moi une peche, s'il vous plait. Etudions nos legons. Venez me 
voir ce soir. N'ayez pas peur. Ecrivez a ma grand'mere s'il 
vous plait. A-t-elle repondu a votre lettre? Pas encore. 

21. 

Pourquoi n'etes-vous pas venu plus tot? Je ne suis pas en 
retard, j'arrive a temps. Votre cousin est toujours en retard. — A 
quelle heure desirez-vous avoir votre cafe ? A sept heures, si ce 
n'est pas de trop bonne heure. C'est un peu de bonne heure; 
vous pouvez l'avoir a sept heures et quart. — Quelle heure est-il ? 
II est trois heures moins vingt-cinq. — Votre pendule avance, je 
pense ; a ma montre il n'est que deux heures et demie. Etudiez 
votre lecon, et surtout sachez-la mieux qu'hier. Je l'etudierai 
si bien que vous serez content de moi. Avez-vous remonte votre 
montre ce matin ? Je l'ai remontee hier soir. — Va-t-elle toujours 
bien? Elle avance d'environ deux minutes par jour. — Avez-vous 
besoin de papier? Non, merci, j'ai beaucoup de papier a lettre. 

22. 
Quel jour 6tait-ce hier? C'etait vendredi. — Alors demain c'est 
dimanche. J'aime le dimanche parce que je n'etudie pas, et que 
je vais a l'eglise avec mes parents. Quelle saison aimez-vous le 
mieux? J'aime l'automne, parce que je ne vais pas a l'ecole. 
Patinez-vous en hiver? Je ne sais pas patiner. — Allez-vous 
quelquefois au theatre ? Environ une fois par mois en hiver. — 
Savez- vous danser ? Tres-peu. — Avez-vous trou ve votre parapluie ? 
Je l'ai trouve dans la chambre de votre frere. — Arrivez-vous 
toujours a temps? J'arrive toujours avant Arthur; seulement il 
etudie beaucoup mieux que moi. — Avez-vous tous vos livres? 
Oui, ils sont tous sur ma table. — Quand commencerez-vous a 
6tudier l'allemand? Je commencerai peut-etre le mois prochain. 

23. 
Oii demeure M. L., savez-vous? II demeure chez M. D. — Con- 
naissez-vous Mademoiselle C. ? Je l'ai vue chez Madame S. jeudi 



EXERCISES FOR TRANSLATION. 207 

dernier. — Est-elle aussi belle que sa cousine? Je ne connais 
pas sa consine. — Chez qui avez-vous l'intention d'aller ce soir? 
Je pense que j'irai chez ma tante. — Ou demeure-t-elle? Elle 
derneure tres-loin. — Voyez-vous souvent le lieutenant M. ? Je 
le vois une fois par semaine, quand je vais chez le baron J. — 
Pourriez-vous m'envoyer un peu de votre vin vieux? Je ne 
pourrais pas vous en envoyer plus d'une bouteille, parce que j'en 
ai besoin pour mon pere qui ne peut pas boire d'autre vin. 
Alors ne m'en envoyez pas. — Connaissez-vous les dames qui 
etaient chez nous samedi dernier? Non, je ne les connais pas. 
Ma sceur va a la maison. 

24. 

Combien y a-t-il que vous avez ce canape? II y a quelques 
annees. — Avez-vous entendu parler de Mademoiselle W. ? II y 
a longtemps que je n'ai entendu parler d'elle. — Ne chante-t-elle 
pas tres-bien? Elle chante beaucoup mieux que Madame K. — 
Ecoutez cette petite fille qui chante. — Qui est-elle? C'est la 
fille de notre voisin. — Quel age a-t-elle ? Elle a environ douze 
ans. — Y a-t-il longtemps que vous etes ici? II y a environ une 
demi-heure. — II y a deux jonrs, j'ai trouve, sur ma table de 
toilette, du savon, de la pommade, une brosse a dents, et une 
brosse a cheveux, que ma tante m'avait achetes; n'est-ce pas 
qu'elle est bien bonne? Vous etes bien heureux d'avoir une si 
bonne tante. Elle me donne tout ce que je desire. — Combien 
y a-t-il que votre oncle est mort? II y a trois ans qu'il est 
mort. — Quand votre cousin est-il mort ? II est mort il y a 
cinq ans. — Que voulez-vous me dire? Je veux vous dire que 
votre domestique a casse l'encrier de votre fils. Avez-vous 
entendu parler de cela? Non; combien y a-t-il que vous le 
savez ? — Mademoiselle L. chante-t-elle aussi bien que votre sceur? 
Oui, elle chante beaucoup mieux qu'elle. — Avez-vous tout ce que 
vous desirez? Non; je n'ai pas assez d'argent. — Combien y a-t- 
il que votre sceur est a Ann Arbor? Elle y est depuis deux ans; 
elle etudie a l'Universite de Michigan. 

25. 

Avez-vous quelque chose a me dire ? Je n'ai rien a vous dire, 
mais mon frere desire vous parler. — Y avait-il beaucoup de 
monde a votre bal? II y avait une trentaine de personnes. — 



208 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Pourriez-vous me dire ou demeure Madame F. ? La dame dont 
le fils est mort? Non, la dame dont vous m'avez parle il y a 
quelques jours. Elle n'est pas a Paris maintenant, elle voyage 
en Angleterre. J'ai ete presque partout, et je n'ai pu trouver 
quelques livres dont j'ai besoin. — Avez-vous un bon lit? Oui, 
j'ai un sommier, deux matelas, et deux couvertures. — Pourriez- 
vous me donner des allumettes? Prenez-en tant que vous 
voudrez. — Voici votre chandelier, ne voulez-vous pas le prendre? 
Je n'en ai pas besoin maintenant. Tout le monde parle du mon- 
sieur dont les deux fils sont morts la semaine derniere; l'aine est 
mort mercredi, et l'autre deux jours apres. Qui a quelque chose 
a lui dire? Je desire lui parler. — De quoi avez vous besoin? 
J'ai besoin des livres dont vous m'avez parle. — De qui parliez- 
vous quand je suis entre? Je parlais du monsieur qui etait ici 
il y a un instant. — Votre pere n'est-il pas mort? Oui; il est 
mort depuis le commencement dc l'annee. — Qu'avez-vous a me 
dire ? Je n'ai rien a vous dire. 



BUFFET'S 



FRENCH METHOD, 



P^RT SECOND. 



Relation of English to French. 

A large n;_mbcr of words in the English language 
are derived from the French. We will not attempt to 
give the philological relation of English to French ; but 
merely point out the prefixes and suffixes common to 
both languages. The prefixes and suffixes are not 
studied with reference to their Latin origin. 

English and French Prefixes. 

1. A. — (on or in). Abattre, to pull down, or, abaiser, to abate. 

2. Ab. — (from or away). Abstraire, to abstract. 

3. Ad. — (to). Addition, addition. 

4. Am. — (round or about). Amputer, to amputate (cut around). 

5. Ante. — anti. — (before). Antecedent, antecedent. 

6. Co. — con. — (with). Oocperer, to co-operate ; conjoindre, to con- 

join. 

7. Contra. — (against). Contradiction, contradiction; also contre, 

in French — Controdire, to contradict. 

8. Circtlm. — (around). Cireumnaviguer, to circumnavigate. 

9. De. — (same as dis, un) — (down or from). Demonter, to dis- 

mount. 

D. F. M. 18. (209) 



210 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

10. Dis. — {asunder, away). Dissembler, to dissemble. 

11. En. — em. — {in or on). Embrasser, to embrace. 

12. Ex. — {out). Exclure, to exclude; exposer, to expose. 

13. Extra. — {beyond). Extraordinaire, extraordinary. 

14. In. — im. — {in, on, into, not). Injecter, to inject; impoli, im~ 



15. Inter. — {between). Interceder, to intercede. 

16. Intro. — {within). Introduire, to introduce. 

17. Mis. — {wrong). In French, me, — mepriscr, to mistake. 

18. Ob. — {against, out). Obvier, to obviate. 

19. Per. — {through, with). Permettre, to permit. 

20. Post. — {after). Post-scriptum, postscript. 

21. Pre. — {before). Preceder, to precede. 

22. Re. — {again). Redire, to say again. 

23. Retro. — {backwards). Retrograder, to retrograde. 

24. Sub. — {under.) — Sup. — In French, sou (s). Soutenir, to sustain; 

supporter, to support. 

25. Super. — {above, over). Superfin, superfine. 

26. Trans. — {over, through). Transporter, to transport. 

English and French Suffixes. 

1. Able or ible, — {mayor can be), blamable, admissible. 

2. Ade. — {like) arcade. 

3. Age. — {condition of being, or allowance for, a collection of). 

Branchage, branches; feuillage, foliage. 

4. Al. — {relating or belonging to). Brutal; liberal. 

5. Ance. — ence. — (ancy, ency,) — {being, state of being). Vigi- 

lance, innocence. 

6. Ant. — {one who). Assistant. 

7. Ard. — {belonging to). Billard, billiards, from bille, ball. 

8. Ent. — {one who). Prudent, equivalent. 

9. Esceiice. — {state of becoming). Convalescence. 

10. Ice. — {the thing that, the attribute of). Notice, justice. 

11. Ile. — {belonging to, may be, apt to). Hostile, docile, agile. 

12. Ion. — -{the act, being). Probation, corruption, friction. 

13. Ment. — {state, act, that which). Amusement, commencement, 

rcriment. 

14. Ose. — {full of). Jocose. 

15. Tcoe. — {being, state of being). Altitude, quietude 

16. Ule. — {little, small). Globule. 



SUFFIXES. 



21) 



Suffixes not alike, but related to one another. 

Nouns. 

French, — ain. English, ain, an, chaplain, American. 

" aire. " ary, ordinary, statuary. 

" ance. " ancy, constancy. 

" at. " ate, (ship) cardinolate, generalship, 

" ee. " PUii, assiettee, plateful. 

" el. el or al, hotel, original. 

" ence. " ency, incompetency. 

" ie. " y, academy, agony, melody. 

eur. " or, er, actor, conductor, giver, singer. 

" ique. " ic, Baltic, logic, music. 

" ien. " ian, comedian, historian. 

" isme, iste. " ism, ist, atheism, atlieist. 

" if. " iye, nominative, indicative. 

" oire. " ory, auditory, laboratory, glory. 

" te. " ty, absurdity, charity, vanity. 



Adjectiyes. 

French, ain, ien, aire, al, el, — See nouns with same suffixe 
" atre, — English, ish, bleuatre, bluish. 
" eux, — " ous, generous, dangerous. 
" ique, — See nouns with the same suffix. 
" iye, — if, — See nouns in iye. 
" 'oire, — See nouns in oire. 



Fr. Eng. 

1. ADER — ADE, 

2. ACxER — AGE, 

3. Aler — AL, 

4. Asser — ASS, 

5. Enter — ext, 

6. Esser — ess, 

7. Ourer — or or our, 

8. Ider — idate, FY, 

9. FlER — FY, 

10. Iner — IN, 

11. IONER — ION, 



Verbs. 

French verb, barricader. 

" outrager. 

" egaler. 

" embarrasser. 

" absenter. 

" caresser. 

" savourer. 

" liquider. 

" certifier. 

" ruiner. 

" cautioner. 



212 



DXJFFETS FRENCH METHOD. 



12. Umer— ume, 

13. Urer — URE. 

14-. MENTER — MENT, 

15. QUER — CATE, 

16. ISER — IZE, 

17. UeER — ATE, 

18. BLER — BLE, 

19. Epter — EPT, 



French verb, accoutumer. 

" manufacturer. 

" fermenter. 

" abdiquer. 

" legaliser. 

" cumuler. 

" " tremble. 

" accepter, etc. 



Religion — Religion. 



God, Dieu. 

The Creator, le Createur. 

The Redeemer, le Redempteur. 

Jesus Christ, Jesus-Christ. 

TJie Holy Ghost, le Saint-Esprit. 

The Holy Trinity, la Ste. Trinite 

An angel, un ange. 

A saint, un saint, une sainte. 

The devil, le diable, le demon. 

The elect, les elus. 

The wicked, les damnes. 

The soul, Fame. 

Paradise, le paradis. 

Hell, Penfer. 

Salvation, le salut. 



The mystery, le mystere. 

The worship, le culte. 

Mass, la messe (basse, grand'). 

Sacraments, les sacrements. 

The first communion, la premiere 

communion. 
TJie gospel, 1'evangile, m. 
The epistle, l'epitre. 
The sermon, le sermon. 
Prayer-book, le livre de prieres. 
Sin, le pech§. 
Remorse, le remords. 
Mercy, la misericorde. 
Forgiveness, le pardon. 
Baptism, le bapteme. 



Insects and Fishes— Insectes et Poissons. 



TJie bee, l'abeille, /. 

The wasp, la gugpe. 

The fly, la mouche. 

The butterfly, le papillon. 

The worm, le ver. 

The spider, Faraignee, /. 

The caterpillar, la chenille. 

The ant, la fourmi. 

The flea, la puce. 

The bug, la punaise. 



An eel, une anguille. 
A ivhale, une baleine. 
A pike, un brochet. 
A carp, une carpe. 
A herring, un hareng. 
An oyster, une huitre. 
A trout, une truite. 
A salmon, un saumon. 
A crawfish, une ecrevisse. 
A lobster, un homard. 



VOCABULARIES. 



213 



The Human Body — Le Corps Humain. 



The skull, le crane. 
The whiskers, les favoris 
The cheek, la joue. 
The ear, l'oreille, /. 
The nostrils, les narines. 
The lips, les levres, /. 
The gum, la gencive. 
The tongue, la langue. 
The chin, le menton. 
The neck, le cou. 
The throat, la gorge. 
The shoulder, l'epaule, / 
The thumb, le pouce. 
The wrist, le poignet. 
The fist, le poing. 
The nail, l'ongle, m. 



The breast, la poitrine. 
The rib, la cote. 
The back, le dos. 
The loins, les reins, m. 
The leg, la jambe. 
The ankle, la cheville. 
The toes, les doigts du pied. 
The skin, la peau. 
The flesh, la chair. 
The heart, le cceur. 
The lungs, les poumons. 
The liver, le foie. 
The vein, la veine. 
The artery, l'artere. 
The nerve, le nerf. 
The blood, le sang. 
The breath, Phaleine. 



The Country — La Campagne. 



The highway, le grand chemin. 
A castle, un chateau. 
The village, le village. 
The field, le champ. 
The meadow, le pre, la prairie. 
The grass, l'herbe. 
Tlie corn, le ble, le mais. 
The harvest, la moisson. 
The trees, les arbres, m. 
The country house, la maison de 
campagne. 



The park, le pare. 

The garden, le jar din. 

The ivood, le bois. 

The forest, la foret. 

The river, le fleuve, la riviere. 

The hill, la colline. 

The mountain, la montagne. 

The lake, le lac. 

The vineyard, la vigne. 

The ivheat, le froment, le bl6. 

The hut, la cabane. 



Articles for the use of Ladies 
des Dames. 



Objets a Pusage 



A clasp, une agrafe. 

A ring, une bague. 

A cap, un bonnet. 

An ear-ring, une boucle d'oreille 



A cuff, une manchette. 
A muff, un manehon. 
A fur cloak, une pelisse. 
Mittens, des mitaines. 



214 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



A loop, une bride. 

An embroidery, une broderie. 

A belt, une ceinture. 

A head-dress, une coiffure. 

Stays, un corset. 

A thimble, un de. 

A scarf, une echarpe. 

A pin, une epingle. 



A knot, un noeud. 

A pin-cushion, une pelote. 

A ribbon, un ruban. 

An apron, un tablier. 

A veil, un voile. 

The trimming, la garniture. 

Needlework, ouvrage a Paiguille. 

Cambric, de la batiste. 



FIRST LESSON — Premiere Lecon. 



Life, la vie. 

To live, vivre 

Age, Page, m. 

The prime of life, la fleur de l'age. 

Manhood, l'age mur. 

Birth, la naissance. 

To oe 6om, naitre 

Childhood, l'enfance. 



Youth, la jeunesse. 

OZo3 age, la vieillesse. 

To oroif old, vieillir. 

Death, la mort. 

To die, mourir 

Late, feu, feue. 

HI, sick, malade. 

The physician, le medecin. 



The patient, le malade. 

Remark. — The student is now supposed to be sufficiently well 
acquainted with the verbs in Part I. not to need them to be 
pointed out to him. If all the verbs have not yet been learned, 
refer to the list of Irregular Verbs, p. 166. 

The indefinite pronoun on, one, people, we, you, they, 
etc., is always the subject of a verb in the third person 
singular, though it conveys generally the idea of plu- 
rality. On is very frequently used in French, but it 
applies to persons only. It enables the French to make 
use of the active voice, which they prefer to the passive. 
On has no exact equivalent in English. 

One always seeks for happiness, or,] 

People always seek for happiness, or, [-On cherche toujours le bonheur. 

We always seek for happiness. j 



INDEFINITE PRONOUN, ON 



215 



They study very well in that college. 
I will try to make you happy. 

We should respect old age. 

That song is sung in my country. 

My coat has been torn. 

It is said that P. is dead. 

I am told that you are about to leave 
us. 

We have been told that she will come. 

One may be a worthy man and make 
bad verses. 

When one is pretty, one is not ig- 
norant of it. 

WJiat do they say of me f 

To look for. 

To go for, to fetch. 

To send for. 

To foretell. 

To try, to try on. 

Suddenly, unexpectedly. 

No longer. 

It is true. 



On etudie bien dans ce college. 
On tachera de vous rendre heu- 

reux. 
On doit respecter la vieillesse. 
On chante cette chanson dans 

mon pays. 
On a dechire mon habit. 
On dit que P. est mort. 
On me dit que vous nous quittez. 

On nous a dit qu'elle viendra. 
On peut etre honnete homme, et 

faire mal des vers. — Moliere. 
Quand on (/. ) est jolie, on ne 

l'ignore pas. 
Que dit-on de moi? 

Chercher. 
Aller chercher. 
Envoyer chercher. 
Predire (like dire. 
Tacher, essayer (de). 
Subitement. 
"Ne . . . plus. 
C'est vrai. 



EXAMPLES. 



Our ancestors lived longer than we 

do. 
Your father is in the prime of life. 

I prefer manhood to youth. 
The birth of Jesus Christ was fore- 
told. 
1 u-as born in 1848. 
I have great respect for old age. 

Mrs. T. has grown very old. 

SJie says she will soon die. 

I did not know her late husband. 



Nos ancetres vivaient plus long- 
temps que nous. 

Votre pere est dans la fleur de 
l'age. 

Je prefere l'age mur a la j eunesse. 

La naissance de Jesus-Christ fut 
predite. 

Je suis ne en 1848. 

J'ai un grand respect pour la 
vieillesse. 

Madame T. a bien vieilli. 

Elle dit qu'elle mourra bientot. 

Je n'ai pas connu feu son mari. 



216 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

It is said that Mr. P. died sud- On dit que M. P. est mort subite- 

denly. ment. 

Go for some wine. Allez ehereher du vin. 

Send for the physician. Envoyez ehereher le medecin. 

Does not Mr. S. still live here f M. S. ne demeure-t-il plus ici ? 

Money has been given to me. On m'a donne de l'argent. 

Somebody has tried to break my key. On a essaye de casser ma clef. 

People do not do what they wish. On ne fait pas ee qu'on veut. 

That song is no longer sung. On ne chante plus cette chanson. 

Have my stockings been found f A-t-on trouve mes has ? 

I have been told that you were ill. On m'a dit que vous etiez malade. 

What is the news ? Que dit-on de nouveau ? 

They say we shall have war. On dit que nous aurons la guerre. 



CONVEESATION. 

Que cherchez-vous ? Avez-vous envoye ehereher votre soeur? 
Que dit-on de M. T. ? Voulez-vous essayer de parler anglais avec 
moi? Avez-vous essaye vos hr.bits neufs? Dans quel mois etes- 
vous ne? Quand M. H. est-il mort? N'est-il pas mort subite- 
ment ? Combien y a-t-il que votro frere aine est mort ? Voulez- 
vous envoyer ehereher de la biere ? Avez-vous envoye ehereher 
du papier? Votre tante n'est-elle pas dans la fleur de l'age? 
Etiez-vous souvent malade dans votre enfance? Avez-vous 
connu feu mon grand-pere? Quelle heure pensez-vous qu'il soit? 
N'avons-nous pas pris une bonne lecon? 



1. 

We have been told that you are going to travel; is it true? 
Yes, it is true ; I am going to leave for England. — Are you 
going for your son ? Not yet ; I am only going to see him ; he 
has not been long enough in England to (pour) be able to speak 
English fluently (couramment). — How long has he been there? 
Four months. — Do they study well in the college in which he 
is? They say it is one of the best colleges in England. — Does 
any one ever go to see him ? Nobody goes to see him. — I 
have been told that your wife is ill; is it true? My wife is 
better than I; she is very well, — You don't grow old. On 



INDEFINITE PRONOUN, ON 217 

the contrary, I think I grow very old, and shall not know old 
age; I shall die before that period iperiode) of life. — Childhood 
is the happiest period of life. We (on) gather (recueille) in 
manhood what we sowed (seme) in youth. My daughter does 
not wish to study English any longer ; she says she will try to 
(de) learn German. Why does she wish to learn German? 
Because two friends of hers are learning it. She will soon be 
weary (fatiguee) of it; she is wrong not to continue English. 



Jane to her Mother. 

Paris, July 24, 1872. 
My Dear Mother: 

Here I am 1 in Paris, in good health. However, I am sad 2 , 
very sad. You will say 3 that I am childish, but I can not 
conceal 4 from you that I wept 5 constantly during my journey 6 . 
I know how much you love me, therefore I will no longer 7 refer 
to that which might 8 cause you sorrow 9 . 

You were quite 10 right in speaking to me so highly of 11 
Mrs. S. She is so sweet-tempered 12 and so kind, that to see her 
is to love her. The moment 13 I entered her house, she pressed 
me to 14 her breast, just as 15 you do when my conduct pleases 
you. 

Good-bye (adieu), dear mother. Kiss 16 my little sister for 
me, and be sure 17 I will always be 

Your very affectionate 18 daughter, 

JANE. 

*Me voici; 2 triste; 3 allez dire; 4 vous cacher ; 5 j'ai pleurG ; 
6 mon voyage; 7 je ne veux done pas; 8 pour; 9 affliger; 10 bien; 
11 vanter; 12 douce; 13 aussitot que; 14 serra contre ; 15 justement 
comme ; 1 6 embrassez ; 1 r assuree ; J s affectueuse. 

Note. — Review some irregular verbs every day. 
D. F. M. 19. 



218 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



SECOND LESSON — Deuxieme Lecon. 



Business — Les Affaires. 



Business, les affaires, /. [m. 

Personal property, biens meubles, 
Real estate, biens immeubles, m. 
A creditor, un creancier. 
A debtor, un debiteur. 
The expense, la depense. 
Expensive, couteux. 
To spend, depenser. 



A debt, une dette. 

To run into debt, s'endetter. 

To be indebted, to owe, devoir. 

The duty, the task, le devoir. 

A loan, un emprunt. 

To borrow, emprunter. 

Fortune, la fortune. 

To grow rich, s'enrichir. 



En. 



En, some, any, of it, of them, one, ones, is used in reference 
to persons and things. To answer a phrase including 
du, de la, des, or an adverb followed by de, or an adjec- 
tive preceded by de, or a number, and also when one 
(ones') takes the place of a noun, place en before the 
verb, except when the noun is expressed. The same 
rules to be observed in a second question referring to 
that which has been said before. 



Have you any good gloves? 

I have some. 

I have not any. 

I have a great many. 

I have enough. 

I have six pair. 

Have you gray ones? 

No, but I have yellow ones. 

And you, have you any f 

I Jiave but a few pair. 

I have some good friends. 



Avez-vous de bons gants? 

J'en ai. 

Je n'en ai pas. 

J'en ai beaucoup. 

J'en ai assez. 

J'en ai six paires. 

En avez-vous de gris ? 

Won, mais j'en ai de jaunes. 

Et vous, en avez-vous? 

Je n'en ai que quelques paires. 

J'ai de bons amis. 



USE OF EN. 



219 



He is a good servant; I am sat- 
isfied with him. 

You have two dogs; you had not 

spoken to me of them. 
How many horses have youf 
I have three. 



C'est un bon domestique ; j'en 
(a pronoun) suis content, or, 
je suis content de lui. 

Vous avez deux chiens ; vous 
ne m'en aviez pas parle. 

Combien de chevaux avez-vousP 

J'en ai trois. 



To do, to make. Faire (p. 170). 



EXAMPLES. 



Always do your duty. 

Sometimes I do not. 

Are you engaged in any business 

now f 
We are only making debts. 
You spend too much, perhaps. 
I don't think we do. 
Has Paul borrowed that sumf 

He has borroived only a part of 

it. 
Have you much to do? 
I have a pair of socks to make. 

That watchmaker makes good 

watches. 
Have you made any friends here? 
I have made four. 
I have been in London, but I have 

not seen half of it. 
I do not like its climate. 
Do your exercises. 
Make this calculation, or, do this 

example. 
Mr. G. has made a fortune. 
Do something. 



Faites toujours votre devoir. 

Quelquefois je ne le fais pas. 

Faites-vous des affaires a pre- 
sent? 

Nous ne faisons que des dettes. 

Vous depensez trop, peut-etre. 

Je ne pense pas. 

Paul a-t-il emprunte cette 
somme ? 

II n'en a emprunte qu'une 
partie. 

Avez-vous beaucoup a faire ? 

J'ai une paire de chaussettes a 
faire. 

Cet horloger fait de bonnes 
montres. 

Avez-vous fait des amis ici? 

J'en ai fait quatre. 

J'ai ete a Londres, mais je n'en 
ai pas vu la moitie. 

Je n'en aime pas le climat. 

Faites vos themes. 

Faites ce calcul. 

M. G-. a fait fortune. 
Faites quelque chose. 



220 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

CONVERSATION. 

Madame G. a-t-elle des biens meubles? N'a-t-elle pas beau- 
coup de creanciers? Combien vous doit-elle? Comment vous 
etes-vous endette? Combien avez-vous emprunte a votre ami 
V. ? Ne faites-vous pas d'affaires maintenant ? Qu'admirez-vous 
le plus a Paris? Faites-vous toujours votre devoir? Avez-vous 
fait des progres en francais? Que ferez-vous cette apres-midi? 
Ou comptez-vous envoyer votre nls? Avez-vous fait beaucoup 
d'amis a, Londres? Ce monsieur n'a-t-il pas fait une grande 
fortune? Qu'avez-vous a faire aujourd'hui? Qui a fait vos 
habits? Qui a fait cela? 

2. 

Is Mr. A. doing much business now? No, he is doing scarcely 
any thing ; he is daily running into debt. — Do you know whether 
he owes much? I have been told that he already owes more than 
thirty thousand francs. — Has he any real estate ? He has property 
valued at about eighty thousand francs. — Why do you spend so 
much, my friend ? I do n't spend so much as my brother. — Do 
you sometimes borrow money? Not often; however, Arthur 
occasionally lends me some. — Do n't do that ; the worst thing 
you can do is to contract (de contracter) debts : we are so happy 
when we owe nothing. — You owe twenty francs to my nephew, 
and you did not speak of it. — My son does not owe any thing ; 
I am very glad of it. — What have you done to-day ? I worked 
the whole morning, breakfasted at twelve, and went out during 
the afternoon (repeat the pronoun). — Have you not called upon 
any one ? I have been to Mr. K. 's, but he was not at heme. — To 
whose house shall you go this evening? I think I shall not go 
out ; I have much to do at home. — The more I see your drawing- 
room, the more I like it. 



How Frederick the Great liked to be Served. 

A servant once entered Frederick the Great's room very early 
in the morning, to awaken him, according to 1 his order. The 
king, who did not yet feel inclined 2 to get up, answered, 
yawning 3 , "Let me sleep a little longer 4 ; I am very much 



COMMERCIAL TERMS. 221 

fatigued." "Your Majesty ordered me to come early," replied 
the servant. "Another 5 quarter of an hour, I tell you." "Not 
one minute, sire ; it is four o'clock, and you must get up." 
"Well," said the king, rising 6 , "you are a good servant; 
that's" the way I like to be served." 

^'apres; 2 ne se sentait pas la moindre envie ; 3 en baillant ; 
4 encore un peu ; 5 encore un ; ° en se levant ; " voila comment. 



Indiscretion. 

A lady who was writing a letter perceived 1 that a young man 
was reading the letter over her shoulder 2 . She accordingly 
added 3 : "I have much more 4 to say to you, but Mr. N. is 
behind me, and reads all that I am writing." "I beg your 
pardon, madam," exclaimed 5 the indiscreet young man; "I have 
read nothing." 

1 s'apercut ; 2 par-dessus son epaule ; 3 ajouta ; 4 encore beaucoup 
de choses ; ° s'ecria. 



THIRD LESSON — Troisieme Lecon. 



Commerce — Commerce. 



r une emplette. 
A purchase, j un achat . 

A buyer, un acheteur. 

r un acquit. 
A receipt, < 



A partner, un associS. 
A share, une action. 
To insure, assurer. 
To acquit, j acquitter . 

To receipt, > 



un recu. 

A shareholder, un actionnaire. 
Ready money, in cash, argent comptant 
Earnest money, a deposit, des arrhes. 
To enter into partnership, s'associer. 
An insurance, une assurance. 
Damaged goods, marchandises avariees. 



222 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Y. 



Y, at, to, to it, to them, at it, at them, in it, on it, there, 
is used in reference to things and places when the verb 
is followed by a, en, dans, sur. 



Do you think of your parents? 

I do think of them. 

She will not succeed in it. 

Have you answered this letter? 

I have answered it. 

Is Mrs. B. at home? 

She is. 

Pay attention to it. 

Are my books on the table? 

They are. 

Is S. here ? 

He is not. 

Are P. and R. there? 

They are. 



Pensez-vous a vos parents? 

J'y pense. 

Elle n'y reussira pas. 

Avez-vous repondu a cette lettre? 

J'y ai repondu. 

Madame B. est-elle chez-elle ? 

Elle y est. 

Faites y attention. 

Mes livres sont-ils sur la table ? 

lis y sont. 

S. est-il ici? 

II n'y est pas. 

P. et R. sont-ils lap 

lis y sont. 



When y and en appear together, y is placed before en; 
both precede the verb, or the auxiliary in compound 

tenses. 



I have put some in it 
I have found some on it. 
I will carry some there. 



J'y en ai mis. 
J'y en ai trouvS. 
J'y en porterai. 



The adverb ou, where, may be used to represent in 
which, at which, on which, etc. 

The affair in which you have suc- 
ceeded. 
The table on which it is. 
Go where you 
To succeed (in). 



To pay some one. 

To pay for something. 

To pay some one for something. 

To lose. 

To earn, to gain, to win. 

That is the reason why. 



L'affaire ou vous avez reussi 

(dans laquelle). 
La table ou il est (sur laquelle). 
Allez ou vous voudrez. 
Parvenir (etre), reussir a (avoir). 
Payer quelqu'un. 
Payer quelque chose. 
Payer quelque chose a quelqu'un. 
Perdre. 
Gagner. 
Voila pourquoi. 



USE OF Y AXD EN. 



223 



EXAMPLES 



Have you made any purchases to- 
day? 

I have purchased a dozen neck- 
ties. 

Here is the bill receipted. 

Do you always pay in cash? 

I do, or I give earnest-money. 

Our grocer has many damaged 



He ivill lose a great deal. 

His brother will enter into part- 
nership with him. 

Have you paid the baker for the 
bread f 

Yes, and I have also paid the 
grocer for the coffee. 

Have you succeeded in gaining 
your cause f 

I have succeeded in it. 

Mr. D. has grown rich within a 
few years. 

Is your house not insured? 

Mr. K. has lost a great deal of 

money. 
Mary has succeeded in learning 

her lesson. 
The shareholders are summoned. 
I will pay you for these two shares. 



Avez-vous fait des ernplettes 

aujourd'hui? 
J'ai fait emplette d'une douzaine 

de cravates. 
En voici la facture acquittee. 
Payez-vous toujours comptant? 
Oui, ou je donne des arrhes. 
Notre epieier a beaucoup de 

marchandises avariees. 
II perdra beaucoup. 
Son frere va s'associer avec lui. 

Avez-vous paye le pain au bou- 

langer ? 
Oui, et j'ai aussi paye le cafe 

a l'epicier. 
Avez-vous reussi a gagner votre 

cause ? 
J'y ai reussi. 
M. D. s'est enrichi en quelques 

annees. 
Votre maison n'est-elle pas as- 

suree ? 
M. K. a perdu beaucoup d'argent. 

Marie est parvenue a apprendre 

sa legon. 
Les actionnaires sont eonvoques. 
Je vous paierai ces deux actions. 



CONVERSATION. 

Combien cet ouvrier (workman) gagne-t-il par jonr? Comment 
peut-il parvenir a entretenir {in supporting) sa famille? Combien 
d'heures par jour travail! e-t-il? Pensez-vous qu'il devienne jamais 
riche ? Yotre pere n'a-t-il pas un associe ? Les paie-t-on toujours 
comptant? De quoi avez-vous fait emplette aujourd'hui? N'as- 
surerez-vous pas vos marchandises? D'ou viennent-elles ? Les 



224 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

avez-vous deja payees? Recevez-vous quelquefois des marchan- 
dises avarices? Ce negotiant {merchant) gagne-t-il beaucoup 
d'argent? Votre fils parvient-il a apprendre l'anglais? N'avez- 
vous pas perdu un autre fils? 



3. 

Do you sometimes think of your old friend? Yes, I very often 
think of him. — Do you know how much my brother paid for 
his watch ? Two hundred francs, perhaps. — Much more ; see, 
there is the bill. Four hundred and eighty francs ! and I see he 
paid ready money for it ; for the bill is receipted. He sold two 
shares, on which he gained four hundred francs ; with these he 
bought that fine gold watch. — Did your father lose much during 
the war (la guerre) ? He lost more than forty thousand francs, 
and one of his debtors will cause him to lose, perhaps, twenty 
thousand francs more. A great many people lost by that unsuc- 
cessful war. 

Could you tell me where Mr. S. now lives? He lives in 
the house in which I lived about ten years ago. — He owes 
me some money, and he does not speak to me about it. — Does 
he owe you much? He owes me two thousand francs, which I 
lent him last year. — He is a very honest man, but he has un- 
dertaken (entrepris) an enterprise (affaire) in which he has lost 
a great deal, and I do n't think he is able to give you any money 
now. — Has Mr. G. succeeded in becoming rich in England? 
He will never be rich, because he spends too much. — I can 
not pay you what I owe you, and for that reason I don't visit 
you. — Have you put some wood into the stove (poele) ? (I 
have) not yet (put any in it), but I am going to. — Put some 
coal in, also. — Has Mr. E. succeeded in finding a buyer for his 
old house? He thinks he has succeeded at last. 



A Snare. 

The curate of a little parish (commune) in the environs of 
Saint Denis perceived that, for some time, thefts 1 were being 
committed 2 in his house while his ministrations 3 called him 
elsewhere. Vexed 4 at these repeated 5 thefts, the good curate 



SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 225 

commissioned 6 an inhabitant of his parish to watch over his 
house during mass. 

The bell had scarcely" called the parishioners s to church, 
when 9 the watcher saw a ladder 10 placed against the wall" 
of the garden. Soon after, a man appeared 12 over the wall, 
and came down 13 slowly into the garden. The man introduced 
himself 14 into the house, where he found himself in a private 
interview 15 with the watcher. 

"What are you here for?" asked the latter 16 . "Why," said 
the first, "I come" — "Ah! doubtless to rob the curate; then 
we are here for the same purpose 17 . As mass has just begun," 
added the watcher, "suppose we drink, first of all, a bottle of 
wine to the curate's health." 

"Well, it is a good idea 18 ," and they went to 19 the cellar; 
but the door being opened, the watcher pushed the robber in 
and locked it 20 . An hour after, the trap 21 was opened, and the 
robber was taken from the cellar and put in prison. 

1 vols ; 2 se commettaient ; 5 ministere ; 4 fatiguS ; 5 continus ; 
6 chargea ; 7 a peine ; 2 paroissiens ; 9 que ; 10 une echelle ; n mur ; 
12 apparut; l3 descendit ; 14 s'introduisit ; 15 en t§te a tete; l6 celui-ci; 
a7 m§me chose; 18 idee; 19 et Ton se dirigea; 20 et la porte fermee a 
clef; 2l piege. 



Syntax of the Article. 

The Article must be used in French : 

1st. Before every noun whose signification is determined, 
definite — i. e., employed in a general sense; and before nouns 
which denote species, or a particular individual or object; as: 

Men are subject to error. Les hommes sont sujets a l'er- 

reur. 
Children like games. Les enfants aiment le jeu. 

Little girls like dolls. Les petites filles aiment les 

poupees. 



226 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Modesty becomes 'youth. La modestie sied a la jeunesse. 

Virtue is the reverse of vice. La vertu est l'oppose du vice. 

Wine is common in France. Le vin est commun en France. 

2d. Before the names of countries, provinces, rivers, winds, 
mountains, etc. ; as : 

I have visited France, Italy, and J'ai visite la France, l'ltalie, et 
Germany. PAllemagne. 

The Rhine and Rhone. Le Khin et le Khone. 

The Pyrenees, the ocean, the north, Les Pyrenees, l'ocean, le nord, 
the south, the east, the west. le sud, Test, l'ouest. 

3d. Before titles prefixed to names, before the names of dig- 
nities, of systems of doctrine, of certain bodies, of seasons, etc.; 
as: 

Marshal Ney. Le Mareehal Ney. 

General Sherman. Le general Sherman. 

President Jackson. Le president Jackson. 

Monarchy, republic. La monarchie, la republique. 

Christianity, at school. Le Christianisme, a Pecole. 

Spring, summer, autumn, winter. Le printemps, l'et6, l'automne, 

l'hiver. 

The contracted du, de la, des are used before nouns employed 
in a partitive sense; as: 

Have you any sugar? Avez-vous du sucre? 

I have some sugar and strawberries. J'ai du sucre et des fraises. 

But the article is omitted and de alone is used when the 
noun is preceded by an adjective, an adverb of quantity, or a 
negative; as: 

I have some good strawberries. J'ai de bonnes fraises. 

I have too many books. J'ai trop de livres. 

I have no pears. Je n'ai pas de poires. 

Sometimes, however, the noun and adjective form a sort of 
compound noun ; then use du, de la, des ; as : 

I met some young men. J'ai rencontre des jeunes gene. 

This is fine weather, Voila du beau temps. 



SYNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. 227 

Many of the persons ivhom I have Beaucoup des personnes que j'ai 

seen. vues. 

I do not utter useless words. Je ne dis pas des mots inutiles. 

With le plus, le mieux, le moins, the article le is invariably 
used when we compare a person with himself and a thing to 
itself; as: 

It is near her children that she is C'est pres de ses enfants qu'elle 
the happiest. est le plus heureuse. 

It is for music that they are the C'est pourlamusiquequ'ilssont 
best endowed. le mieux doues. 

But the article le is variable, and may become la, les if we 
compare a person or a thing to others ; as : 

Of all women, she is the happiest. De toutes les femmes, c'est la 

plus heureuse. 
The most useful arts are not the Les arts les plus utiles ne sont 
most esteemed. pas les plus considered. 



The Article is not used in French: 

1st. Before nouns taken adjectively; as: 

I am an American by birth. Je suis Americain de naissance. 

He is a merchant. II est marehand, or, negociant. 

His father is a physician. Son pere est medecin. 

2d. When there is a relation of qualification between the two 
nouns by means of de; as: 

TJie Queen of England. La reine d'Angleterre. 

The King of Greece. Le roi de Grece. 

3d. When en is employed; as: 

I will go to France. J'irai en France. 

He lives in Belgium. II demeure en Belgique. 

4th. In proverbs; as: 
Poverty is not a vice. Pauvrete n'est pas vice. 



228 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

5th. Before nouns preceded by sans, avec, ni, entre, etc.; as: 

A man without merit. Un homme sans merite. 

I have neither pens nor paper. Je n'ai ni plumes ni papier. 

6th. The article is frequently omitted in rapid narration; as: 

Men, women, children, all perished! Hommes, femmes, enfants, tout 

perit ! 
Glory, honor, fortune, all is lost ! Gloire, honneur, fortune, tout 

est perdu! 

7th. Before a substantive employed to particularize another 
which precedes; as: 

Mary, the daughter of Mrs. B. Marie, fille de Mme. B. 

Repetition of the Article and other 
Determinatives. 

When the article is used, it must be repeated before all the 
substantives, subjects, or objects. Ce, cet, ces, mon, ton, son, ma, 
. . . leur, de, etc., must also be repeated before every substantive; 
as: 

Painting, poetry, and music are La peinture, la poesie, et la 

sisters. musique sont sceurs. 

My father, mother, and sisters. Mon pere, ma mere, et mes 

soeurs. 
These large and these small rooms. Ces petites et ces grandes cham- 

bres. 

However, if several adjectives qualify the same noun, do not 
repeat the determinative; as: 

The young and kind Mrs. F. La jeune et bonne Madame F. 

Usage allows the article to be omitted in several forms, as in 
the following: 

Fathers and mothers. Les peres et meres. 

The officers and soldiers. Les officiers et soldats. 

Ancient and modern history. L'histoire ancienne et moderns. 



FALLOIR AND DEVOIR. 



229 



FOURTH LESSON — Quatrieme Lecon. 



Commerce. 



A bank-note, un billet de banque. 

Cheap, bon marcne. 

A shop, une boutique. 

An office, un bureau. 

The cash-office, la caisse. 

A cashier, un caissier. 

A customer, une pratique. 



A clerk, un commis. 

An account, un compte. 

To reckon, to calculate, compter. 

A bill, un billet. 

To indorse, endosser. 

To discount, escompter. 

Specie, des especes, f. 



Obligation and Necessity. 



Falloir, to be necessary; Devoir, to owe. 

The above verbs are used, in French, to express obligation 
and necessity, as follows: 

1st. Falloir, unipersonal, with the subjunctive mode. 



"Must." f U faut, 
To be obliged. II fallait, 

To be required to. II fallut, 
To need to. j II a fallu, 

To feel under ob- II faudra, 
ligation to, etc. ^ etc. 



1 

| que, 

I followed 

j. by the - 

subj. 

mode 



' I must, etc., 
I icas obliged to, 
I was inquired to, 
I felt obliged to, 
I shall feel under 

I obligations to, etc. j 



with 
the 

Infin. 
in 

Eng. 



I must come, il faut que je vienne. 

I shall be obliged to go away, il faudra que je m'en aille. 

2d. The verb falloir is used in the same way as above, with 
the infinitive mode, a personal pronoun, Indirect object (dative), 
being placed before the verb: 



I must see, il me faut voir. 

He or she ivas obliged to come, il lui fallait venir. 
We shall be required to say it, il nous faudra le dire. 
We have been under obligation to receive him, il nous a fallu le 
recevoir. 



230 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



3d. Devoir, to owe, not followed by a verb in the infinitive 
mode, retains its actual meaning : 

I owe ten dollars, je dois dix dollars. 

I owed it to him, je le lui dois. 

I shall owe you much, je vous devrai beaucoup. 

4th. If followed by a verb, in the infinitive mode, it expresses 
obligation or necessity; such as "must," "ought," "need to" etc. 



I am to sing, must sing, am required to sing, etc., je dois chanter. 

I was to go there, je devais y aller. 

We ought to tell him that, nous devrions lui dire cela. 

5th. The expressions §tre necessaire, §tre oblige de, convey 
the same ideas as above. 

It is necessary to go there with her, il est necessaire d'y aller avec 

elle. 
They must sing this evening, ils sont obliges de chanter ce soir. 

6th. To want, to need, are rendered by avoir besoin de, or 
falloir (with me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur before the verb). 



EXAMPLES 



I want shoes. 



Is it all you want? 



It is all I want. j 

Do you want a bank-note? 
I must send two to my cashier. 

Do you want a cashier? 

I want an honest cashier. 

You must pay me what you owe 

me. 
I have been obliged to indorse that f 

bill. 1 



II me faut des souliers, or, 
J'ai besoin de souliers. 
Est-ce tout ce qu'il vous faut ? or, 
Est-ce tout ce dont vous avez 

besoin? 
C'est tout ce qu'il me faut, or, 
C'est tout ce dont j'ai besoin. 
Vous faut-il un billet de banque ? 
II faut que j'en envoie deux a 

mon caissier. 
We vous faut-il pas un caissier ? 
J'ai besoin d'un caissier honnete. 
II faut que vous me payiez ce 

que vous me devez. 
II m'a fallu endosser ce billet, or, 
J'ai et6 oblige d' endosser, etc. 



IL FAUT. 



231 



He was obliged to buy that shop. \ 



It was well patronized. 

You must start this evening. 
They must buy goods. 

Are horses dear now? 

No, they are very cheap. 
You need a larger office. 

Yours would have suited us. 
He has been obliged to pay his 
debts. 

It is necessary to work. 
Children must study. 



II fallut qu'il achetat cette 

boutique, or, 
II fut oblige d'acheter cette 

boutique, or, 
II lui fallut acheter cette bou- 
tique. 
Elle etait bien achalandee (cha- 

land, customer). 
II faut que vous partiez ce soir. 
II faut qu'ils achetent des mar- 

chandises. 
Les chevaux sont-ils chers a 

present ? 
Non, ils sont tres-bon marche. 
II vous faut un plus grand 

bureau. 
II nous aurait fallu le votre. 
II lui a fallu payer ses dettes, or, 
II a ete oblige de payer, etc., or, 
II a fallu qu'il payat ses dettes. 
II faut travailler. 
II faut que les enfants etudient, 

or, 
Les enfants doivent Studier, etc. 



CONVEESATION. 



Me faut-il £crire deux themes? Que me faut-il faire? Que 
faut-il acheter? Faut-il sortir? Que faut-il qu'elle reponde? 
Faut-il que vous alliez a l'ecole aujourd'hui? Faudra-t-il aller 
au marche ce matin? Que faut-il a mon cousin? Vous a-t-il 
fallu etudier beaucoup? Vous a-t-il fallu payer comptant votre 
habit et vos bottines ? Combien de temps vous a-t-il fallu rester 
chez Madame B. ? Avez-vous besoin d'un commis? Avez-vous 
un grand bureau? N'avez-vous pas besoin d'un bon domestique? 
Voulez-vous m'ouvrir un compte a votre bureau ? Que me faut- 
il faire pour apprendre l'allemand ? Avez-vous visite les bords du 
Rhin? N'avez-vous pas voyage en Allemagne? 



232 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

4. 

Must I come earlier? It will be necessary that you should 
come one hour earlier. — I will try to come at eight o'clock. 
You must be here a little before eight. — Is it necessary to study 
long to (pour) learn German? It is necessary to study long and 
very much; German is much more difficult (difficile) than Eng- 
lish. — Would it not be necessary that this boy should write to his 
parents? He must write to them once a week. — Don't you want 
a horse? It would be necessary for me to have even (meme) 
two. — Must you not go to your grandfather's? I must go and 
dine with him, for I go to his house every Sunday ; and if I did 
not (go there), he would be angry with me. — How many clerks 
do you want? I need twenty. — Is your cashier honest? He is ; 
he has been sixteen years in the house. 

Does your little daughter want any pens ? She needs pens, paper, 
and ink. — Were you obliged to go to England ? I was obliged to 
go there three times, and have not been paid. — Do you need much 
coal for winter ? We need seven thousand kilos. — Do you know 
Miss Mary, the daughter of Mrs. V. ? I know her very little ; last 
year I met her with her mother in the Pyrenees. — The English 
travel a great deal, do they not? Much more than the French; 
they are met every- where ? — I think the Americans ( Americains) 
travel still more than the English. 



A Small Audience. 

Have you ever penetrated into one of the obscure rooms of the 
College of France, in which are seen learned men who ascend the 
desk l without daring to look round the room, and who speak to 
the benches 2 during sixty minutes ? They are professors without 
pupils ; they teach Hebrew 3 or Arabic. One of those professors, 
after having spoken an entire hour, still had something more 
to say. 

Not being willing to take advantage 4 of the complaisance of the 
one 5 hearer 6 who had waited for the end of his lecture, 'he thus 
addressed him: "I beg, sir, your indulgence for five minutes 
more." "O, sir," answered the hearer, "don't be in a hurry 7 ; 
I have plenty of time." " Sir, I thank you." " 0, don't mention 
it 8 ; you see, to be here or any where else is all the same to me 9 ." 



TERMS IN TRADE. 



233 



" Then you have leisure." " I am engaged by 10 the hour.' 5 The 
professor then recognized the driver who had driven him to the 
College of France. 



1 montent en chaire ; 2 bancs ; 3 hebreu ; * avantage ; 5 l'unique ; 
auditeur ; 7 ne vous pressez pas ; s de rien ! de rien ! <J 9a m'est 



bien egal 



10 x . 



a ; u Auditoire. 



FIFTH LESSON — Cinquieme Legon. 

Commerce. 



Five per cent., cinq pour cent. 

5 % 5% 

A draft, une traite. 
The sale, la vente. 
A rate, un taux. 



The amount, le montant. 
A payment, un paiement 
The weight, le poids. 
To weigh, peser. 
To abate, rabattre. 

To reimburse, to repay, rembourser. 
To close an account, solder un compte. 
The sale by retail, la vente en detail. 
The sale by wholesale, la vente en gros. 
To sell on credit, upon trust, vendre a credit 

Various applications of Devoir. 



To owe, 

Ought to, 
Should, 
To be to, 

Mr. C. owes me a hundred francs ; 

he ought to pay me. 
You should write to your friend. 
I think you ought to pay her a visit. 

lam to go and dine with my god- 
father. 
You ought to go out with me. 
lean not; I have to pay a visit. 

D. F. M. 20. 



• devoir. 



M. C. me doit cent francs; il 

devrait me payer. 
Vous devriez ecrire a votre amie. 
Je pense que vous devriez lui 

faire une visite. 
Je dois aller diner avec mon 

parrain. 
Vous devriez sortir avec moi. 
Je ne puis ; je dois faire une 

visite. 



234 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Willingness — Ability. 

Vouloir — To be willing to, to want to. 

The verb vouloir expresses willingness when followed by a 
verb in the infinitive mode. 

I am willing to say it, je veux bien le dire. 

I would be willing to tell you . . . if, . . je voudrais vous le dire 

... si. 
He would wish to go there with you, il voudrait y aller avec vous. 

Pouvoir, to be able, to know how to. 

The verb pouvoir expresses ability when followed by a verb 
m the infinitive mode. 

I can write, je puis ecrire. 

I might be able to ... if ... je pourrais ... si. 

Could you do that? pourriez-vous faire cela? 

EXAMPLES. 



Were you able to pay the amount 

of the invoice? 
I was, but I was obliged to borrow 

two hundred francs. 
Then you owe that sum. 
I shall soon repay it. 
Were they not willing to sell to you 

on credit f 
No, for they did not know me. 

At what interest does your father 

invest his money? 
At six per cent. 
Bo you sell by wholesale ? 
We sell both by wholesale and retail. 

You ought to retire from business. 

Perhaps I shall do so by and by. 

I must go to work. 

You ought to have dined with us. 



Avez-vous pu payer le montant 

de la facture ? 
Oui, mais il m'a fallu emprunter 

deux cents francs. 
Alors vous devez cette somme. 
Je la rembourserai bientot. 
N'a-t-on pas voulu vous vendre 

a credit? 
Non, car on ne me connaissait 

pas. 
A quel taux votre pere place-t-il 

son argent ? 
A six pour cent. 
Vendez-vous en gros ? 
Nous vendons en gros et en de- 
tail. 
Vous devriez vous retirer des 

affaires. 
Plus tard je le ferai peut-§tre. 
II faut que j'aille travailler. 
Vous auriez du diner avec nous. 



DEVOIR AND FALL OIK 235 

Thank you, lam to dine with Mr. Merci, je dois diner avec M. et 

and Mrs. J. Mme. J. 

I am to go for my daughter at Je dois aller chercher ma fille 

Mrs. P.'s. chez Mme. P. 

To-morrow we are to go to Saint Demain nous devons aller a St. 

Cloud. Cloud. 

You should go and see your niece. Vous devriez aller voir votre 

niece. 



CONVEESATION. 

Quel est le montant de ma facture ? N'y a-t-il pas d'escompte? 
Le conipte de mon fils est-il solde? Vous a-t-il fallu chanter 
hier soir? M. V. ne dcvrait-il pas chanter? M. C. ne devrait-il 
pas payer ses dettes? Ne vous doit-il pas beaucoup? Quand 
devez-vous voyager? Votre ami M. ne doit-il pas aller avec 
vous? N'auriez-vous pas pu venir plus tot? N'avez-vous pas 
ete oblige de depenser plus que vous ne vouliez? Combien de 
livres pesez-vous? Combien y a-t-il de livres dans un kilo- 
gramme? Combien votre ami vous doit-il? Ne devrait-il pas 
vous payer? Auriez-vous pu chanter? 



5. 

What is the amount of that draft ? Five hundred and eighty 
francs sixty-five centimes. — Does not my son owe you some 
money? I lent him thirty francs a few days ago; I told him 
to try to repay me as soon as possible, because I have to 
pay for my wine next week. — He ought to have spoken to me 
about it. I am going to pay you the thirty francs; here they 
are. You ought not to lend my son any money, because I give 
him enough, even (meme) more than he ought to spend. 
Almost all young men are the same. — I must tell you that 
your son yet owes ten francs to Charles. Who knows whether 
he does not owe other sums ? — Was Mrs. C. able to under- 
stand that English lady ? Yes, she understood her very well. — 
Will she be kind enough to translate that letter for me? My 
sister has not been able to translate it. — When will Mr. Paul 
begin to learn English? He will begin as soon as Mr. L. has 



236 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

time to give him lessons. — Will it be necessary for Paul to go 
to the professor's? No; Mr. L. will come to Paul's three times 
ci week. — English is not difficult ; it can be learned in a few 
months. It is true the grammar is not difficult ; but the pro- 
nunciation is difficult, and it is necessary to learn the words. 
With a memory like yours, one soon acquires a language. 



Malice of Francis the First 1 . 

It is said that the Spaniards, in order to humiliate Francis 
the First, when a captive, caused the door of his room to be 
made lower 2 , so that the king was obliged to bend himself in 
passing out, a gesture 3 that they would not fail 4 to take for a 
bow 5 . The king, it is added, disconcerted all their plans 6 by 
coming out backward 7 — his back turned to the grandees of 
Spain 8 . 

1 Francois 1 er; 2 on baisserait; 3 geste ; 4 on ne manquerait pas; 
5 salut; 6 mesures; " a reculons ; s les grands d'Espagne. 



The Physician and his Patient. 

"Ah! ah! you are better, and your pulse 1 is excellent. You 
have, I see, followed my prescription 2 ." "Followed? not at all 3 , 
if you please; I should have broken my neck 4 ." "How so 5 ? 
I do not understand you." " Well 6 , 1 threw it from the window 



1 pouls ; 2 ordonnance ; 3 non pas ; 4 le cou ; 5 comment cela ; 
6 eh bien. 

A Dumb Deputy 1 . 

A deputy said to one of his colleagues 2 : "You have not yet 
opened your mouth in the chamber." "You are mistaken 3 ," 
replied the latter 4 , "for every time you have spoken I have not 
been able to keep 5 from yawning." 

1 un depute muet ; 2 eollegues ; 3 vous vous trompez ; 4 lui r6- 
pondit celui-ci; 5 m'empgcher de. 



N'EST-CE PAS. 237 



SIXTH LESSON — Sixieme Legon. 



To yawn, bailler. 

To stammer, begayer. 

The gait, | la d(§marche . 

The bearing, ) 

Digestion, la digestion. 

To sneeze, eternuer. 

Strength, la force. 

Strong, fort, e. 

Gesture, le geste. 

To blow, souffler. 



To grow thin, maigrir. 

To grow fat, | engraisser< 

To become fat, ) 

To nourish, } 

' > nournr. 
To feed, J 

To rest, se reposer. 

Respiration, 1 la respiration< 

The breath, I 

To breathe, respirer. 

Weak, faible. 



N'est-ce pas corresponds to has he? has he not? is Jwf 
is he not? do you? do you not? etc. 

After an affirmative or negative sentence any interrogative 
form involving the previous statement or negation, is rendered, 
in French, by n'est ce pas, i. e., is it not (so)? For instance, 

You love your father, do you not f Vous aimez votre pere, n'est-ce pas ? 
You do not see him, do you? Vous ne le voyez pas, n'est-ce pas? 

They did not take the town, did lis ne prirent pas la ville, n'est- 

theyf ce pas? 

We shall go to Switzerland, shall Nous irons en Suisse, n'est-ce 

we not? pas? 

We shall not go to Switzerland, Nous n'irons pas en Suisse, n'est- 

shall we? ce pas? 

You can see at that distance, can't Vous pouvez voir a cette dis- 

you? tance, n'est-ce pas? 

She has no brother, has she? Elle n'a pas de frere, n'est-ce 

pas? 

You must write, must you not ? II vous faut ecrire, n'est-ce pas ? 

To use, to make use of — se servir de. 

I use your pencil. Je me sers de votre crayon. 

1 use it. Je m'en sers. 



238 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 
To do with — faire de. 



What have you done with my pen ? Qu'avez-vous fait de ma plume ? 
I have not used it. Je ne m'en suis pas servi. 



To have just — venir de. 



Je viens de finir ma lettre. 
Nous venons de diner. 
II venait de partir. 



I have just finished my letter. 
We have just dined. 
He had just left. 

Venir de, expresses a time just elapsed, and therefore, cor- 
responds to just, in English. 

EXAMPLES. 



You have just yawned, haven't you ? 

That lady stammers, does n't she ? 
She does; but she has a superb 

bearing. 
Who has just sneezed f 
Arthur, because he has taken a 

pinch of snuff. 
Do you intend to use this paper? 
It is too bad; I can't use it. 

That actor uses fine gestures, does 

he notf 
You will soon rest, will you notf 

S. is growing thin, is he notf 

I think he is growing fat f 

You are stronger than Charles, are 

you not ? 
You can not breathe, can youf 

He would not set out, would hef 
Wiat will you do with all these 

pens ? 
I shall use them. 



Vous venez de battler, n'est-ce 

pas? 
Cette dame begaie, n'est-ce pas ? 
Oui; mais elle a la demarche 

superbe. 
Qui vient d'eternuer ? 
C'est Arthur, parce qu'il a pris 

une prise. 
Vous servez-vous de ce papier ? 
II est trop mauvais; je ne puis 

m'en servir. 
Cet acteur a de beaux gestes, 

n'est-ce pas? 
Vous vous reposerez bien tot, 

n'est-ce pas ? 
S. maigrit, n'est-ce pas? 
Je trouve qu'il engraisse ? 
Vous §tes plus fort que Charles, 

n'est-ce pas ? 
Vous ne pouvez pas respirer, 

n'est-ce pas? 
II ne partirait pas, n'est-ce pas ? 
Que ferez-vous de toutes ces 

plumes ? 
Je m'en servirai. 



N'EST-CE PAS. 239 

I have just broken the hands of Je viens de casser les aiguilles 

my watch. de ma montre. 

Should you not use your die- Ne devriez-vous pas vous servir 

tionary? de votre dictionnaire ? 

I have just used it. Je viens de m'en servir. 



CONVEESATION. 

Arthur begaie, n'est-ce pas? Vous vous serviez de mon canif, 
n'est-ce pas? Vous connaissez mou beau-frere, n'est-ce pas? 
M. G. entretient plusieurs families, n'est-ce pas? Vous n'etes pas 
si fort que votre frere, n'est-ce pas? Vous ne vous servez pas de 
votre grammaire, n'est-ce pas ? Vous ne pouvez rien faire de cette 
cage, n'est-ce pas ? Vous savez patiner, n'est-ce pas ? Vous com- 
prenez l'anglais, n'est-ce pas? Vous n'etes pas sorti ce matin, 
n'est-ce pas? Vous me paierez ce que vous me devez, n'est-ce 
pas? Vous n'avez pas ecrit vos deux themes, n'est-ce pas? 
Vous n'avez pas encore paye le chocolat a l'epicier, n'est-ce 
pas? Vous devriez apprendre le francais, n'est-ce pas? 

6. 

The wind (le vent) blows to-day, does it not? Yes, I could 
not sleep last night. — You should try not to stammer so much 
when you speak; breathe more frequently (souvent), and you 
will not stammer so much. You must also try not to sneeze 
so loud (fort). I have a bad cold ; that is the reason why I have 
been sneezing so much this evening. — Have you not used my 
pen-holder ? No, I have used mine. — What have you done 
with my daughter's books? I have not used them. — Your little 
boy has grown very thin, has he not ? Yes, he has just been 
very sick. — Your other children are very well, are they not? 
Very well, thank you. — Why do you not rest? I have much 
to do this morning; and in the afternoon I am to go out with 
Mrs. D. to make purchases. — You are always in a hurry. 
There is so much to do in a house. It is true. — Whence does 
Mr. N. come ? He comes from London. — It is not long since 
he has arrived, is it ? He has just arrived. — You are very 
warm, are you not? I am warm and thirsty. — Come and 
drink a glass of cool (fraiehe) beer. With pleasure. — Your 



240 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

father still uses my horse, does he not? Yes; but if you want 
it, you must speak (le dire). — I shall want it to-morrow, but I 
do not need it to-day. He is very well at your house ; you feed 
him so well. — What have you done with my umbrella ? I have 
not used it ; is it not this one ? It is ; I had not seen it. 

Rossini and the Pianist. 

Eossini one day received in his house a pianist with dis- 
hevelled hair 1 . The maestro was a man of exquisite politeness, 
but while conversing with his visitor he placed himself before the 
piano, in order to prevent the pianist from approaching it 2 . 

The pianist, who perceived the artifice 3 , took the instrument 
by assault 4 . "Do you wish me, maestro, to play one of my 
last compositions?" 

Rossini did not wish it, but the pianist insisted, and began 
to play with frenzy 5 . After half an hour's hurricane 6 he rises, 
pale and covered with perspiration. 

"Well, maestro, how do you like that?" 

"I think," replied Rossini, "I think it is" astonishing. You 
are mightier 8 than God: God made the world; you have just 
made chaos." 

1 un air des plus echeveles; 2 de s'en approcher; 3 ruse; 4 d'as- 
saut ; 5 se mit a jouer avec delire ; 6 ouragan ; " je trouve cela ; 8 plus 
puissant. 



Syntax of the Noun. 

Note. — We recommend the study of the different rules of 
syntax in a French grammar; the following are the most prac- 
tical rules: 

1. Proper names are invariable in French. 

Except when they become common names; that is to say, 
when they point out individuals similar to those of whom we 
borrow the names. The plural is also used for illustrious fam- 
ilies or names j as: 



SYNTAX OF THE NOUN. 241 

The two Corneilles were born at Les deux Corneille sont nes a 

Rouen. Rouen. 

The Smiths are in Europe. Les Smith sont en Europe. 

France has had her Caesars and La France a eu ses Cesars et 

Pompeys. ses Pompees (persons like 

them). 

The Condes, the Bourbons, etc. Les Condes, les Bourbons, etc. 

2. Collective nouns are general or partitive. 

General collective nouns, as, le peuple, l'armee, la foule . . . , 
require that the verb should be in the singular; as: 

The people are happy over that Le peuple est heureux de cette 

good news. bonne nouvelle. 

The army was defeated. L'armee rut defaite. 

Partitive collective nouns, as, une foule, a crowd; une infinite, 
une troupe . . . , require that the verb should be in the singular, 
if it is more in relation with the collective itself than with the 
objects forming the collection ; if the verb relates to the several 
objects, it must be in the plural; as: 

A crowd of children approached Une foule d'enfants s'approcha 

us. de nous. 

A crowd of children ran into Une foule d'enfants s'enfuirent 

different streets. dans differentes rues. 

3. When in the same sentence there are two nouns in 
the objective case, one direct and the other indirect, har- 
mony requires that the shorter be placed first. 

But when both objectives are of the same length, the direct 
comes before the indirect; as: 

I have found my pencil in your J'ai trouve mon crayon dans 
room. votre chambre. 

I found on the table the pencil I J'ai trouve, sur la table, le crayon 
had lost. que j'avais perdu. 

I have sent to M. the books I had J'ai envoye a M. les livres que 
promised him. je lui avais promis. 

D. F. M. 21. 



242 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



4. When a noun is in the objective case, and limits 
another noun, the preposition a or de is placed between 
them. 

A is used when for the purpose of, by means of, with, can be 
understood ; as : 



Bring me a watering-pot. 
I want champagne glasses. 

That is a large steamboat. 
I like coffee with milk. 



•Donnez-moi un pot a eau. 
J'ai besoin de verres a cham- 
pagne. 
Voila un grand bateau a vapeur. 
J'aime le cafe au lait (au = a le). 



De is used when made of, composed of, coming from, of the, 
belonging to, can be understood ; as: 

That marble table is. beautiful. Cette table de marbre est tres- 

belle. 

This Burgundy wine is excellent. Ce vin de Bourgogne est excel- 
lent. 

My friend's sister died yesterday. La soeur de mon ami est morte 

hier. 

It is my son's book. Cest le livre de mon fils. 



5. In compound nouns, only nouns and adjectives can 
take the plural. 



1st. Both words variable. 
Des choux-fleurs, cauliflowers. 
Des chefs-lieux, chief towns. 
Des basses-cours, poultry -yards. 
Des sapeurs-pompiers, firemen. 
Des coffres-forts, iron chests. 

But when joined by a preposi- 
tion, as, arc-en-ciel, the first only 
takes the plural. 



2d. One variable. 
Des contre-poisons, 
Des avant-coureurs, forerunners. 
Des avant-gardes, vanguards. 
Un or des essuie-mains, a towel, 

towels. 
Un or des cure-dents, a tooth-pick, 

tooth-picks. 
Des gardes-chasse, game-keepers. 



2d. Both invariable, because the noun is singular in meaning. 



Des r§veille-matin, alarm-clocks. 
Des abat-jour, shades, [one's self. 
Des pour-boire, something for 



Des casse-t§te, tomahawks. 

Des tete-a-tete, private interviews. 

Des appui-main, maul-sticks. 



SUBSTANTIVES FROM VERBS. 



243 



Substantives Derived from Verbs. 

Several nouns are derived from verbs; as, fin, end, 
from finir ; don, gift, from donner, etc. They are formed 
as follows: 



1st. By removing the termination of the verb; as: 

Aviser, avis, a counsel. 



Finir, fin, an end. 
Bondir, bond, a bound. 
Sauter, saut, a jump. 
Dessiner, dessin, a drawing 
Reculer, recul, a recoil. 



Chanter, chant, a song. 
Kefuser, refus, a refusal. 
Appeler, appel, an appeal. 
Banger, rang, a rank. 



2d. By removing, together with the termination of the verb, 
the second of the double consonants preceding the termination; 
as: 



Donner, don, a gift. 
Conseiller, conseil, advice. 
Amasser, amas, a heap. 
Bourdonner, bourdon, a drone- 
fly, a great bell. 
Travailler, travail, ivork. 
Fusilier, fusil, a gun. 



Eeveiller, reveil, the awakening. 
Banconner, rangon, a ransom. 
Bannir, or ban, exile. 
Becueillir, recueil, a selection, 
Babiller, babil, a prattle. 
Pardonner, pardon, a pardon, 
Fracasser, fracas, a noise. 



3d. In the verbs ending in yer in the infinitive, y being equal 
to ii, the noun is formed by removing ier; as: 

Balayer, balai, a broom. 
Eenvoyer, renvoi, a discharge. 



Employer, emploi, a place. 
Envoyer, envoi, a message. 
Ennuyer, ennui, a trouble. 
Appuyer, appui, a support. 



Essayer, essai, a trial. [merit. 
Eemblayer, remblai, an embank- 



4th. Some nouns are derived more indirectly from verbs; 
sometimes by removing only the last letter of the infinitive: 
sometimes three or more letters ; as : 



Disputer, dispute, a dispute. 
Buiner, ruine, ruin. 
Caresser, caresse, a caress. 
Forcer, force, strength. 



Congedier, conge, a license. 
Betourner, retour, the return. 
Contourner, contour, outline, 
Sommeiller, somme, a nap. 



244 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



SEVENTH LESSON — Septieme Legon. 



A dream, un reve. 
To dream, rever. 
To snore, ronfler. 
To sob, sangloter. 
To laugh, rire. 



To smile, sourire. 
To sigh, soupirer. 
A wrinkle, une ride. 
Health, la sante. 
To feel, to smell, sentir. 



To fall asleep, s'endormir. 

To awake, s'eveiller, reveiller, eveiller. 

To weep, to cry, to shed tears, pleurer. 



Ne...pas, not. 

Ne and pas are both placed before the infinitive mode ; as : 

I told him not to run. Je lui ai dit de ne pas courir. 

Try not to be late. Tachez de ne pas etre en retard. 

The prepositions de, a, pour, sans, par, require the verb fol- 
lowing to be in the infinitive, and not in the present participle, 
as in English. 

He is ashamed of having done that. II est honteux d'avoir fait cela. 
I have to go and pay a visit. J'ai a aller faire une visite. 

Lend me your gun to kill that bird. Pr£tez-moi votre fusil pour tuer 

cet oiseau. 
They study without complaining. lis etudient sans se plaindre. 
Let us begin by breakfasting. Commencons par dejeuner. 

The preposition en is followed, in French as in English, by 
the present participle; as: 

It is by studying that we learn. C'est en etudiant qu'on apprend. 
On hearing that, he began to cry. En entendant cela, il se mit a 

pleurer. 

The preposition apres is placed before the auxiliaries avoir 
and dtre; as: 

After having read. Apres avoir lu. 

After having fallen. Apres etre tombe. 



PREPOSITIOXS. 



245 



To, meaning in order to, i. e., expressing purpose, is rendered 
by pour before the infinitive; as: 

Do that to please your mother. Faites cela pour faire plaisir a 

votre mere. 

Take a walk to get an appetite. Faites une promenade pour 

gagner de Pappetit. 



To get up, rise. 
To go to bed. 
To run. 
To fall. 

To earn money. 
To get out of. 
To get ready. 
To catch cold. 
To overcome. 
To get in. 
To get down. 

Without. 
Instead of. 
As for, as to. 



Se lever. 
Se coucher. 
Courir. 
Tomber (Stre). 

Gagner de l'argent. 

Se tirer d'embarras. 

S'apprgter, se preparer. 

S'enrhumer. 

Surmonter, 

Entrer. 

Descendre, faire descendre. 

Sans. 

Au lieu de. 

Quant a. 



EXAMPLES 



Do you often dream? 

I often have dreams which awake 

me. 
You are older than I, and you 

have no tvrinkles. 
I do not tire so easily as you do. 

I am said to snore very loud. 

As for me, I sleep without dream- 
ing or snoring. 

Work instead of amusing thyself. 

Get ready instead of crying. 

Wliat is the matter with that child ? 
why is he sobbing? 

Because they awoke him too early. 



Revez-vous souvent? 

Je fais souvent des rSves qui 

me reveillent. 
Vous etes plus age que moi, et 

vous n'avez pas de rides. 
Je ne me fatigue pas autant que 

vous. 
On me dit que je ronfle tres-fort. 
Quant a moi, je dors sans rever 

ni ronfler. 
Travaille au lieu de t'amuser. 
Prepare-toi au lieu de pleurer. 
Qu'a cet enfant? pourquoi san- 

glote-t-il ? 
Parce qu'on Pa eveille trop tot. 



246 



DUFFET'S FBENCH METHOD. 



That boy thinks only of running. 
It is difficult for a boy not to run. 

Do you get up early f 

When I go to bed early I get up 

early. 
I caught cold yesterday. 
Mr. P. gets money without doing 

much. 
I have not been able to get into 

that house. 
I never see you smile. 
Come and see me after having 

translated this. 
Go and speak to S. before you 

leave. 



Ce gargon ne pense qu'a courir. 
II est difficile a un gargon de ne 

pas courir. 
Vous levez-vous de bonne heure? 
Quand je me couche de bonne 

heure je me leve matin. 
Je me suis enrhume hier. 
M. P. gagne de l'argent sans 

faire grand'chose. 
Je n'ai pas pu entrer dans cette 

maison. 
Je ne vous vois jamais sourire. 
Venez me voir apres avoir tra- 

duit ceei. 
Allez voir M. S. avant de partir. 



CONVERSATION. 

Pourquoi soupirez-vous si souvent? Qu'avez-vous? N'etes- 
vous pas fache d'avoir perdu votre argent ? Avez-vous jamais 
vu sourire M. H. ? Pourquoi est-il si triste ? Vous vous en- 
dormez, n'est-ce pas ? Votre pere gagne beaucoup d'argent, n'est- 
ce pas ? A quelle heure vous levez-vous ? Vous etes-vous couche 
tard hier ? Ou avez-vous eu ce vieux livre ? Combien l'avez-vous 
paye ? Ne pouviez-vous pas vous en procurer (get) un meilleur ? 
Oa couriez-vous hier matin? Pourquoi n'apprenez-vous pas 
mieux vos lecons? Pourquoi ne vous preparez-vous pas pour 
sortir avec votre pere? Pourquoi riez-vous quand M. S. parle? 



7. 

I dreamt last night that Mr. and Mrs. P. were dead; and I 
dreamt that I had obtained a great deal of money, with which 
I had bought a fine gold watch. — As for me, I never dream ; 
but I often awake, because my brother snores all night long. — 
That's the reason why you so often fall asleep during the day. 
When we don't sleep at night, it is necessary to sleep during 
the day. — At what hour do you go to bed ? Between ten and 
eleven. — And at what hour do you get up ? I get up at seven 
in winter, and at six in summer. — Try not to awake me to-night, 



PREPOSITIONS. 247 

for I need to sleep in order to rest. — You will go to Saint Cloud 
this afternoon, will you not ? Yes, if somebody will accompany 
me. — Instead of going to-day, wait till (attendez a) Sunday next; 
I will go with you. — Will you tell my son to get ready to go 
out with his mother? But he can not go out before having 
taken his German lesson. It is true ; I did not think of it. — 
Have you been able to get the sofa down? We got it down 
with much difficulty; it is very heavy. — I caught cold a few 
days ago by running after my friend Arthur. Another time be 
more prudent; don't run so much or so long. — You have very 
good little girls ; they seem to be very kind-hearted. Yes, they 
are sweet girls; it is a pity that the eldest is short-sighted 
(myope). 

Deafness 1 . 

A woman who thought herself only a little deaf, once attended 
with her husband a public festival 2 in the Place de la Concorde. 
When 3 the cannon at the Invalides, a short distance from the 
curious couple, was fired 3 , turning herself to 4 her husband, 
"God bless you! 5 my dear," she said. She thought he had just 
sneezed ! 

1 la surdity ; 2 f§te publique ; 3 on tira ; 4 vers ; 5 Dieu vous 
benisse ! 

Red 1 Beard. 

The Count 2 of Soissons had a red beard. As he was walking 
one day in his gardens with Henry the Fourth, who had come 
to pay him a visit, he asked the gardener, whom he wished to 
laugh at 3 , how it was 4 . that he had no beard. The gardener, 
who at that moment was disposed to joke 5 , pleasantly 6 replied 
to the count: "The day when 7 God made the distribution of 
beards I arrived a little late, and only red ones were left 8 . I 
preferred doing without any." 9 

Pousse; 2 comte; 3 se moquer; 4 se faisait ; 5 a entendre rail- 
lerie ; 6 sans sourciller ; 
rousses; 9 m'en passer. 



248 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



EIGHTH LESSON — Huitieme Le<?on. 



The complexion, le teint. 

To turn or grow pale, palir. 

Middle, moyenne. 

Swarthy, basane. 

Pale, pale. 

To blush, rougir. 

A feature, un trait. 



The voice, la voix. 

Low, petite, basse, faible. 

Fresh, healthy, rosy, frais, fraiche. 

Buddy, colore. 

To color, colorer. 

To perspire, transpirer. 

To sweat, suer. 

The stature, the size, the shape, la taille. 

The constitution, the temper, le temperament. 

Study and conjugate the reflective verb se faire du mal, to hurt 
one's self. (See faire, p. 170.) 

The reciprocal verbs are also conjugated in French with two 
pronouns; as: 

We help each other. Nous nous aidons (l'un l'autre, 

or, les uns les autres). 

You speak to each other. Vous vous parlez (l'un a l'autre, 

or, les uns aux autres). 

A verb following another verb (except avoir and etre) is in 
the infinitive; as: 

You can work. Vous pouvez travailler. 

I prefer going out, i. e., to go out. Je prefere sortir. 

A verb following another verb in the imperative mode must 
be in the infinitive; as: 

Go and seek thy sister. Va chercher ta sceur. 

Come and see us soon. Venez nous voir bientot. 

N. B. — Notice that "and'' is not translated. 
The conjunction and, which is between the two verbs in 
English, is not used in French. 

To' have to. Avoir a. 

To like to. Aimer a. 

To like better. Aimer mieux (without a Prep.) 



THE VERB. 



249 



I have to work. 

I like to study languages. 

To dress one's self. 
To warm one's self. 
To wash one's self. 
To shave one's self. 
To help each other. 
Each other, one another. 



J'ai a travailler. 

J'aime a etudier les langues. 

S'habiller. 
Se chauffer. 
Se laver. 
Se raser. 

S'aider (l'un l'autre). 
Se . . . , l'un l'autre, les uns les 
autres. 



EXAMPLES. 



Tlie French are of middle stature. 

That girl has a swarthy com- 
plexion. 

That man has a ruddy com- 
plexion. 

Why are you so pale t 

Because 1 have been ill. 

I perspire very much. 

You have a strong and beautiful 

voice. 
Have you hurt yourself 1 
Yes, I have burnt myself. 
Are you going to dress yourself soon? 
I will wash myself first. 
Have you warmed your feet f 
No, I have just shaved myself. 
Has that man hurt youf 

He never hurts any one. 

Why do you blush f 

I dare not tell you the reason. 

P. and C. like each other very 

much. 
They help each other. 
I do not like to shave. 



Les Francais sont de taille 

moyenne. 
Cette fille a le teint basane. 

Cet homme a le teint colore. 

Pourquoi £tes-vous si paleP 

Parce que j'ai ete malade. 

Je transpire beaucoup (never 

tres-beaucoup). 
Vous avez une forte et belle 

voix. 
Vous etes-vous fait mal? 
Oui, je me suis brule. 
Allez-vous bieutot vous habiller? 
Je vais d'abord me laver. 
Vous etes-vous cbauffe les pieds ? 
Non, je viens de me raser. 
Cet homme vous a-t-il fait du 

mal? 
II ne fait jamais de mal a per- 

sonne. 
Pourquoi rougissez-vous ? 
Je n'ose pas vous dire pourquoi, 
P. et C. s'aiment beaucoup. 

lis s'entr' aident. 

Je n'aime pas a me raser. 



250 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

CONVERSATION. 

Madame N. a un beau teint, n'est-ce pas? Son mari a le 
teint basane, n'est-ce pas ? Ses traits ne sont-ils pas bien durs ? 
Mademoiselle W. a la voix douce, n'est-ce pas? Ne voulez-vous 
pas vous chauffer? Votre petite fille peut-elle se laver? Ces 
deux petites filles s'aiment-elles? Combien de fois par semaine 
votre oncle se rase-t-il? Ou vous etes-vous fait mal? Avez-vous 
fait du mal a quelqu'un quand vous etes tombe ? A quelle heure 
vous lavez-vous le matin ? Votre enfant a le teint frais, n'est-ce 
pas? Quand pensez-vous vous habiller? Les Anglais sont-ils 
plus grands que les Francais? 



8. 

The English ladies have a fresh complexion. — This little boy- 
has beautiful features. He is rather (un peu) pale. He is not 
tall for his age. He is of a middle size ; our son is still shorter 
than he. He is very well dressed. Can he dress himself? I 
do n't think so ; he is still too young. — I should like to know 
whether I could shave myself. Try, and you will see it is not 
difficult. — My brother wished to shave himself yesterday, and 
he cut himself twice. I do not wish to cut myself, so I will 
get shaved (me ferai raser). — Do your children love each other 
much? They do; and they always help each other wmen they 
are preparing their lessons. — Do they sometimes speak English 
to each other? Not often; however, their teacher tells them 
always to speak English to one another. 

Do those ladies know each other? I think not; and I believe 
it is the first time they have seen one another. — Come and 
warm yourself, my friend. Thank you ; I am not cold. — As 
for me, my feet are very cold. Warm yourself ; there is a 
good fire. — Do these gentlemen understand each other ? They 
have much trouble to understand one another. —Do you perspire 
easily? I do; I am very unfortunate in that respect (sous ce rap- 
port), during the months of June, July, and August. — Could you 
help your cousin do her exercise? I do not know much more 
than she; however, I am quite (tout) at her disposal (disposition) 5 
I '11 do my best (de mon mieux). — There is an old man who has 
just fallen down ; I am sure he has hurt himself. 



TRADESMEN. 251 

The Walnut 1 . 

Two children found a walnut under a large tree 2 near their vil- 
lage. "It is mine," said Charles, "because it was I who saw it 
first." "No, it belongs to me," replied Anthony, "for it was I 3 
who picked it up 4 ." Thereupon 5 a quarrel arose between them 6 . 
"I will bring you to an agreement 7 ," said a young man who was 
just passing by 8 . He placed himself between the two children, 
broke the walnut and said to them: "One of the shells 9 belongs 
to him who saw the walnut first, the other is for the one who 
picked it up ; as to the kernel', I will keep it in payment for the 
decision I have given 10 . This," added he, laughing, "is the 
usual issue 11 of lawsuits 12 ." 

1 la noix ; 2 arbre ; 3 c'est moi ; 4 l'ai ramassee ; 5 la-dessus ; 6 une 
querelle s'engage entre eux ; 7 vous mettre d'accord ; 8 par la ; 
9 coquillesj 10 pour prix du jugement que j'ai porte ; n denoue- 



A Sloiv Poison 1 . 
A physician was trying to prove before Fontenelle that coffee 
was 2 a slow poison. "Ah! very slow, doctor," replied the 
academician; "for I have been taking it eighty years, and I am 
still living 3 ." 

1 le poison lent ; 2 est ; 3 en vie. 



NINTH LESSON— Neuvieme Legon, 



Architect, architecte. 
Banker, banquier. 
Jeweller, bijoutier. 
Butcher, boucher. 
Hatter, chapelier. 
Hair-dresser, coiffeur. 



Cabinet-maker, ebeniste- 
Manufacturer, fabricant. 
Blacksmith, forgeron. 
Glover, gantier. 
Printer, imprimeur. 
Bookseller, libraire. 



Shoemaker, cordonnier. Stationer, papetier. 

Dentist, dentiste. | Bookbinder, relieur. 

Study and conjugate an impersonal verb. Study and conju- 
gate a passive verb. 



252 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

By — par, de (de for feelings). 

I am loved by my mother. Je suis aime de ma mere. 

He is punished by his father. II est puni par son pere. 

Verbs essentially uni personal take avoir as an auxiliary. Verbs 
occasionally uni personal take Stre as an auxiliary. 

It has snowed, it froze. II a neige, il a gele. 

A misfortune has happened to me. II m'est arrive un malheur. 

To become, to turn — devenir, se faire. 

What has become of Charles P. f Qu'est devenu Charles P. ? 

I do not know what has become of Je ne sais pas ce qu'il est devenu. 

him. 

He has turned hair-dresser. II s'est fait coiffeur. 

His brother has become a physician. Son frere s'est fait medecin. 

What will become of those families f Que deviendront ces families ? 

What has become of my gloves ? Que sont devenus mes gants P 

To know some one, 1 Connaitre quelqu'un. 

To be acquainted with one, J 



To become acquainted with, 

To get acquainted with, [■ Faire connaissance. 



To make the acquaintance of, 






Are you acquainted with General Connaissez-vous le general M. P 

MJ 

I became acquainted with him J'ai fait sa connaissance der- 

lately. nierement. 

To know how to do a thing. Savoir faire une chose. 

That child knows how (can) to Cet enfant sait lire. 

read. 

I know how to swim. Je sais nager. 



THE VERB. 



253 



EXAMPLES 



Does it not snow f 

No, it is raining and thawing. 

Do you know my architect t 

I made his acquaintance last night. 

What will become of that banker t 

he is ruined. 
What has become of those two little 

girls f 
They have become young ladies. 

I am going to the bookseller's for a 

book. 
Where does your bookbinder live ? 
He lives in the butcher's house. 

I'll take you to my shoemaker's, 
and also to my glover's, if 
you like. 

Whenf 

Wlien you like. 

Wliat has become of our cabinet- 
maker's son? 

He has turned hatter. 

He now knows how to make hats. 



Ne neige-t-il pas? 
Won, il pleut et il degele. 
Connaissez-vous monarehitecte? 
J'ai fait sa connaissance hier soir. 
Que va devenir ce banquier? il 

est ruine. 
Que sont devenues ces deux 

fillettes ? 
Elles sont devenues des demoi- 
selles. 
Je vais chercher un livre chez 

le iibraire. 
Ou demeure votre relieur? 
II demeure dans la maison du 

boucher. 
Je vous conduirai chez mon cor- 

donnier, et chez mon gantier, 

si vous voulez. 
Quand ? 

Quand vous voudrez. 
Qu'est devenu le fils de notre 

ebeniste ? 
II s'est fait chapelier. 
Maintenant il sait faire les cha- 

peaux. 



CONVERSATION. 

M. E. n'est-il pas fabricant ? Que sont devenus ses deux fils ? 
Pourriez-vous m'indiquer {tell) un bon papetier? Ou pourrais-je 
trouver de bons gants ? Votre cousin n'est-il pas dentiste ? Notre 
domestique ne s'est-il pas fait forgeron? Que deviendrez-vous si 
vous n'etudiez pas? Que deviendront ces hommes s'ils ne travail- 
lent pas du tout? Pensez-vous qu'il pleuve aujourd'hui? A-t-il 
gele la nuit derniere? Qu'est devenu votre vieil ami J. ? Quand 
avez-vous fait sa connaissance ? Votre petite fille sait-elle ecrire ? 
Sait-elle lire le francais? Connaissez-vous ce bijoutier? Pour- 
riez-vous m'indiquer un bon relieur? 



254 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

9. 

I am going to my architect's; do you wish to accompany me? 
I should go with pleasure, but I have to be at the printer's at 
three o'clock ; so that I can not have the pleasure of going with 
you. — I need a hat; will you be so kind as to give me the 
address (adresse) of your hatter? Here it is. — What has be- 
come of your gray hat? It has fallen into the river (riviere). — 
Did it not thunder about (vers) midday? It thundered for 
(pendant) half an hour, and it hailed. — What has become of 
the three Englishmen who were at your house? They have 
left for (pour) Nice. — Do you know whether your cabinet- 
maker has some good arm-chairs to sell ? He always has some 
to sell. — Let us go and see him ; have you time ? Do n't you 
see it snows? That will not prevent us from going out; let us 
take our umbrellas. 

Have you become acquainted with Mrs. C. ? Yes, and we 
are to go to her house, my wife and I; (on) they are to (y) 
dance. — What has become of her son Anthony? He is in 
England, to learn English. — Has he been there long? About 
four months. — It is said that it rains very often in England. 
It is true ; and sometimes it rains very long. — Henry is liked 
by every body. — Charles has been punished by his professor. — 
I have several books to be bound (a faire relier) ; will you be 
kind enough to send for the bookbinder ? Paul, go to the book- 
binder's, and tell him to come for Mr. V.'s books. — Does he 
charge much (est-il cher) ? No ; and he binds very well. 

Napoleon and the Prussian Officer 1 . 

While Napoleon was only an officer ,of artillery, a Prussian 
officer said in his presence, with much self-conceit 2 : "The 
Prussians never fight 3 but for glory, while 4 the French fight 
for money." "You are right," answered Bonaparte; "every 
one fights to acquire what he needs." 

1 officier ; 2 de suffisanee ; 3 combattent ; 4 tandis que. 



An Obliging Offer 1 . 

A man having had a quarrel in a theater with a very proud 
young nobleman 2 , the latter threatened to have his servants 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 255 

give him twenty blows 3 . "Sir," said the first, "I have no 
servants, but if you will step out 4 , I will have the honor of 
giving them to you myself." 

1 offre ; - gentilhomme ; 3 coups de baton ; 4 sortir. 



Syntax of the Adjective. 

1. The Adjective has, of itself, neither gender nor 
number; but it assumes the gender and number of the 
noun to which it relates. 

2. An adjective relating to two substantives of the 
same gender agrees with them in gender, and is put in 
the plural; as: 

My husband and my son are tall. Mon mari et mon fils sont grands. 
My wife and my daughter are very Ma femme et ma fille sont tres- 
happy. heureuses. 

3. An adjective relating to two or more nouns of 
different genders is put in the masculine plural ; as : 

Mary, Caroline, and Charles are Marie, Caroline, et Charles sont 

fatigued. fatigues. 

Our house and garden are large. Notre maison et notre jardin 

sont grands. 

4. However, the adjective assumes the gender and 
number of the last noun only when the nouns are 
somewhat synonymous ; when the writer wishes to 
qualify only the last; when the mind is more par- 
ticularly occupied with the last noun ; when there is a 
gradation in the words; and usually when the nouns 
are separated by ou; as: 



256 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



She expresses herself with perfect 

grace and politeness. 
I saw a man or a woman drowned. 

I desire the public attention and es- 
teem. 



Elle s'exprime avec une grace 
une politesse parfaite. 

J'ai vu un homme ou une femme 
noyee. 

Je desire l'attention et Pestime 
publique. 



But the plural is used in expressions like the following: 

Raw beef or mutton. Du boeuf ou du mouton crus 

(both are raw). 

An aged man or woman is On demande un homme ou une 
wanted. femme ages (both must be 

aged, though only one is 
wanted). 

5. The adjective nu, bare, and also demi, are invariable 
when placed before the noun ; as : 

Those children are bareheaded. Ces enfants sont nu-tete. 

I remained there half an hour. J'y suis reste une demi-heure. 

But when nu and demi are placed after the noun they are 
variable, like other adjectives; as: 

Those girls were barefoot. Ces filles Staient pieds nus. 

It is half-past nine. II est neuf heures et demie. 

Demi, used substantively, takes s in the plural; as: 
That clock strikes the half-hours. Cette pendule sonne les demies. 



6. The adjectives suppose, excepte, ci-joint, here an- 
nexed ; ci-inclus, here inclosed ; franc, free, follow the same 
rules as nu and demi; as: 

Herein inclosed two letters from P. Ci-inclus deux lettres de P. 
The letters here inclosed are from P. Les lettres ci-inoluses sont de P. 

Nous recevons franc de port 

toutes ses lettres, or, 
Nous recevons toutes ses lettres 

tranches de port, or, 
Nous recevons toutes ses lettres 
affranchies. 



We receive all his letters postage free. - 



SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 257 

The adjective feu, late, when it is immediately fol- 
lowed by the noun, agrees with it ; as : 

My late friend, Mrs. D., was deaf. Feu mon amie, Madame D., etait 

sourde. 
My late grandmother. Ma feue grand'mere. 



7. Quelque is written in three ways : 

1. When it is an adjective, it agrees in number with the 
noun; as: 

A few or some children were Quelques enfants furent noy6s. 
drowned. 



2. Quelque, meaning however, is invariable ; as : 

However tall they may be. Quelque grands qu'ils soient. 

3. Quelque followed by a verb is written in two words, quel 
que; quel is an adjective, and agrees with the subject of the 
verb ; and que, being a conjunction, is invariable ; as : 

Whatever may be your riches. Quelles que soient vos richesses. 

Wliatever may be his feelings. Quels que soient ses sentiments. 



8. Meme is an adjective or an adverb. 



It is an adjective, first : when it precedes the noun, and means 
same; as: 

You always make the same mis- Vous faites toujours les m§mes 
takes. fautes. 

Second: when it follows a noun or pronoun, and has the 
sense of himself, herself, themselves, even, very, and can not be 
translated by in the same manner; as: 

My children themselves know that. Mes enfants eux-memes savent 

cela. 
These very walls may have eyes. Ces murs m§mes peuvent avoir 

des yeux. — Racine. 

D. F. M. 22. 



258 DVFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

It is an adverb and is invariable when it modifies a verb, an 
adjective, a participle. Then it has the sense of also, although, 
in the same manner, even; as: 

Men, women, and even children Les hommes, les femmes, et 
are admitted. meme les enfants sont admis. 

9. Tout is also an adjective or an adverb. 
It is an adjective when it means every, all; as: 

Every month, every week. Tous les mois, toutes les se- 

maines. 
All those men, all those girls. Tous ces hommes, toutes ces 

filles. 

It is an adverb when it means entirely, quite, nothing but; as: 

My shoes are quite new. Mes souliers sont tout neufs. 

My sister was quite astonished. Ma sceur fut tout etonnee. 

For the sake of euphony, tout, though an adverb, is variable 
before a feminine word beginning with a consonant or an 
aspirated h; as: 

My daughter is quite disposed to Ma fille est toute disposee & 
leave. partir. 

10. The choice of the preposition required after the 
adjective or verb, must be learned by practice. The 
adjective is sometimes followed by the same preposi- 
tion as the corresponding adjective in English ; as : 

He is full of joy. II est plein de joie. 

I am satisfied with you. Je suis content, or satisfait, de 

vous, etc. 

11. List of adjectives having a different meaning, 
according to their position. 

A dear child. Un cher enfant. 



An expensive house. Une maison chere. 

A cruel man. Un homme cruel. 

A tiresome man. Un cruel homme. 

Last month. Le mois dernier. 

Tlie last month, Le dernier mois. 






NA TIOXALITIES. 



259 



A wrong key. 

A false key. 

A noble appearance. 

The air of good society. 

A loud tone. 

A haughty tone. 

An impolite man. 

A dishonest man. 

An agreeable man. 

A ridiculous man. 

My clean hands. 

My own hands. 

A child alone. 

A single child. 

A sorrowful man. 

A pitiful man. 



Une clef fausse. 
Une fausse clef. 
L'air grand. 
Le grand air. 
Le ton haut. 
Le haut ton. 
Un homme malhonngte. 
Un malhonnete homme, 
Un homme plaisant. 
Un plaisant homme. 
Mes mains propres. 
Mes propres mains. 
Un enfant seul. 
Un seul enfant. 
Un homme triste. 
Un triste homme. 



TENTH LESSON — Dixieme Le<?on. 



Austria, l'Autriche. 
Belgium, la Belgique. 
Denmark, le Danemark. 
Scotland, l'Ecosse. 
Holland, la Hollande. 
Italy, l'ltalie. 
Russia, la Russie. 
Switzerland, la Suisse. 
An Austrian, un Autrichien. 

How far ? 

How long f how late f 

How long? 

Hoiv soon f 

How) often? 

As far as. 

Till, until. 

A return ticket. 

To sit up. 



A Belgian, un Beige. 

A Dane, un Danois. 

A Scotchman, un Ecossais. 

A Dutchman, un Hollandais. 

An Italian, un Italien. 

A Russian, un Russe. 

A Swiss, un Suisse. 

A Pole, un Polonais. 

A Spaniard, un Espagnol. 

Quelle distance ? Jusqu'ou. 
Jusqu'a quand ? Jusqu'a quelle 
Combien de temps ? [heure ? 
Dans combien de temps ? 
Combien de fois ? 
Jusqu'a, aussi loin que. 
Jusqu'a, jusqu'a ce que (bef. vb.) 
Un billet d'aller et retour. 
Veiller. 



260 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



How late did you sit up last night f 

We sat up till midnight. 

How long did you remain in Italy ? 

We remained there three months. 
How far shall you go in autumn ? 
Perhaps I shall go as far as Russia. 
How often have you been to V. t 

Do you always take a return ticket f 



Jusqu'a quelle heure avez-vous 

veille hier soir ? 
Nous avons veille jusqu'a minuit. 
Combien de temps etes-vousreste 

eu Italie ? 
Nous y sommes restes trois mois. 
Jusqu'ou irez-vous en automne ? 
J'irai peut-etre jusqu'en Russie. 
Combien de fois avez-vous ete a 

V.? 
Prenez-vous toujours un billet 

d'aller et retour? 



The indefinite English article a, an is not used in 
French in the following and similar expressions : 



Are you an Irishman? 
No, I am a Russian. 
That gentleman is a poet. 
Tartufe, a comedy of Moliere. 
What a fine dress ! 
What a pity I 
How difficult a lesson! 
What a rogue of a man! 



Etes-vous Irlandais? 
Non, je suis Russe. 
Ce monsieur est poete. 
Tartufe, comedie de Moliere. 
Quelle belle robe! 
Quel dommage ! 
Quelle lee on difficile ! 
Quel coquin d'homme! 



Si, so; aussi, as; trop, too; tel, such; demi, half, are 
placed before the adjectives; and un, when expressed, 
is placed before si, aussi, trop, tel, demi ; as : 



So tall a boy. 



Un si grand gargon. 



He is as good a boy as his brother. II est aussi bon garcon que son 

frere. 
He does not like too small a room. II n'aime pas une trop petite 

chambre. 
Such a woman. Une telle femme. 

Come in half an hour. Venez dans une demi-heure. 



PREPOSITIONS. 



261 



EXAMPLES. 



Have you already visited Belgium? 

I traveled in Belgium, Holland, 
and Prussia two years ago. 

My son is traveling in Italy with 

his uncle. 
Yesterday I saw some Swiss ladies 

at Mrs. N.'s. 
Wfiat language do they speak in 

Switzerland? 
They speak French and German. 

Are you not a Dutchman f 

No, I am a Dane. 

How far have your friends gone f 

They have gone as far as Saint 

Denis. 
When will they come back? 
They will come back for dinner. 
Are you a Protectant f 
No, lam a Catholic. 
That Belgian is a banker. 
This Italian is a musician. 
He is such a good musician. 



Avez-vous deja visite la Bel- 

gique ? 
J'ai voyage en Belgique, en Hol- 
lands, et en Prusse il y a 

deux ans. 
Mon fils voyage en Italie avec 

son oncle. 
Hier j'ai vu des Suissesses chez 

Madame N. 
Quelle langue parle-t-on en 

Suisse ? 
On parle le frangais et l'alle- 

mand. 
N'etes-vous pas Hollandais ? 
Non, je suis Danois. 
Jusqu'ou vos amis sont-ils alles? 
lis sont alles jusqu'a Saint Denis. 

Quand reviendront-ils ? 

lis reviendront pour le diner. 

Etes-vous protestant ? 

Non, je suis catholique. 

Ce Beige est banquier. 

Cet Italien est musicien. 

C'est un si bon musicien. 



CONVERSATION. 



Jusqu'a* quelle heure avez-vous joue hier soir? Avez-vous 
gagne? Combien M. T. a-t-il perdu? Combien y a-t-il que 
vous avez votre cheval? Combien de fois avez-vous voyage en 
Italie ? Dans combien de temps dinerons-nons ? Connaissez-vous 
aussi bien l'Angleterre que la Prusse? N'etes-vous pas Eco^sais? 
Cet Autrichien n'est-il pas fabricant? Allez-vous a Versailles? 
Avez-vous pris un billet d'aller et retour? Combien avez-vous 
paye? Vous devez etre medecin, n'est-ce pas? Aimez-vous 
mieux l'ltalie que l'Autriche? 



262 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

10. 

My brother and I shall soon leave for Russia; we intend to 
travel two months every (par) year. — Do you know how to 
speak Russian? No; the Russians speak our language; theirs 
is too difficult; I never could learn it. — How soon shall you 
leave ? Within a fortnight. — Do you know any one in Russia ? 
We do not; we shall try to make the acquaintance of some 
French families who know the country (le pays). — A cousin of 
Mrs. B. is a merchant at Saint Petersburg (-bourg) ; he could 
give you a letter to his cousin. — I should be much obliged to 
you to speak to him about it (en). I will do so to-morrow 
evening; I am to go and see her to-morrow. 

Is not Mrs. B.'s son-in-law a physician? Yes; he is one of 
the best physicians in town. — Is not that shoemaker a Bel- 
gian ? He is a Belgian or a Dane. — Is he a Catholic ? I think 
he is (que oui). — How late did you sit up yesterday at Mr. P.'s? 
We did not sit up late ; we came back home at half-past eleven. — 
Was it cold last night? Yes, and it was beginning to snow. — 
Were there many people ? There were some Englishmen and a 
Prussian. — Did they dance? No, they talked (parle) the whole 
evening. — Did you ever see so wicked a man ? — You have 
given me too fine a necktie. — What a handsome child! — What 
a pity that he is so naughty a child ! — He is unworthy of the 
affection you have for him. — No, he is better than they think ; 
I assure you he is full of good will, and is far from being in- 
sensible to my reproaches. 

The Three Questions of Frederick the Great. 

That king used 1 , whenever 2 a fresh soldier appeared in his 
guards, to ask him three questions: 1st. How old are you? 
2d. How long have you been in my service? 3d. Do you re- 
ceive your pay 3 and clothing 4 as you like 5 ? 

A young Frenchman wished to enter the company of guards. 
His figure caused him to be accepted immediately, but he did 
not understand German. His captain informed 6 him that the 
king would ask him questions as soon as he should see him, 
and recommended him to learn by heart, in that language, the 
three answers he would have to make. He soon knew them, 
and the day after, Frederick came to him to interrogate him ; 
but he began by the second question, and asked him; 



PHASES OF NATURE. 



263 



"How long have you been in my service?" "Twenty-one 
years," replied the soldier. 

The king, struck" by his youth, asked him, with a surprised 
air, "How old are you?" "One year," replied the soldier. 

Frederick, still more astonished, exclaimed, " You or I must 
be mad s ." The soldier, who took those words for the third 
question, replied, "Both." "That," said Frederick, "is the first 
time that I have been called 9 a madman at the head of my 
army." 

1 avait coutume ; 2 toutes les fois ; 3 paye, solde ; A habillement ; 
5 comme vous le desirez ; 6 le prevint ; 7 frappe ; 8 avons perdu 
l'esprit ; 9 qu'on me traite de fou. 



ELEVENTH LESSON 



Tl\e rainbow, Farc-en-ciel. m. 

A fog, un brouillard. 

The smoke, la fumee. 

To smoke, fumer. 

To go out, s'eteindre. 

The ice, la glace. 

The atmosphere, Patmosphere. /. 

The blaze, the flame, la flamme. 

Weather. 
Fine weather. 
Moonlight. 
Sunrise. 
Sunset. 



Onzieme LeQon. 

To kindle, to light, allumer. 

To put out, to extinguish, eteindre. 

Frost, la gelee. 

Light, la lumiere. 

A cloud, un image, la nue. 

A storm, un orage. 

In the shade, a Pombre. 

The wind, le vent. 



Temps. 
Beau temps. 
Clair de lune. 
Lever du soleil. 
Coucher du soleil. 



In speaking of the weather, to be is rendered in French 
by the verb faire. 

WJiat kind of weather is it ? 

It is fine weather. 

It is bad weather. 

It is foggy. 

It is windy. 

It is moonlight. 



Quel temps fait-il? 
II fait beau temps. 
II fait mauvais temps. 
II fait du brouillard. 
II fait du vent. 
II fait clair de lune. 



264 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



A friend of mine. 
A cousin of yours. 
A relation of hers. 

To go away. 

To be mistaken, to make a mistake. 

To deceive, to cheat. 

Mr. H. has gone away. 
I think he is mistaken. 
I think he deceives me. 
Don't you make a mistake? 

To return, to come back. 
To return, to go back. 



Un de mes amis. 
Un de vos cousins. 
Un de ses parents. 

S'en aller. 
Se tromper. 
Tromper. 

M. H. s'en est alle. 
Je pense qu'il se trompe. 
Je pense qu'il me trompe. 
Ne vous trompez-vous pasP 

Revenir. 
Betourner. 






EXAMPLES. 



See, what a fine rainbow! 
It is often foggy in London. 

Henry, kindle my fire. 

It is not out. 

There is smoke in your room. 

I think we shall have a storm. 

How the wind blows! 
To-morrow it will be fine weather. 
Will Mr. G. soon go away? 
Yes, but he will come back within 

a fortnight. 
Are you not mistaken? 
A friend of his has told me so. 
He has deceived you; for Mr. G. 

does not intend to come back. 
Is he going back to his country? 
He said he would. 
That merchant cheats his customers. 

I shall probably go away to-mor- 
row. 



Voyez, quel bel arc-en-eiel! 

II fait souvent du brouillard a 
Londres. 

Henri, allumez mon feu. 

II n'est pas eteint. 

II y a de la fumee dans votrc 
chambre. 

Je pense que nous aurons de 
l'orage. 

Comme le vent souffle ! 

Demain il fera beau temps. 

M. G. s'en ira-t-il bientot ? 

Oui, mais il reviendra dans une 
quinzaine de jours. 

Ne vous trompez-vous pas? 

Un de ses amis me l'a dit. 

II vous a trompe, car M. G. n'a 
pas l'intention de revenir. 

Retourne-t-il dans son pays ? 

II a dit que oui. 

Ce marchand trompe ses pra- 
tiques. 

Je m'en irai probablement de- 
main. 



THE VERB. 265 

CONVEESATION. 

Quel temps a-t-il fait hier ? N'a-t-il pas fait beaucoup de vent ? 
Aimez-vous le clair de lune? Avez-vous vu le lever du soleil ce 
matin? Pourquoi n'allez-vous pas a l'ombre de cet arbre ? Voulez- 
vons fumer un cigare ? Pourquoi avez-vous eteint votre cigare ? 
N'aimez-vous pas a, fumer? Combien votre pere fume-t-il de 
cigares par jour? Quand cet homme s'en ira-t-il? Ne trompe- 
t-il pas votre oncle ? Ne fait-il pas plus froid aujourd'hui qu'hier ? 
La glace est-elle assez epaisse (thick) pour patiner? Savez-vous 
patiner? Y a-t-il de la lumiere au salon? Y a-t-il souvent du 
brouillard a Paris? 



11. 

It is very windy ; I think it will rain. I rather think we shall 
have a storm. It is not warm enough. — Shall you soon return 
to your grand-parents? I intend to do so next week, if it is fine 
weather. — How far is it from here to R. ? It is about thirty 
kilometres. — It must be farther; I think you are mistaken, for 
it takes (il faut) two hours and a quarter to go there by railroad. 
I don't think it is more than thirty-five kilometres; you know 
they stop (s'arrete) at all the stations. — How many times have 
you been to M.? I have been there more than twenty times; 
the last time, I went there with a cousin of mine. 

Is it moonlight ? Not at all ; it begins to rain. — I am not 
astonished at it; the weather was not fine this evening; the 
sunset has not been seen. — Is it colder in France than in Switzer- 
land in winter ? It is colder in Switzerland than in France. — Do 
you think it will thunder to-morrow? Why do you ask me that? 
To say something. — Will our children soon go back to the college? 
They are to return to it on the 16th of next month. — My brother 
will come in half an hour. — You have too large a hat. — Is not 
this boy inclined to avarice ? He profits by (des) the examples he 
daily (tous les jours) sees. I can assure you that his mother is 
very generous toward (envers) the unfortunate. 

The Busy Servants. 

A man who had little money and still less intellect 1 , was 
suddenly enriched by an unexpected inheritance 2 . He had 
XX F. M. 23. 



266 DUFFET'S' FRENCH METHOD. 

heard it said that a gentleman 3 ought to have at least two 
servants. As he could afford it 4 , he immediately took two, 
who were very happy in a place in which they were paid for 
doing nothing. One day the master cries at the door of his 
room, "Are you there, Anthony?" "Yes, sir; here I am." 
"What are you doing?" "Nothing, sir." "And you, Henry; 
are you there?" "Yes, sir." "What are you doing?" "Sir, 
I am helping Anthony." "When you have done 5 , come and 
give me my boots." 

1 d'esprit ; 2 heritage ; 3 un homme comme il faut ; 4 ses moyens 
le lui permettaient ; 5 fini. 



The Two Figs. 

A servant was ordered 1 by his master to take 2 to a friend 
of his two nice figs, with a letter. The servant ate one of the 
figs on the way 3 ; but 4 the friend, being informed 5 by the letter 
that he ought to receive two figs 6 , claimed the other. "I ate 
it," replied the bearer. "How did you do it, rascal 7 ?" de- 
manded the friend. The servant took the remaining fig and 
swallowed it 8 . "See 9 ," said he; "that's the way I did." 

1 fut cnarge; 2 de porter; 3 en chemin; 4 en sorte que ; 5 instruit; 
6 il devait y en avoir deux ; " maraud ; 8 l'avala ; 9 tenez. 



Syntax of the Pronoun. 

The syntax of the pronoun has partly been given. 
A pronoun used as the subject of a verb generally pre- 
cedes it. 

Exceptions. — 1st. In interrogative sentences; as, vais-je? 
aimons-nous ? etc. 

2d. In affirmative or negative sentences beginning with au 



REPETITION OF THE PRONOUNS. 



267 



moins, a peine, encore, peut-£tre, en vain, aussi, du moins, 
combien, que de fois, a plus forte raison, etc. ; as : 

At least, he lent it to me. Au moins, me l'a-t-il pret6. 

I had scarcely left when she came. A peine etais-je parti qu'elle 

vint. 
Perhaps we shall leave New York. Peut-etre quitterons-nous New 

York. 
With still greater reason, I will A plus forte raison, n'irai-je 
not go. pas. 

This rule is not imperative, and the construction may be, for 
istance : 

{Peut-etre sortirons-nous. 
Peut-gtre que nous sortirons. 
Nous sortirons peut-etre. 



3d. In some sentences beginning with a subjunctive, or con- 
Litional without being preceded by a conjunction; as: 



May we succeed. 
Even should I be ruined. 
Were he ten times stronger. 
May I see that happy day. 
If I could but see him without 
trembling. 



Puissions-nous reussir. 
Dusse-je Stre ruine. 
Fut-il dix fois plus fort. 
Puisse-je voir cet heureux jour. 
Pourrais-je le voir sans trem- 
bler. 



4th. As also in the following and similar sentences: 



Soldiers! cried he, forty centuries 
look down upon you! 

Yes, said she, I will relieve him. 

You misunderstood me, I said; 
such was not my intention. 



Soldats ! dit-il, quarante siecles 

vous contemplent ! 
Oui, dit-elle, je le soulagerai. 
Vous m'avez mal compris, dis- 

je ; telle n'etait pas mon 

intention. 



Repetition of the Pronouns. 

1. A personal pronoun used as the subject is repeated 
before every verb. 



268 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

1st. When the verbs are of different tenses; as: 
J say, and will always say. Je dis, et je dirai toujours, etc. 

2d. If we pass from a negative to an affirmative proposition ; 
as: 

You have not a gun, and you Vous n'avez pas de fusil, et vous 
will go a-hunting. voulez aller a la chasse. 

You are not thirsty, and you wish Vous n'avez pas soif, et vous 
to drink. voulez boire. 

In the other cases, the pronoun may be repeated or 
not, as taste may direct. 

2. Pronouns in the objective case must always be re- 
peated before every verb, except in compound tenses 
when the auxiliary is understood; as: 

I can speak, read, and write it. Je puis le parler, le lire, et 

Pecrire. 

We esteem and love them. Nous les estimons et les aimons. 

We have esteemed and loved them. Nous les avons estimes et aimes. 



Le, la, les. 

When the pronoun le refers to a noun, it agrees with 
that noun in gender and number ; as : 

Is that your house? Est-ce la votre maison? 

Yes, it is. Oui, ce l'est (for la est). 

Are those your brothers? Sont-ce la vos freres? 

Yes, they are. Oui, ce les sont. 

Are you her aunt ? Etes-vous sa tante ? 

I am not. Je ne la suis pas. 

But le meaning cela is invariable when it represents 
an adjective, or a noun taken adjectively; *. e., when it 
means "so" 



SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 269 

Are you good friends f Etes-vous bons amis? 

Yes, we are. (so.) Oui, nous le sommes. 

Are you a French lady ? Etes-vous Franchise ? 

1 am. (so, it.) Je le suis. 

What do you call twelve men of Qu'appelez-vous douze homries 

good willf de bonne volonte ? 

We are all so. Nous le sommes tous. 



Tel, telle, tels, telles — such. 

Tel is an adjective or a pronoun ; as : 

Such a man, such a woman. Un tel homme, une telle femme. 

Mr. such a one, Mrs. such a one. Monsieur un tel, Madame une 

telle. 



Chaque, chacun. 

The adjective chaque, every, each, always requires a 
noun after it; as: 

Every country has its habits. Chaque pays a ses habitudes. 

Each volume costs three francs. Chaque volume coute trois 

francs. 

The pronoun chacun, every one, each one, must not be 
confounded with chaque. 

Those volumes cost three francs Ces volumes coutent trois francs 

each. chacun. 

Give them ten francs each. Donnez-leur dix francs chacun. 



Chacun takes son, sa, ses when it follows the object 
of the verb; as: 

They have given their opinion, each lis ont donne leur avis, chacun 
one according to his views. selon ses vues. 

They sang their songs, each one in lis chanterent leurs chansons, 
his turn. chacun a son tour. 



270 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

It requires leur, leurs when it is placed between the 
verb and its objective case; as: 

Each language has its difficulties. Les langues ont chacune leurs 

difficulties. 
Those children have each of them Ces enfauts ont chacun leur 
their mother. mere. 

Qui que ce soit, qui que ee fut, whoever, any one. 

Whoever has done that is a clever Qui que ce soit qui ait fait cela, 
man. c'est un habile homme. 

He has forbidden me to mention II m'a defendu d'en parler a qui 
it to any one. que ce fut. 

Quoi que ce soit, quoi que ee fut, whatever. 

Whatever he does, he is distrusted. Quoi que ce soit qu'il fasse, on 

se dene de lui. 

We have done nothing whatever. Nous n'avons fait quoi que ce 

fut. 

Quiconque, whoever; queleonque, any, whatsoever. 

Whoever will not be here, shall be Quiconque ne sera pas ici, sera 

punished. puni. 

Any good reason being given, I'll Une bonne raison queleonque 

listen to it. 6tant donnee, je l'Scouterai. 



Autrui (sing.), others. 

Do for others as for yourself. Faites pour autrui comme pour 

vous-meme. 



Le prochain, our neighbors, fellow-creatures. 



GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS. 



271 



TWELFTH LESSON — Douzieme Lecon. 



Northern, septentrional, e. 
Eastern, oriental, e. 
Southern, meridional, e. 
Western, occidental, e. 
The north, le nord, le septentrion. 
TJie east, Test, l'orient. m. 
The south, le sud, le midi. 
The west, l'ouest, l'occident. m. 



A valley, une valine. 

A continent, un continent. 

A mountain, une montagne. 

A dale, un vallon. 

A hill, une colline. 

An island, une ile. 

A wilderness, un desert. 

The sea, la mer. 



To take place, avoir lieu. 

When is the ceremony to take Quand la ceremonie doit-elle 

place f avoir lieu? 

It is to take place on Saturday. Elle doit avoir lieu samedi. 

It will not take place. Elle n'aura pas lieu. 



Had better, to be best to, faire mieux de. 

You had better speak to Mm. 
He had better sell it to you. 
You had better come. 
You had better have accepted. 



Vous ferez mieux de lui parler. 
II fera mieux de vous le vendre. 
Vous ferez mieux de venir. 
Vous auriez mieux fait d'ac- 
cepter. 
He had better have come and seen II aurait mieux fait de venir 



you. 



vous voir. 



To hear from, recevoir des nouvelles de. 



Do you hear from Mr. H. f 
I heard from him yesterday. 



Recevez-vous des nouvelles de 

M. H. ? 
J 'en ai recu des nouvelles hier. 



To call on, to pay a visit, faire une visite, passer chez. 

Have you paid a visit to Mrs. M. f Avez-vous fait une visite & 

Madame ML. ? 
I called on her on Tuesday. Je suis passe chez elle mardi. 



272 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



To long to, for, tarder (unipersonal de). 

I long to see my country again. II me tarde de revoir mon pays. 
I long for dinner; I am hungry. II me tarde de diner; j'ai faim. 



To be long, tarder a. 

It will not be long before I go and Je ne tarderai pas a aller vous 

see you. voir. 

My mother will not be long coming. Ma mere ne tardera pas a venir. 



EXAMPLES. 



Europe is bounded on the north by 
the Frozen Ocean; on the 
south, by the Mediterranean 
Sea, which separates it from 
Africa ; on the east, by Asia ; 
on the west, by the Atlantic 
Ocean. 

I long to visit the mountains of 
Switzerland. 

You had better not travel. 

We have just heard from Paul. 

He will not be long in coming back. 
Are there any mountains in your 

country f 
No, there are but few hills. 

Have you already seen the sea? 
Yes, for I have been to Algiers 

twice: 
Were you sea-sick f 
I was very sick for ten hours. 

I pity you with all my heart. 



L'Europe est bornee au nord par 
l'ocean Glacial; au sud, par 
la mer Mediterranee, qui la 
separe de PAfrique ; a Pest, 
par PAsie; a l'ouest, par 
l'ocean Atlantique. 

II me 'tarde de visiter les mon- 
tagnes de la Suisse. 

Vous ferez mieux de ne pas voy- 
ager. 

Nous venons de recevoir des 
nouvelles de Paul. 

II ne tardera pas a revenir. 

Y a-t-il des montagnes dans votre 
pays? 

Won, il n'y a que quelques col- 
lines. 

Avez-vous deja vu la mer? 

Oui, car j'ai 6t6 deux fois a 
Alger. 

Avez-vous eu le mal de mer? 

J'ai ete tres-malade pendant dix 
heures. 

Je vous plains de tout mon cceur- 



GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS. 273 

CONVERSATION. 

Connaissez-vous le midi de la France? Avez-vous beaucoup 
voyage en Europe ? Aimez-vous votre ile ? Ne fait-il pas bien 
froid au nord de l'Ecosse en hiver? Y a-t-il longtemps que 
vous n'avez recu des nouvelles de votre frere? Quand la fete 
doit-elle avoir lieu? Vous tarde-t-il de dejeuner? Vous tarde- 
t-il de recevoir une montre d'or? Faites-vous souvent des visites? 
Recevez-vous souvent des visites? N'est-ce pas que cette vallee 
est bien belle? Votre chambre est-elle au midi? Avez-vous 
jamais vu le coucher du soleil sur mer? Y a-t-il longtemps 
que vous n'avez recu des nouvelles de chez vous? Ne vous 
tarde-t-il pas de retourner dans votre pays natal? 



12. 

France is bounded on the south by the Pyrenees and the 
Mediterranean Sea; on the east, by the Alps and Switzerland; 
on the north, by Belgium and the English Channel (la Manehe) ; 
and on the west, by the Atlantic Ocean. — Are there islands in 
the Channel? There are four; these are the islands of Wight, 
Alderney, Guernsey, and Jersey. — The Frozen Ocean is on the 
north of Europe; the Atlantic Ocean, on the west; and the 
Mediterranean Sea, on the south. 

Is your uncle to come back soon from his long voyage? We 
do not know yet when he will come back. — Do you hear from 
him often? His last letter was written in the month of Sep- 
tember ; he says he is not far from the desert of S. — How long 
has he been traveling? (There are) more than five months; 
for he set out on the 25th of May. — He had better come back 
before winter. My father wrote to him a few days ago. — Do 
you long to see him? Yes, because I love him very much. — 
How old is he? He is four years younger than my father.— 
Does he not speak several languages? He speaks four or five 
languages. — Your neighbor has paid too long a visit.— -What 
a bad knife you have given me. — What a pretty little girl. — 
You have too large a house. — You have as fine a watch as I. — 
Paul, Charles, Arthur, and I go to the concert in the (des) 
Champs-Elysees. — Her uncle, aunt, and cousins have come to 
take her (la prendre pour la conduire) to Mrs. Y.'s ball. 



274 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



The Disappointed Spaniard 1 . 

Everybody knows that the Spaniards have the custom of taking 
a great many names. That mania 2 became fatal 3 to a traveler. 
All that he had was a poor horse 4 . Traveling all 5 night in the 
rain, he found, by chance 6 , an inn 7 , at the door of which he 
knocked 8 . "Who is there?" asked the inn-keeper 9 . "It is," 
proudly 10 answered the Spaniard, "Don Sanche-Alfonso-Ramire- 
Juan-Pedro-Carlos-Francisco de Boxas de Stuniga de Fuentes." 
The inn-keeper answered that he had not beds for so many 
people, and refused to open the door. 

The poor traveler swore n never again to recite 12 all his names 
with so much pomp ; but for that time he was obliged to go more 
than two leagues 13 farther to find a lodging for all his people. 

1 Espagnol ; 2 manie ; 3 *•"■«««+« • 4 
pour tout equipage ; 5 de 
jura; 



funeste ; 
6 hasard 



il n'avait qu'un mauvais cheval 
7 auberge ; 8 frappa ; 9 aubergiste ; 



THIRTEENTH LESSON — Treizieme Legon. 



Furniture, le mobilier, m. 

To furnish, meubler. 

The staircase, l'escalier, m. 

A story, un etage. [campagne. 

A country house, une maison de 

A piece of furniture, un meuble. 

A library, une bibliotheque. 

A go.rret, une mansarde. 

To have made, to get made. 

To have built, to get built. 

To have mended, to get mended. 



A grating, a railing, une grille. 
The ivall, le mur, la muraille. 
A pass-key, un passe-partout. 
The roof, le toit. 
The front, la facade. 
The ceiling, le plafond. 
The floor, le plancher. 
A tile, une tuile. 

Faire faire. 
Faire batir. 
Faire raccommoder. 



In all these and similar expressions, the verb following faire, 
in simple as well as in compound tenses, is in the infinitive. 

I am getting a pair of black pan- Je fais faire un pantalon noir. 

taloons made. 
My father will have a house built. Man pere fera batir une maison. 



USE OF FATRE. 275 

Have you got my coat mended f Avez-vous fait raccommoder 

mon habit ? 

When have you had your hair cut? Quand vous etes-vous fait couper 

les cheveux ? 

To steal something from some one. } „ , , . . , 

_ , * / , > V oler quelque chose a quelqu'un. 

To rob some one of something. ) 

I have been robbed of ten francs and On m'a vole dix francs et du 

some linen. linge. 

Who has stolen your sister's ring f Qui a vole la bague de votre 

soeur? 
The chambermaid is suspected. On soupconne la femme de 

chambre. 
That servant has stolen a hundred Ce domestique a vole cent francs 
francs from his master. a son maitre. 

To be better. Valoir mieux. 

To be north while. Valoir la peine. 

To be worth. Etre riche de. 

So much the better. Tant mieux. 

So much the worse. Tant pis. 



EXAMPLES. 

How much may this house be worth f Combien cette maison peut-elle 

valoir P 

It may be worth twenty thousand Elle peut valoir vingt mille 

francs. francs. 

Is it worth while to get these coats Vaut-il la peine de faire raccom- 

mendedf moder ces habits ? 

No, you had better get new ones Non, vous ferez mieux d'en faire 

made. faire de neufs. 

What pieces of furniture have you Quels meubles m'avez-vous de- 

osked me for ? mandes ? 

I asked you for two arm-chairs and Je vous ai demande deux fau- 

a desk. teuils et un bureau. 

Is it better to live on the first than on Vaut-il mieux habiter le premier 

the second floor f etage que le deuxieme ? 

It is better to live on the first floor, II vaut mieux habiter le premier. 



276 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

I should like very much to have a Je voudrais bien avoir une bibli- 

library. otheque. 

Mr. G. has been robbed of several On a vole plusieurs livres a M. 

books. G. 

I like the front of your house. J'aime la facade de votre maison. 

Will you have a railing made Ferez-vous faire une grille autour 

around the garden? dujardin? 

The roof is slated. Le toit est couvert d'ardoises. 

How much is Mr. F. worth ? De combien M. F. est-il riche ? 

He may be worth a million and a II peut etre riche d'un million 

half. et demi. 

They say you are happy ; so much On dit que vous etes heureux ; 

the better. tant mieux. 

She is ill; so much the worse. Elle est malade ; tant pis. 



CONVEKSATION. 

N'avez-vous pas achete une maison de campagne? Est-elle 
loin de Paris? L'avez-vous deja meublee? Est-ce une grande 
maison? Combien y a-t-il d'etages? Y a-t-il un grand jardin? 
Y a-t-il un pare ? Combien l'avez-vous payee ? N'avez- vous pas 
peur des voleurs ? Les plafonds sont-il propres ? Les murailles 
sont-elles epaisses? Quand comptez-vous aller a la campagne? 
Combien faut-il de temps pour aller a votre maison de campagne ? 
Vaut-il mieux traduire du francais en anglais que de l'anglais 
en francais ? Vaut-il la peine de traduire cette anecdote en fran- 
cais ? Quand votre oncle fera-t-il batir une maison ? Ou la fera- 
t-il batir? 

13. 

I must buy some furniture to furnish my country house. 
When will you go and live in it (Fhabiter) ? We think of going 
(partir) next month. — Will you stay there long? We shall stay 
there during summer and part of autumn. — Have you a library 
there? You know very well that I can't do without (me passer 
de) my books. — Is there a large park ? The park is not large, 
but very pretty ; there are beautiful trees. — Do you know any of 
your neighbors ? No, I do not know any one ; but I hope I shall 
make some acquaintances. — I have been told that Mr. de C. does 
not live far from there ; but you had better not visit him, because 



USE OF FA IRE. 277 

he would soon be asking you for some money. He borrows every- 
where ; he is always moneyless. I do not know him, and do n't 
wish to become acquainted with him. 

I must get some coats made for (a) my boy; do you know a good 
tailor for children ? My wife knows one. — I have been told that 
you have been robbed ; is it true ? One of my servants has robbed 
me of twenty francs, and I do n't know which. It is very disagree- 
able. — Is it better to learn German than English ? It is better for 
you to learn English, since you are to make several journeys in 
England on business. — How much is Mr. N. worth ? He may be 
worth from four to five hundred thousand francs. — Is it worth 
while to put on another coat to pay a visit to Mrs. G. ? I think 
you will do well to put on your frock-coat. — Have you found 
your gloves? Yes, they were in the pocket of my coat. 

He who Has Drunk, Will Drink. 

An honest workman 1 of X. frequented too assiduously one 
of the inns of R. street. The stops 2 he made became longer 
and longer 3 , and more disorderly 4 . His friends reproached him 
on the matter 5 . The friend of the bottle felt the justice 6 of the 
remonstrance, and promised to amend 7 ; he even took a solemn 
oath 8 to do so 9 . Next day he passed before the inn without en- 
tering it as he usually did 10 . Nevertheless, he felt himself at- 
tracted toward it, but he overcame u the temptation. When clear 
of the town, a friend who had followed him heard him speaking 12 
to himself as follows 13 : "I am satisfied with myself ; I have been 
firm 14 ; I have kept my word not to drink any more. This is 
worth a bottle, and I am going to that wine merchant's to drink 
it." And he entered, well satisfied with himself. 

1 brave ouvrier ; 2 pauses ; 3 de plus en plus longues ; 4 desordon- 
nees; 5 en firent des reprocb.es; 6 justesse; 7 de se corriger; 8 ser- 
ment solennel ; 9 en ; 10 selon son habitude ; n surmonta ; 12 s'adres- 
sant a lui-meme ; 13 ce petit discours ; 14 ferme. 



278 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Syntax of the Veeb. 

1. The verb agrees in number, and person with its 
nominative, or subject, whether that subject precedes or 
follows; as: 

They run too fast. lis courent trop vite. 

The women and children came Vinrent ensuite les femmes et 
afterward. les enfants. 

2. A verb is put in the plural when it has two or 
more singular subjects; as 

My father and mother are out. Mon pere et ma mere sont sortis. 
Liberty, Equality, Fraternity, are Liberte, Egalit§, Fraternite, 
vain words. sont de vains mots. 

3. When the subjects are of different persons, the verb 
is put in the plural, and agrees with the person having 
the priority: the first rather than the second, and the 
second rather than the third; as: 

Henry and I will go to Europe. Henri et moi nous irons en Eu- 

rope. 

You and your sister are late. Vous et votre soeur etes, or vous 

§tes, en retard. 

Peter, you and I are friends. Pierre, vous et moi sommes, or 

nous sommes, amis. 



The Subjunctive Mode. 

The Subjunctive mode is so called because it always 
depends upon another verb, to which it is united by a 
conjunction; or, rather, upon a proposition expressing 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



279 



doubt, ivish, fear, command, necessity, indecision, supposition, 
surprise, etc. ; in one word, all that which is not positive. 



Rule I. — The subjunctive is used after impersonal 
verbs, and others expressing doubt, ivish, etc. 



I desire that he should write. 
It is important that he should write. 
I intend that he shall write. 
It is necessary for him to write. 

It will be necessary for us to leave. 
It will be best that we should leave. 



Je desire 

II est important 

Je pretends 

II est necessaire 



qu'il ecrive. 



II faudra 
II sera utile 



que nous partions. 



I must go out this afternoon. I wish that you would write 
to me once a fortnight when you are in England. It is useful 
for him to know how to swim. It is important for us to know 
the history of our country. We must obey (obeir a) our parents. 
You must begin studying mathematics. It is necessary for them 
to study geography ; they want it for their examinations (exam- 
ens, m.). I wish you would come with me to Neuilly. It is sad 
that you should suffer (souffrir) so frequently. You must consult 
a good physician. The servant must go to the butcher's (boucher) 
to get some veal for our breakfast. 

I doubt whether you will be able to go away to-night. My 
father wishes me to learn German. It is necessary that you 
should be at your banker's before three o'clock. He desires 
that I should speak to Mr. F. I wish you to speak to your 
teacher (maitrel. I consent to your going to pay a visit to our 
old friend Mr. V. We doubt if you get off to-morrow week; 
it will be difficult for you to be ready before a fortnight. I am 
astonished that you do not know that. I require (exige) you 
to pay me what you owe me. I wish you to read that book 
and give it to your sister, who wishes to read it as soon as 
possible. I wish you to tell the joiner (menuisier) to come and 
speak to me. I am astonished that he has not come yet. It is 
necessary that they send the parcel immediately, in order that 
it may arrive in time. 



280 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Rule II. — The subjunctive is used after most inter- 
rogative and negative propositions, unless we have a 
positive fact to express. 

Do you believe — think, suspect, im- Croyez-vous — pensez-vous, soup- 
agine — that there are robbers connez-vous, vous imaginez- 

here ? vous — qu'il y ait des voleurs 

ici? 
I will never believe — I do not sup- Je ne eroirai jamais — je ne sup- 
pose — that there can be any. pose pas — qu'il puisse y en 

avoir. 

But with a positive fact, the indicative mode is used: 

Does that man believe there is a Cet homme croit-il qu'il y a un 

God f Dieu ? 

He does not believe that there is a II ne croit pas qu'il y a un Dieu. 

God. 

II. 

Do you think he is right? I don't think he is wrong. — Do 
you think he knows arithmetic? I do not think he knows it 
well. — Are you sure (sur) that Mr. G. teaches geometry? Does 
he not believe that we should confess (avouer) our faults (torts) ? 
You do not wish that they should play unceasingly (sans cesse). 
Do you believe I have consoled that man ? Can any one imagine 
that he has spent such a sum in so short a time? I can not 
conceive of their having invented such a tale. Is it possible that 
those young men should . not have paid their expenses of last 
year? Do you wish me to speak to your landlord (proprietaire) ? 
Do you doubt that your father is at home? Do you wish me 
to do my exercises now? I shall not require you to do them 
now, but you must do them to-day. 

Are you not astonished that we know that ? I am not aston- 
ished at your knowing anything, you are so inquisitive. — Does 
not your wife wish you to buy a garden? She wishes me to 
buy not only a garden, but a house also. — Does he wish me 
to stay with him? He prefers that you should take a bath, 
because it is very fine weather. — Is it necessary for me to finish 
my work? It is necessary for you to finish it before twelve. — 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 



281 



Must I go to church? I wish you could go with your little 
sister. — Do not forget that he is your father, and you must 
respect his name and person. — Do you not know that Mrs. S. 
is my sister, aud that I can not do that? 



Rule III. — The following compound conjunctions 
require the subjunctive after them : 



Afin que, in order that. 
A moins que (ne), unless. 
Au cas que, in case that. 
Avant que, before. 
Bieu que, though. 



De crainte que, 



for fear that. 



De peur que. 
En cas que, in case that. 
Encore que, although. 
Loin que, far from. 
Malgre que, notwithstanding. 

Afin que vous sachiez. 

En cas que vous restiez ioi. 

A moins que vous ne lui ecriviez. 



Pour que, in order that. 

Pourvu que, provided. 

Won pas que, not that. 

Pour peu que, however little. 

Quoique, though. 

Saris que, without. 

Si tant est que, if it is true that. 

Soit que, whether. 

Jusqu'a ce que, till. 

Won que, not that. 

De ce que requires the indicative. 

In order that you may knoiv. 
In case you remain here. 
Unless you write to her. 



Note. — The negative ne is used after the following without 
implying negation : a moins que, de peur que, de crainte que ; 
and after the verbs craindre, avoir peur, trembler, apprehender, 
empecher. Still, after craindre, avoir peur, trembler, we use pas 
after ne when we wish for the accomplishment of the action 
expressed by the second verb, which is in the subjunctive. 

J'ai peur que Madame S. ne vienne pas (I wish her to come). 
J'ai peur que Madame S, ne vienne (I do not ivish her to come). 
Je crains qu'il n'ecrive pas (Iivish him to write). 
Je crains qu'il n'ecrive {I don't wish him to write). 



III. 

Send for your cousin Julia, unless you prefer going to see her 
yourself. In case you do not go out, please translate this letter 
into French. Though you know French very well, you ought 
D. F. M. 21. 



282 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

to take some more lessons. In case you are not able to set off 
this evening, be ready for to-morrow morning, unless you prefer 
to wait till evening. Stay there till your aunt comes ; she wishes 
to take a walk with you. Although we are not rich, we are 
happy; there are so many who, though they are rich, are less 
happy than we are. Come before I go out ; that is to say, before 
five o'clock. I must be at the Champs-Elysees by (a) half-past 
five, and you know it is far from here. I advise (conseille) you 
to write to that man, for fear he may come to disturb (deranger) 
you. Write this lesson, unless you learn it by heart. I fear my 
friend Peter will not come, and I am afraid Charles will come. 
However little that child studies, he will soon be the first of his 
class. You must learn French, in order that you may be able 
to read French literature (litterature), and speak it enough to be 
understood when you go to France. 

Whether you come or stay, I will go, unless I am taken (tombe) 
ill. Take that ring, for fear it should be stolen. Provided you 
are satisfied, I am. Notwithstanding his poverty, he is happier 
than his wealthy neighbor. I am sorry you came so late (de ce 
que). I am sorry you came so late (que). I will give my son 
what I promised him, provided you are satisfied with him. 

Rule IV. — Use the subjunctive after the following 

expressions : 

Quel que, quoi que, whatever. 

Quelque, quelque . . . que, si... que, however. 

Qui que, qui que ce soit, whoever. 

Whatever may be your opinion. Quelle que soit votre opinion. 

Whatever may be his feelings. Quels que soient ses sentiments. 

Whatever you may say. Quoi que vous disiez. 

However rich you may be. Quelque riche que vous soyez. 

However tall he may be. Si grand qu'il soit. 

Whoever says so is in the wrong. Qui que ce soit qui le dise a tort, 

Tout . . . que, though, requires the indicative ; as : 

Though you are learned, you may Tout savant que vous §tes, vous 
be mistaken. pouvez vous tromper. 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 283 

Rule V. — The subjunctive generally comes after il 
n'y a il n'y a pas, il n'y a que, il n'est, il n'est pas, il 
n'est que, followed by a noun or a pronoun. 

There is nobody wlw knows that. II n'y a personne qui sache cela. 
There are none who know that. II n'y a pas d'hommes qui sachent 

cela. 

There are but few \ whokn0 wihat. U n ' en est gudre \ * ui sachen * 
There are few ) II e n est peu / cela. 

IV. 

However good translators (traducteurs) you may be, you will 
not be able to understand this, passage. However well written 
those works (ouvrages) may be, they are scarcely ever read. 
Whatever your intentions may be, you will be accused by your 
numerous enemies. Whoever comes, say I can not receive any 
one. Whoever that man may be, I do not wish to be his 
neighbor. However kind she may be, my mother is better. 
Whatever you may do to prevent your brother from gambling 
(de jouer), I am afraid you will not succeed in it. Whatever 
your opinion may be, I think you will be obliged to change 
your mind. 

There are but few children in this village who know how to 
read and write. There is only one boy here who understands 
English. That traveler says that there is only one Paris in the 
world (indicative). That Indian does not believe that there is a 
God. Is there any one who can write as fast as you? How is 
it possible for you to learn so many foreign (etrangere) lan- 
guages? I do not think there is any one in that old house. 
There is not one workman who could live in such a dirty 
house. There is only one man who can do that. Whoever you 
may be, I will not act differently. Whatever you may think of 
that undertaking (entreprise, /.), I maintain (maintiens) my 
opinion. Unless he comes before Sunday, it will be useless for 
him to come. Whatever your studies may have been, I think 
you would better learn what you do not know. 

Rule VI. — Unless we intend to affirm the thing pos- 
itively, the subjunctive is used after relative pronouns, 



284 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

when they are preceded by a superlative or by an equiv- 
alent; as, le seul, the only one; l'unique, the sole; le 
premier, le dernier, etc. ; as : 

That is the finest house I know. Voila la plus belle maison que 

je connaisse. 
You are the last who came. Vous etes le dernier qui soit 

venu. 
It is, perhaps, the only book I can C'est peut-etre le seul livre que 

lend you. je puisse vous preter. 

Do you know the last who came? Connaissez-vous le dernier qui 

est venu? 
He lent me the only book he had. II m'a prete le seul livre qu'il 

avait. 

Sometimes not only the verb which requires the sub- 
junctive is understood, but even the que which precedes 
that verb is not expressed. This takes place in certain 
exclamations; as: 

May heaven ! Would to God ! Fasse le ciel ! Plut a Dieu ! 
Wliatsoever may happen ! Advienne que pourra ! 

France for ever ! Vive la France ! 

The subjunctive must be used in some particular 

expressions; as: 

Who goes there? Qui vive? 

He has taken nothing, so far as II n'a rien pris, que je sache. 

I know. 
We said nothing bad, to my knowl- Nous n'avons rien dit de mal, 

que je sache. 



V. 

You are the first who has consulted me. He is the first man 
who died in this house. I think you are the last who came. 
There is the highest monument I have ever seen. Would to 
God you had (eussiez) succeeded according to your wishes! It 
is the only good pen I can give you. Charles is, perhaps, the 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 285 

only pupil (eleve) who can understand geometry. I gave him 
the only dollar I had. That dog is the most faithful I know. 
Your daughter is the most accomplished young lady I know. 
Madam, your sons are the best children I ever saw. The 
greatest praise I can give you, young ladies, is to wish (de 
souhaiter) that my daughter may resemble you. I will send you 
the best wine I can find. 

That gentleman is the first foreigner (etranger) I ever heard 
speaking French without a foreign accent. My parents are the 
only Parisians who visited that place (cet endroit). Those per- 
sons took nothing, so far as I know. You are the only person 
who is able to understand me. Take the largest jug (cruche,/.) 
you can find. May heaven grant them as good children as they 
merit. All the soldiers exclaim, France for ever! The only 
edition I know is that of Tours, 1785. There is no news, to my 
knowledge. Your son said nothing, so far as I know. Are those 
Englishmen the first travelers who ascended that mountain ? I 
am sure they are the first persons who ascended it. Is it the 
highest mountain you have seen? I think it is the highest. 

The Concord of the Tenses in the Subjunctive, with reference to 
the Verb in the first Proposition of the Sentence. 

Two Important Rules. — L After the present de 
L'indicatif and the futur, come the present or the pre- 
terit of the subjunctive. 

You must come immediately. II faut que vous veniez tout de 

suite. 

You will be obliged to come to- II faudra que vous veniez de- 

morrow. main. 

It is sufficient for you to have II suffit que vous n'ayez rien 

neglected nothing. neglige. 

It will be sufficient for you to be II suffira que vous soyez de 

back before Sunday. retour avant dimanche. 

II. After the imparfait, passe defini, passe indeflni, 
phis-que-parfait, passe anterieur, and conditionnels, 
come the imparfait or the plus-que-parfait of the sub- 
junctive. 



286 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



It was necessary that you should II fallait que vous vinssiez. 
It has been necessary, etc. [come. II fallut, etc. 
It had been necessary, etc. II a fallu, etc. 

It would be necessary, etc. II avait fallu, etc. 

It would have been necessary, etc. II eut fallu, etc. 

II faudrait, etc. 

II aurait fallu, etc. 



I do not believe that he will suc- 
ceed. 

It will be necessary for you to buy 
it. 

What will you have me to say? 

Is it not a pity that your son has 
torn his coat? 

Is it certain that you have lost your 
purse ? 

Do you think he has sold his house? 

Where would it be necessary for me 

to go ? 
Wiat would you have me do? 
What did you wish me to say ? 
I wished you to write to me. 

You ought to have come earlier. 



EXAMPLES. 

Je ne crois pas qu'il reussisse. 



II faudra que vous l'achetiez. 

Que voulez-vous que je dise ? 
N'est-ce pas dommage que votre 

fils ait dechire son habit ? 
Est-il certain que vous ayez 

perdu votre porte-monnaie ? 
Pensez-vous qu'il ait vendu sa 

maison ? 
Ou faudrait-il que j'allasse? 

Que voudriez-vous que je fisse? 
Que vouliez-vous que je disse? 
Je desirais que vous m'eerivis- 

siez. 
II aurait fallu que vous fussiez 

venu plus tot. 



Eemarks. — 1. Sometimes, though the first verb ip in the 
present or future, the second is in the imperfect or pluperfect 
of the subjunctive; this takes place when the second verb de- 
pends on a conditional expression which is itself in the imper- 
fect or pluperfect of the indicative ; as : 



I doubt whether you would do that 
if I told you to do it. 

I doubt whether he would have 
succeeded, if . . . 



Je doute que vous fissiez cela 

si je vous disais de le faire. 

Je doute qu'il eut reussi, si - - . 



THE SUBJUNCTIVE MODE. 287 

2, Sometimes, also, though the first verb is in one of the past 
tenses, the second is in the present or preterit of the subjunc- 
tive — 

1st. When we speak of a thing which is true at the moment 
we are speaking; as: 

It was the will of God that we Dieu a voulu que nous soyons 
should be mortal. mortels. 

2d. When we wish to express a future after afin que, bien 
que, de crainte que, etc. ; as : 

You have been so careless, that I Vous avez ete trop insouciant 
can not believe you capable pour que je vous croie 

of doing much. capable de grand'chose. 



VI. 

General M. wishes his troops to defend the town to the last 
(jusqu'a Pextremite). I do not wish them to pity me ( se plain- 
dre). Is it possible that you can not read that? It was neces- 
sary for him to write every week. Was it possible that I could 
understand a language I never heard spoken before ? We should 
be sorry to have (que) you wait for us so long. That child plays 
with a knife, although I forbid him daily (tous les jours) to do 
it. Some years ago I used to get up late, though I had much 
to do; I confess I was lazy. What would you have us learn? 
I should like to have you learn foreign languages. 

It is necessary for me to have my breakfast early. It was 
necessary for me to be in my office before nine o'clock. It 
would be necessary for me to come earlier in the morning. 
Was it necessary for your brother to come as early as you ? It 
was not necessary for him to come so early. Is it sufficient for 
you to take three lessons a week? No, sir; I must take one 
every day. Though I have a good memory, it takes (il me faut) 
me long to learn these lessons. I feared that my friend would 
not arrive in time. She feared that we might lose our way. I 
doubt whether he could have entered, had I not been there to 
speak to the manager. I do not think you will be able to re- 
member all these new expressions. It would have been neces- 
sary that you should come first. 



288 DUFFET'S FBENCH METHOD. 

It will be necessary for your servant not to buy of that 
merchant, because he deceives his customers. Is it possible 
that I should not have convinced you? It is astonishing that 
he has grown rich so soon. I do not believe that she has fled 
(enfuie). Do you suppose that we have left our country willingly? 
It will never be believed that you have deceived yourself (abuse) 
to such a degree. They wished him to rejoice. It would have 
been necessary for you to have defended yourself more valiantly. 
I would have written to my father to ask him for money, had 
you not lent me six hundred francs. 

He doubts our coming. You are sorry that he has gone. Do 
you think he is ill? Although you are well now, you may be 
ill to-morrow. I do not believe that he is gone. This is the 
best dictionary we have. I was afraid you were ill. Do you 
believe that my brother has received your letter? Behave in 
such a manner that you may deserve the esteem of good men. 
Whatever your duties may be, you are obliged to perform them. 
May he enjoy many years of happiness in his old age! Long 
live liberty! I must prepare my lessons with greater care. 
May you be happy! 



The Participle. 



There are two Participles, the present and the past 
The Present Participle ends in ant, and is always 
invariable. 

It must not be confounded with the verbal adjective ending 
in ant, which is variable, and expresses a state. The Present 
Participle generally has an objective case; the verbal adjective 
has none, and may be placed before the noun. 

Present Participles. 

Children obeying their parents. Des enfants obeissant a leurs 

parents. 

A mother loving her daughter. Une mere aimant sa fille. 

Children caressing their mother. Des enfants caressant leur mere. 

A rain fertilizing the soil. Une pluie fecondant le sol. 

Words offending decency. Des paroles offensant la pudeur. 



THE PARTICIPLE. 289 

Verbal Adjectives. 

They have obedient children. lis ont des enfants obeissants. 

I have a loving mother. J'ai une mere aimante. 

We have caressing children. Nous avons des enfants cares- 

sants. 
It is a fertilizing rain. C'est une pluie fecondante. 

Those are offensive words. Ce sont des paroles offensantes. 

The following verbal adjectives end in ent, instead of ant: 
adherent, affluent, coincident, different, divergent, equivalent, 
excellent, expedient, negligent, precedent, president, resident, 
violent. 



Even savages living in the desert have some knowledge of a 
Supreme Being, to whom reverence and submission are due. 
Your aunt is very obliging. That young lady, by obliging her 
friends, has merited their esteem. It is a convincing proof of 
the surprising effects of the loadstone (aimant, m.). The ruling 
passion of Csesar was ambition. Those ladies, obliging every 
body, are venerated by the whole town. Society is composed 
of men living together under the same laws. Living birds are 
taken without difficulty. Those men, foreseeing the danger, took 
precautions. Persons loving every body, generally love nobody. 
That interesting news reached us yesterday. Loving natures 
have more enjoyment than others. Floating masts and ropes 
were seen on the sea. Ladies trembling lest they (de) displease 
their husbands. Those young ladies are quite charming. It is 
a crying injustice. This book is full of amusing details. There 
are details amusing the reader. Children climbing the trees. 
Those are climbing birds. Those young men are interesting, 
obliging, engaging, charming. 



There are three principal rules for the past participle. 

Rule I. — Employed ivithout an auxiliary, the past 
participle is a qualifier which takes the gender and 
number of the noun which it qualifies. 

D. F. M. 25. 



290 DUFF JET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Except attendu, considering; excepts, except; oui, heard; sup- 
pose, supposing; vu, considering; non compris, not including; y 
compris, including, etc., which are invariable when they are 
placed before the nouns, because they take the place of prepo* 
sitions; as, attendu for en consideration de, etc. 

A work completed. Un ouvrage acheve. 

A house finished. Une maison achevee. 

Works finished. Des ouvrages achieves. 

Houses finished. Des maisons achevees. 

Considering your propositions. Attendu vos propositions. 

Supposing your adhesion. Suppose votre adhesion. 

My house excepted. Ma maison exceptee. 



I. 

In his insolent eyes I see my loss written. The inhabitants 
were trembling to see their town pillaged, their houses dev- 
astated by the victorious army. Children well brought up will 
behave well. I have seen plants unknown to botanists. My 
sons came home fatigued, their pantaloons torn to pieces. 
Those ladies, known to the governor, succeeded in visiting the 
prisoners arrested a few weeks ago. Abandoned by her friends, 
Mrs. A. is very much distressed (desolee), and almost ruined on 
account of her past generosity; what will become of her? We 
see palaces destroyed, houses burnt, families ruined, workmen 
unoccupied. Those are (voila) well bound books. The conclu- 
sion of the barrister having been heard. Supposing your reasons 
to be true, we declared ourselves satisfied. Your two friends 
excepted, we all agreed to undertake that work. A nation pro- 
tected by good laws well observed, is the model of nations. 
Alms given without ostentation acquire a new merit. 



Rule II. — The past participle conjugated with etre, 
or any other verb but avoir, is a true adjective, and 
agrees with the subject in gender and number. 

That nominative or subject is sometimes before, sometimes 
after the verb; as: 



THE PARTICIPLE. 



291 



Noble souls gain by being known, 
be those charitable ladies. 



Mr. and Mrs. B. are going to 

Rouen. 
The letters are all written. 
Your lesson is not known. 
My slate is broken. 
My buttons are lost. 
She appeared afflicted. 



Les ames nobles gagnent a §tre 

connues. 
Benies soient ces dames cha- 

ritables. 
M. et Mme. B. sont partis pour, 

or, sont alles a Rouen. 
Les lettres sont toutes ecrites. 
Votre legon n'est pas sue. 
Mon ardoise est cassee. 
Mes boutons sont perdus. 
Elle paraissait affligee. 



II. 

Innocence and virtue are often oppressed. That woman died 

regretted by every body. Those trees fell, blown down by the 

and. It is easier to say new things than to reconcile (concilier) 

those which have been said. The men who seem to be born for 

risfortune, ought to be prepared for any disgrace. Fidelity is 

dways suspected when it is bought. My sisters are very sorry 

for having lost your friendship. — Have your sons gone to school ? 

They have gone to pay a visit to their grandmother. — Ladies, 

ive you been out to-day ? No, sir ; we were too busy. 

Have your children been out this afternoon? It rained, so 
that they staid at home. — When did Mr. and Mrs. C. leave 
Paris ? They left last week. — Where did you go after breakfast ? 
We went to the Jardin des Plantes. — Madam, when did you 
arrive in Europe? I arrived five months ago. — Did you stay 
long in England? I staid a fortnight in London, and came to 
Paris immediately after. — My father and mother came to see 
me, on Sunday last, in my school. 



Rule III. — The past participle of an active verb, 
conjugated with avoir, is variable, if it is preceded by 
the direct object of the verb; then it agrees in gender 
and number with that object. An adjective can not be 
an accusative. 

Invariable — 1st. If there is no direct object ; 2d. If the direct 
object is after the participle. 



292 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Note. — This third rule is the most important and the prin- 
cipal one. 

The letters I have written. Les lettres que j'ai ecrites. 

I have sent them to the post-office. Je les ai envoyees a la poste. 

Here are the books she gave me. Voici les livres qu'elle m'a don- 

nes. 

She sent them to me yesterday. Elle me les a envoyes hier. 

I have written my two letters. J'ai 6crit mes deux lettres. 

She has written nothing. Elle n'a rien ecrit. 



III. 

Where did you meet Mr. and Mrs. F. yesterday? I met them 
at the banker's. — Did you invite them to come and see us ? I 
did; and they promised to come on Saturday evening. — The 
strongest habits are those we have formed in our childhood. 
Truth dictated my words. They founded a colony. Your sister 
has studied the French language. The house you bought lately 
is very old. The books you bought the day before yesterday are 
very cheap. The fortune my father left is sufficient for us all. 
They who have instructed us, have sacred rights to our thank- 
fulness. What were you speaking of, gentlemen, when I inter- 
rupted you ? We were speaking of the ladies we saw yesterday 
at Mrs. R.'s. 

God created us, and grants us new benefits every day. Did 
you sing those beautiful songs at Mrs. R.'s? We sang them 
several times. She has two daughters ; both have left the 
country and have gone to America. Did you know all the 
members of that family? I knew them all; three of them are 
dead. Did you prepare your lesson yesterday? I prepared it 
in the evening, and wrote two exercises. How many things 
you have done! The two young ladies you saw at Mrs. B.'s are 
from Bordeaux. These lessons need to be studied carefully, and 
I see you have not learned them well. I have not corrected 
(corriger) the exercises, because they were not legible (lisibles). 
She has received the letter you wrote to her. My little brother 
wrote us a letter from his boarding-school ; we received it on 
Monday last ; it was very well written. What lesson did I give 
you last week? I presented the letter to her; she read it; it was 
the same letter which you had returned (renvoyer) to me. 



THE PARTICIPLE. 293 



Kemarks on the Past Participle. 

I. Participle followed by an Infinitive. — The past parti- 
ciple of an active verb, preceded by a pronoun in the 
accusative, and followed by an infinitive with or with- 
out a preposition before it, is variable, if the preceding 
pronoun is the direct object of the principal verb ; as : 

The ladies I heard singing. Les dames que j'ai entendues 

chanter (entendues elles 
chanter). 

The children I saw playing. Les enfants que j'ai vus jouer 

(vus eux jouant). 

The participle is invariable, if the preceding pronoun 
is the object of the infinitive ; as : 

The robbers I saw condemned. Les voleurs que j'ai vu con- 

damner (condamner eux). 

The children I saw punished. Les enfants que j'ai vu punir 

(punir eux par quelqu'un). 

Note. — The participle fait, done, made, is always invariable 
before an infinitive ; as : 

I have had them mended. Je les ai fait raccommoder. 

IV. 

The barristers I heard pleading compromised their cause. 
Circumstances prevented us from succeeding. Study the lessons 
I gave you to learn. He has left the way (la route,' he had re- 
solved to follow. The great orators I heard speaking convinced 
me; I adopt the opinions I heard them support (emettre). 
Your sister, whom I saw writing yesterday, was in a hurry to 
finish her letters. The two ladies we saw painting in the 
Louvre, are Americans. The lady I saw painted by Horace 
Vernet, was an English lady; she is very well painted. The 
stories I heard told were very interesting. The plays (les pieces, 
/.) I have seen played, were loudly applauded. The actors I 
heard praised, were extremely flattered. The actors I have seen 
playing, are the best actors I know. 



294 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

You heard them blaming me at first, and then applauding 
me. The children we heard singing are the pupils of the best 
music master I ever heard of. The lesson I began to give was 
interrupted by the arrival of the inspector. I saw them fly 
before the enemy. I saw them killed by the enemies. The 
three houses I had built are to be sold. The clothes I had made 
last year are almost worn out. The children I have seen drawing 
are Mrs. F.'s sons. She let them fall down. I let them go out. 
I heard them praised. The resolution which you have taken to 
go into the country, will permit me to transcribe the history you 
have given me to translate from English into French. The 
measures which they had advised me to take were full of diffi- 
culties. The rule which you had begun to explain seems to be 
clear. 



II. Past Participle of Reflective Verbs. — In reflective verbs, 
the auxiliary etre always takes the place of avoir; as, 
je me suis habille, for j'ai habille moi-meme, etc.; the 
participle of these verbs follows the third rule. 

1. If the verb is essentially reflective, the participle agrees 
always with the second pronoun, which is the direct object of 
the verb; as: 

They laughed at your threats. lis se sont moques de vos me- 

naces (themselves). 

They (/.) did not remember your Elles ne se sont pas souvenues 
promises. de vos promesses (elles- 

memes). 

2. If the verb is accidentally reflective, the participle is vari- 
able, and follows the third rule, when the reflective is derived 
from an active verb ; and invariable, if the verb by itself is a 
neuter verb ; as, se plaire, se rire, se parler, se succeder, se nuire, 
se ressembler, etc. 

Wliat hard words they said to each Quelles dures paroles ils se sont 

other. dites (object, paroles, /.). 

TJiey said hard words to each other. Ils se sont dit de dures paroles 

(object after, third rule). 
They were pleased with each other. Ils se sont plu (a neuter verb). 



THE PARTICIPLE. 295 

They spoke to each other this morn- lis se sont parle ce matin (a neu- 

ing. ter verb). 

They (/.) applied to me. Elles se sont adressees a moi (se 

for elles-mgmes). 
She gave herself much trouble. Elle s'est donne beaucoup de 

peine (object after). 

Essentially reflective verbs : s'emparer, s'abstenir, se 
moquer, se souvenir, etc. 



Y. 

The letters they sent to each other were very friendly (amicales). 
K. and W. addressed letters to one another. She recollected all 
the good deeds she had done. They repented of their laziness. 
We remembered all the good services you rendered to us when 
we were in distress. Those gentlemen spoke to one another ami- 
cably for some time, and then they grew angry, and finished by 
giving each other blows with the fists (des coups de poing). Some 
days ago, Mr. E. and Mrs. P. met at Mrs. N.'s, and promised one 
another to be always good friends. The English troops have 
taken possession (s'emparer) of several towns. That woman had 
thrown herself into the river. Those two children have given 
each other the hand. Our good parents have flattered themselves 
that they will have well-trained children (bien eleven) ; and I 
fear they will not succeed in it. We took a walk with friends. 
Has your eldest sister been well since Sunday last? She has 
taken a walk every day with me. Did your children amuse 
themselves at the concert? The inhabitants of that village 
found themselves surrounded wuth water. 

They (/.) did not sit down ; they were in a hurry to go back. 
Did you go away together ? We went away one after the other. 
Mrs. B. went away at seven o'clock in the evening. Were not 
Mrs. B. and Mr. C. mistaken? They were mistaken, it is true, 
but you ought not to have laughed at them. Did we laugh at 
them ? Yon did not perceive that they went aw T ay angry ? We 
did not. Your brothers did not shave this morning. They did, 
because they had to go to a wedding. At what o'clock did they 
rise? They rose early; at about half -past six. Those women 
have given themselves up (s'abandonner, laisser aller) to despair. 



296 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

My brothers have not made sufficient haste (se dep§cher, se hater). 
Those soldiers have rendered themselves formidable. Those 
women have quarreled with one another, and would have fought 
if we had not hastened to separate them. Have those workmen 
washed their hands? How many popes have succeeded to the 
papal throne ! Your sister, his, and mine met at Mrs. F. 's ; they 
spoke to each other of the way of getting out of that scrape. 
"What lessons we should have lost, if Cicero (Ciceron) and 
Fenelon had not given themselves up (se livrer) to study! 

III. — 1. The past participle of an impersonal verb is 
afways invariable; as: 

Great misfortunes have happened. II est arrive de grands malheurs. 
The snow we have had this winter. La neige qu'il y a eu cet hiver. 

2. The participle preceded and followed by que is 
invariable ; as : 

Tlie persons I thought you knew. Les personnes que j'ai cru qae 

vous connaissiez. 

3. The participle is invariable when it has for an 
object V representing a proposition ; as : 

The news is better than we had be- La nouvelle est meilleure que 
lieved. nous ne l'avions cru (qu'elle 

6tait). 

4. The participle preceded by le peu de is variable, 
when le peu is taken in a positive sense, and means a 
little quantity, amount ; as : 

He robbed me of the few francs I II m'a vole le peu de francs que 
had won. j'avais gagn§s. 

The participle is invariable, when le peu is taken in 
a negative sense, and means the want; as: 

The little security I felt, discouraged Le peu de s6curite que je sentais, 
me. m'a decourage. 



THE PARTICIPLE. 297 

When variable, the participle agrees with the direct object 
which precedes it; when invariable, the participle agrees with 
le peu, which is masculine singular. 

5. The participle preceded by an adverb of quantity 
•agrees with the noun following the adverb ; as : 

Was there ever so much beauty Jamais tant de beaute fut-elle 
crowned f couronnee ? 

6. The participle preceded by en is variable only when 
en is preceded by a direct object of the verb ; as : 

We got out of it. Nous nous en sommes tires. 

They boasted of it. lis s'en sont vantes. 

You received some. Vous en avez regu (de cela, inv.). 

7. The participle preceded by en and an adverb of 
quantity is variable, when en refers to a preceding 
plural noun, and represents distinct objects — objects 
which can be added the one to the other; as: 

The more Englishmen I have known, Des Anglais, plus j 'en ai connus, 
the more I have appreciated plus j'en ai apprecies. 

them. 

The participle is invariable, when en represents a 
part of a whole whose elements can not be counted ; as : 

You made more progress than I Vous avez fait plus de progres 
did myself. que je n'en ai fait moi-mgme. 



VI. 

The excessive heat which we have had (y avoir) this summer, 
has caused many diseases. A crowd of armed men have assem- 
bled. The scarcity (la disette) we had (y avoir) last year caused 
many deaths. The rains which we have had, injured the pro- 
ductions of the earth. The provisions which we were obliged 
(faUoir) to buy before the siege, were very useful to us. The 



298 DVFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

precautions which it has been necessary to take, not to be com- 
promised, have obliged many persons to leave the town. The 
repairs necessary to be made on our house, have cost nearly as 
much as to build a new one. The frost we had (y avoir) last 
winter was not sufficient to destroy insects. 

Mathematics, which you have not desired me to study, are, 
however, very useful. The reasons for which I had thought 
that would be approved, seemed to be better than they were in 
reality (en effet). The men you had thought I should see, are 
not those you believed you knew. 

The thing was more serious than we had thought. The 
Russian army fought better than we had believed. The house 
of Mr. G. is such as I had supposed, but his farm is quite dif- 
ferent (tout autre) from what I had imagined. The assembly 
was less indulgent than I had hoped. 

The little meat you gave me was sufficient for me. The 
little meat you have given to my brother will not be sufficient 
for him, for he has a good appetite. I have been robbed of the 
few pens I bought in Paris. The little patience that servant has 
shown, will oblige me to send him away (renvoyer). The few 
pupils I have had will decide me to devote myself to teaching ; 
they were so attentive. The few plums I have eaten for my 
dessert hurt me. The little progress I have made will be of a 
great service to me. The few friends we have invited during 
our prosperity, are not numerous enough to assist us now. 
The few troops he has assembled (rassembler), have fought 
valiantly (vaillainment). I was grieved (contrarie) at the little 
confidence he had placed in my friendship. The loss of the 
battle was attributed to the little ability the general had shown. 

How many errors have been (on a) marked out (signalees) 
in the works they were (on les a) charged to make. Was ever 
more grandeur manifested in a man, or more kindness (s'est- 
elle) shown in a woman? The many misfortunes that we have 
experienced (eprouver), will show us how to be wise. As many 
virtues as she has practised, so many reasons of confidence has 
she i:i God's goodness. So many men were killed that the 
battle-field was covered with dead soldiers. 

I know those books very little, but the praise (la louange) 
you gave them will decide me to buy them. I never saw 
America, but the letters I have received from there have given 



GAMES. 



299 



me an idea of the country. I do not trust (se fier) those men, 
and I have been confirmed in the suspicions I had conceived of 
them. Glory has killed many men; the tongue has killed many 
more. The Bible was not translated into the language of the 
people (vulgaire) ; or, at least, the translations which had been 
made of it were unknown. Telemachus has found some imitators, 
but the Caracteres of La Bruyere have produced more. 

The less she has desired glory, the more she has obtained. 
He has gathered more fruits this year than he collected last 
year. They have shown in this new work much less care than 
in the first works which they performed some time ago. The 
more gratitude you owed him, the less you showed him. I 
have seen many carried too far (pousser a bout) on that matter. 
As many different liquors as we have offered him, so many has 
he drunk. As many enemies as we have seen, so many have 
we killed. 



FOURTEENTH LESSON— Quatorzieme Legem. 



Cards, les cartes,/. 

A game at cards, une partie de 

cartes. 
A pack of cards, un jeu de cartes. 
A suit, une couleur. 
A heart, un cceur. 
A diamond, un carreau. 
A club, un trefle. 
A spade, un pique. 



Draughts, checkers, les dames. /. 

The dice, les des. m. 

Chess, les echecs. m. 

To play at cards, joueraux cartes. 

To deal, donner les cartes. 

Piquet, le piquet. 

Whist, le whist. 

A hand, un jeu (bon, mauvais). 

A trump, atout. m. 



Note. — For the use of ce, see Part I., Lessons XVII and 
XVIII. 



They are my sisters. 
My sisters are coming. 
WJio is that lady? 
She is my aunt. 



Ce sont mes scaurs. 

Ce sont mes sceurs qui viennent 

Qui est cette dame ? 

C'est ma tante. 



300 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



It is I who have played. 

It is he, it is she, who has played. 

It is we, it is you, who have played. 

It is they who have played. 



C'est moi qui ai jou6. 

Cest lui, c'est elle, qui a joue. 

C'est nous qui avons, c'est vous 

qui avez joue. 
Ce sont eux, elles qui ont joue. 



To spend one's time at something. Passer son temps a quelque chose, 

In what manner do you spend your A quoi passez-vous le (or votre) 

time in the evening f temps le soir? 

We spend our time in reading or Nous passons le (ornotre) temps 

talking. a lire ou a parler (or causer). 



To have left. 
Have you any gold left ? 

I have a thousand francs left. 
When I have paid the tailor for my 
coats, I shall have nothing left. 



Hester, de reste. 

Vous reste-t-il de l'or ? or, 
Avez- vous de l'or de reste? 
II me reste mille francs. 
Quand j'aurai paye mes habits 

au tailleur, il ne me restera 

rien. 



To be far from. 
To be nearly. 

I am far from being as tall as you. 
I was nearly drowned. 



S'en falloir de. 
Faillir. 

II s'en faut de beaucoup que je 

sois aussi grand que vous. 
J'ai failli me noyer. 



EXAMPLES. 



Do you know how to play at cards ? 

I can play whist. 

Who was your partner yesterday ? 

Mrs. 8. 

It was we who won. 

How does Mr. P. spend his time ? 

He spends his time in playing chess. 



Savez-vous jouer aux cartes P 

Je sais jouer au whist. 

Qui est-ce qui etait votre partner 

hier? 
C'etait Madame S. 
C'est nous qui avons gagn§. 
A quoi M. P. passe-t-il son temps? 
II passe son temps a jouer aux 

echecs. 



USE OF CE. 301 

Does he play as well as his cousin f Joue-t-il aussi bien que son cou- 
sin? 

He is far from playing as well. II s'en faut de beaucoup qu'il 

joue aussi bien. 

Has Mr. JR. anything left f Reste-t-il quelque chose a M. R. ? 

He has about ten thousand francs II lui reste une dixaine de mille 
left. francs. 

Who are those children f Qui sont ces enfants ? 

They are our neighbor's children. Ce sont les enfants de notre 

voisin. 

It was they who were crying just Ce sont eux qui criaient tout a 
now. Fheure. 

Have you got a pack of cards f Avez-vous un jeu de cartes ? 

I have ; do you wish to play piquet f Oui; voulez-vous jouer au piquet? 

J should prefer to play ecarte. J'aimerais mieux jouer a Pecart6. 

CONVERSATION. 

Jouez-vous quelquefois aux echecs? Savez-vous jouer aux 
dames? Voulez-vous faire une partie {play a game) de cartes? 
Comment appelez-vous club et spade en francais? Combien de 
cartes y a-t-il dans un jeu? Qui est-ce qui a gagne hier soir? 
A quoi cette demoiselle passe-t-elle son temps? Est-ce vous 
qui venez de donner ? Vous reste-t-il plus d'argent qu'a moi ? 
Combien pensez-vous qu'il me restera quand j'aurai paye mes 
deux chapeaux au chapelier? Avez-vous sou vent de bons jeux 
quand vous jouez aux cartes? Qui a ecrit cette page, vous ou 
votre sceur? S'en faut-il de beaucoup que vous ayez fini votre 
lecon ? 

14. 

It is your sister who sings so well, isn't it? No, it is my 
cousin. — Has she been taking lessons long from Mr. Dupre? 
Two months; she only takes a lesson a week. — How much 
does she pay by the (par) lesson? Twenty francs. — How shall 
you spend your time this evening? I don't know yet what I 
shall do; perhaps I shall pay a visit to my godmother. — Is it 
worth while to have my old boots mended ? They are too much 
worn out (usees) ; get a new pair made. — Have we much more 
wine left? Not much; it is time to buy some. — How many 



302 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

bottles do you drink a day? We drink three or four bottles a 
day. — How much do you pay a (la) bottle ? Seventy centimes. — 
Do they (on) drink much wine in your country (pays) ? They 
(y) drink more beer than wine. — Are there any peaches left in 
the dining-room? There were two left; why do you ask me 
that? Because I should like to have one. — There are no more. 
So much the worse. — You are very fond of peaches, are you 
not? Is there anything better in the world? — Go to my 
grandmother's garden ; there are plenty, and I am sure she will 
be very glad to give you some. — Do you know how to play 
piquet ? Not very well ; I prefer whist, because I am accustomed 
to play it. — As for me, I never play at cards ; I scarcely know 
the names of the cards. — Can you play chess ? No, it is too 
difficult a game for me. — How do you spend your time ? I talk 
or read. 



An Answer Better than the Question 1 . 

Mgr. Affre, archbishop 2 of Paris, was traveling in a stage- 
coach 3 in which he was not known, for he was dressed like a 
simple priest 4 . A commercial traveler 5 , who was 6 among the 
passengers, asked the archbishop, " Could you tell the difference 
between an ass and a bishop 7 ? You are a scholar 8 ; you ought 
to know that perfectly well." 

"I assure you," said the archbishop, "that I can not answer 
you." "Well, Monsieur l'abbe, the difference between an ass 
and a bishop is, that the bishop wears his cross 9 on his breast 10 , 
and the ass wears his on his back 11 ." 

All the passengers began laughing, and Mgr. Affre laughed 
with them. But the archbishop, to have his revenge 12 , ad- 
dressed 13 the young man thus: "And you, sir, can you tell us 
the difference between an ass and a commercial traveler?" 
"The difference between an ass and a commercial traveler!" 
repeated the young man; "I don't see any." "Nor I either; 
on the contrary, they have great resemblance 14 ." 

Everybody laughed heartily, except the commercial traveler. 

1 demande ; 2 archev§que ; 3 diligence, /. ; 4 prgtre ; 5 commits 
voyageur ; 6 se trouvait ; 7 evSque ; 8 vous qui avez etudie ; 9 croix ; 
10 poitrine ; u dos ; 12 sa revanche ; 13 s'adressa au ; 14 ressemblance. 



MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. 



303 



FIFTEENTH LESSON — Quinzieme Legon. 



A clarinet, une clarinette. 
A horn, un cor, un cornet. 
A flageolet, un flageolet. 
A flute, une flute. 
A guitar, une guitare. 
A harp, une harpe. 
An organ, un orgue. 
A piano-forte^ un piano. 



A drum, un tambour. 

J. drummer, un tambour. 

^. kettledrum, une timbale. 

J. trumpet, une trompette. 

-4 violin, un violon. 

J. violoncello, un violoncello. 

-4 6ow, un archet. 

J. key-board, un clavier. 



To pZay (on). Jouer de. 

Do you play the violin f Jouez-vous du violon P 

I can not play any instrument. Je ne sais jouer d'aucun instru- 
ment. 

My sister is going to play on the Ma soeur va jouer du piano. 

piano. 

Listen; P. is playing on the flute. Ecoutez; P. joue de la flute. 



To get rid of. 



J Se debarrasser de. 
I Se defaire de. 



To paH with. l Se defaire de. 

To discharge, to shake off. j 

I have at last got rid of my horse. Je me suis enfin defait de mon 

cheval. 
Have you been able to get rid of Avez-vous pu vous d6barrasser 

that man ? de cet homme ? 

Mrs. B. has parted with her cook. Madame B. s'est defait de sa 

cuisiniere. 
Shake off your laziness. Defaites-vous de votre paresse. 



To change one's mind. Changer d'avis. 

To put on another coat. Changer d'habit. 

I have changed my mind. J'ai change d'avis. 

Put on another hat to go out. Changez de chapeau pour sortir. 



304 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



To take off, to take away. Oter, enlever, desservir (the 

table). 

Why do you take off your boots f Pourquoi otez-vous vos bottes? 

Because they hurt me. Parce qu'elles me font mal. 

Take away the glasses and plates. Otez les verres et les assiettes. 

To exchange for. Changer contre. 

I should like to exchange my watch Je voudrais changer, or echanger, 
for yours. ma montre contre la votre. 



EXAMPLES 

Wliat instrument does Mr. F. play ? 



He plays the flute and flageolet. 
Is there an organ in your church ? 

There is a large one and a small 

one. 
.Do play (on) the piano ; you play 

so well. 
I will play the piano, if you will 

play the harp. 
Have you got rid of your hornf 

Yes, I have exchanged it for a 

better one. 
We are going to pay a visit; put 

on another coat. 
I can't take off my shoes. 
Who has taken away my books 

from my library? 
Your sisters. 
You often change your mind, don't 

youf 
Do you think so t 
I not only believe it, but I am sure 

of it. 
You will make me blush. 
You don't blush for so little. 



De quel instrument M. F. joue- 

t-il? 
II joue de la flute et du flageolet. 
Y a-t-il un orgue dans votre 

eglise ? 
II y en a un grand et un petit. 

Jouez done du piano ; vous jouez 

si bien. 
Je jouerai du piano, si vous 

voulez jouer de la harpe. 
Vous Stes-vous defait de votre 

cor? 
Oui, je l'ai change contre un 

meilleur. 
Nous allons faire une visite ; 

changez d'habit. 
Je ne peux pas oter mes souliers. 
Qui a ote mes livres de ma 

bibliotheque ? 
Ce sont vos soeurs. 
"Vous changez souvent d'avis, 

n'est-ce pas ? 
Croyez-vous ? 
Hon seulement je le crois, mais 

j'en suis sur. 
Vous allez me faire rougir. 
Vous ne rougissez pas pour si 

peu. 



MUSICAL CONVERSATION. 305 

CONVERSATION. 

Etes-vous musicien ? De quel instrument jouez-vous? Aimez- 
vous a jouer du violoncelle ? Pourriez-vous me preter un archet? 
Jouez-vous de la harpe? Mademoiselle L. joue-t-elle bien du 
piano? Auriez-vous la bonte de jouer du piano? Combien y 
a-t-il que votre fils apprend le violon? Lequel de ces deux 
organistes joue le mieux? Qui joue de la harpe? Pourquoi 
n'otez-vous pas votre pardessus (overcoat) ? Ne changez-vous pas 
de gants? Pourquoi ne vous debarrassiez-vous pas de cet homme 
ennuyeux (tiresome) hier soir? Voulez-vous changer votre porte- 
plume contre le mien? 

15. 

This evening we are to have a concert: my sister will play 
the piano; my cousin will play the harp; Mr. I., the violin? 
and I shall play the violoncello. Will there be many people at 
your concert? Only a few friends; and I very much regret 
that you can not come yourself. I am very sorry for it; I 
should have been so happy to hear you play. — Your cousin 
plays the harp well, does she not ? She plays admirably. — Do 
you know the organist of Saint S. ? No. — He is a good musi- 
cian ; he will give piano lessons to my sister. — How much does 
he charge (prend-il) a lesson? Ten francs (il prend). 

Charles, put on another coat; we are going to pay a visit to 
Colonel R. At what time shall we go out? As soon as you 
are ready. I ask you for ten minutes. Must I put on my over- 
coat? I think you would better put it on, because it is not 
warm to-day. — Why do you take off your gloves ? Because my 
hands are too warm. — Has your neighbor been able to get rid 
of his white horse ? Yes ; he has exchanged it for a fine young 
horse. — Do you know who has taken away my dictionary from 
the table? It is your wife. — Do you know where she put it? 
I think she lent it to Miss M. ; do you want it ? I shall want 
it by and by. 

Cold and Hungry. 

Mr. de B. one day introduced 1 a relative 2 of his to Cardinal 
Mazarin, assuring 3 him that he had only two words to say to 
him. "I consent," said the Cardinal; "but two words, and no 
D. F. M. 26. 



306 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

more 4 ." Mr. de B. invited his relative to enter, but he warned 5 
him to say but two words. "I shall not say more than that," 
answered the officer, on approaching the Cardinal. It was 
winter-time. He said to him, "Cold, hungry." The Cardinal 
replied, "Fire, bread," and at once obtained an allowance 6 for 
him. 

^rSsenta; 2 parents; 3 promettant ; 4 davantage ; 5 Favertit; 
6 pension. 

A Truth 1 . 

When Cromwell made his entrance in London, his attention 
was called to the crowds 2 of people who ran up 3 from all sides 4 
to see him. "There would be as many," said he, "if I was 
being taken to the scaffold 5 ." 

1 v6rite ; 2 foule ; 3 accourait ; 4 parts ; 5 6ehafaud. 



The Adverb. 

Place of the Adverb. 

1. In French, the adverb is generally placed after the 
verb in simple tenses, and between the auxiliary and 
the participle in compound tenses; as: 

You never sing. Vous ne chantez jamais. 

You never sang. Vous n'avez jamais chants. 

I always go to his house. Je vais toujours chez lui. 

I have always been in his house. J'ai toujours 6te chez lui. 

2. Adverbs in ment may be placed before or after the 
participle in compound tenses ; but if they are modified 
by other words, they are placed after the participle ; as : 

He is strongly suspeciad, II est fortement soupconne\ or, 

II est soupconne fortement. 
Fortunately, I finished in time. J 7 ai fini heureusement a temps. 



THE ADVERB. 307 

3. Aujourd'hui, demain, hier, apres-demain, apres- 
midi, etc., may be placed before or after the verb, but 
never between the auxiliary and participle ; as : 

It is fine weather to-day. II fait beau temps aujourd'hui; 

Aujourd'hui il fait beau temps. 
It was fine weather yesterday. II a fait beau temps hier, or, 

Hier il a fait beau temps. 

4. Mieux, better, immediately follows the verb; as: 

I like John better than Cliarles. J'aime mieux Jean que Charles. 
I like France better than any other J'aime mieux la France que tous 
country. les autres pays. 



5. Plus, moins are repeated before every adjective; 
peu, trop, beaucoup, tant, etc., are not repeated, but the 
preposition de, which follows them, is always repeated; 
as: 

I am less tall and strong than Je suis moins grand et moins 

you. fort que vous. 

I have too much bread and cheese. J'ai trop de pain et de fromage. 



Negation. 

6. The negation is composed of ne placed before the 
verb, and pas or point placed after it in simple tenses. 
The second negative comes between the auxiliary and 
participle in compound tenses. Pas and point are sup- 
pressed when there is another negative word; as, jamais, 
nul, guere, personne, ni, etc. ; as : 

jt 5o not know them. Je ne les connais pas. 

1 have not known them. Je ne les ai pas connus. 

I never saw them. Je ne les ai jamais vus. 

I have not many relations. Je n'ai guere de parents. 



308 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



7. Pas and point may be omitted after pouvoir, oser, 
', savoir ; as : 

Je ne puis faire eela. 
Je n'ose lui parler. 



i" can not do that. 

I dare not speak to him. 



8. Me is used without any negative sense after a 
moins que, etc. (see page 79). Ne is not used when 
the verb of the preceding proposition is accompanied 
by a negative ; as : 

She is not more modest than she Elle n'est pas plus modeste 

appears. qu'elle le parait. 

He is not so old as he appears. II n'est pas si age qu'il le parait. 



SIXTEENTH LESSON — Seizieme Lecon. 



Hunting, la chasse. 

A gun, un fusil. 

A race, une course. 

A bet, un pari. 

A French horn, un cor de chasse. 

A sportsman, hunter, un chasseur. 

A firework, un feu d'artifice. 

Swimming, la natation. 

Angling, la peche a la ligne. 

Walking, la promenade. 

To do without. 
Can you do ivithout that pen ? 

I can do without it. 

To wait for, to expect. 

For whom are you waiting here f 
I am waiting for Edward. 
We expect my aunt this evening. 



To take a walk, se promener. 
To take a drive, to ride in a car- 
riage, se promener en voiture. 
Riding, l'equitation, /. 
Fencing, l'escrime, /. 
To swim, nager. 
Fishing, la p§che. 
On foot, a pied. 
On horseback, a cheval. 



Se passer de. 

Pouvez-vous vous passer de cette 

plume ? 
Je puis m'en passer. 

Attendre. 

Qui attendez-vous ici ? 

J'attends Edouard. 

Nous attendons ma tante ce soir. 



OUT-DOOR SPORTS. 



309 



To intend. Compter. 

To rely upon, to depend upon. Compter sur. 

I intend to call on you on Thursday. Je compte aller vous voir jeudi. 

I depend upon it. j'y compte. 

I depend upon your visit. Je compte sur votre vigite. 



To carry, to take. 

To bring. 

To take away, to carry away. 

To bring back, to bring again. 

I bring you back the books which 
you brought to me last month. 

You may take away these two. 

To take, to lead, to conduct. 

To bring. 

To bring again. 

To take away. 



Porter. ^ things 

Apporter. 

Emporter. \° Y hel P leSS 

Kapporter.J beings. 

Je vous rapporte les livres que 
vous m'avez apportes le mois 
dernier. [ci. 

Vous pouvez emporter ces deux- 



Mener, eonduire. 
Amener. 
Eamener. 
Emmener. » 



persons 

or 
animals. 



EXAMPLES 



Are you fond of hunting t 
lam not; I prefer fishing to hunt- 
ing. 
I am very fond of angling, too. 

Do you wish to take a walk with us? 

I must take my daughter to her 

school. 
Who brings her home in the evening? 
Her mother goes for her. 
Can you do without your gun ? 

For how long ? 

For a few days. 

Bring it back to me before Sunday. 

You can depend upon it. 



Aimez-vous la chasse? 

Hon; je prefere la p§che a la 
chasse. 

J'aime aussi beaucoup la p§che 
a la ligne. 

Desirez-vous faire une prome- 
nade avec nous ? 

II faut que je mene ma fille a sa 
pension. 

Qui la ramene le soir? 

Sa mere va la chercher. 

Pouvez-vous vous passer de votre 
fusil? 

Pour combien de temps ? 

Pour quelques jours. 

Kapportez-le moi avant di- 
manche. 

Vous pouvez y compter. 



310 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Can you swim f Savez-vous nager P 

Like a fish. Comme un poisson. 

My brother will learn fencing. Mon frere va apprendre l'es- 

crime. 

Are you not using my angling-rod "Ne vous servez-vous plus de ma 

any longer ? ligne ? 

I use it from time to time. Je m'en sers de temps en temps. 

Wfiat do you intend to do to- Que comptez-vous faire demain ? 

morrow f 

I intend to go and see the races. Je compte aller voir les courses. 

Bring me my newspaper, if you Apportez-moi mon journal, s'il 

please. vous plait. 

I'll try not to forget it. Je tacherai de ne pas Foublier. 

I expect some friends this evening. J'attends quelques amis ce soir. 

CONVERSATION. 

N'avez-vous pas un cor de chasse? Allez-vous souvent a la 
chasse ? Etes-vous bon chasseur ? Aimez-vous la peche ? Etes- 
vous bon nageur? Faites-vous une promenade tous les jours? 
Pouvez-vous vous passer de ma ligne a pecher? Ou portez- 
vous ces vieux livres ? Qui vous a apporte mon journal ? Quand 
pensez-vous nous amener votre fille or demoiselle? Menez-vous 
votre fils a l'ecole tous les jours? Etes-vous alle a Saint Cloud a 
pied hier? Que m'apportez-vous? Avez-vous gagne votre pari? 
Qui conduit votre grand-pere aveugle ? Pouvez-vous vous passer 
de votre sceur aujourd'hui? 

16. 

Does your mother often take a drive ? She drives to the Bois 
de Boulogne almost every afternoon. — Do you often ride ? Once 
or twice a week ; I take riding-lessons. — Will there be fire- 
works soon ? I think there will be none this year. — Do you 
think I can go from here to Saint Cloud on foot? It is rather 
far ; however, if you are a good walker, it is not impossible. — 
If you can do without your brother for the afternoon, he will 
accompany me. He has time to go with you, for I believe he 
has very little to do to-day. — Tell him, if you please, that I 
shall wait for him at my house about one o'clock. He will be 
there; you can depend upon it. 



A CHILD'S LETTER. 311 

Shall you go to see Mr. H. ? Yes, for I must take him a book 
he has asked for. — You do not take your young brother away 
with you? It is too far ; he could not go and return on foot. — At 
what hour do you intend to come back? I don't know, but I 
think we shall be back about seven o'clock. — When shall you 
bring us your sisters ? I will tell them that you wish to see them ; 
and I am sure they will be very happy to come and see you. — 
Would you be so kind as to bring one of your English gram- 
mars? I wish to study English. 

Honesty is the best Policy. 

Charles was twelve years old when he had the misfortune to 
lose his father. He had therefore no longer anybody to provide 
for him (pour pourvoir a ses besoins) ; for his mother was in such 
a poor state of health that she could hardly support herself with 
her work. Charles resolved to help himself (de se suffire), in 
order not to be a burden (a charge) to his mother. He took leave 
of her, and went to (alia trouver) one of his father's friends, who 
was a prosperous merchant, and begged that he would give him 
employment (un emploi). Mr. Martin, the merchant, was ready 
to take him into his house if he would engage to serve him faith- 
fully and honestly. This (ce que) Charles promised with such 
frankness that Mr. Martin thought he could trust him (avoir con- 
fiance en lui). Nevertheless (toutefois), he wished to try him. 
One day he purposely put a piece of gold in an empty paper that 
had contained money, to see whether Charles would be honest 
enough not to keep it. The boy found the piece of gold in the 
presence of one of his master's servants. "That's a godsend!" 
(une bonne aubaine) said the servant ; "keep it, and we will have 
a good time" (nous nous amuserons). But instantly (aussitot) 
Charles returned the money to Mr. Martin, who was so much 
pleased with the boy, that, having no children of his own, he 
made him his heir. 



312 



DUFFET'S FR. NCH METHOD. 



SEVENTEENTH LESSON — Dix-septieme Le<?on. 



A needle, une aiguille. 
A pin, une epingle. 
A nail, un clou. 
A hammer, un marteau. 
Some paste, de la colle. 
A thimble, un de. 
An anvil, une enclume. 
An ax, une haehe. 
A file, une lime. 



A shuttle, une navette. 

A shovel, une pelle. 

A ruler, une regie. 

A saw, une scie. 

A sieve, un tamis. 

A pair of pincers, des tenailles. 

A screw, une vis. 

A pair of scissors, des ciseaux. 

A chisel, un ciseau. 



To express one's self. 

To make one's self understood. 

To be puzzled, embarrassed. 

Do you easily express yourself in 
French? 

No, but I can make myself under- 
stood. 

As for me, I am always puzzled 
when I talk with a French- 
man. 



S'exprimer. 

Se faire comprendre. 

Etre embarrasse. 

Vous exprimez-vous facilement 
en frangais? 

Non, mais je puis me faire com- 
prendre. 

Quant a moi, je suis toujours 
embarrasse quand je parle 
avec un Frangais. 



To let to, to hire from. 

A suite of rooms. 

A lease. 

A quarter's rent. 
I have just let my house. 
He has hired a suit of rooms. 
We pay a thousand francs per 

quarter. 



Louer (to praise). 
Un appartement. 
Un bail (pi. baux). 
Un terme. 

Je viens de louer ma maison. 
II a loue un appartement. 
Nous payons mille francs par 
terme. 



To get into bad scrapes. Se faire or s'attirer de mauvaises 

affaires. 
To get out of a bad scrape. Se tirer d'affaire or d'un mauvais 



My son often gets into bad scrapes. 



Mon fils s'attire souvent de mau- 
vaises affaires. 



USEFUL IMPLEMENTS. 313 

You have got me out of a bad scrape. Vous m'avez tire d'un mauvais 



With all my heart. 

Every one in his own way. 

Do n't mention it. 

It matters not ; never mind. 



De tout mon coeur. 
Chacun a sa maniere. 
II n'y a pas de quoi ; de rien. 
Cela (ga) ne fait rien; peu 
importe. 



EXAMPLES. 



I should like to have a needle and 

some thread. 
Do you want white thread f 
White or black ; it matters not. 

Here is what you want. 

I am much obliged to you. 

Don't mention it. 

Peter, bring me a hammer and some 

nails. 
Have you any paste f 
No, but I know where there is some. 
I have hired a country-house. 

Go and buy an ax, a file, and a 

pair of pincers. 
You know that our saw is broken. 

Buy another. 

Whose pretty gold thimble is this f 

Mine. Will you lend me your 

scissors f 
lean not make myself understood. 
I have got out of that bad scrape. 

I owe two quarters' rent. 
Every one works in his own way. 
I am often puzzled when I speak 
French. 

D. F. M. 27. 



Je voudrais bien avoir une ai- 
guille et du fi.1. 

Vous faut-il du fil blanc ? 

Du blanc ou du noir ; eela ne fait 
rien. 

Voici votre affaire. 

Je vous suis bien oblige. 

II n'y a pas de quoi. 

Pierre, apportez-moi un marteau 
et des clous. 

Avez-vous de la colle ? 

Won, mais je sais ou il y en a. 

J'ai loue une maison de cam- 
pagne. 

Allez acheter une hache, une 
lime, et des tenailles. 

Vous savez que notre scie est 



Achetez-en une autre. 

A qui est ce joli de en or? 

A moi. Voulez-vous me prefer 

vos ciseaux ? 
Je ne puis me faire comprendre. 
Je me suis tir6 de cette mauvaise 

affaire. 
Je dois deux termes de loyer. 
Chacun travaille a sa maniere. 
Je suis souvent embarrasse 

quand je parle francais. 



314 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous une lime? Pourriez-vous me preter des tenailles? 
Que voulez-vous declouer {unfasten) f Pourriez-vous me donner 
quelques clous? Avez-vous un gros marteau? Pouvez-vous vous 
exprimer en allemand? Pouvez-vous vous faire comprendre en 
f rancais ? Pourquoi etes-vous quelquefois embarrasse quand vous 
parlez avec M. N. ? Votre fils a-t-il loue une grande chambre? 
Y a-t-il beaucoup de chambres a louer dans cet hotel ? Combien 
y a-t-il de chambres dans cet appartement? Pourquoi vous 
attirez-vous si sou vent de mauvaises affaires? Comment votre 
ami s'est-il tire de cette mauvaise affaire? Combien a-t-il perdu? 
Qui a gagne au whist? 

17. 

Have you any pins at my service ? There are some ; take as 
many as you please. — Thank you. Don't mention it. — Could 
you lend me a ruler ? Unfortunately, I have none. — Are all 
your rooms let ? No, we have two more to let. — I should like 
to see them. Please to walk up stairs; I will show them to 
you (montrer). — Have you a long lease? We have a lease of 
eighteen years. — Have you been living long in this house ? It 
will soon be seven years. — What is that called in English? It 
is called a shuttle. — And that ? A sieve. — You know English 
very well. Pretty well; however, I am often puzzled to find 
my words ; above all, when I wish to speak fast. — Do you un- 
derstand that Englishman when he speaks French ? Not at all ; 
he speaks so badly that he can not make himself understood. 

Do you love your country well ? I love it with all my heart. — 
May I take away your little sister to the garden of the Luxem- 
bourg? Why (mais), certainly; she will be very glad to accom- 
pany you. — At what o'clock must I bring her back ? When 
you please; provided she is here for dinner-time (l'heure du 
diner) ; it is all I ask ; only she is not well dressed. Never 
mind; we are merely going to take a little walk. — Have you 
seen the balloon pass over the town? I have not (seen it) ; it 
probably passed while I was in the cellar (la cave). — A count, 
or an earl (comte), is above a baron, is he not? Yes; but in 
a republic all the citizens (citoyens) are equal (egaux) ; they 
differ only by personal merit. 



THEATRICAL TERMS. 315 

The Drummer-Boy \ 

In the war with France previous 2 to the Revolution, an 
English drummer, not more than fifteen years of age, having 
wandered 3 from his camp too near the French lines, was seized 
and brought before the French commander. On being asked 
by the general who he was, he answered, " A drummer in the 
English service." This not being believed, a drum 4 was sent 
for, and he was desired to beat a couple of marches, which he 
accordingly did 5 . 

The Frenchman's suspicions being, however, not quite re- 
moved 6 , he desired the drummer to beat a retreat. " A retreat, 
sir?" replied the youthful Briton; "I don't know what that 
is." This answer pleased the French officer so much, that he 
dismissed 7 the drummer, and wrote to his general commending 8 
his spirited 9 behavior. 

1 le tambour ; 2 avant ; 3 s'etant ecarte ; 4 tambour ; 5 fit de suite ; 
5 concevant encore des soupgons ; " renvoya ; 8 louant ; y brave. 



EIGHTEENTH LESSON — Dix-huitieme Legon. 



The saloon, le foyer. 
A box, une loge. 
TJie pit, le parterre. m. 
The orchestra, l'orcbestre. 
The curtain, le rideau. 
The stage, la scene. 
The ticket, le billet. 



The tragedy, la tragedie. 
The comedy, la comedie. 
The drama, le drame. 
The opera, l'opera. m. 
A character, un role. 
The manager, le directeur. 
The prompter, le soumeur* 

The upper gallery, le paradis. 

The scenery, les decorations, or decors. 

A check, une contre-marque. 

The first gallery, la premiere galerie. 

To show a desire to. Faire mine de. 

To look pleased with. Faire bonne mine a. 

To look cross at. Faire mauvaise mine a. 



316 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

A good-looking man. Un homme de bonne mine. 
A bad-looking man. Un homme de mauvaise mine. 

That foreigner shows a desire to Cet etranger fait mine de s'ap- 

approach us. procher de nous. 

Charles looks cross at Paul. Charles fait mauvaise mine a 

Paul. 
But he looks pleased with Arthur. Mais il fait bonne mine a 

Arthur. 

In vain. Avoir beau. 

In vain you cry ; nobody can hear Vous avez beau crier ; personne 
you. ne peut vous entendre. 

To mean. Vouloir dire, signifier. 

Wliat does that mean f Qu'est-ce que cela veut dire P 

That means nothing. Cela ne veut rien dire. 

To mind. S'occuper de, faire attention a, 

songer a. 

Mind what you say. Songez a ce que vous dites. 

When you talk with Mr. T., mind Quand vous parlez avec M. T., 
what you say. faites attention a vos paroles. 

To play a trick on some one. Jouer un tour a quelqu'un. 

I will play a trick on B. Je vais jouer un tour a B. 

They have played me a trick. On m'a joue un tour. 



Nothing but. We . . . que. 

To suit. Convenir. 

That cloth does not suit me. Ce drap ne me convlent pas. 



EXAMPLES. 

Have you hired a box at the opera f Avez-vous lou§ une loge a 

l'opera P 
No, I have taken tickets for the first Non, j'ai pris des billets de 
gallery. premiere galerie. 



THE THEATER. 



317 



I go to the pit ; it is cheaper. 

Do you like dramas f 
No, I prefer comedies. 
Mr. C. is the manager of that thea- 
ter. 
Should you like to be an actor f 
No, I could not learn my parts. 

Mrs. S. looks pleased with every 

body. 
Still, yesterday she looked c?wss at 

me. 
I am astonished at it. 

Mind what you say when you speak 

to her. 
I have been told that you have 

played a bad trick on D. 
Wiat do you mean? 
It is useless to laugh; you were 

seen. 
Does it suit you to go out with 

Jane ? 
Do these pens suit you? 

I have nothing but vexations. 



Moi, je vais au parterre ; c'est 

meilleur marche. 
Aimez-vous les drames? 
Non, je prefere les comedies, 
M. C. est le directeur de ce the- 
atre. 
Aimeriez-vous a §tre acteur? 
Non, je ne pourrais pas ap- 

prendre mes roles. 
Madame S. fait bonne mine a 

tout le monde. 
Cependant, hier elle m'a fait 

mauvaise mine. 
J'en suis etonne, or, 
Cela m'etonne. 
Pensez a ce que vous dites 

quand vous lui parlez. 
On m'a dit que vous aviez 

joue un mauvais tour a D. 
Que voulez-vous dire ? 
Vous avez beau rire ; on vous 

a vu. 
Vous convient-il de sortir avec 

Jeanne ? 
Ces plumes vous conviennent- 

elles ? 
Je n'ai que des ennuis. 



CONVERSATION. 

Allez-vous quelquefois au theatre? Allez-vous souvent a 
l'opera? Aimez-vous la musique? Pourquoi faites-vous mau- 
vaise mine a M. T. ? Est-ce parce qu'il a joue un tour a votre 
ami? Que voulez-vons dire? Vous conviendrait-il de venir de 
meilleure heure demain? Pourquoi ne prenez-vous pas une 
lecon tous les jours? M. K. n'a que des ennemis, n'est-ce pas? 
Quelle en est la cause? Connaissez-vous le directeur de notre 
theatre? Combien y a-t-il qu'il est directeur? Combien y 
a-t-il d'acteurs? Qui est le meilleur? Comment s'appelle la 
premiere actrice? 



318 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

18. 

We all go to the theater to-night (ce soir); I have hired a 
box for the whole family. — How much did you pay for that 
box? I paid twenty francs. — It is very dear. Why (mais), 
no. They are to play Tartufe, a comedy of Moliere. As for 
me, I never go to the theater. We, also, go very seldom; in 
the evening we are tired, and we go to bed early. — Who is 
that woman who shows a desire to enter that grocer's ? I do n't 
know her; she is a bad-looking woman, and I should not be 
astonished if she should try to rob the grocer of something. 
She will not dare, because she knows we see her. — Do you 
often see Mrs. L. ? From time to time. Mind what you say 
when you talk with her, because she is rather inquisitive. 

Where are you running so fast? I am running after that little 
boy who has beaten my little daughter. — You run in vain ; you 
will not be able to reach him (l'attraper) ; he runs faster than 
you. — Does this cloth suit you? Have you not any stronger? 
Here is the strongest I have; I have nothing but cloths of 
the first quality. — What did Mr. B. mean yesterday evening ? 
He meant that Mrs. V.'s children are very badly brought up 
(mal eleves). — That actress does not know her part well. She 
does not play so well as Miss C. There is a great difference 
between them. — How old may she be ? About thirty. 



The Diligent Girl. 

Caroline displayed (montra) from her earliest (tendre) child- 
hood a strong desire of acquiring useful knowledge (des connais- 
sances utiles). When she saw something new, she would not rest 
until she knew exactly what it was. If she could not discover 
this herself, sne would never stop (elle ne cessait) asking questions 
until she had obtained the desired information. When she had 
a new book, her joy was very great (bien grande). She was clever 
in almost all woman's works, particularly in sewing and knitting 
(le tricot) ; and, in order to become more skillful, she offered her 
services to a seamstress (couturiere), who consented to teach her 
her trade (etat) upon condition that she would work for her from 
morning till evening, without any salary, for a whole year. She 



USE OF QUE. 319 

accepted, and became so proficient that she afterwards had the 
satisfaction, not only of being able to maintain herself (se suffire a 
elle-meme),but also to be the support (soutien) of her old mother. 
She thus won the esteem of all good people. Was not Caroline a 
noble girl and a kind daughter ? Try to imitate her example, and 
be diligent in whatever you undertake. 



Que. 

Que is used for the following expressions: 

1st. For but, only, nothing but, in connection with ne; as: 

He gave me but jive francs. II ne me donna que cinq francs. 

I have only ten francs to spend. Je n'ai que dix francs a depenser. 
I drink nothing but water. Je ne bois que de l'eau. 

2d. For unless, till, until; as: 

I will not sing unless he goes out. Je ne chanterai pas qu'il ne sorte. 
I will not go out till I have finished. Je ne sortirai pas que je n'aie fini. 

3d. For how, how much, how many, in exclamatory sentences; as: 

How modest she is ! Qu'elle est modeste ! 

How tall your son is ! Que votre fils est grand ! 

How much money we have lost ! Que d'argent nous avons perdu I 

How many cousins you have! Que de cousins vous avez! 

How many obligations I am under Que d'obligations je lui ai! 
to him! 

4th. For why, what, when, because, yet; as: 

Why did he not speak? j Que ne *> arlait - il? or > 

(Pourquoi ne parlait-il par? 

What were you saying? Que disiez-vous? 

The day when you come. Le jour que vous viendrez. 



320 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

If I say nothing, it is because I Si je ne dis rien, c'est que je 
know nothing. ne sais rien. 

Should T give him all, he would Je lui donnerais tout, qu'il se 
yet complain. plaindrait encore. 

5th. For whether, as, than, in order that, as: 

Whether he come or I go. Qu'ii vienne ou que j'aille. 

Rich as you are. Tout riche que vous §tes. 

He is not such as you believe him. II n'est paa tel que vous le 

croyez. 

He is quite other than you believe II est tout autre que vous ne 

him. le croyez. 

Give me some money, in order that Donnez-moi de l'argent que je 

(or that) I may pay him. le paie. 

Que is used in the following and similar expressions : 

Wfiat a fine house yours is! Quelle belle inaison que la votre! 

What good servants ours are! Quels bons domestiques que les 

notres. 
As it is public, and everybody Comme c'est public, et que tout 

knows it. le monde le sait. 

He says he will ; he will not. II dit que oui ; que non. 



Tant . . . que, soit . . . soit, et . . . et. 



Tant par mer que par terre. 
Both by sea and land. \ Soit par mer, soit par terre. 

Et par mer, et par terre. 



{ 

{■rant ie a 
Soit le de 
Et le dej( 



Tant le dejeuner que le diner. 
Both breakfast and dinner. ^ Soit le dejeuner, soit le diner. 

dejeuner, et le diner. 



Whether he come or remain. Soit qu'il vienne, soit qu'il reste. 



UN COUP. 



321 



NINETEENTH LESSON — Dix-neuvieme Legem. 



A knock. 

The discharge of a gun. 

The discharge of a cannon. 

A clap of thunder. 

A gust of wind. 

A kick. 

A blow with the fist. 

A stab with a knife. 

A stroke of a hammer. 

A stroke of a bell. 

A slap in the face. 



Un coup a une porte. 
Un coup de fusil. 
Un coup de canon. 
Un coup de tonnerre. 
Un coup de vent. 
Un coup de pied. 
Un coup de poing. 
Un coup de couteau. 
Un coup de marteau. 
Un coup de cloche. 
Un soufflet. 



To please, to be pleased. Plaire a, se plaire. 

To please some one. Plaire a quelqu'un. 

To take delight in, to like, to Se plaire a. 
please one's self. 



You may take it if you please. 

This book does not please me. 
He is pleased to go to bed late. 
Sing, if you please. 
That servant does not please my 

wife. 
I take delight in teasing him. 
I please myself in Paris. 



Vous pouvez le prendre si cela 

vous plait. 
Ce livre ne me plait pas. 
II lui plait de se coucher tard. 
Chantez, s'il vous plait. 
Ce domestique ne plait pas a ma 

femme. 
Je me plais a le taquiner. 
Je me plais a Paris. 



Can not is sometimes translated by savoir; as: 
J can not do that. Je ne saurais faire cela. 



How to help it f 

I can not help it. 
He can't help it. 
How can she help it. 



Qu'y faire? 

Je ne sais, or saurais, qu'y faire. 
II n'y peut rien. 
Qu'y peut-elle faire? 



322 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



To be in one's power. 

It is in his power to prevent it. 
It is in your power to come. 

Far from it. 



Ne tenir qu'a. 

II ne tient qu'a lui de 1'empScher. 
II ne tient qu'a vous de venir. 

Tant s'en faut, etre loin de. 



He has not a thousand francs ; far II n'a pas mille francs ; tant s'en 
from it. faut. 



EXAMPLES. 



Somebody is knocking at the door. 

What do you want f 

Charles has given me a blow with 

his fist. 
Did you not give him a slap in the 

face? 
What a clap of thunder ! 
We can not help it. 
Are you pleased at Mr. H.'s? 
I am pleased every-where. 
It is in his power to grant it to me. 

I am not so strong as you; far 

from it. 
I am far from having as many 

books as you. 
DonH kick my dog. 

That child takes delight in the mud. 
I am far from pleasing Henry. 
It is in your power to be happy. 

Who has just fired a gun t 

As you like, as you please. 



Quelqu'un frappe a la porte. 

Que desirez-vous ? 

Charles m'a donne un coup de 

poing. 
Ne lui avez-vous pas donne un 

soufflet ? 
Quel coup de tonnerre! 
Nous n'y pouvons rien faire. 
Vous plaisez-vous chez M. H. ? 
Je me plais partout. 
II ne tient qu'a lui de me 

l'accorder. 
Je ne suis pas si fort que vous 

tant s'en faut. 
II s'en faut de beaucoup que j'aie 

autant de livres que vous. 
Ne donnez pas de coups de pied 

a mon chien. 
Cet enfant se plait dans la boue. 
Je suis loin de plaire a Henri. 
II ne tient qu'a vous d'§tre heu- 

reux. 
Qui vient de tirer un coup de 

fusil? 
Comme vous voudrez, comme il 

vous plaira. 



CONVEESATION. 

Qui vous a donne un soufflet? Qu'avez-vous fait? Avez-vous 
vu cet homme donner un coup de couteau a un autre koinine 



CONVERSATION. 323 

avec lequel il se querellait (lie was quarreling) f Etaient-ils ivrea 
(drunk) f L'homme a-t-il ete arrete? Cela arrive-t-il sou vent? 
Notre pays vous plait-il? Combien de temps y a-t-il que vous 
etes a A.? Ne tient-il qu'a vous d'empecher votre ami de tant 
boire ? Votre chambre vous plait-elle ? S'en faut-il de beaucoup 
qu'elle soit aussi grande que celle de votre ami? Combien la 
payez-vous par mois? Est-elle bien meublee? Y a-t-il deux 
fenetres? Y a-t-il un tapis? 



19. 

Somebody knocked (on). Come in. I should like to speak 
to Mr. J.? It is I; what do you want? Sir, I took the liberty 
to come in to tell you that a servant of yours has given a stab 
to my dog. Please sit down ; I will call my servant. Why did 
you stab the gentleman's dog? Because that little animal is very 
vicious, and he bit (mordu) my leg. Perhaps you teased him. 
No, sir. Could you not correct him without stabbing him? I 
know I was wrong. It shall be as this gentleman pleases 
whether or no I send you away (renvoie) from my house; 
you acted very' badly. 

Should you be pleased to come to the theater with me this 
evening (or to-night) ? I should be much pleased to accompany 
you ; but I must go to my uncle's, who is very ill. What is the 
matter with him? He fell from his horse and had his arm 
broken. I pity him with all my heart. Is he older than your 
father? He is older by far (de beaucoup). I can not speak 
German as w T ell as you; far from it. Miss V. is angry with 
me ; I can not help it. Does this dress please you ? It pleases 
me very much ; how much did you pay for it ? A hundred and 
nineteen francs. I am far from being as rich as you. It is in 
your power to become as rich. 



Invitations, etc. 

Mr. and Mrs. D. present their kind 1 compliments to Mr. and 
Mrs. B„ and beg 2 the honor of their company at dinner on 
Tuesday next, at six o'clock. 

1 empresses ; 2 les prient de leur faire l'honneur, etc. 



324 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

Mrs. B., being 1 obliged to go into the country to-morrow, 
desires 2 Mr. G. not to give himself the trouble to call upon her. 
Mrs. B. will be glad to see Mr. G. the day after to-morrow, at 
any hour 3 that may be most convenient to him. 

1 se trouvant ; 2 prie ; 3 a l'heure. 

Mrs. C. to Mrs. B. 

I have just arrived from the country. If you are at leisure l 
to give me a call, I have news to impart 2 that will afford you 
pleasure. I shall be at home the whole day, so that you may 
choose your time. 

1 si vos occupations vous permettent ; 2 apprendrai. 

Answer. 

I am glad 1 to hear that you are at last 2 returned from the 
country. Had I no other motive than that of congratulating 
you on your happy arrival, after so long an absence, that alone 3 
would induce me 4 to call on you. You may therefore depend 
upon seeing me this evening about six o'clock. 

1 charmee ; 2 enfin ; 3 seul ; 4 m'engagerait. 



TWENTIETH LESSON — Vingtieme Legon. 

Tenir, to hold. 

To keep a hotel. Tenir un hotel. 

To keep open table. Tenir table ouverte. 

To keep the window open. Tenir la fenStre ouverte. 

To keep one's eyes open. Tenir les yeux ouverts. 

To keep one's head upright. Tenir la t§te droite. 

To keep one's word. Tenir sa parole. 

To be attached to, to value. Tenir a. 

To be a mother to. Tenir lieu de mere. 



TENIR, RAPPELER, ETC. 



325 



To fit 

To become. 



Aller bien. 
Seoir. 



That jacket fits you very well. Cette jaquette vous va tres-bien. 

That bonnet does not become you, Ce chapeau ne vous sied pas, 

Mary. Marie. 

Yellow does not become you. Le jaune ne vous sied pas. 



The turn. 

Every one in his turn. 
It is your turn to play. 
My turn will come. 



Le tour. 

Chacun a son tour. 
C'est a vous a jouer. 
Mon tour viendra. 



To do one's best. Faire de son mieux. 

My daughter does her best. Ma fille fait de son mieux. 

To take care not to. Prendre garde de. 

Take care not to fall. Prenez garde de tomber. 

To hinder from, to prevent from. Empecher de. 

You hinder me from reading. Vous m'empechez de lire. 



To approach, to come near. S'approcher de. 



Approach the table. 
Let him come near me. 



Approchez-vous de la table. 
Qu'il s'approche de moi. 



To sit. S'asseoir. 

To sit, to be seated. Etre assis, e. 



down, take a seat. 



Asseyez-vous. 



To remember, to recollect. 



Se rappeler, se souvenir de. 



j Je me rappelle votre grand'mere; 
I remember your grandmother. j Je me souviens de votre grand'- 



326 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



EXAMPLES. 



My cousin keeps a hotel at Lyons. 

Keep your head upright. 

I am attached to my birth-place. 

That hat fits you. 

It is Mr. C.'s turn to speak. 

He does his best to speak well. 

Let him take care not to make mis- 
takes. 
Do not hinder him from speaking. 
Why do you not sit down f 

I prefer standing up. 

Do you remember that boy f 

I remember him very well. 
You have not kept your word. 

Mr. H. has been a father to us. 
That physician does not regard 
the lives of his patients enough. 



Mon cousin tient un hotel a 
Lyon. 

Tenez done la tete droite. 

Je tiens a mon lieu de naissance. 

Ce chapeau vous va bien. 

C'est a M. C. a parler. 

II fait de son mieux pour bien 
parler. 

Qu'il prenne garde de se trom- 
per. 

Ne l'empechez pas de parler. 

Pourquoi ne vous asseyez-vous 
pas ? 

Je prefere rester debout. 

Vous souvenez-vous de ce gar- 
con? 

Je me le rappelle tres-bien. 

Vous n'avez pas tenu votre pa- 
role. 

M. H. nous a servi de pere. 

Ce medecin ne tient pas assez a 
la vie de ses malades. 



CONVERSATION. 

Pourquoi tenez-vous votre porte ouverte? N'avez-vous pas 
peur de vous enrhumer? Ne pouvez-vous pas tenir vos yeux 
ou verts? Cet habit me va-t-il bien? Le rouge ne sied-il pas a, 
votre soeur ? A qui est-ce a aller a Paris ? Quand viendra votre 
tour? Faites-vous de votre mieux pour plaire a vos parents? 
Prenez-vous garde de faire de la peine a votre soeur (to hurt 
your sister's feelings)? Pourquoi etes-vous assis si loin de moi? 
Pourquoi ne vous approchez-vous pas de la table? Vous rap- 
pelez-vous votre legon d'hier? Ne vous rappelez-vous pas ce 
que cette expression veut dire? Vous en irez-vous bientot? 

20. 

Why do you stand up? be seated. Thank you, I have not 
time to sit down; moreover, I am not tired. — Has not your 



NOTES. 327 

aunt been a mother to you? Yes; and I love her just (tout) 
as much as a daughter can love her mother. — Has your mother 
been dead long ? She has been dead seven years ; I remember 
her very well, though I was very young when she died. — Did 
she not keep a hotel? Yes, she kept a hotel at Lyons. — Have 
you cast an eye (jete un coup d'ceil) upon that book? I have 
not had time ; I have been so busy the whole morning. — Take 
care you do not fall while (en) going down the staircase. 

Who sits (est assis) near Mrs. P. ? It is an English lady who 
comes to pass the time with her. — How do you like our church? 
I like it very well (trouve tres-belle); is it not too small? Do 
you know how many persons it can accommodate (contenir) ? 
A thousand persons, perhaps. More than that; it may hold 
more than three thousand persons (personnes). — Do you some- 
times go hunting? Very seldom. — What prevents you from 
going? My business (occupations). — Will your book soon be 
finished? I hope it will be printed (imprime) at the end of 
next month. — How many pages will there be? About two 
hundred. — For how much will it be sold (se vendra-t-il) ? I 
do not know yet. — Do you remember the address (adresse) of 
Mr. B.? I believe it is 56, rue Eicher. 



Mr. C. to Mr. D. 

Please to return me 1 the book I lent you, as soon as you 
have read it; Miss M. would like to read it after you. You 
are too polite not to use all possible dispatch 2 to oblige me. 

1 je vous prie de vouloir bien me renvoyer ; 2 y mettre toute 
la promptitude. 

Mr. E. to Mr. F. 

I beg l you will not expect me to-night, for I shall be engaged 
the whole evening. The bearer 2 will explain 3 to you the rea- 
sons which compel 4 me to postpone 5 the pleasure of seeing you. 
I am persuaded you will approve of them ; and believe me to 
be, with profound respect, etc. 

1 je vous prie de; 2 porteur; 3 expliquera; 4 m'obligent ; :j de 
differer. 



328 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Receipt. 

I hereby acknowledge 1 that I have received of Mr. George 
Smith the sum of four hundred and fifty francs forty-five cen- 
times, which I had lent him on his note of hand 2 of the 18th 
April last. 

Paris, July 13, 1872. 



je reconnais avoir recu ; * sa reconnaissance. 



TWENTY-FIRST LESSON — Vingt et unieme Legon. 



A pimple, un bouton. 
Blind, aveugle. 
One-eyed, borgne. 
A fall, une chute. 
An aneurism, un anevrisme. 
A wound, une blessure. 
Hunch-backed, bossu, e. 
A chap, une crevasse. 
A chilblain, une engelure. 



Consumption, la pb.tb.isie. 

Deaf and dumb,] SOUTd - muet > 

*■ sourde-muette. 

The small-pox, la petite verole. 

A sprain, une entorse. 

A chill, un frisson. 

A disease, une maladie. 

The measles, la rougeole. 

A fever, une fievre. 



By, on, to. En (preposition). 



He lives by teaching. 

You will succeed by working hard. 

On seeing you, he appeared aston- 
ished. 

On arriving in Paris, I went to 
see my uncle. 

I am going to Germany. 



II vit en enseignant. 

Vous reussirez en travaillant 

beaucoup. 
En vous voyant, il parut etonne. 

En arrivant a Paris, j'allai voir 

mon oncle. 
Je vais en Allemagne. 



As. 

The marshal was dressed as a pri- 
vate gentleman. 
They are dressed as men. 



En. 

Le marechal etait habille en 

bourgeois. 
Elles sont habillees en bommes. 



DISEASES. 



329 



As, comme (a conjunction). 
Like, comme (an adverb). 



As cold as ice. 

Do as I do. 

Slie is like her mother. 

The whole year. 

The whole night. 

All at once. 

The right hand. 

The left hand. 

On the right, on the left. 

Straight on. 

This side, this way. 

That side, that way. 

At dinner-time. 



Froid comme glace. 
Faites comme moi. 
Elle est comme sa mere. 

Toute l'annee. 

Toute la nuit. 

Tout a coup. 

La main droite. 

La main gauche. 

A droite, a gauche. 

Tout droit. 

Par ici, de ce cote-ci. 

Par la, de ce cote-la. 

A l'heure du diner, etc. 



To make fun of. Se moquer de. 
He makes fun of me. II se moque de moi. 



EX AMPL ES. 



Mr. 0. died of an aneurism. 
Captain C. was wounded at G. 
Mr. F. f 8 son is hunch-backed. 
I have pimples on my face. 
It is a pity that this child is one- 



In winter I always have chaps and 

chilblains. 
That young girl is consumptive. 
I had the small-pox on arriving 

here. 
He was cured by drinking some 

tea. 
Do as he does. 

I have beeti, writing the whole day. 
Come this way; we shall keep to 

the right. 

D. F. M. 28. 



M. O. est mort d'un anevrisme. 

Le capitaine C. a ete blesse a G. 

Le fils de M. P. est bossu. 

J'ai des boutons a la figure. 

C'est dommage que cet enfant 
soit borgne. 

En hiver j'ai toujours des cre- 
vasses et des engelures. 

Cette jeune fille est poitrinaire. 

J'ai eu la petite verole en arri- 
vant ici. 

II s'est gueri en buvant du the. 

Faites comme lui. 
J'ai ecrit toute la journee. 
Venez par ici; nous allons pren- 
dre a droite. 



330 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

My father arrived at dinner time. Mon pere est arrive pour le 

diner. 
I have a wound in my left foot. J'ai une blessure au pied gauche. 
Why do you make fun of her. Pourquoi vous moquez-vous 

d'elle ? 
I never laugh at any one. Je ne me moque jamais de 

personne. 
This stone is as cold as ice. Cette pierre est froide comme 

glace. 

CONVEKSATTON. 

Avez-vous eu la rougeole ? Etes-vous reste en Allemagne toute 
une annee? Votre entorse est-elle guerie? Pensez-vous que 
Madame E. meure de cette maladie? Avez-vous visite l'ecole 
des sourds-muets ? Qu'a dit M. J. en vous voyant de si bonnje 
neure? Comment avez-vous appris a, parler si bien le frangais? 
Comment vous etes-vous gueri de vos engelures? Faut-il que 
faille a droite ou a gauche? Qu'avez-vous fait a votre arrivee 
en France? Se moquait-on de vous a cause de votre prononci- 
ation anglaise ? Etes-vous reste la tout l'ete ? Votre grand'mere 
n'est-elle pas aveugle? 

21. 

My son was wounded at the battle (la bataille) of Champigny ; 
I think he will remain lame (boiteux). — Had you not the small- 
pox in your childhood ? Yes ; I was still in the cradle (au ber- 
ceau). — Do you sometimes have chilblains in winter? I have 
chilblains and chaps the whole winter; don't you know any 
remedies (remedes) to cure them? Every one gives his remedy : 
but none cures. — How did you learn to speak English so well ? 
By often speaking with Englishmen. — What did you do this 
morning on arriving? I wrote to my aunt to let her know 
(pour lui dire) that I should arrive at her house at dinner 
time. 

Which is the shortest way (chemin) to go to the Bourse? Go 
straight on at first, and then take the second street on the right, 
and the Bourse is at the end (bout). — My wife has had a 
toothache the whole night. — Do you know that old Tom has 
uad a fall, and has broken his right leg? What will be do, 



COMMERCIAL LETTER. 331 

since he only lives by begging (demandant l'aumone) ? His 
neighbors will take care of him (-en auront soin) ; he is so good 
a man. — Have your children had the measles? No, never.— 
Is it not breakfast-time? Not yet; it is only a quarter past ten. 
I thought it was later; I begin to be hungry. Take a bit of 
cake (gateau) while waiting for the breakfast. No, thank you, 
it is not worth while; I shall wait. 

Commercial Letter — Lettre de Commerce. 

With the hope l of increasing 2 the number of our corre- 
spondents in England, we have desired 3 several of our friends 
to inform us 4 of the houses of that country with which we 
could do business 5 with safety . As we have been assured of 
your integrity 7 , and of the good commissions you give for the 
sale and purchase of various goods, we beg of you 8 to accept 
our services, which we offer you on all occasions, our principal 
commerce consisting in the purchase and sale of silk goods 9 . 

We flatter ourselves that, when you know our method of 
transacting business 10 , and of consulting the interest of our 
customers 11 , you will readily consent to carry on 12 a connection 
which can be equally useful and advantageous to both parties. 
You can, on your part 13 , make inquiries 14 of whom you please 
concerning our firm 15 ; we are persuaded that nobody will say 
any thing to our disadvantage. 

We hope that you will favor us 16 with your orders. Be 
assured of our attention and vigilance in striving to promote 17 
your interest. Believe us to be, gentlemen, with the best 
wishes, Yours truly 18 , 

Dumont, Sons & Co. 

1 dans l'esperance ; 2 d'augmenter ; 3 avons prie ; 4 nous faire 
connaitre ; 5 negocier ; f ' en toute securite ; " probite ; 8 nous vous 
prions; 9 soieries ; 10 notre maniere d'operer; n et de menager les 
interSts de nos eommettants ; 12 vous vous pr§terez volontiers a 
continuer; 13 de votre cote; l4 prendre des informations; 15 sur 
notre maison ; u vous nous honorerez ; 1; a vous bien servir; 
18 agreez, messieurs, nos salutations empressees. 



332 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



TWENTY-SECOND LESSON— Vingt-deuxieme Le<?on. 



A town, une ville. 
A capital, une capitale. 
A chief town, un chef-lieu. 
A hamlet, un hameau. 
A ward, un quartier. 
A country town, un bourg. 
A cemetery, un cimetiere. 
The suburbs, les faubourgs. 
A blind alley, une impasse. 



The pavement, le pave. 
The sidewalk, le trottoir. 
A quay, a wharf, un quai. 
A street lamp, un reverbere. 
A parish, une paroisse. 
A crossway, un carrefour. 
A sewer, un egout. 
A street, une rue. 
A house, une maison. 



To introduce any one (to). 

To inquire after some one. 

To trust some one. 

To distrust some one. 

To laugh in a person's face. 

To dislocate one's arm. 

To resign one's situation. 

To seize, to take possession of. 

To behave one's self. 

To trouble one's self, to be uneasy. 



Presenter quelqu'un (a). 

S'informer de quelqu'un. 

Se fier a quelqu'un. 

Se defier de quelqu'un. 

Kire au nez de quelqu'un. 

Se demettre le bras. 

Se demettre de sa place. 

S'emparer de. 

Se comporter, se conduire. 

S'inquieter. 



To meddle with. Se m§ler de. 
To be thoroughly acquainted with. Etre au fait, au courant de. 



To afford. 
You can afford to buy a horse. 



Avoir les moyens de. 

Vous avez les moyens d'acheter 
un cheval. 



To pity. 

To complain of. 

I pity you with all my heart. 
I do not complain. 



Plaindre. 

Se plaindre de. 

Je vous plains de tout mou cgpup. 
Je ne me plains pas. 



TOWN AND CITY. 333 

To execute a commission. S'acquitter d'une commission. 

She has executed my commission. Elle s'est acquittee de ma com- 
mission. 

It depends on circumstances. Cela depend des circonstances- 

To give up. Renoncer, abandonner. 

I give up gambling. Je renonce au jeu. 

To be the question. S'agir de. 

It is a question of work. II s'agit de travailler. 

To be born. Etre ne. 

To raise, to cause. Faire naitre. 



E X AMPL E S. 

Do you live at the capital f Demeurez-vous a la capitale ? 

No, Hive in a chief town. Non, je demeure dans un chef- 

lieu. 
Are there fine streets in that town ? Y a-t-il de belles rues dans cette 

ville P 

No, it is full of crossways and blind Won, elle est pleine de carrefours 

alleys, and the pavements are et d'impasses, et les paves 

disagreeable. en sont desagreables. 

Can not the town afford to have La ville n'a-t-elle pas les moyens 

better pavements laid t de faire faire de meilleura 

paves ? 
They have been obliged to get sewers On a ete oblige de faire faire des 

made. egouts. 

You always complain. Vous vous plaignez toujours. 

Have you given up smoking ? Avez-vous renonce a fumer ? 

I have; it is a question of economy. Oui; il s'agit de faire des econo- 
mies. 
I introduce my brother-in-law to Je vouspresentemonbeau-frere. 

you. 
I do not trust our servant. Je ne me fie pas a notre domes- 

tique. 



334 DUFFET'S FBENCH METHOD. 

I do not meddle with the affairs of Je ne me mele pas des affaire* 

others. des autres. 

It depends on the persons. Cela depend des personnes. 

Do nH trouble yourself about that. Ne vous inquietez pas de cela. 

Always behave well. Conduisez-vous toujours bien. 

That raises suspicions in my mind. Cela fait naitre des soupcons 

dans mon esprit. 



CONVEESATION. 

Avez-vous visite les egouts de Paris ? Quels sont les noms 
des faubourgs de Paris? Y a-t-il de larges trottoirs? Combien 
y a-t-il de eimetieres? Y a-t-il de grands quais? Paris est-il 
bien eclaire la nuit? Quelle est votre eglise paroissiale. Dans 
quelle rue demeurez-vous ? Pensez-vous que mes moyens me 
permettent de louer un appartement dans votre quartier ? Fau- 
drait-il que je rue demisse de ma place? Pourrais-je trouver 
une autre place a Paris? Ou etes-vous ne ? N'etes-vous pas ne 
la meme annee que moi? Avez-vous renonce a la peche? 



22. 

Of what do you complain? I complain because every time I 
try to speak English, instead of helping me (m'aider), they laugh 
in my face. Why, it is very bad ; I sincerely pity you, and I 
regret that I am not able to put an end (mettre fin) to your 
troubles (ennuis). I can no longer trust any one, and I am 
entirely discouraged. You ought to go to London to practice 
(pour vous exercer) speaking. I should like to do so, but I can 
not afford it. — Madam, I have the honor of introducing my 
father to you ; he (qui) very frequently inquired of you and 
your family (des votres). I am very happy, sir, to make the 
acquaintance of our young friend's father. 

The troops have taken possession of the little town of,X. ? 
What a misfortune! — Do you distrust your neighbor? On the 
contrary, we have the greatest confidence (confiance) in him. — 
The conduct (la conduite) of that man has raised suspicions in 
my mind. — Our purpose is, not to play, children, but to work 
seriously. — May I rely upon you ? Yes ; we will try hard to 
do your pleasure. — When did you dislocate your arm, Charles ? 



EXERCISE FOR TRANSLATION 335 

Yesterday, while (en) running after Arthur, I fell down in the 
street, on the pavement, and I dislocated and almost broke my 
arm. Have you seen the surgeon (chirargien) ? Yes; he told 
me it would be of no consequence. I see you are courageous. 

The Horse and the Beet-root l 

When Louis XI was Dauphin, he used frequently, in his 
walks, to visit the family of a peasant, and partake of 2 their 
frugal meals 3 . Sometime after the accession 4 of this prince to 
the throne of France, the peasant presented him an extraordi- 
nary beet-root, the production of his garden. Louis, to reward 
the poor man for his attention, and to show that he had not 
forgotten the rustic cottage 5 , gave him a thousand crowns 6 . 

The village 'squire 7 , on hearing of the peasant's good luck, 
thought if he gave a good horse to the king, his fortune would 
be made. He therefore procured a very handsome one, went 
to the palace, and begged the king to do him the honor of ac- 
cepting it. Louis thanked him for his polite attention, and 
ordered one of his pages to fetch the beet-root. When it was 
brought, he presented it to the 'squire, saying, "Sir, as you 
seem to be an admirer of the works 8 of nature, I beg you to 
accept one of its extraordinary productions. I paid a thousand 
crowns for this root, which can not be matched 9 , and I am 
happy to have so good an opportunity of rewarding your disin- 
terested loyalty." 

1 betterave ; 2 prenait part ; 3 repas ; 4 avenement ; ° cnaumiere ; 
6 ecus; 7 le notable, le principal du village; 3 ceuvres; 9 qui n'a 

pas sa pareille. 



336 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



TWENTY-THIRD LESSON — Vingt-troisieme Legem. 



A mahogany table. 

A brick house. 

A stone house. 

A wind-mill. 

A coffee-mill. 

A water-mill. 

Gunpowder. 

A two-horse carriage. 

A four-wheeled carriage. 

A table for six persons. 

A repeater. 

The rabbit man. 



Une table d'acajou. 

Une maison de brique. 

Une maison de pierre. 

Un moulin a vent. 

Un moulin a cafe. 

Un moulin a eau. 

Poudre a canon. 

Une voiture a deux chevaux. 

Une voiture a quatre roues. 

Une table a six couverts. 

Une montre a repetition. 

L'nomme aux lapins. 



The man with the gray coat. L'nomme a Phabit gris. 



To withdraw from. \ 
To go away from. ■ J 

Don't go away from the fire. 

To take notice of, to notice. 
I noticed my error. 

By all means. 



S'eloigner de. 

Ne vous eloignez pas du feu. 

S'apercevoir de. 

Je me suis apercu de mon erreur. 

A toute force. 



Fortunately. For more good luck. Pour surcroit de bonheur. 
Unfortunately. For more bad, luck. Pour surcroit de malbeur. 

He ivishes by all means to be paid. 
Unfortunately, 1 have no money. 



To 



one s wits. 



II veut a toute force §tre pay6. 
Pour surcroit de malheur, je n'ai 
pas d'argent. 

Perdre la t§te. 



That woman has lost her wits ; she Cette femme a perdu la tete ; elle 
does not know what to do. ne sait que 



To manage. 1 

To go about a thing. -> 

How do you manage to do that? 



S'y prendre. 

Comment vous y prenez-vous 
pour faire cela? 



MISCELLAXEOVS CONVERSATION. 



337 



Notwithstanding, still. 



Ne laisser pas de. 



He will succeed, notwithstanding II reussira, mais il ne laisse pas 
he is much embarrassed. d'etre bien embarrasse. 

To apply to some one. S'adresser a quelqu'un. 

Apply to Mr. A. Adressez-vous a M. A. 

Just a little. Tant soit peu. 

EXAMPLES. 



What a beautiful mahogany table ! 
My daughter wishes by all means 

to have it. 
That is a new four-horse carriage. 

Look at that man with tlie gray 

beard. 
I think he has lost his wits. 
Still, he is very covetous. 
Unfortunately, he says he has been 

robbed of some money. 
Do not apply to him to borrow 

money. 
How do you manage to do your 

exercises without a dictionary f 

I do not need a dictionary, since I 
use only those words which I 
have learned in my method. 

Let us go and see that wind-mill. 
It is too fatiguing to ascend so high. 

I notice that you are a little lazy. 

Do you perceive that house yonder. 

D. F. M. 29. 



Quelle belle table d'acajou! 
Ma fille la veut a toute force. 

Voila une voiture neuve a quatre 

chevaux. 
Voyez cet homme a la barbe 

grise. 
Je crois qu'il a perdu la t£te. 
II ne laisse pas d'etre bien avare. 
Pour sureroit de malheur, dit-il, 

on lui a vole de l'argent. 
Ne vous adressez pas a lui pour 

emprunter de l'argent. 
Comment vous y prenez-vous 

pour faire vos themes sans 

dictionnaire ? 
Je n'ai pas besoin de diction- 
naire, puisqre je ne me sers 

que de mots que j'ai appris 

dans ma methode. 
Allons voir ce moulin a vent. 
C'est trop fatigant de monter 

si haut. 
Je m'apercois que vous etes un 

peu paresseux. 
Apercevez-vous cette maison la- 

bas? 



338 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous voyage dans le nord de la France? Avez-vons 
remarque quelles elegantes maisons de briques il y a ? Y a-t-il 
des maisons de briques a Paris? Ne sont-ce pas generalement 
des maisons de pierre? Combien avez-vous paye votre montre 
a repetition? Est-elle de Geneve? A qui est cette voiture a 
quatre chevaux? N'est-ce pas celle de l'ambassadeur d'Angle- 
terre? Conduisez-vous quand vous prenez votre voiture a deux 
roues? Pourquoi vous eloignez-vous de notre societe? A qui 
pensez-vous qu'il faille m'adresser pour avoir une place pour 
mon petit-fils? Comment cette dame s'y prend-elle pour faire 
tant de choses en si peu de temps? Ne perd-elle pas la tete 
de temps en temps. 

23. 

Are there wind-mills in your country? I don't know; I 
never saw any; I think there are only water-mills. — Do they 
use two-wheeled carriages much? Yes; almost everybody has 
his own in the country town I live in. — Have you seen the 
lady with the yellow dress? Why do you ask? She is from my 
village. Whether she be (qu'elle soit) from your village or 
not (qu'elle n'en soit pas), I confess (avoue) that that has very 
little interest for me, as I do not know her. — Have you been 
able to get rid of that importunate man (importun) ? He 
wished by all means that I should lend him two thousand 
francs; I had great trouble to make him understand that I 
not only could not lend him money, but, on the contrary, 
wanted to borrow some myself. — That poor man has lost his 
wits, I believe ; he owes so much that his creditors do not leave 
him anything; and for more bad luck, his eldest son has just 
lost his situation on account of his bad conduct. I pity him 
with all my heart; some people are born for bad luck (le 
malheur). — Did you notice the bad humor of Mrs. B. ? No, 
but I know she is not in good spirits every day. 

Cousin Deborah. 

Cousin Deborah was an old, unmarried lady 1 , who had no 
other property than a moderate life annuity 2 . The furniture 3 
of her house was faded and antique ; the linen was well darned ; 



MARRIAGE. 



339 



the plate was scanty 1 , and worn thin 5 with use and frequent 
scouring 6 ; the books were few", and in no very good condition. 
She had no jewels or trinkets 8 ; her days were passed in a 
dreary state of tranquility — stitching 9 , stitching 10 , stitching 
forever 11 , with her beloved, huge 12 work-box at her elbow 13 . 
That 14 wanted nothing, for it was abundantly fitted up 15 with 
worsted, cotton, tape 16 , buttons, bodkins 17 , needles, and such a 
multiplicity of reels and balls 1S , that to enumerate them would 
be a tedious 19 task. Cousin Deborah particularly prided herself 
on her darning; carpet, house linen, stockings, all bore unim- 
peachable 20 testimony to this branch of industry. 

1 vieille fille ; 2 modeste rente annuelle ; 3 ameublement ; 4 mes- 
quine ; 5 aminci ; 6 nettoyage ; ' rares ; 8 colifiehets ; 9 a tirer l'ai- 



guille 



. 10 



a la tirer encore; n a la tirer toujours; 12 immense 



a son cote 



ce panier; lo fourni; lf) le ruban ; 17 passe-lacetsj 



18 pelotons ; ly fatigant ; 20 irreprochables. 



TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON 
Legon. 



Vingt- quatr i erne 



manage. 



The betrothed, le fiance. 
The betrothal, les fiangailles. 
The marriage, \ , 
Matrimony, ) 
The bridegroom, le nouveau marie. 
The bride, la nouvelle mariee. 
The wedding, la noce. 
The groomsman, le garcjon d'hon- 
neur. 



The bridesmaid, la fille d'honneur. 
Wedding presents, la corbeille de 

mariage. 
To get married, se marier. 
To marry, se marier, se marier 

avec, epouser. 
A widower, un veuf. 
A widow, une veuve. 
A bachelor, un celibataire. 



Ihave married my daughter to C. F. 
Paul has married the young widow 

M. 
Mr. H. and Miss G. are married. 
My sister is going to be married. 



J'ai marie ma fille avec C. F. 
Paul a epouse la jeune veuve M. 
[maries. 
M. H. et Mademoiselle G. sont 
Ma sceur va se marier. 



340 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



To move, to move away. 
We shall soon move. 



D§menager. 

Nous demenagerons bientot. 



After the French fashion. A la franchise. 

I dress after the French fashion. Je m'habille a la francaise. 

To be silent, to hold one's tongue. Se taire. 

Be silent, or hold your tongue. Taisez-vous. 



The present participle is not used so frequently in 
French as in English ; it is translated sometimes by a 
noun, sometimes by an infinitive; as: 



His coming rejoices us. 

A singing master. 

Beading good authors is instructive. 

Going too frequently to the theater 

is fatiguing. 
I saw you running. 
You have seen me swimming. 
lean not help weeping. 

To amuse one's self. 

To be in the way of some one. 

Willing or not willing. 



Sa venue nous rejouit. 

Un maitre de chant. 

Lire les bons auteurs est in- 
structs. 

Aller trop souvent an theatre 
est fatigant. 

Je vous ai vu courir. 

Vous m'avez vu nager. 

Je ne puis m'empecher de pleu- 
rer. 

S'amuser. 

G§ner quelqu'un. 

Bon gre, mal gre. 



EXAMPLES. 



Arthur has married a cousin of 

mine. 
Whatever you may say or do, you 

will not prevent my marrying. 

The bishop married my sister. 
Wlien I marry, I will invite you to 
the 



Arthur a §pouse une de mea 

cousines. 
Vous avez beau dire et beau 

faire, vous ne m'empecherez 

pas de me marier. 
L'ev§que a marie ma soeur. 
Quand je me marierai, je vous 

inviterai a ma noce. 



MARRIAGE. 341 

That widow is married to my Cette veuve est marine avec 

cousin. mon cousin. 

Do you not intend to get married ? N'avez-vous pas l'intention de 

vous marier. 
No, I will remain a bachelor. Won, je resterai vieux garcon. 

Were you not to move? Ne deviez-vous pas demenager? 

Yes, but moving is expensive. Oui, mais demenager c'est cou- 

teux. 
You always dress after the English Vous vous habillez toujours a 

fashion. l'anglaise. 

Hold your tongue; you speak too Taisez-vous; vous parlez trop. 

much. 
I have seen you drinking brandy. Je vous ai vu boire de l'eau- 

de-vie. 
I can not help drinking it. Je ne puis m'empgcher d'en 

boire. 
That does not prevent her loving Cela ne Fempeche pas de voua 

you. aimer. 

Did you amuse yourselves yester- Vous dtes-vous amuses hierP 

day? 
Most of those children are amusing La plupart de ces enfants s'amu- 

themselves. sent. 



CONVERSATION. 

Connaissez-vous les deux fiances? Quand doivent-ils se marier? 
Avez-vous la corbeille de mariage? N'etes-vous pas invite a la 
noce? Qui doit etre le garcon d'honneur? Ne desirez- vous pas 
vous marier ? Pourriez-vous m'indiquer un bon maitre de danse ? 
Pourquoi ce jeune anglais ne s'habille-t-il pas a la francaise? 
N'etes-vous pas etonne que je vienne si tard? Ce garcon ne 
peut-il pas se taire? Ne peut-il pas s'empecher de crier? 
Est-ce que je vous gene? Votre pere n'aime-t-il pas que vous 
alliez a l'opera avec S. ? Votre sceur a-t-elle un maitre de 
chant? 

24. 

It is reported (dit) that Henry D. will marry Miss R. I have 
not heard of it. Miss E,. is a good match (parti) ; besides her 



342 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

being rich (qu'elle est), very rich, she is an accomplished young 
lady; she is gentle, well-informed (instruite), a good musician, 
of religious feeling (religieuse), and, what spoils (gate) nothing, 
she is very pretty. Her betrothed is also an accomplished 
young man; he has been a partner with his father for a few 
months. 

I have been told that you will (vous allez) move; is it true? 
Yes, we are to move on the 15th of next month. — Where will 
you live? No. 118 Boulevard Haussmann. — Are you not 
pleased here ? Yes, but we have not room enough (place). — 
How many bedrooms have you? We have only two, and we 
want twice as many. — How many persons can your dining-room 
hold (contenir) ? About twelve. — There is a little boy who 
can't stay still (tranquille). He is never quiet, and we can not 
prevent him from talking at random (a tort et a travers). — 
Charles, thou art not good; why art thou not obedient (obeis- 
sant) ? Thou laughest, but I speak in earnest (serieusement) ; 
I tell thee (t'avertis) that, if thou dost not behave better, I 
will punish thee, and thou wilt not be my little friend any 
longer. I beg your pardon ; it is true, I have not been good, 
but I promise you (promets) that you shall be satisfied with 
me henceforth (dorenavant). 



The Traveler and the Humming- Bird 1 . 

A certain scholar 2 who had a taste for traveling 3 , after having 
gone over 4 Europe, India 5 , Egypt, and China 6 , had just arrived 
in America. He was fatigued by such a walk (one would be so 
for less), and stopped in the shade of a cocoa-tree 7 , thinking 
of taking some rest there. But he was hardly in his first sleep, 
when he (qu'il) was roused from his sleep 8 by a singular buzz- 
ing 9 . The noise frightened him ; he hastily springs on his feet 10 , 
seizes his gun, and keeps himself ready for any event 11 . 

At last, perceiving nothing, lie determines on firing into the 
branches of the tree from which 12 he believes he had heard the 
noise coming 13 . He then saw coming out from it a bird not 
larger than a May-bug 14 , whose wings reflected 15 the colors of 
the rainbow 16 . "How," said he; "it is this mean fly 17 which 
made all that uproar 18 just now!" "What art thou astonished 



MENTAL QUALITIES. 



34^ 



at 19 ?" answered the humming-bird; "dost thou not know, that 
with 20 birds as with men, the weakest 21 and least to be feared 
is always he who makes most noise?" 

1 colibri ; 2 savant ; 3 le gout des voyages ; 4 parcouru ; G l'lnde ; 
6 la Chine ; ' cocotier ; 8 fut reveille en sursaut ; <J singulier bour- 
donnement; 10 se leve en chancelant ; u evenement ; 12 d'ou; 
13 partir; 14 hanneton ; l5 refletaient ; 16 l'arc-en-ciel ; 1T chetif mou- 
cheron; 1S vacarme ; 19 qu'y a-t-il done la qui doive t'etonner ; 
20 chez; 21 le plus faible. 



TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON— Vingt-cinquieme Legem. 



Virtues, vertus. 
Vices, vices. 
Faith, la foi. 
Hope, l'esperance. 
Charity, la charite. 
Hatred, la haine. 
Boldness, la hardiesse. 
Joy, la joie. 
Cowardice, la lachete. 
Gayety, mirth, la gaite. 
Greediness, la gourmandise. 

To drive, to ride in a carriage. 

To ride, to go on horseback. 

To go on foot. 

To get on horseback. 

To be dear living. 

To be good living. 

To pass by a place. 

To recognize, to acknowledge. 

To agree to, to agree about. 

To agree. 

That is to say (i. e.). 
Skilfully, cleverly. 



Slander, la medisance. 

A remembrance, un souvenir. 

A lie, a falsehood, un mensonge. 

Carelessness, la nonchalance. 

Lightness, la legerete. 

Lying, le mensonge. 

A liar, un menteur. 

Obedience, l'obeissance. 

Pride, l'orgueil. 

Proud, orgueilleux, fier. 

A scruple, un scrupule. 

Aller en voiture. 

Aller a cheval. 

Aller a pied. 

Monter a cheval. 

Faire cher vivre. 

Faire bon vivre. 

Passer aupres d'un endroiV 

Eeconnaitre. 

Convenir de. 

S'accorder. 

C'est-a-dire. 
Adroitement. 



344 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Awkwardly. 

At last, at length. 

So long as. 

On a small scale. 

On a large scale. 

Alternately, by turns. 

Slight figure. 

A masterpiece. 

At all events. 



Maladroiteinent. 
Enfin. 
Tant que. 
En petit. 
En grand. 
Tour a tour. 
Taille svelte. 
Un chef-d'oeuvre. 
En tout cas. 



EXAMPLES 



Faith, hope, and charity are called 
theological virtues. 

Greediness, cowardice, slander, and 
lying are vices. 

Lightness and carelessness are faults. 

I can not succeed in correcting that 

liar. 
You are very joyful to-day. 

So long as you are obedient, you 

will be loved. 
It is dear living in Paris. 
You go about it awkwardly. 

It is an undertaking on a large 

scale. 
At all events, I have lost nothing. 
You come at last. 
I pawed by the market. 
TJiose children can not agree. 

We have agreed about the price. 
We shall drive to Saint Cloud. 
Bead by turns. 
I acknowledge my error. 



La foi, l'esperance, et la charit§ 

sont appelees vertus theolo- 

gale*. 
La gourmandise, la lachetS, la 

mSdisance, et le mensonge 

sont des vices. 
La legerete et la nonchalance 

sont des defauts. 
Je ne puis parvenir a corriger ce 

menteur. 
Vous etes bien joyeux aujourd'- 

hui. 
Tant que vous serez obeissant, 

on vous aimera. 
II fait cher vivre a Paris. 
Vous vous y prenez maladroite- 

ment. 
O'est une entreprise en grand. 

En tout cas, je n'ai rien perdu. 

Enfin, vous voila. 

J'ai passe pres du marche. 

Ces enfants ne peuvent pas s'ac- 

corder. 
Nous sommes convenus du prix. 
Nous irons en voiture a St. Cloud. 
Lisez tour a totir. 
Je reconnais mon erreur. 



COXSCIEXCR 345 

CONVERSATION. 

Avez-vous reconnu Anthony? Avez-vous jamais vu un tel 
menteur que K. ? Combien de fois avez-vous ete la? Avez-vous 
remarque comme cet homme est orgueilleux? Cette peinture 
n'est-elle pas un chef-d'oeuvre ? Par qui est-elle? Appartient- 
elle aux heritiers du peintre? M. V. n'est-il pas accuse de 
lachete? Ne plaignez-vous pas Madame Z. pour l'orgueil de 
son mari? Pourquoi etes-vous si gai aujourd'hui? N'avez-vous 
pas de scrupule de vous rejouir tant, pendant que votre sceur 
est si triste? N'avez-vous pas entrepris cette affaire trop en 
petit? 

25. 

It seems to me (il me semble) that you have a great hatred 
for that foreigner (etranger). Imagine (figurez-vous) that he 
has had the cowardice to give a slap to my little daughter, 
because she could not help laughing at his bad accent. They 
say he is very proud. I do not doubt it. I know that my 
daughter ought not to have laughed, but we excuse the lightness 
of children. 

Is it dear living in your country? No, every thing is cheap, 
except wine ; all the rest is cheaper than here. — Here we are 
at the twenty-fifth lesson; do you begin to understand and speak? 
I already know a great many words; I understand almost all 
that is said to me. Yesterday I could translate to my father a 
long article in a French newspaper. I advise you to read 
French newspapers and books; but use your dictionary, and 
look for the words you don't know; in that manner (de cette 
maniere) you will learn the language well. What I need (ce 
qui me manque) is the opportunity of speaking. Do you not 
know any English in Paris? I only know a young man who 
has come to France to learn French, and who, consequently 
(par consequent), wishes to speak only French. Did not your 
father intend to send you to England ? Yes ; but he can not do 
without me, because there is much to do in the house. 

Conscience. 

Nothing is more astonishing than the idea of God which we 
bear at the bottom 1 of our hearts. That incomprehensible idea 



346 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



makes 2 us like to God, notwithstanding our imperfections. But 
the wicked man 3 tries to exaggerate to himself his meanness 4 
and nothingness ; to establish an immense disproportion be- 
tween God and him ; to become to himself a sort of divinity, 
by satisfying all his disorderly 5 passions. We are delighted to 
attribute to God such a superiority, that, from that height 6 , he 
deigns neither to observe us, nor to be interested about us, nor 
to reward, nor to punish us. But how is it possible " that he 
who makes our ears to hear, our eyes to see, our mind to know, 
can neither see, nor hear, nor know us ? Vain efforts ! Before 
doing evil, conscience reproaches us ; after having done it, 
remorse agitates us. Conscience is the eye of God; remorse is 
his voice, which says to Cain, What hast thou done? — Fenelon. 

1 au fond ; 2 rend ; 3 mechant ; 4 bassesse ; 5 dereglees ; 6 hauteur ; 
7 mais comment done veut-on que. 



Miscellaneous Pheases — Phrases Melangees. 



1. 



Many thanks. 

I am much obliged to you. 

You are very kind. 

You are really too kind. 

I must really beg you to excuse my 

indiscretion. 
I thank you for your kind attention. 

Do not mention it. 

Will you have the goodness, or the 

kindness, to say to. . .? 
Will you do me the favor to come f 

May I ask you whether you will gof 



Bien des remerciements. 

Je vous suis bien oblige. 

Vous etes bien bon, bonne. 

Vous etes vraiment trop aimable. 

Je dois en v6rite vous prier 
d'excuser mon indiscretion. 

Je vous remercie de vos atten- 
tions. 

Wen parlez pas, or, il n'y a pas 
de quoi. 

Voulez-vous avoir la bonte de 
dire a . . . ? 

Voulez-vous me faire le plaisir 
de venir? 

Oserais je vous demander si vous 
irez? 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



347 



1 ask it of you as a favor. Je vous le demande comme une 

faveur. 
Canyon oblige me with an umbrella? Pouvez-vous me preter un para- 

pluie ? 
Permit me to ask you a question. Permettez-moi de vous faire une 

question. 
I have another question to ask. J'ai encore une question a vous 

faire. 



Have you anything to say to me f 

I have come to speak to you about 

that affair. 
Have you any more to say f 

Do you approve of my conduct ? 

That is not the question. 

We only drank two bottles between 

us. 
I know it to a certainty. 
That is a matter of course. 
But you are improving. 
I should much like to stay, but I 

am compelled to go. 
I introduce my eldest brother to you. 
Willingly ; but how ? 
I believe that you are wrong. 
Have you any objection f 
I have no objection to it. 



Avez-vous quelque chose a me 

dire? 
Je suis venu pour vous parler 

de cette affaire. 
Avez-vous quelque chose de plus 

a dire ? 
Approuvez-vous ma conduite ? 
II ne s'agit pas de cela. 
Nous ne bumes pas plus de deux 

bouteilles. 
Je le sais avec certitude. 
Cela va sans dire. 
Mais vous vous ameliorez. 
Je voudrais bien r ester, mais je 

suis forc6 de partir. 
Je vous presente mon frere aine. 
Volontiers ; mais comment faire ? 
Je croirais que vous avez tort. 
Cela vous contrarierait-il ? 
Cela m'est indifferent, or, je ne 

m'y oppose pas. 



8. 



Do you feel inclined to run ? 

I must give it myself. 

As you please. 
Whenever you please. 



Vous sentez-vous dispose a cou- 

rir? 
II faut que je le donne moi- 

meme. 
Comme il vous plaira. 
Quand il vous plaira. 



348 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



As you think proper. 

If it is agreeable to you. 

I decidedly wish it. 

Could you recommend me to Mr. H f 



Can you give me his 



There is nothing easier. 
It is a very easy matter. 
What is your advice f 
You should ask his advice. 



Comme vous le jugerez conve- 

nable. 
Si cela vous est agreable. 
Je le veux absolument. 
Pourriez-vous me re commander 

a M. H. ? 
Pouvez-vous me donner son 

adresse ? 
II n'y a rien de plus facile. 
C'est une chose bien facile. 
Quel est votre avis ? 
Vous devriez lui demander son 

avis. 



You have been well advised. 

It is not advisable. 

What would you advise me to do ? 

I was thinking of it. 

What are you thinking off 

What do you think of him f 

I think he is a very agreeable 

man. 
Few people think so. 
What a misfortune! 
He lives in grand style. 
Can I rely on his promise ? 
Do not be uneasy about that. 
I will not promise you. 
I am sorry to trouble you. 
I will not trouble you any further. 



On vous a donne un fort bon 

conseil. 
On ne peut pas conseiller cela. 
Que me conseillez-vous de faire ? 
J'y pensais. 
A quoi pensez-vous? 
Que pensez-vous de lui? 
Je pense que c'est un homme 

tres-agreable. 
Peu de gens pensent ainsi. 
Quel malheur! 

II a un grand train de maison. 
Puis-je me fier a sa promesseP 
Ne vous en inqui6tez pas. 
Je ne veux pas vous promettre. 
Je suis fache de vous deranger. 
Je ne vous derangerai plus. 



5, 



I do not wish to give you that 

trouble. 
We shall meet again to-morrow. 
If you like, I ivill call at your 

house. 



Je ne veux pas vous donner 

cette peine-la. 
Nous nous reverrons demain. 
Si vous voulez je passerai chez 

vous. 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



349 



When will you call? 

I will call on you one of these 

days. 
I shall take the first opportunity. 

Indeed I 

Come at any time, and you shall 
be welcome. 

When shall I see you again f 
You must come and see me. 
I dine alone. 
Will you come and take tea with 

us on Saturday? 
I am delighted to see you. 
The more I know . you, the more 

I like you. 



Quand passerez-vous P 

Je passerai chez vous un de ces 
jours. 

Je profiterai de la premiere oc- 
casion. 

Vraiment ! 

En quelque temps que vous 
veniez vous serez toujours 
bien recu. 

Quand vous reverrai-je ? 

II faut venir me voir. 

Je dine seul. 

Voulez-vous venir prendre le 
the avec nous samedi? 

Je suis enchante de vous voir. 

Plus je vous connais, plus je 
vous aime. 



6. 



Do you recollect me? 

To the best of my recollection. 

I recollect it. 

I can not for the life of me. 

I do not quite remember. 
Take a seat. 

Be seated. 

Where do you come from ? 
From whom do you come? 
That is nothing. Never mind. 

It 's no matter. That is of 

no consequence. 
I agree with you. 
I do not exactly agree with you. 

Nor I either. 

That is nothing to me. 



Me reconnaissez-vous ? 
Autant que je puis m'en sou- 
venir. 
Je me le rappelle. 
Je ne le peux pour tout au 

monde. 
Je ne me rappelle pas bien. 
Prenez un siege, or, asseyez- 

vous. 
Asseyez-vous. 
■» D'ou venez-vous ? 
J De la part de qui venez-vous ? 

j- Cela ne fait rien. 

Je suis de votre avis. 

Je ne suis pas tout a fait d'ac- 

cord avec vous. 
Ni moi non plus. 
9a ne me fait rien. 



350 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



7. 



It is all one. 

It is all the same to me. 

I do not think so. 

I have been to see Mrs. C. 

She is very amiable. 

Have you seen her lately? 

Who is that lady in that 

carriage f 
Nobody knows her. 
She is very ladylike. 
I know that gentleman by 
What is his name? 
He is a very agreeable man. 
He is a very obliging person 
We bowed to him. 



open 



C'est la meme chose. 
Cela m'est egal. 
Je ne le pense pas. 
J'ai ete voir Madame C. 
Elle est tres-aimable. 
L'avez-vous vue depuis peu ? 
Quelle est cette dame dans cette 

voiture d6couverte ? 
Personne ne la connait. 
Elle a un air tres-distingue 
Je connais ce monsieur de vue. 
Comment s'appelle-t-il ? 
C'est un homme tres-agreable. 
II est tres obligeant. 
Nous l'avons salue. 



8. 



He has just gone out. 

I know him by sight. 

I will go and see him. 

I will just go and speak to him. 

There is a gentleman who has 

come to speak to you. 
Let him come in. 
I am quite alone. 
Leave me alone. 
I met him a little while ago. 

I am going to meet my sister. 
She is anxious to see you. 
Give my regards to your brother. 
My kind regards to your father, 
if you please. 



II vient de sortir. 

Je le connais de vue. 

J'irai le voir. 

Je vais aller lui parler. 

Voici un monsieur qui est venu 

pour vous parler. 
Faites-le entrer. 
Je suis tout seul. 
Laissez-moi tranquille. 
Je l'ai rencontre il n'y a pas 

longtemps. 
Je vais au devant de ma sceur. 
Elle desire beaucoup vous voir. 
Faites mes amities a votre frereo 
Mes compliments a votre pere, 

je vous prie. 



How old do you take me to be f 
lam quite thirty. 
She is like you. 



9. 



Quel age me donnez-vous ? 
J'ai trente ans accomplis. 
Elle vous ressemble. 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



351 



I must go. 

I am off 

Wait a minute. 

Wait a little. 

It is almost night. 

You must excuse me. 

You always say so. 

It is getting late. 

I will wait for you. 

I expect my father this evening. 

We have company to-day. 

I will tell you when I am ready. 

I am sorry to have kept you waiting. 



II faut que je m'en aille. 

Je m'en vais. 

Attendez une minute. 

Attendez un peu. 

II est presque nuit. 

II faut que vous m'excusiez. 

Vous dites toujours cela. 

II se fait tard. 

Je vais vous attendre. 

J'attends mon pere ce soir. 

Nous avons du monde aujour- 

d'hui. 
Je vous le dirai quand je serai 

pret. 
Je suis fache de vous avoir fait 

attendre. 



10. 



Go down stairs. 
Go up stairs. 

Take ca,re you do not fall. 
Here is to-day's newspaper. 
Let me see, or, let us see. 
It is of little consequence to me; I 
do not trouble myself about it. 
You must not feel offended. 

I do nH mind what people say. 

Do not disturb yourself. 
That is too bad. 
That can not be. 
It is as I tell you. 
What does that prove t 
It appears to me. 



Deseendez, or, allez en bas- 
Montez, or, allez en haut. 
Prenez garde de tomber. 
Voila le journal d'aujourd'hui. 
Voyons un peu. 
Peu m'importe ; je ne m'en in- 

quiete pas. 
II ne faut pas le prendre an 

mauvaise part. 
Je ne m'embarrasse pas de -co 

qu'on dit. 
Ne vous derangez pas. 
C'est trop fort. 
Ca ne peut pas etre. 
C'est comme je vous le dis. 
Qu'est-ce que cela prouve ? 
II me parait. 



As I am informed. 
It is no such thing. 



11. 



A ce que j'apprends. 
II n'en est rien. 



352 



DVFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



It is a shame. 
It is no great matter. 
It is a mistake. 
Are you sure of it? 
It is a false report. 
That is all stuff and nonsense. 
Go and open the door. 
Bolt the door. 
Lock the door. 
WJiat a number of people ! 
There were very few people there. 
There is a great number of car- 
riages. 
Some one knocks. 
Who is there? 
We must have a fire. 



C'est une honte. 

Ce n'est pas grand'chose. 

C'est une erreur, une faute. 

En etes-vous sure ? 

C'est un faux bruit. 

Tout cela c'est de la betise. 

Allez ouvrir la porte. 

Fermez la porte au verrou. 

Fermez la porte a clef. 

Que de gens ! 

II y avait tres-peu de monde. 

Voila un grand nombre de voi- 

tures. 
On frappe (a la porte). 
Qui est-ce qui est la ? 
II faut allumer le feu. 



12. 



Will you stir the fire? 
What are you looking for ? 
He knows nothing about it. 
Have you found what you wanted? 

Have you succeeded? 

You should inquire about it. 

We must inquire. 

You had better inquire. 

I will inquire about it. 

I do not know what to think about 

it. 
I do not know what to do. 
You have no right in it. 
I was not aware of that. 
I ask your pardon. 
I did not do it on purpose. 



Voulez-vous attiser le feu P 

Que cherchez-vous P 

II n'en sait rien. 

Avez-vous trouve ce dont vous 

aviez besoin ? 
Avez-vous reussi? 
Vous devriez vous en informer. 
II faut que nous nous informions. 
II vaut mieux demander. 
Je m'en informerai. 
Je ne sais qu'en penser. 

Je ne sais que faire. 

Vous n'y avez aucun droit. 

Je ne savais pas cela. 

Je vous demande pardon. 

Je ne l'ai pas fait expres. 



It is to be regretted. 

Not the least in the world. 



13. 



C'est a regretter. 

Pas le moins du monde. 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



353 



I am rather annoyed in tJiat re- 
spect. 
You have no occasion to complain. 

That is the case. 

If that is the case. 

That is the truth. 

I paid no attention to it. 

I will do all I can. 

I do not doubt it, or, I have no 

doubt of it. 
I am at your service. 
I will avail myself of your polite 

offer. 
I shall be at leisure to-morrow. 
I got up early this morning. 

The noise in the street prevented 

my sleeping. 
I am very sleepy. 



Je suis assez peine a cet 6gard. 

Vous n'avez pas sujet de vous 

plaindre. 
C'est ainsi. 
S'il en est ainsi. 
Voila la verite. 

Je n'y ai fait aucune attention. 
Je ferai tout mon possible. 
Je n'en doute pas. 

Vous pouvez disposer de moi. 
Je profiterai de votre offre obli- 

geante. 
Je serai libre demain. 
Je me suis leve de bonne heure 

ce matin. 
Le bruit de la rue m'a emp§ch6 

de dormir. 
J'ai grande envie de dormir. 



14. 



He is asleep. 

I have not seen him these three 

Is it a long time since f 
He does all in his power. 
That is all you can expect. 



Have those gentlemen arrived f 

We expert them. 

They have invited me to go and see 

them. 
I am at leisure, or, I have time. 
Were I in your place, or, if I were 

in your place. 
That will be better. 
Money answers all purposes. 
I would not do it for anything. 

D. F. M. 30. 



II dort. 

II y a trois jours que je ne l'ai 

vu. 
Y a-t-il longtemps ? 
II fait tout ce qu'il peut. 
C'est tout ce que vous pouvez 

attendre. 
Ces messieurs sont-ils -arrives ? 
Nous les attendons. 
Elles m'ont invite a aller les voir. 

J'ai le temps. 

Si j'etais a votre place. 

Ce sera mieux. 
L'argent sert a tout. 
Je ne le ferais pas pour tout l'or 
du monde. 



354 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



There is a time for every thing. 



That is nothing. 

I know nothing about it. 

I did not say that. 

What is the use of that ? 

Where shall I put it f 

Are you in earnest f 

I believe so, I believe not. 

As you ought to do. 

What pains you take ! 

I am not a good, judge. 

You may depend upon it. 

I have been told that you sent 

me. 
What are you laughing at f 
As occasion shall offer. 



Ilfautque chaque chose soitfaite 
a temps. 



15. 



for 



Ce n'est rien. 

Je n'en sais rien. 

Je n'ai pas dit cela. 

A quoi cela sert-il ? 

Ou faut-il que je le mette? 

Parlez-vous serieusement ? 

Je crois que oui — que non. 

Comme vous devez faire. 

Que de peines vous prenez ! 

Je ne suis pas bon juge. 

Vous pouvez y compter. 

On m'a dit que vous m'aviez 

envoye chercher. 
De quoi riez-vous ? 
Comme l'occasion s'en pr6» 

sentera. 



16. 



Translate that word for word. 

Repeat what I said. 

With all my heart. 

Did I pronounce well. 

Is your father up stairs f 

I think he is in the court-yard. 

1 saw him go out. 

Just now (for the past), presently. 

Let us take a short walk. 

Let us walk faster. 

I want a steel pen. 

I make a great many mistakes. 
Speak louder — lower. 
You read too fast. 



Traduisez cela mot a mot. 

R6p6tez ce que j'ai dit. 

De tout mon coeur. 

Ai-je bien prononce ? 

Votre pere est-il en haut ? 

Je crois qu'il est dans la cour. 

Je Pai vu sortir. 

Tout-a-1'heure. 

Faisons un tour de promenade. 

Marchons plus vite. 

J'ai besoin d'une plume m6- 

tallique. 
Je fais bien des fautes. 
Parlez plus haut — plus bas. 
Vous lisez trop vite. 



17. 



What! is 



you] 



When will you set out again 



Quoi! est-ce vous? 
Quand repartirez-vous P 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



355 



There, it is striking two. 

lam going to the post-office. 

Let us go this way — that way. 

The weather is very changeable. 

Write straight. 

Make haste. 

Do n't run so fast. 

It is very slippery. 

Take care. 

Seal the letter. 

Direct it. 

Take it to the post-office. 

It is not post-paid. 

Pay the postage. 



I shall not go there this year. 

Nor shall I. 

What part of the town do you liv 

inf 
I prefer Paris to London. 
So do I. 

Wliat play do they perform f 
Do the performers act well f 
Taste these apricots. 
Everybody likes them. 
I don't. 

Have you seen my pictures t 
Get out of the light, if you phase. 

This room is rather dark. 

Bring a light. 

This pen is too hard. 



How do you like my room t 

Do you like that wine f 
I like it very much. 



Voila deux heures qui sonnent, 

Je vais a la poste. 

Allons par ici — par la. 

Le temps est tres-variable. 

Ecrivez droit. 

Depechez-vous. 

Ne courez pas si trite. 

II fait bien glissant. 

Prenez garde. 

Cachetez la lettre. 

Mettez-y l'adresse. 

Portez-la a la poste. 

Elle n'est pas affranchie. 

Affranchissez-la. 

18. 

Je n'irai pas cette annee. 

Ni moi non plus. 
e Dans quel quartier demeurez- 
vous? 

Je prefere Paris a Londres. 

Et moi aussi. 

Quelle piece joue-t-on? 

Les aeteurs jouent-ils bien? 

Goutez ces abricots. 

Tout le monde les aime. 

Pas moi. 

Avez-vous vu mes tableaux ? 

Otez-vous de mon jour, s'il vous 
plait. 

Cette chambre est un peu ob- 
scure. 

Apportez de la lumiere. 

Cette plume est trop dure. 



19. 



Comment trouvez-vous ma cham- 
bre ? 
Trouvez-vous ce vin bon ? 
Je le trouve excellent. 



356 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



That coat fits you very well. 

Black becomes you. 

The sleeves are too tight. 

The heat is suffocating. 

To-day. 

It is very close, or sultry. 

We shall have a storm. 

Stop, coachman ; I want to get out. 

Is your toothache gone ? 

Yes, I feel no more pain. 

Do you want any blotting-paper f 

My son obtained two prizes. 

Who is there f It is I; it is he . . . 



Cet habit vous va tres-bien. 

Le noir vous sied bien. 

Les manches sont trop etroites. 

II fait une chaleur etouffante. 

Aujourd'hui. 

II fait un temps bien lourd. 

Nous aurons de l'orage. 

Arretez, cocher; je veux des- 

cendre. 
Votre mal de dents est-il passe ? 
Oui, je ne souffre plus. 
Vous faut-il du papier buvard ? 
Mon fils a remporte deux prix. 
Qui est la P C'est moi ; c'est lui . . . 



20. 



Do me that favor. 
Do what I tell you. 
Where do you come from t 
I have just been for a walk. 
Please to sit down. 

I have ordered a cake. 
Bring me the newspaper. 
There is yesterday's paper. 
Here is a piece of good news. 
Do you know the particulars f 
Somebody calls you. 
Go and see who it is. 
Where shall you spend your holi- 
days? 
I shall spend them in the country. 
Come along. 



Faites-moi ce plaisir. 

Faites ce que je vous dis. 

D'ou venez-vous ? 

Je viens de la promenade. 

Donnez-vous la peine de vous 

asseoir. 
J'ai commande un gateau. 
Apportez-moi le journal. 
Voila le journal d'hier. 
Voila une bonne nouvelle. 
En savez-vous les details ? 
On vous appelle. 
Allez voir qui c'est. 
Ou passerez-vous vos vacances P 

Je les passerai a la campagne. 
Venez done. 



21. 

Have you seen all the curiosities of Avez-vous vu toutes les curiosi- 
this town f tes de cette ville ? 

No; but I have seen, for instance, Won ; mais j'ai vu, par exemple, 
the Tower of London. la tour de Londres. 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



357 



I do not like that man. 
Nor do I. 
He is so conceited. 
He has too good an opinion of him- 
self. 
What is he? 
He is an architect. 
Do you attend any lectures f 
Does this hour suit you f 
Bring my spectacles. 
Our piano is out of tune. 
You should have it tuned. 
Do you play the piano ? 



Je n'aime point cet homme-la. 

Ni moi non plus. 

II est si pretentieux. 

II a trop bonne opinion de lui- 

m§me. 
Qu'est-il ? 
II est architecte. 
Suivez-vous des cours ? 
Cette heure vous convient-elle ? 
Cherchez mes lunettes. 
Notre piano n'est pas d'accord. 
Vous devriez le faire accorder 
Jouez-vous du piano ? 



22. 



How do you like the words of this 

songf 
They are very pretty. 
I do not like that color ; it is too 

gaudy. 
You are joking ; it is dark. 
Remember me to Mr. J. 

How do you like this dish f 

I like it very much. 

I am very glad it is to your taste. 

Give my kind regards to Mr. F. 

I will not fail. 

What is the name of that professor t 

Has he a great deal to do ? 
He has. 



Comment trouvez-vous les pa- 
roles de cette chanson? 

Elles sont fort jolies. 

Cette couleur ne me plait pas; 
elle est trop voyante. 

Vous plaisantez; elle est foncee. 

Kappelez-moi au souvenir de M. 
J. 

Comment trouvez-vous ce plat ? 

Je le trouve fort bon. 

Je suis bien aise qu'il soit de 
votre gout. 

Faites mes amities a M. F. 

Je n'y manquerai pas. 

Comment s'appelle ce profes- 
seur ? 

Est-il tres-occup§ ? 

Qui. 



The fire is going out. 
Stir it. 

Wiere is the poker f 
Give me the tongs. 



23. 



Le feu va s'§teindre. 

Attisez-le. 

Ou est le fourgon? 

Donnez-moi les pincettes. 



358 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



You have let it go out. 

It was not my fault. 

My shoes hurt me. 

They will get wider by wearing. 

The soles are not thick enough. 

That bread looks nice. 

What is the day of the month f 

Which stuff have you chosen ? 
This color suits you very well. 
Tell him to wait. 
I am engaged at present. 



Vous l'avez laiss§ s'eteindre. 
Ce n'etait pas ma faute. 
Mes souliers me blessent. 
lis s'elargiront en les portant. 
lies semelles ne sont pas assez 



Ce pain a l'air bon. 

Quel quantieme du mois avons- 

nous? 
Quelle §toffe avez-vous choisie ? 
Cette couleur vous sied tres-bien. 
Dites-lui d'attendre. 
Je suis occupe maintenant. 



24. 



Your dictation is full of errors. 
Will you be good enough to correct 

it? 
Write that out again. 
You are improving in French. 

Charles is coming down directly. 

It is daylight ; let us get up. 

It has rained all night. 

Show me your drawings. 

That is well done. 

That is done in a hurry. 

You have a good drawing-master. 

He teaches very well. 

He is a distinguished artist. 

Behave well. 

Always obey your master. 



Votre dict6e est pleine de fautes. 
Voulez-vous bien la eorriger ? 

Becopiez-moi eela. 

Vous faites des progres en fran- 

cais. 
Charles va descendre tout-a- 

l'heure. 
II fait jour; levons-nous. 
II a plu toute la nuit. 
Montrez-moi vos dessins. 
C'est bien fait. 
C'est fait a la hate. 
Vous avez un bon maitre. 
II enseigne tres-bien. 
C'est un artiste distingue. 
Conduisez-vous bien. 
Obeissez toujours a votre maitre* 



25. 

The project of a journey. Projet de voyage. 

What do you intend doing next Que comptez-vous faire l'6t6 pro- 

summer f chain ? 

I have a great mind to go to London. J'ai bien envie d'aller visiter 

Londres. 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



359 



Shall you stay there long f 

Three weeks, or a month at the 

farthest. 
Will you come icith me f 
Well, I conclude to go with you. 

When shall ice start f 

Let us set out next Thursday. 

Agreed. 

We shall pass through Dover in 

going, and we shall return by 

Havre. 
Shall we stop on the journey ? 
I think we had better go direct to 

London. 
As you like. 



Y resterez-vous longtemps P 
Trois semaines, ou un mois tout 

au plus. 
Voulez-vous venir avec moi P 
Allons, je me decide a partir 

avec vous. 
Quand partons-nous P 
Partons jeudi prochain. 
C'est convenu, entendu. 
Nous passerons par Douvres en 

allant, et nous reviendrons 

par le Havre. 
Nous arreterons-nous en route ? 
Je crois que nous ferons mieux 

d'aller droit a Londres. 
Comme vous voudrez. 



26. 



The eve of departure. 

You are going to leave us, thent 

You set off? 

I set out to-morrow morning. 

Have you packed your trunks t 

They are ready. 

I do not take much baggage, because 
it is very cumbersome. 

Yes, certainly ; especially u'hen one 
makes a long journey. 

I want a padlock for my carpet- 
bag. 

Is there a lock on your portman- 
teau f 

Yes; her^ is the key. 

I wish you much enjoyment. 



La veille du depart. 

Vous allez done nous quitter P 

Vous partez? 

Je pars demain matin. 

Avez-vous fait vos malles ? 

Elles sont prgtes. 

Je prends peu de bagage, parce 

que c'est fort embarrassant. 
Oui, vraiment ; surtout quand 

on fait un long voyage. 
II me faut un cadenas pour mon 

sac de nuit. 
Y a-t-il une serrure a votre 

valise ? 
Oui ; voila la clef. 
Je vous souhaite beaucoup de 

plaisir. 



A meeting. 

How lucky to meet you here ! 



27. 



Une rencontre. 

Quel heureux hasard de vous 
rencontrer ici ! 



360 



DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Whence do you comet Where are D'ou venez-vousP Ou allez- 



you going'. 



vous? 



i" arrived this morning in the steam- Je suis arrive ce matin par le 

boat. bateau a vapeur. 

Had you a good passage f Avez-vous eu un bon passage ? 

Pretty good; the sea was rather Assez bon; la mer etait un peu 

rough. agitee. 

1 have been sick ; to tell you the J'ai ete malade ; a vous dire la 

truth, I am a very bad sailor. verite, je suis tres-mauvais 

marin. 

The passage has been rather rough, La traversee a ete un peu rude, 

but it is over. mais c'est passe. 

Where do you lodge ? Ou logez-vous ? 

Two steps from here ; come to my A deux pas d'ici j venez chez 

house. moi. 

Willingly. Volontiers. 

I follow you. Je vous suis. 

I have half an hour to spend with J'ai une demi-heure a vous don- 

you. ner. 

Then let us make haste. Alors, depechons-nous. 



At the post-office. 

I expect letters from London. 

I am going to inquire at the 2 

office if there is anything 

me. 
The post-office is at the end of 

street. 
The third house on the left. 
The fourth gate on the right. 

At the bottom of the court. 
Have you any letters for Mr. S. 

You must ask at the post-office. 

The office is opposite to this. 
I am much obliged to you. 
We expect the courier. 



28. 

A la poste. 

J'attends des lettres de Londres. 
>OSt- Je vais m'informer a la poste s'il 
for y en a pour moi. 



this La poste est au bout de cette 

rue. 
La troisieme maison a gauche. 
La quatrieme porte cochere a 

droite. 
Au fond de la cour. 
Avez-vous des lettres pour M. 

S.? 
II faut vous adresser a la poste 

restante. 
Le bureau est en face de celui-ci. 
Je vous suis bien oblige. 
Nous attendons le courrier. 



MISCELLANEOUS PHRASES. 



361 



1 will return to-morrow morning. 
Very well, sir. 



Je reviendrai demain matin. 
Tres-bien, monsieur. 



29. 



London. 

What an immense city London is ! 

The city itself is not very large. 

Which do you consider your finest 

street f 
I should say Regent street. 
Have you seen the Houses of Par- 
liament f 
Yes, and Westminster Abbey, too. 

What is that tower f 

It is the Victoria Tower. 

Let us go and see Buckingham 

Palace. 
It is not very imposing. 

How many public parks are there 
in London f 

Six: Green Park, Hyde Park, 
Saint James's Park, Regent's 
Park, Kensington Park, and 
Victoria Park. 

Here we are in Saint Paul's church- 
yard. 

It is, indeed, a magnificent structure. 



Londres. 

Quelle ville immense est Lon- 
dres ! 

La cite elle-meme n'est pas tres- 
etendue. 

Laquelle de vos rues pensez-vous 
gtre la plus belle ? 

Je pense que c'est Regent street. 

Avez-vous vu le palais du Parle- 
ment? 

Oui, et l'abbaye de Westminster, 
aussi. 

Quelle est cette tour ? 

C'est la tour Victoria. 

Allons voir le palais de Bucking- 
ham. 

Son aspect n'est pas bien impo- 
sant. 

Combien de pares publics y a-t-il 
a Londres ? 

Six: Green Park, Hyde Park 
Saint James's Park, Regent's 
Park, Kensington Park, et 
Victoria Park. 

Nous voici a la place de la ca- 
thedrale de Saint Paul. 

C'est vraiment un monument 
magnifique. 



30. 



What do you ask for this f 

It is too dear. 

It is the usual price. 

I hardly gain any thing by it. 

Can you not let me have it lower ? 

D. F. M= 31. 



Combien ceci? 
C'est trop cher. 
C'est le prix ordinaire. 
Je ne gagne presque rien dessus. 
Vous ne pouvez pas me le donner 
a nioins ? 



362 



BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 



Let us split the difference. 
What is the price of this walking- 
stick f 
What is the price of that ? 
How much are these peaches f 
How much is this a yard? 

How much is it a pound f 
What do you call these f 
Where does this road lead to ? 
Which is the shortest way to the 
opera f 



Partageons la difference. 
Combien vendez-vous cette 

canne ? 
Quel est le prix de cela ? 
Combien ces peches ? * 

Combien vendez-vous ceci le 

metre ? 
Combien la livre? 
Comment appelez-vous cela ? 
Ou conduit ce ehemin ? 
Quel est le plus court ehemin 

pour aller a Popera? 



Selections. 



1. 

Sobriete. 

Un des rois de Perse envoya au Calife Mustapha, un tres- 
habile 1 medecin, qui, en arrivant, demanda quelle etait la 
maniere 2 de vivre a cette cour 3 . On lui repondit qu'on man- 
geait quand on avait faim, et qu'on ne satisfaisait jamais en- 
tierement son appetit. " Je me retire," dit-il; "il n'y a rien a 
faire ici." 

1 skilful; 2 style; 3 court. 

2. 

Affection Conjugate. 

Les medecins declarerent au fils de Guillaume le Conquerant, 
Robert, qui avait et€ blesse par une fleche empoisonnee \ qu'il 
ne pourrait se guerir qu'en faisant sucer la blessure au plus 
vite 2 . "Alors je veux mourir," dit-il; "je ne serai jamais assez 
cruel pour permettre a qui que ce soit d'exposer sa vie pour 
moi." Pendant son sommeil la princesse Sybille, sa femme, suca 
la blessure, et perdit la vie en sauvant celle de son mari. 

1 poisoned arrow ; 2 by causing the wound to be speedily sucked. 



SELECTIONS. 363 

3. 

Opinion de Jefferson sur le Peuple Francais. 

Je ne puis quitter ce grand et bon pa}'s sans exprhner mon 
opinion 1 sur la superiority 2 de son caractere parmi toutes les 
nations de la terre. Je n'ai jamais connu de gens plus bien- 
veillants, ni ayant plus de chaleur et de devouement dans leurs 
amities choisies. Leur bonte pour les etrangers est incompara- 
ble 3 , et l'hospitalite de Paris surpasse 4 tout ce que j'avais 
imagine de praticable dans une grande cite. Leurs capacites, 
aussi, dans les sciences, le caractere 5 communicatif de leurs 
savants 6 , la politesse, la facilite, et la vivacite de leur conversa- 
tion, donne un charme a leur societe qu'on ne trouve nulle part 
ailleurs. Dans une comparaison avec les autres peuples, nous 
pouvons donner un apercu de leur primaute, ce qui fut dit au 
sujet de Themistocle apres la bataille de Salamis. Chaque gen- 
eral vota pour lui-meme la premiere recompense de valeur, et 
la seconde pour Themistocle. Ainsi si on demandait a un 
voyageur de quelque pays que ce fut: "Dans quel pays sur la 
terre prefereriez-vous vivre?" " Certainement dans le mien, ou 
sont tous mes amis, mes parents, et les plus douces affections 
et les souvenirs de mon enfance et de toute ma vie." "Quel 
serait votre second choix?" "La France." 

1 sense ; 2 its pre-eminence; 3 unpar ailed ; 4 is beyond; 5 dispositions : 
6 scientific men. 



Le Philosophe Vaincu 1 . 

Un savant philosophe etant tres-occupe dans son cabinet 2 , 
une petite fille vint lui demander du feu. " Mais," dit le docteur, 
"vous n'avez rien pour le mettre 3 ; " et comme il allait chercher 
quelque chose pour cet objet 4 , la petite fille se baissa 5 vers 
l'atre 6 , et prenant des cendres 7 froides dans une main, elle mit 
dessus avec l'autre main de la braise allumee 8 . Le docteur 
etonne ieta ses livres par terre, disant: "Avec tout mon savoir 9 , 
je n'aurais jamais trouve cet expedient." 

1 the philosopher outdone; 2 study ; z to take it in; 4 purpose; 5 stooped 
down; 6 at the fire-place ; 7 ashes; 8 burning embers ; 9 my learning. 



364 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

5. 

Le Page. 

Frederic-le-Grand ayant mi jour sonne, et s'apercevant que 
personne ne venait, ouvrit la porte de l'antichambre, et trouva 
son page endormi sur une chaise. En allant le reveiller, il vit 
un papier ecrit qui pendait hors de sa poche. Cela excita la 
curiosite et l'attention du roi ; il le retira, et vit que e'etait une 
lettre de la mere du page, dans laquelle (wherein) elle remerciait 
son fils pour sa bonne assistance en lui envoyant une partie de 
ses gages l ; car le ciel 2 , disait-elle, le recompenserait certaine- 
ment, s'il continuait a servir fidelement sa majeste. Le roi alia 
immediatement chercher un rouleau 3 de ducats et le glissa 4 
avec la lettre dans la poche du page. Bientot apres, il sonna, 
et reveilla le page, qui parut devant lui. Le garcon begaya 5 
une partie d'excuse, et une partie de confession, et mettant la 
main dans sa poche, il trouva, a sa grande surprise, le rouleau 
de ducats. II le sortit de sa poche 6 , pale et tremblant, et in- 
capable d'articuler une syllabe. 

" Qu'y a-t-il ? " dit le roi. " Helas, votre Majeste ! " dit le page, 
en tombant a genoux, " ma ruine est projetee 7 . Je ne sais rien de 
cet argent." "Sachez," dit le roi, " que quand 8 la fortune vient, 
elle vient en dormant ; vous pouvez envoyer cela a votre mere, 
avec mes compliments, et l'assurer que j'aurai soin 9 de vous." 

1 wages ; 2 for heaven ; 3 roll ; 4 slipped ; 5 stammered ; 6 he drew it 
out; 7 intended; 8 whenever ; 9 provide for you. 

6. 

Manure de Demander un Sou 1 . 

On a souvent dit que les membres de la Societe des Amis 
possedent des leur jeunesse une part plus qu'ordinaire de finesse 
d'esprit 2 . Le fait suivant peut servir de preuve a cette assertion. 
II y a quelque temps M. N., tres-respectable fondeur 3 de Bir- 
mingham, decouvrit que son fils, garcon de cinq ans, avait 
l'habitude 4 de demander aux messieurs qui venaient a, la 
maison, de lui donner de l'argent ; et immediatement il lui fit 
promettre de ne plus reiterer cette demande 5 . Le lendemain 
M. H., l'associe de son pere, vint faire une visite 6 , et le garcon 



SELECTIOXS. 365 

eluda de violer" la promesse, en disant: "Mon ami, connais-tu 
quelqu'un qui voudrait me preter un penny, et ne pas me le 
rederuanderV 

1 how to ask for a penny ; 2 acuteness ; 3 iron-founder ; 4 was accus- 
tomed; 5 extorted a promise, lie would not do so again; 6 called; 7 evaded 
a breach of promise; s not require it of me again. 



Prier e d'un Enfant. 

Une petite fille, agee de cinq ans, avait une egale affection 
pour sa mere et pour sa grand'mere. Au jour de naissance de 
celle-ci 1 , sa mere lui dit: "Ma chere enfant, il vous faut prier 
Dieu de benir (or, qu'il benisse) 2 votre grand'maman et qu'elle 
devienne tres-vieille 3 ." L'enfant regarda avec quel que surprise 
sa mere, qui s'en apercevant, dit: "Eh Men, ne voulez-vous pas 
prier Dieu qu'il benisse votre grand'maman, et qu'elle devienne 
tres-vieille?" "Ah, maman ! " dit l'enfant, "elle est deja tres- 
vieille, je prierai plutot pour qu'elle devienne jeune." 

1 the latter ; 2 to bless ; 3 that she may become very old. 



8. 

La Fille de Robert. 

Un garde-chasse l nomme Eobert, residant dans une maison 
solitaire pres de TV., etait un jour alle a l'eglise avec sa famille, 
laissant a la maison une fille agee de seize ans. II n'y avait pas 
longtemps qu'ils etaient partis (gone) quand un vieillard, a demi- 
mort de froid, apparut a la porte. Touchee de sa situation, la 
jeune fille le fit entrer et alia a la cuisine pour lui preparer de 
la soupe. A travers une fenetre qui communiquait avec la 
chambre dans laquelle elle l'avait laisse, elle s'apercut qu'il avait 
laisse tomber 2 la barbe qu'il portait en entrant (when he entered), 
et qu'il paraissait alors (now) un homme robuste, et marchait 
dans 3 la chambre avec un poisrnard a la main. 

Ne voyant 4 aucun moyen d'echapper (of escape), elle s'arma 
d'un couperet 5 d'une main, prit la soupe bouillante de l'autre, et 
entrant dans la chambre ou il etait, elle lui jeta d'abord la soupe 



366 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

a la figure, puis le frappa sur le cou avec la hachette 5 , ce qui 
1'etendit par terre insensible. A ce moment, on frappa de 
nouveau a la porte, la jeune fille regarda par une fenetre du 
haut, et vit un etrange chasseur, qui voulait absolument entrer 
(demanded admittance), et qui, sur son refus, menaca d'enfoncer 6 
la porte. Elle prit aussitot le fusil de son pere, et comme il 
continuait (was proceeding) a mettre sa menace a execution, elle 
tira sur lui et lui perca l'epaule gauche 7 , sur quoi il se retira 8 
dans la foret. Une demi-heure apres, une troisieme personne 
vint et demanda apres un vieillard qui devait avoir passe par 
la 9 . La jeune fille dit qu'elle ne l'avait pas vu; ayant par des 
menaces 10 inutiles essaye 11 de la gagner 12 pour qu'elle l'ouvrit, 
il se disposait a enfoncer la porte, lorsqu'elle tira sur lui et le 
tua raide 13 . 

Sentant s'affaiblir le courage qui l'avait animee jusque la 14 , 
notre heroine se mit a tirer des coups de fusil par les fenetres 
et a crier 15 jusqu'a ce qu'enfin quelques personnes furent attirees 
a la maison ; mais rien ne put la decider (induce) a, ouvrir la porte 
jusqu'au retour de la famille de Peglise. 

1 game-keeper ; 2 dropped; Spacing; 4 finding no mode; 5 chopper ; 
6 break open ; 7 shot him through the left shoulder ; 8 made his way back 
to ; 9 that way ; 10 threats ; ll endeavored ; u to prevail upon her ; u shot 
him dead on the spot ; u the incitements to her courage being now at an 
end, her spirits began to sink ; 15 she fired and screamed. 



9. 

V 'etrange Nageur 1 . 

En Mars mil huit cent seize (1816), un ane appartenant au 
Capitaine Dundas, R. N., alors a Malte, fut embarque 2 sur le 
Ister, Capitaine Forrest, partant 3 de Gibraltar pour cette ile. 
Le vaisseau (ship) alia frapper 4 sur un banc de sable 5 audela 6 
de la Pointe de Gaete, et on jeta l'ane a la mer 7 dans l'espoir 
qu'il pourrait peut-etre (possibly) nager jusqu'a terre (to land), 
ce qui cependant paraissait promettre peu de chance, car la 
mer etait si haute, qu'un bateau qui avait quitte le vaisseau fut 
perdu. 

Quelques jours apres, quand on ouvrit les portes 8 le matin, 
les gardiens furent surpris par Vaillant (ainsi nommait-on l'ane) 



SELECTIONS. 367 

qui se presentait pour entrer. En entrant, il se rendit 9 de 
suite a Fecurie 10 qu'il avait occupee autrefois, et qui appartenait 
a M. Weeks, negotiant. 

Le pauvre animal avait non seulement nage sauf jusqu'au 
rivage 11 , mais encore sans guide, sans boussole 12 , ni carte de 
voyage, il avait trouve son chemin de la Pointe de Gaete a 
Gibraltar, distance de plus de deux cents milles, et cela a 
travers un pays montagneux, embarrasse 13 et entrecoupe 14 de 
courants la qu'il n'avait jamais traverses auparavant, et en un 
espace de temps si court 16 , qu'il ne pouvait avoir fait un seul 
detour 17 . 

1 swimmer ; 2 shipped ; 3 bound; 4 struck on; 5 some sands; e off; 
7 overboard; 8 the gates ; 9 proceeded; 10 stable; n shore; 12 compass; 
13 intricate; u intersected ; 15 streams ; 16 so short a period of time; 
17 one false turn. 

10. 

La Fuite 1 Heureuse. 

Une dame avait un oiseau apprivoise 2 qu'elle laissait tousles 
jours sortir de sa cage. Tin matin qu'il becquetait 3 des miettes 4 
qui etaient sur le tapis, son chat qui avait toujours ete l'ami 
de l'oiseau, le saisit tout a, coup, et, le prenant dans sa gueule 5 , 
il sauta sur la table. La dame commencait a s'alarmer sur le 
sort 6 de son favori; mais en se retournant, elle vit bientot 
pourquoi le chat s'en etait empare: on avait laisse la porte 
ouverte, et un autre chat s'etait introduit dans la chambre. 
Apres qu'elle Ten eut chasse 7 , Minet descendit de sa retraite, 
et vint deposer l'oiseau sur le tapis sans lui avoir fait le 
moindre mal. 

1 escape; 2 tame; 3 picking up; 4 crumbs; 5 her mouth; 6 fate; 
7 turned out. 

11. 

Les Gages d'un Roi 

Dans un de ses voyages, Louis XL, roi de France, entrant 
incognito dans la cuisine d'une auberge, y remarqua un jeune 
garcon 1 qui tournait une broche 2 . II lui demanda son nom et 



368 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

ce qu'il etait. Le garcon lui repondit tres-ingenument 3 , qu'il 
s'appelait Berringer; qu'il n'etait pas effectivement 4 un tres- 
grand homme, niais que neanmoins il gagnait autant que le roi 
de France. "Et que gagne done le roi de France, mon ami?" 
dit Louis. "Ses gages, qu'il tient de Dieu; et moi, je gagne 
les miens que je tiens du roi." Louis XL fut si satisfait de cette 
reponse, qu'il emmena ce garcon, et l'attacha a son service 5 . 

1 lad ; 2 spit ; 3 with great simplicity ; 4 indeed ; 5 gave him a situation 
to attend on his person. 

12. 

Danger de la Desobeissance. 

Dans un delicieux 1 village des bords de la riviere Medway, 
6tait situee la maison de M. Williams. II n'avait pas d'enfants, 
mais il avait adopte 2 Thomas, un des fils de son frere. Pres 
de la maison de M. Williams, demeurait un gentilhomme qui 
avait un fils a peu pres du meme age que Thomas ; ce voisinage 
les rendit bientot amis intimes; ils passaient ensemble presque 
tous leurs moments de loisir 3 . 

Le jardin de M. Williams s'etendait jusqu'au bord de la 
riviere, ou il y avait un petit bateau, dans lequel lui et ses 
amis faisaient souvent de petites promenades; mais sachant le 
danger auquel ce bateau pouvait exposer son neveu, M. W. 
lui enjoignit 4 l'ordre de n'y jamais entrer a son insu 5 . 

Pendant quelque temps Thomas se conforma 6 aux ordres 
qu'il avait recus; mais les instances 7 de son ami l'emporterent 
a la fin, et un jour ils sauterent tous deux dans le bateau. 
D'abord, ils ne firent qu'agiter 8 les rames; mais y trouvant du 
plaisir, ils detacherent 9 bientot la chaine, et le bateau se trouva 
emporte 10 par la rapidite du courant. Ils essayerent en vain de 
l'arreter, et tous les deux commencerent a s'effrayer, et a se 
repentir de leur imprudence. Ils avaient ete ainsi violemment 
emportes a plus d'un mille, lorsqu'un bachot 11 vint a leur 
secours. En voyant leur detresse, les hommes qui le mon- 
taient 12 , s'informerent a qui le bateau appartenait. 

1 pleasant; 2 had taken; 3 play-hours ; 4 gave him strictest injunctions ; 
5 without his knowledge; 6 maintained; 7 entreaties; 8 paddled a little 



SELECTIONS. 369 

away with the oars; 9 slipped ; 10 was hurried along ; n wherry ; 12 the 
men in it. 

13. 

Lorsqu'ils en furent informes, comme ils remontaient la riviere, 
ils attacherent le bateau a leur bachot, et le tirerent ou le re- 
morquerent ainsi 1 , jusqu'a ce qu'ils arriverent 2 au jardin de 
M. W. Avec quelle joie Thomas se vit-il hors de danger 3 ! 
Apres avoir remercie ces hommes pour leur secours, lui et son 
camarade entrerent au pavilion 4 ou ils resterent quelque temps, 
puis Charles prit conge 5 de son ami. Des affaires importantes 
exigeaient 6 alors toute l'attention de M. Williams; il ne remarqua 
pas le malaise " que trahissait 8 la physionomie 9 de son neveu. 

Quinze jours apres, Thomas alia diner chez Charles, et dans 
l'apres-midi ils se deciderent 10 a faire une longue promenade. 
Ils avaient a peine parcouru 11 un mille, qu'ils s'assirent pour 
se reposer a l'ombre 12 d'une petite haie, qui formait la cloture 13 
du jardin d'une charmante petite chaumiere 14 . II faisait extreme- 
ment chaud; ils mouraient de soif; ils cherchaient de tous cotes 
ou ils pourraient se desalt erer 15 , quand ils apercurent un arbre 
charge 16 de belles cerises. Charles proposa de passer par-dessus 
la haie pour aller en cueillir 17 ; Thomas s'y opposa 18 comme 
& une action deshonnete 19 , mais la rhetorique de son ami dis- 
sipa 20 bientot ses scrupules, et ils se glisserent 21 tous deux 
dans le jardin. 

1 towed it along; 2 came ; 3 in safety; 4 summer-house ; 5 took leave; 
6 require; 7 uneasiness ; 8 showed ; 9 countenance ; 10 proposed; ^pro- 
ceeded; 12 under; 13 fence; u neat little cottage; 15 to allay their thirst; 
16 laden; 17 gather; 18 objected to it; 19 dishonest ; 20 removed; 21 crept 
softly. 

14. 

lis regarderent autour d'eux pour voir s'ils etaient observes; 
ne decouvrant personne, ils se mirent a se regaler 1 de cerises, 
et, non consents d'en avoir tant mange, ils en remplirent leurs 
chapeaux et leurs inouchoirs. Ils se disposaient a partir, quand 
le bruit 2 de quelques pas 3 leur fit peur. Ils sauterent precipitam- 
ment s tous deux par-dessus la haie, et Charles disparut 5 a, l'in- 
stant. Thomas retourna chez son oncle et ne tarda pas a tomber 



370 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

extremement malade 6 , et quoiqu'il guerit a la fin 7 , il languit 
quelque temps dans d'affreuses 8 souffrances. Charles, dans sa 
chute, recut, a la hanche 9 , un coup dont il ne put jamais etre 
entitlement gueri. 

1 they began to revel ; 2 sound ; 3 footsteps ; 4 hastily ; 5 was out of sight; 
6 began to feel extremely ill ; 7 finally; 8 dreadful; 9 hip, 

15. 

Le Voleur de Grand Chemin 1 . 

Un jeune garcon ayant vendu une vache a la foire 2 de H. fut 
k son retour guette 3 par un voleur de grand chemin, qui, a un 
endroit propice 4 , lui demanda la bourse. A cette demande 5 , le 
garcon s'enfuit a toutes jambes 6 ; mais, rattrape 7 par le voleur, 
il tira de l'argent de sa poche, le jeta ca et la 8 , et pendant que 
le voleur le ramassait, il sauta sur le cheval, et retourna chez 
lui 9 . En cherchant dans les arcons 10 , il y trouva douze livres 
en argent et deux pistolets charges 11 . 

1 highwayman ; 2 fair; 3 waylaid; 4 convenient; 5 on this ; 6 took to 
his heels and ran away ; 7 overtaken ; 8 strewed it about ; 9 rode home ; 
10 saddle-bags ; n loaded pistols. 

16. 

Le Cwur d'une Mere. 

Apres la mort de son mari, qui lui avait laisse douze enfants, 
Cornelie, l'illustre mere des Gracques, se voua 1 au soin de sa 
famille, avec une sagesse et une prudence qui lui acquirent 
l'estime universelle. Trois seulement sur 2 les douze vecurent 
jusqu'a l'age 3 de maturite: une fille, Sempronie, qu'elle maria 
avec le second Scipion Africain, et deux fils, Tibere et Caius, 
qu'elle eleva 4 avec tant de soin, que, quoiqu'on reconnut 5 ge*- 
n§ralement qu'ils etaient nes avec les plus heureuses dispositions, 
on jugea qu'ils etaient encore plus redevables 6 a l'education 
qu'a la nature. La reponse qu'elle fit 7 a leur sujet 8 a une dame 
de Campanie est tres-fameuse, et renferme 9 en soi une grande 
instruction pour les femmes et les meres. 

Cette dame, qui etait tres-riche, et aimait la pompe et l'eclat 10 , 
apres avoir, dans une visite qu'elle lui faisait, etale ses diamants, 



SELECTIONS. 371 

ses perles, et ses bijoux les plus riches, pria instamrnent ll 
Cornelie de lui inontrer aussi ses joyaux. Celle-ci tourna 
adroitement 12 la conversation sur un autre sujet, pour attendre 
le retour de ses fils, qui etaient alles aux ecoles publiques. 
Quand ils revinrent, et qu'ils entrerent dans l'appartement de 
leur mere, elle dit a la dame, en les montrant: " Voila mes 
bijoux, et les seuls ornements 13 que j'estime u ." Et de tels 
ornements, qui sont la force et le soutien l5 de la societe, ajou- 
tent un plus beau l6 lustre a la beaute 17 que tous les bijoux de 
l'Orient. 

1 applied herself to ; 2 out of; 3 to years ; 4 brought up ; 5 acknowledged ; 
6 indebted; 'gave; s concerning ; 9 includes; l0 show; u earnestly ; 12 dex- 
terously ; 13 ornaments; u prize; u support; 16 brighter; 1T fair. 

17. 

Scarron. 

Comme les infirmites de Scarron augmentaient de jour en jour 1 , 
il dit a un de ses amis, qui allait en Guinee : Je mourrai bientot. 
Si je sens du regret de quitter ce monde, c'est parce que j'y laisse, 
desesperee et sans fortune, une femme que j'ai tant de raisons 
d'aimer: je vous la recommande, ainsi qu'a toutes mes connais- 
sances. Peu de temps avant sa mort, il fit ses adieux 2 a sa 
femme ; mais il ne put se contenir, et ses larmes coulerent 3 . 
Apres l'avoir remerciee de toute sa bonte, il la recommanda 
vivement a M. d'E., son executeur testamentaire 4 ; puis, faisant 
un dernier effort pour lui donner la main, il ajouta: "Pensez quel- 
quefois a moi. Je vous laisse sans fortune 5 ; et quoique la vertu 
ne la donne pas, cependant je suis sur que vous serez toujours 
vertueuse." II expira alors sans se plaindre 6 et en s'ecriant: 
"Je n'aurais jamais cru qu'il fut possible de voir la mort avec 
tant de resignation." 

1 daily ; 2 bade adieu ; 3 flowed ; 4 executor ; 5 wealth ; 6 a groan. 

18. 

Absence d? Esprit de Newton. 

Le Dr. Stukely, ami intime de Newton, vint un jour le voir 
pour diner avec lui ; il arriva au moment ou le diner etait deja 



372 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

servi, mais avant que Newton eut apparu dans la salle a manger. 
Le Dr. Stukely syant attendu quelque temps, finit par perdre 
patience, et enleva le couvercle 1 qui etait sur un poulet, qu'il 
mangea; puis, remettant les os 2 dans le plat, il replaca le cou- 
vercle. Peu de temps apres 3 , Newton entra dans 4 la salle a 
manger, et, apres les compliments d'usage 5 , s'assit pour diner; 
mais en levant le couvercle et en ne voyant que des os, il dit 6 
avec quelque surprise : " Je pensais n'avoir pas dine, mais main- 
tenant je vois 7 que j'ai mange." 

1 removed the cover ; 2 putting the bones back; 3 after a short interval; 
4 came into ; 5 usual ; 6 observed ; 7 now find that I have. 

19. 

Activite et Indolence. 

Plus on fait, plus on peut faire ; plus on est occupe, plus on 
a de loisir. Si on possede un avantage a un haut degre 1 , on 
peut apprendre presqu'autant qu'on veut 2 en employant ses 
moments libres 3 , et en cultivant les facultes incultes 4 de son 
esprit. Pendant qu'une personne est a se decider 5 sur le choix 
d'une profession ou d'une etude, une autre aura fait fortune, ou 
gagne une reputation meritee. Pendant que celui-ci est a rever 
sur la signification d'un mot, celui-la aura appris plusieurs 
langues. Ce n'est pas l'incapacite, mais l'indolence, l'inde- 
cision, le manque d'imagination, et un penchant 6 a une espece 
de tautologie (repetition inutile) a repeter les images et a tourner 
dans le meme cercle 7 qui nous laisse si pauvres, si bornes 8 , si 
inertes que nous sommes depourvus 9 de connaissances, et de 
ressources. Pendant que nous nous promenons 10 de Charing- 
Cross a, Temple-Bar, nous pourrions faire le grand tour d'Europe, 
et visiter le Vatican et le Louvre. 

1 considerable degree ; 2 he may make himself master of nearly as many 
more as he pleases ; 3 spare time ; 4 waste ; 5 is determining ; 6 a prone- 
ness; 7 tread the same circle; 8 dull; 9 naked; 10 we are walking back- 
ward and forward between. 

20. 
Henri IV. 

Henri IV. dont la memoire glorieuse et benie est si chere l au 
coeur de tous les Francais, fat un des plus grands et des meil- 



SELECTIONS. 373 

leurs monarques qui aient jamais illustre 2 les annales du monde. 
Pour arriver 3 a le faire connaitre, nous ne pouvons manquer 
d'etre agreable, en racontant 4 les anecdotes suivantes, qui, quoi 
qu'elles soient familieres a presque tout le monde, ne peuvent 
6tre repetees trop souvent et trop hautement admirees. A la 
premiere entrevue de Henri avec le due de Mayenne, apres 
leur reconciliation, il fatigua ce dernier en le conduisant autour 
de son jardin, apres quoi 5 il lui dit: "Donnez-moi la main 6 , 
mon cousin, voila ma seule vengeance 7 ." 

Quelques annees apres la paix, il fut inforine que quelques 
fanatiques, reste envenime 8 de la ligue, continuaient a de- 
clamer contre lui, et refusaient meme 9 de le mentionner dans 
les prieres publiques. "Attendons un peu," dit-il ; "ils sont 
encore f aches." 

1 embalmed; 2 graced; z to attain; *in relating; 5 and then; 6 shake 
hands ; 7 only vengeance ; 8 envenomed remnant ; 9 even. 

21. 

Ce qui suit 1 est un des mille traits de son heroi'que bonte: 
A la bataille d'Aumale (1592), il fut blesse d'un coup de pistolet 
dans les reins 2 ; plus tard, il ordonna a 3 Vitry, capitaine de ses 
gardes, de recevoir dans sa compagnie le soldat qui avait tire 
sur lui. Le marechal d'Estrees etant un jour dans la voiture 
du roi, Henri lui dit, en indiquant le garde a cheval, a la por- 
tiere de sa voiture : " Voila le soldat qui me blessa a la bataille 
d'Aumale." Circonstance singuliere et contradictoire qui ne peut 
avoir lieu qu'apres une guerre civile et sous un prince aussi 
bon que Henri IV.! II avait choisi pour garde le soldat qui 
s'etait battu corps a corps 4 avec lui, et il est probable que cet 
homme devint un de ses sujets les plus fideles et les plus 
devoues. — Andrieux. 

l the following ; 2 loins; 3 he afterward gave orders to; 4 hand to hand. 

22. 

Politesse Rustique. 

Le pere du lord Abingdon actuel etait remarquable par la 
fierte l de ses manieres. Un jour qu'il traversait a cheval un 
village du voisinage 2 d'Oxford, il rencontra un jeune paysan 



374 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

qui trainait 3 un veau derriere lui 4 . Voyant le seigneur venir 
a lui, ce villageois 5 s'arreta et se mit a le regarder en face 6 . 
Le seigneur 7 lui demanda s'il le connaissait. "Oui," repliqua 
Fautre." "Comment me nomme-t-on?" "Lord Abingdon," 
reprit le jeune garcon. "Alors pourquoi n'6tes-tu pas ton 
chapeau?" "C'est ce que je vais faire," dit-il, "si vous voulez 
tenir mon veau." 

1 stateliness ; 2 vicinity; 3 dragged; 4 behind him; 5 this cottager; 
6 stared him; 7 his lordship. 

23. 

Sterne. 

Sterne, qui avait l'habitude de maltraiter sa femme 1 , vantait 
un jour a Garrick d'une maniere des plus sentimentales l'amour 
conjugal et la fidelite. "Le mari," disait Sterne, " qui se conduit 
mal envers sa femme 2 , merite qu'on le brule dans sa maison." 
"Si vous le pensez," dit Garrick, " j'espere que votre maison est 
assuree." 

1 used his wife very ill ; 2 behaves unkindly to his wife. 

24. 

Anecdote de Tompion. 

Ce celebre horloger, qui de son temps tenait un rang aussi 
eleve 1 dans Part auquel il appartenait que sir Joshua Eeynolds 
dans Tart de la peinture, ou le due de Malborough dans l'art 
de la guerre, fut tout a coup acoste par un homme du nom de 
Walker, qui etait un ouvrier bien inferieur dans la meme pro- 
fession 2 . Tompion, qui ne le reconnaissait pas, fut un peu re- 
serve 3 . "Quoi! vous ne me connaissez pas?" s'ecria Walker. 
"Pas precisement 4 ," repliqua Tompion. "C'est etrange," re- 
pondit l'autre, "car vous et moi nous sommes les plus celebres 5 
de notre profession dans la cite." Remarquant 6 la surprise de 
Tompion a cette declaration, il ajouta: "II est vrai que vous 
etes celebre pour etre le meilleur horloger de Londres, et moi 
je suis celebre pour en etre le plus mauvais." 

1 as high ; 2 in the same line ; 3 not recollecting his face, Tompion's 
behavior was rather distant ; i exactly; 5 famous; 6 observing. 



SELECTIONS. 375 

25. 

Anecdote oVun Grenadier. 

TJn grenadier de l'armee du marechal de Saxe ayant ete pris 
pour avoir pille l , f ut condainne 2 a etre pendu. Ce qu'il avait 
vole n'etait que de la valeur de cinq schellings. Sur quoi le 
marechal lui dit: "II faut que vous soyez bien malheureux 3 
pour risquer votre vie pour cinq schellings." " Je vous demande 
pardon, general ; je la risque tous les jours pour deux pence et 
demi." Le marechal sourit et lui pardonna. 

1 in the act of plundering ; 2 sentenced; z pitiful. 

26. 

La Chime Reconnaissante 1 . 

Apres la bataille de Preston, un gentilhomme qui avait pris 
une part 2 active dans la rebellion de mil sept cent quinze 
(1715), se refugia (escaped) dans les montagnes 3 de l'ouest, ou 
une dame, sa proche parente, lui donna asile 4 . Un domestique 
fidele le conduisit a l'entree d'une caverne 6 , et le fugitif, pourvu 6 
d'une grande abondance de 7 provisions, se glissa par une basse 
ouverture 8 , en trainant ses provisions derriere lui. 

Quand il eut atteint une ouverture plus large et plus haute 9 , 
il trouva un autre obstacle devant lui. II tira sa dague 10 , mais 
il ne voulut pas frapper de peur d'oter 11 la vie a un com- 
pagnon de seclusion ; en se baissant, il decouvrit une chevre 
etendue 12 sur le sol avec son chevreau 13 a cote d'elle. II 
s'apercut bientot que l'animal souffrait beaucoup u ; et touchant 
son corps et ses membres 15 , il s'assura qu'elle etait blessee 16 . 
II banda 1: la blessure avec sa jarretiere, et lui offrit une part 
du pain qui etait a cote de lui; mais elle allongeait 18 la langue 
comme pour lui dire 19 que sa bouche etait dessechee 20 de soif. 
II lui donna alors de l'eau qu'elle but sur le champ 21 ; elle 
mangea ensuite du pain. Apres minuit, quand tout rat tran- 
quille, il se hasarda a sortir 22 de la caverne et a cueillir une 
brassee 23 d'herbe et de tendres rejetons 24 que la chevre accepta 
avec des signes de joie et de reconnaissance. II la caressa ten- 
drement et lui donna a manger 25 . 

1 the grateful goat; 2 a share ; 3 highlands; 4 afforded him an asylum; 
& cave; 6 furnished; 7 an abundant stock of ; 8 aperture; 9 loftier; h) dirk; 



376 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

11 he might take the life of; 12 stretched; 13 kid; u was in great pain ; 
15 limbs; 16 fractured; u bound up; 18 stretched; 19 as to apprise him; 
20 parched; 21 readily; 22 ventured out; 23 armful; 24 twigs; 25 fed her. 



27. 

L'homme qui 6tait charge 1 de lui apporter ses provisions 
tomba malade ; un autre fut envoye a la caverne, mais la chevre 
s'opposa a ce qu'il entrat 2 , et donna des coups de cornes 3 de 
tous cotes 4 . L'exile, entendant du bruit 5 , s'avanca 6 ; le nouveau 
serviteur donna le mot d'ordre 7 , ce qui dissipa 8 tout doute sur 
sa bonne intention, et l'ainazone de ce reduit 9 obeit a son bien- 
faiteur en permettant a l'inconnu d'entrer. Le gentilhomme 
etait convaincu 10 que si une troupe de soldats avait attaque la 
caverne, sa reconnaissante malade serait morte pour le defendre. 

Les stratagemes u de la chevre pour soutraire 12 ses petits au 
renard 13 sont tres-remarquables. Elle discerne son ennemi a 
une grande distance, cache son tresor 14 dans un haillier 15 , et 
s'oppose hardiment a l'approche 16 du maraudeur. 

II est notoire 17 que les chevres connaissent leur race 18 pen- 
dant plusieurs generations, et que celles de chaque tribu 19 vont 
ensemble en troupes 20 sur les collines, ou se reposent dans la 
cabane 21 , chacune separement 22 . 

1 intrusted; 2 opposed him; 3 presenting her horns; 4 directions; 
5 disturbance ; 6 came forward ; 7 watchword ; 8 removed ; 9 recess ; 
10 convinced; u devices ; 12 hide ; V6 fox; 14 treasure; 15 thicket; 16 and 
boldly intercepts the approach; 17 a singular fact ; 18 progeny ; 19 tribe; 
20 assemble in groups ; 2l cot ; 22 in a separate party. 

28. 

Le Chien Fidele 1 . 

Un fermier qui venait d'entrer dans 2 un champ pour reparer 
une breche 3 a une de ses clotures, trouva, a son retour chez lui, 
le berceau 4 ou il avait laisse son enfant unique endormi, ren- 
verse sens dessus dessous, les draps et les couvertures 5 dechires, 
et son chien couche a c6te 6 tout ensanglante 7 . II supposa de 
suite que l'animal 8 avait tue 9 son enfant; aussitot, il lui fendit 
la t£te 10 3/vec la hachette qu'il avait a la main. En relevant 11 



SELECTIONS. 377 

le berceau, il retrouva son enfant sain et sauf 12 , et un enorme 
serpent gisait inort sur le plancher, tue par le chien dont le 
courage et la fidelite, en conservant la vie de son enfant, 
meritaient nne tout autre recompense 13 . Ces douloureuses 14 
circonstances lui donnerent 15 une lecon frappante, en lui prou- 
vant combien il est dangereux de s'abandonner trop vite 16 a 
l'impulsion 17 aveugle d'une passion soudaine. 

1 the faithful dog ; 2 stepped into ; 3 to mend a gap ; 4 cradle ; 5 the 
bed-clothes; 6 lying near it; 'besmeared also with blood; s creature; 
9 destroyed; l0 instantly dashed out his brains; u when turning up; 
12 unhurt; 13 another kind of reward; 14 affecting; 15 afforded; 16 too 
hastily; 17 impulse. 

29. 
Le Marechal Turenne. 

En passant le long des remparts, le marechal Turenne fut 
attaque par une bande ! de voleurs, qui arret erent son chariot. 
II leur promit 2 cent louis d'or pour qu'ils lui permissent de 
garder 3 une bague de beaucoup moins de valeur ; ils lui accor- 
derent sa requete 4 . Le lendemain, un des voleurs eut l'audace 
d'aller chez lui, et, au milieu d'une nombreuse 5 compagnie, de 
lui demander 6 , tout bas a l'oreille 7 , l'accomplissement s de sa 
promesse. Turenne ordonna que l'argent lui fut paye ; avant 
de raconter l'aventure 9 , il lui donna le temps de s'echapper, 
ajoutant: Qu'un honnete homme doit tenir sa parole, ineme 
aux fripons. 10 

l gang; 2 on his promising them; 3 to allow him to retain ; 4 granted 
his request; 5 great; 6 to demand; 7 in a whisper; 8 fulfilment ; ^re- 
counting the adventure ; 10 rogues. 

30. 

Gustave Adolphe 1 . 

Le pere de Gustave Adolphe, Charles X., dont le regne fut 
marque par des cruautes, tua le pere du general Banier. On 
jour que Gustave etait a la chasse avec le jeune Banier, il lui 
dit 2 de quitter la chasse, et d'aller avec lui a cheval dans le 
bois. Quand ils arriverent a, une partie epaisse du bois, le roi, 

D. F. M. 32. 



378 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

etant descendu de cheval, dit a, Banier: "Votre pere a 6te vio 
time de la cruaute du mien. Si vous desirez venger sa mort, 
tuez-moi imrnediatement ; si non, soyez mon ami pour toujours." 
Banier, vaincu 3 et etonne de la magnanimite du monarque, se 
jeta a ses pieds, et lui jura 4 une amitie eternelle. 

1 Gustavus Adolphus ; 2 requested him ; 3 overcome ; 4 swore . ..to him. 

31. 

Le Mordeur Mordu 1 . 

Campbell alia un jour aux courses 2 de Paisley ; il fut extreme- 
ment 3 interesse a la premiere, et paria 4 jusqu'a 50 livres, pour 
un cheval, contre le professeur Wilson. A la fin de la course, 
pensant qu'il avait perdu le pari, il dit a Wilson: " Je vous dois 
50 livres; mais, reellement, quand je pense que vous etes pro- 
fesseur de morale, et que parier est une sorte de jeu 5 qui ne 
convient qu'aux escrocs 6 , je ne puis en conscience vous payer ce 
pari." " Oh ! " dit Wilson, " j'approuve beaucoup vos principes, et 
j'ai l'intention de les mettre en pratique 7 . Au fait 8 , Yellow Cap, 
pour lequel vous avez parie, a gagne ; et, en conscience, je devrais 
vous payer les 50 livres, mais vous voudrez bien m'excuser." 

1 the biter bit; 2 Paisley races; 3 prodigiously ; 4 betted; 5 gambling ; 
6 blacklegs; 7 1 mean to act upon them; 8 in point of fact. 

32. 

Mourir en Vain. 

Rembrandt, ayant besoin d'argent, et trouvant que ses tableaux 
se vendaient dimcilement 1 , fit publier 2 sa mort dans les journaux, 
et annonca une vente publique des peintures finies ou non finies 
qui etaient chez lui. La foule se porta a la vente 3 , desireuse 4 de 
posseder une des dernieres ceuvres 5 d'un si grand maitre La 
moindre esquisse 6 se vendit a un prix que des peintures finies 
n'avaient jamais atteint 7 . Apres avoir recueilli le fruit de sa 
vente 8 , Eembrandt revint a, la vie; mais les Hollandais, qui 
ressentent l'improbite, meme dans un genie, ne voulurent plus 
jamais l'employer apres sa resurrection. 

1 went off heavily ; 2 put; 3 crowds flocked to the auction; 4 eager; 
5 of the last efforts; 6 sketch; 7 had never brought before; 8 aftw col- 
lecting the proceeds. 



SELECTIONS. 379 

33. 

V esprit d 'Yorkshire. 

Un garcon du comte d' York l entra dans line auberge 2 , ou se 
trouvait un gentilhomme qui mangeait des ceufs Apres avoir 
tres-fixement 3 regarde celui-ci pendant quelque temps, le garcon 
lui dit: "Voulez-vous avoir la bonte de me donner un peu de 
sei, s'il vous plait, monsieur?" " Certainement, mon garcon; 
mais pourquoi vous faut-il du sel?" "Peut-etre, monsieur, allez- 
vous m'offrir 4 de manger un ceuf tout-a-1'heure, et je voudrais 
etre pret." " De quel pays etes-vous, mon garcon?" "D' York- 
shire, monsieur." " Je le pensais; tenez 5 , prenez un oeuf." " Je 
vous remercie," dit le garcon. "Eh bien," ajouta le gentilhomme; 
"on est grands voleurs de chevaux dans votre pays, n'est-ce pas?" 
"Oui," repondit 6 le garcon; ".mon pere, quoique honnete homme, 
volerait un cheval avec la meme facilite 7 que je boirais votre 
verre de biere 8 . A votre sante, monsieur," ajouta-t-il, et il le 
but entierement 9 . "C'est bon 10 ," dit le gentilhomme; " je vois 
que vous etes du comte d'York." 

1 Yorkshire ; 2 public house; 3 extremely hard; * you'll ask me to eat; 
5 there ; 6 rejoins ; ~ would mind no more of stealing a horse than I would 
drinking; & ale ; 9 drank it up ; l0 that will do. 



34. 

Un Gros Ane. 

Un individu 1 alia trouver son cure 2 et lui dit, d'une mine 
tres-longue, qu'il avait vu un fantome 3 . "Quand et ou?" dit 
le pasteur. "Hier soir," repliqua l'homme. " Je passais pres de 
l'eglise, et debout contre le mur 4 , j'ai vu le 5 spectre." "Sous 
quelle forme 6 s'est-il montre?" repliqua le pretre. "II a paru 
sous la forme d'un grand ane." "Allez-vous en, et n'en parlez 
pas 7 ," dit 8 le pasteur; "vous etes tres-peureux 9 , et vous avez 
en pour de votre propre ombre 10 ." 

1 fellow; 2 parish priest; 3 ghost; 4 up against the wall of it; 5 did 
I behold; 6 in ivhat shape ; 7 hold your tongue about it ; & rejoined; 
9 timid man; 10 your own shadow. 



380 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

35. 

Une Conscience Tendre. 

On envoya chercher un cure pour assister 1 , a son lit de mort, 
une pauvre vieille maitresse d'ecole 2 . Elle avait un peche a con- 
fesser ; elle ne pouvait inourir en paix avant 3 de l'avoir confesse. 
Au milieu de paroles entrecoupees 4 , elle sanglotait hesitait, et 
sanglotait encore. " Je — je — je," balbutia-t-elle, et elle se cacha 
la figure. "T! faut, il faut que je le dise, et puisse-je etre par- 
dounee 6 ! Vous savez, monsieur, que j'ai tenu 7 une ecole pen- 
dant quarante ans — pauvre pecheresse 8 — Je — je — " " Ma 
bonne femme," dit le cure, "prenez courage 9 ; il vous sera par- 
donne si vous etes ainsi repontante 10 . J'espere que ce n'est pas 
un gros peche." "Oh, si," dit-elle; "et je vous en prie, ne 
m'appelez pas ma bonne. Je ne suis — pas — bonne (sanglotant). 
Helas! Je vais le dire 11 . Je m'accuse 12 d'avoir enseigne la gram- 
maire, et (sanglotant) je — je — ne la savais pas moi-meme!" 

1 to attend ; 2 schoolmistress ; 3 till ; 4 broken speech ; 5 she sobbed ; 
6 forgiven; 7 kept; 8 sinful creature ; 9 comfort ; 10 thus penitent ; n I 
will out with it; 12 1 put down that. 

36. 

Les Colons 1 , 

"Venez," dit un jour M. Barlow a ses garcons, "j'ai une 
nouvelle piece 2 pour vous. Je serai le fondateur 3 d'une colonie, 
et vous serez des gens de diverses industries 4 et professions, 
venant vous offrir pour aller avec moi. Qu'etes-vous, A. ? " 

A. — Je suis fermier, monsieur. 

M. B. — Tres-bien. L'agriculture 5 est la principale 6 chose dont 
nous avons besom 7 , de sorte que nous ne pouvons pas avoir trop 
de bras. Mais il faut que vous soyez un fermier travailleur, et 
non un fermier gentilhomme. Les ouvriers s seront rares parmi 
nous, et chacun doit mettre la main a la charrue 9 . II y aura 
des bois a eclaircir 10 , des marais a drainer ll , et un travail long 
et difficile a faire. 

A. — Je serai pret a en faire ma part, monsieur. 

M. B. — Bien, je vous engagerai volontiers, et d'autant plus 
volontiers que par votre profession vous pouvez plus rapporter. 



SELECTIONS. 381 

Vous aurez assez de terre 12 et d'ustensiles, et vous pourrez vous 
mettre a 13 travailler quand vous voudrez. Maintenant, a un 
autre. 

B. — Je suis meunier 14 , monsieur. 

M. B. — C'est une industrie tres-utile. Le grain que nous ferons 
pousser 15 devra etre moulu 16 ou il nous ferait peu de bien. 
Mais comment vous y prendrez-vous pour avoir un moulin, 
mon ami? 

B. — Je pense qu'il faudra que nous en fassions un, monsieur. 

M. B. — C'est vrai ; mais alors, pour cela 17 , il vous faut emmener 
avec vous un constructeur de moulin 1S . Quant aux meules de 
moulin 19 , nous les emporterons avec nous. Qui vient ensuite 20 ? 

1 colonists ; 2 play; 3 founder; 4 trades; 5 farming; 6 chief ; " we have 
to depend upon; 8 laborers; 9 plow ; 10 clear; u to drain; l2 land; 
13 you may fall to work ; 14 a miller ; 15 ive grow ; 16 ground ; 17 for 
the purpose; 18 mill-wright ; 19 millstones ; 20 next. 

37. 

C. — Je suis charpentier, monsieur. 

M. B. — L'homme le plus necessaire qui put s'offrir. Nous 
vous trouverons assez d'ouvrage, ne craignez rien. II y aura 
des maisons a batir, des clotures a faire, et toutes sortes de 
mobiliers de bois a procurer. Mais notre bois de charpente est 
debout 1 . Vous aurez a, travailler dur pour couper 2 les arbres, 
scier des planches 3 , et aiguiser des poteaux 4 , etc. 5 . II faut que 
vous soyez charpentier -pour les champs aussi bien que pour les 
maisons. 

C. — Je le serai, monsieur. 

M. B. — Tres-bien ; alors je vous engage, mais vous ferez bien 
d'emmener deux ou trois aides 6 avec vous. 

D. — Je suis forgeron ", monsieur. 

M. B. — Excellent compagnon pour le charpentier. Nous ne 
pouvons nous passer ni de l'un ni de l'antre s ; ainsi vous 
pouvez apporter votre grand soufflet 9 et votre enclume 10 et 
nous etablirons 11 une forge pour vous aussitot que nous serons 
arrives. Mais, j'y songe 12 , nous aurons besoin d'un macon pour 
cela. 

E. — J'en suis un, monsieur. 

M. B— C'est tres-bien. Quoique nous puissions d'abord vivre 



382 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD 

dans des maisons de bois 13 , il nous faudra des travaux en 
brique ou en pierre pour les cheminees, les atres et les fours 1% , 
de sorte qu'il y aura de l'ouvrage 15 pour un macon. Mais si 
vous pouvez aussi faire les briques et la chaux 16 , vous serez 
encore plus utile. 

E. — Je tacherai de faire ce que je pourrai, monsieur. 

M. B. — Aucun homme ne peut faire davantage. Je vous en- 
gage. Qui vient ensuite? 

1 is all growing ; 2 in felling trees ; 3 sawing planks ; 4 shaping posts ; 
5 and the like; 6 two or three hands along ; 7 blacksmith; 8 without either 
of you; 8 'bellows; 10 anvil; u will set up; u by the by; u log houses; 
14 ovens; 15 employment ; 16 lime. 

38. 

F. — Je suis cordonnier, monsieur. 

M. B. — Et nous ne pouvons pas nous passer de soulicrs. 
Mais pouvez- vous en faire avec l du cuir brut 2 ? Car je crains 
bien que nous ne puissions nous procurer de cuir 3 . 

F. — Mais je puis aussi tanner les peaux 4 . 

M. B. — Vraiment 5 ? Alors vous etes habile 6 ; je desire vous 
avoir, et meme je double vos gages. 

G. — Je suis tailleur, monsieur. 

M. B. — Bien. Quoiqu'il se passe 7 quelque temps avant que 
nous ayons besoin d 'habits de fete 8 , cependant nous ne devons 
pas aller tout nus 9 , de sorte qu'il y aura de l'ouvrage pour le 
tailleur. Mais vous ne dedaignez pas „de raccommoder et de 
rapetasser l0 , j'espere, car il ne faudra pas nous effrayer 11 de 
porter des habits rapiecetes 12 pendant que nous travaillerons 
dans les bois. 

G. — Non, monsieur. 

M. B— Alors je vous engage aussi. 

H—Je suis tisserand 13 , monsieur. 

M. B.—Lq tissage 14 est un art tres-utile, mais je doute que 15 
nous puissions trouver de la place pour cela dans notre colonie 
pour le present. De longtemps 16 nous ne ferons croitre ni 
chanvre 17 , ni lin 18 , et ce sera meilleur marche pour nous d'im- 
porter notre toile 19 que de la faire. Dans quelques annees, 
cependant, nous pourrons etre tres-heureux de vous avoir. 

I. — Je suis orfevre 20 et bijoutier 21 , monsieur. 



SELECTIONS. 383 

M. B. — Alors, mon ami, vous ne pouvez aller a un plus mail- 
vais endroit qu'a une nouvelle colonie pour y etablir votre In- 
dustrie. Vous nous ruinerez 22 , ou nous vous laisserons mourir 
de faim 23 . 

I. — Mais je suis aussi horloger, je sais faire les pendules et 
les montres. 

M. B. — C'est un peu plus 24 dans nos vues 25 , car nous aurons 
besoin de savoir comment le temps va. Mais je doute que nous 
puissions, de longtemps, vous donner assez d'encouragement. 
Pour le present, vous ferez mieux de rester ou vous etes. 

1 out of; 2 raw-hide; 3 leather; 4 dress hides; 5 indeed; 6 clever 
fellow; ~ though it ivill be; 8 holiday suits; 9 naked ; 10 botching; 
11 we must not mind ; 12 patched ; 13 weaver ; u weaving ; 15 1 question 
if;' 16 for some time to come ; 17 hemp ; l8 flax; 19 cloth; 20 goldsmith; 
21 jeweller; 22 break; 23 starvation ; 24 somewhat ; 25 to our purpose. 

39. 

/. — Je suis barbier et coiffeur, monsieur. 

M. B. — Helas, que pouvons-nous faire de vous ? Si vous voulez 
raser la rude l barbe de nos hommes une fois par semaine, leur 
couper 2 les cheveux une fois tous les trois mois 3 , et vous 
contenter d 'aider le charpentier ou de suivre la charrue le reste 
du temps, vous serez recompense en consequence 4 . Mais vous 
n'aurez ni dames ni messieurs a coiffer 5 pour un bal, ni per- 
ruques 6 a f riser 7 et a, poudrer 8 pour le dimanche, je vous 
l'assure. Votre commerce ne tiendra pas par lui-meme chez 
nous de longtemps. 

L. — Je suis medecin, monsieur. 

M. B. — Alors, monsieur, vous etes le bien venu 9 . La sante 
est le plus grand des biens 10 , et si vous pouvez nous la donner 
vous serez, vraiment 11 , un homme precieux. Mais j'espere que 
vous connaissez la chirurgie 12 aussi bien que la medecine 13 , car 
il est probable que nous attraperons des coupures et des meur- 
trissures 14 , et qu'il y aura des os casses accidentellement 15 . 

L. — J'ai aussi de 1 'experience dans cette specialite, monsieur. 

M. B. — Et si vous connaissiez la nature des plantes et leur 
usage 16 dans la medecine et dans la diete 17 , cela augmenterait 
beaucoup votre utilite 18 . 

L.—La, botanique a ete une de mes etudes favorites, monsieur; 



384 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

et j'ai queiques connaissances en chimie 19 ainsi que dans les 
autres parties de l'histoire naturelle. 

M. B. — Alors vous serez un tresor pour nous, monsieur, et je 
serai heureux de faire mon possible pour qu'il vaille la peine 
que vous partiez 20 avec nous. 

M. — Monsieur, je suis avocat. 

M. B. — Monsieur, je suis votre tres-obeissant serviteur. Quand 
nous serons assez riches pour avoir des proces 21 , nous vous le 
ferons savoir. 

N. — Je suis maitre d'ecole, monsieur. 

M. B. — C'est une profession que je suis loin de deprecier 22 ; 
et aussitot que nous aurons des enfants 23 dans notre colonie, 
nous serons bien heuroux de vos services. Quoique nous soyons 
de rudes et simples travailleurs 24 , nous n'avons pas l'intention 
d'etre ignorants, et nous nous ferons un point d'honneur que 
chacun sache au moins lire et ecrire. En attendant 25 , vous 
pourrez tenir les comptes de la colonie. 

N. — De tout mon cceur, monsieur. 

M. B. — Alors je vous engage. Qui vient ici d'un air si hardi ? 

1 rough; 2 crop ; 3 once a quarter; 4 accordingly ; 5 dress; & wigs; 
7 to curl; 8 powder; 9 welcome; 10 blessings; 1] valuable man indeed ; 
12 understand surgery ; 13 physic ; u we are likely enough to get cuts 
and bruises; 15 and broken bones occasionally; l6 uses; 17 diet; 18 use- 
fulness ; 19 chemistry ; 20 to make it worth your while to go ; 21 go to 
law ; 22 which I am sure I do not undervalue ; 23 young folks ; 2i we 
are to be hard-working, plain people ; 2 '° in the mean time. 



40. 

0. — Je suis soldat, monsieur; me voulez-vous? 

M. B— Nous sommes des gens paisibles l , et j'espere que nous 
n'aurons pas d'occasion de nous battre. Nous avons l'intention 
d'acheter honnetement notre terre des natifs, et d'etre jnstes et 
loyaux 3 dans toutes nos affaires 4 avec eux. William Penn, le 
fondateur de la Pensilvanie, suivit ce plan ; et quand les Indiens 
etaient en guerre avec tous les autres colons 5 europeens, toute 
personne en costume de quaker pouvait passer a travers toutes 
leurs tribus les plus feroces 6 sans recevoir la moindre injure. 
Mon intention est, cependant, de faire tous mes colons soldats, 



SELECTIONS. 385 

de maniere qu'ils puissent se defendre s'ils sont attaques, et, 
le cas etant, nous n'aurons pas besoin de soldats par etat 7 . 

P. — Je suis gentilhomuie, monsieur; et j'ai grand desir de 
vous accompagner, parce que j'entends dire que le gibier est 
tres-abondant dans ce pays-la. 

M. B. — Un gentilhomme, et quel bien nous ferez-vous, mon- 
sieur ? 

P. — Oh, monsieur, ce n'est pas du tout la mon intention. Je 
ne desire que m'amuser. 

M. B. — Mais voulez-vous dire, monsieur, que nous devrons 
payer votre amusement? 

P. — Quant a mon entretien 8 , j'espere pouvoir tuer assez de 
gibier pour ma propre nourriture, av^c un peu de pain et des 
legumes de votre jardin, que vous me donnerez. Alors, je serai 
content d'avoir une maison quelque peu meilleure que les autres ; 
votre barbier sera mon valet ; de cette maniere je vous donnerai 
peu d'embarras. 

M. B. — Et je vous prie, monsieur, quelle raison 9 pourrions- 
nous avoir pour faire tout cela pour vous? 

P. — Mais {why), monsieur, vous aurez l'avantage (the credit) 
d'avoir un gentilhomme dans votre colonic 

M. B. — Ah! ah! ah! voila, un homme facetieux, vraiment! 
Bien, monsieur, quand nous serous ambitieux d'une telle dis- 
tinction, nous vous enverrons chercher. 

1 peaceable ; 2 to fight ; 3 honestly ; 4 dealings ; 5 settlers; 6 ferocious ; 
7 trade: 8 maintenance ; ^inducement. 



41. 

Noces de Henri IV. 

Le lundi, dix-huitieme jour du mois d'aout 1572, il y avait 
grande fete au Louvre. Les fenetres de la vieille demeure 
royale, ordinairement si sombres, etaient ardemment eclairees; 
les places et les rues attenantes, habituellement si solitaires des 
que neuf heures sonnaient a Saint-Germain-l'Auxerrois, etaient, 
quoiqu'il fut minuit, encombrees de monde. 

Tout ce concours menacant, presse, bruyant, ressemblait, dans 
l'obscurite, a une mer sombre et houleuse ! dont chaque not 2 
faisait une vague grondante; cette mer, epandue sur le quai, 
D. F. M. 33. 



386 BUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

ou elle se degorgeait 3 par la rue des Fosses-Saint-Germain et 
par la rue de l'Astruce, venait battre de son flux 4 le pied des 
murs du Louvre, et de son reflux 5 la base de l'hotel de Bourbon, 
qui s'elevait en face. 

II y avait, malgre la fete royale, et meme peut-etre a cause 
de la fete royale, quelque chose de menacant dans ce peuple ; 
car il ne doutait pas que cette solemnite, a laquelle il assistait 
comme spectateur, n'etait que le prelude 6 d'une autre, remise 
a huitaine 7 , et a laquelle il serait con vie et s'ebattrait 8 de tout 
son cceur. 

La cour celebrait les noces 9 de Marguerite de Valois, fille de 
Henri II. et sceur du roi Charles IX., avec Henri de Bourbon, 
roi de Navarre. En effet, le matin meme, le cardinal de Bourbon 
avait uni les deux epoux avec le ceremonial usite pour les noces 
des filles de France, sur un theatre dresse a la porte Notre- 
Dame. 

Ce mariage avait etonne tout le monde et avait fort donne a, 
songer a, quelques-uns qui voyaient plus clair que les autres ; on 
comprenait peu le rapprochement 10 de deux partis aussi haineux 
que l'etaient a cette heure le parti protestant et le parti catho- 
lique ; on se demandait comment le jeune prince de Conde par- 
donnerait au due d'Anjou, frere du roi, la mort de son pere, 
assassine a Jarnac par Montesquieu. On se demandait comment 
le jeune due de Guise pardonnerait a, l'amiral de Coligny la 
mort du sien, assassine a Orleans par Poltrot de Mere. II y a 
plus : Jeanne de Navarre, la courageuse epouse du faible Antoine 
de Bourbon, qui avait amene son fils Henri aux royales fiancailles 11 
qui l'attendaient, etait morte, il y avait deux mois a peine, et de 
singnliers bruits s'etaient repandus sur cette mort subite. Par- 
tout ou disait tout bas, et en quelques lieux tout haut, qu'un 
secret terrible avait ete surpris par elle, et que Catherine de 
Medicis, craignant la revelation de ce secret, 1 'avait empoisonnee 
avec des gants de senteur 12 qui avaient ete confectionnes par un 
nomme Eene, Florentin fort habile dans ces sortes de matieres. 
Ce bruit s'etait d'autant plus repandu et confirme, qu'apres la 
mort de cette grande reine, sur la demande de son tils, deux 
medecins, desquels etait le fameux Ambroise Pare, avaient ete 
autorises a ouvrir et a, etudier le corps, mais non le cerveau. 
Or, comme e'etait par l'odorat 13 qu'avait ete empoisonnee Jeanne 
de Navarre, e'etait le cerveau, seule partie du corps exclue de 



SELECTIONS. 387 

I'autopsie, qui devait offrir les traces du crime. Nous disons 
crime, car personne ne doutait qu'un crime n'etit ete commis. 

1 rough; 2 wave ; 3 was overflowing ; A flow; 5 ebb ; ^prelude; 7 in the 
course of the week ; 8 would have sport ; 9 wedding ; 10 reconciliation ; 
11 affiancing; 12 perfumed gloves; 13 smell. 

42. 

Le roi, le reine, le due d'Anjou, et le due d'Alencon faisaient 
a merveille l les honneurs de la fete royale. Le due d'Anjou 
recevait, des huguenots, des compliments bien merites sur les 
deux batailles de Jarnac et de Moncontour, qu'il avait gagnees 
avant d'avoir atteint l'age de dix-huit ans. 

Le due d'Alencon regardait tout cela de son ceil caressant et 
faux. La reine Catherine rayonnait de joie, et, toute confite en 
gracieusetes, complimentait le prince Henri du Conde sur son 
recent mariage avec Marie de Cleves. Enfin, M. M. de Guise 
eux-memes souriaient aux formidables ennemis de leur maison, 
et le due de Mayenne discourait avec M. de Tavannes et l'amiral 
de Coligny sur la prochaine guerre qu'il etait plus que jamais 
question de declarer a Philippe II. 

Au milieu de ces groupes, allait et venait, la tete legerement 
inclinee et l'oreille ouverte a tous les propos, un jeune homme 
de dix-neuf ans, a l'ceil fin, aux cheveux noirs, coupes tres- 
courts, aux sourcils epais, au nez recourbe comme un bee d'aigle, 
au sourire narquois, a la moustache et a la barbe naissantes. 
Ce jeune homme, qui recevait compliments sur compliments 
etait l'eleve bien-aime de Coligny et le heros du jour ; trois 
mois auparavant, e'est-a-dire a l'epoque ou sa mere vivait encore, 
on l'avait appele le prince de Beam ; on l'appelait maintenant 
le roi de Navarre, en attendant qu'on l'appelat Henri IV. De 
temps en temps, un nuage sombre et rapide passait sur son 
front ; sans doute, il se rappelait qu'il y avait deux mois a peine 
que sa mere etait morte, et, moins que personne, il doutait 
qu'elle ne fut morte empoisonnee. Mais le nuage etait passager 
et disparaissait comme une ombre flottante. 

A quelques pas du roi de Navarre, presque aussi pensif, 
presque aussi soucieux que le premier affectait d'etre joyeux et 
ouvert, le jeune due de Guise causait avec Teligny. Plus 
heureux que le Bearnais, a vingt-deux ans, sa renommee avait 



388 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

presque atteint celle de son pere, le grand Francois de Guise. 
C'etait un elegant seigneur de haute taille, au regard fier et 
orgueilleux, et doue de cette majeste naturelle qui faisait dire, 
quand il passait, que, pres de lui, les autres princes paraissaient 
peuple. Tout jeune qu'il etait, les catholiques voyaient en lui 
le chef de leur parti, comme les huguenots voyaient le leur 
dans ce jeune Henri de Navarre dont nous avons trace le por- 
trait. Cependant, tout continuait d'etre riant a l'interieur, et 
meme un murmure plus doux et plus flatteur que jamais courait 
en ce moment par tout le Louvre: c'est que la jeune fiancee 2 , 
apres etre allee deposer sa toilette d'apparat, son manteau 
trainant et son long voile, venait de rentrer dans la salle de bal, 
accompagnee de la belle duchesse de Nevers, sa meilleure amie, 
et menee par son frere Charles IX., qui la presentait aux prin- 
cipaux de ses notes. 

1 marvelously well ; 2 bride. 



43. 

Cette fiancee, c'etait la fille de Henri II., c'etait la perle de 
la couronne de France, c'etait Marguerite de Valois, que, dans 
sa familiere tendresse pour elle, le roi Charles IX. n'appelait 
jamais que ma sceur Margot. 

Certes, jamais accueil, si flatteur qu'il fut, n'avait ete mieux 
merite que celui qu'on faisait en ce moment a la nouvelle reine 
de Navarre. Marguerite, a cette epoque, avait vingt ans a peine, 
et deja elle etait l'objet des louanges de tous les poetes, qui la 
comparaient, les uns a l'Aurore, les autres a Cytheree. C'etait, 
en effet, la beaute sans rivale de cette cour, ou Catherine de 
Medicis avait reuni, pour en faire ses sirenes 1 , les plus belles 
femmes qu'elle avait pu trouver. Elle avait les cheveux noirs, 
le teint brillant, l'ceil voluptueux et voile de longs cils, la 
bouche vermeille et fine, le cou elegant, la taille riche et souple, 
et, perdu dans une mule 2 de satin, un pied d'enfant. Les 
Francais, qui la possedaient, etaient fiers de voir eclore sur leur 
sol une si magnifique fleur, et les etrangers, qui passaient par 
la France, s'en retournaient eblouis de sa beaute, s'ils l'avaient 
vue seulement, etourdis de sa science, s'ils avaient cause avec 
elle. C'est que Marguerite etait non seulement la plus belle 
mais encore la plus lettree 3 des femmes de son temps, et Ton 



SELECTIONS. 389 

citait le mot d'un savant italien qui lui avait ete presents, et 
qui, apres avoir cause avec elle une heure en italien, en espa- 
gnol, en latin, et en grec, l'avait quittee en disant, dans son en- 
thousiasme: "Voir la cour sans voir Marguerite de Valois, c'est 
ne voir ni la France ni la cour." 

Aussi, les harangues ne inanquaient pas au roi Charles IX. 
et a la reine de Navarre ; on Bait combien les huguenots etaient 
harangueurs. Force allusions au passe, force demandes pour 
1'avenir furent adroitement glissees au roi au milieu de ces 
harangues; mais a toutes ces allusions il repondait avec ses 
levres pales et son sourire ruse 4 : "En donnant ma sceur Margot 
a Henri de Navarre, je la donne a tous les protestants du 
royaume." Mot qui rassurait les uns et faisait sourire les autres, 
car il avait reellement deux sens. 

1 siren; 2 slipper ; z literary ; 4 artful. 

44. 

Est-ce un Reve? 

Pendant la nuit j'eus un reve. Etait-ce un reve? Jonathan, 
assis a mon chevet, me regardait d'un air moqueur. Eh bien! 
disait-il, monsieur l'incredule, comment vous trouvez-vous de la 
traversee? Le voyage ne vous a pas trop fatigue? 
— Le voyage, murmurai-je, je n'ai pas bouge 1 de mon lit. 
— Non, mais vous etes en Amerique. Ne vous jetez pas comme 
un fou a bas de votre lit. Attendez que je vous donne quelques 
instructions, afin que le saisissement 2 ne vous tue pas. D'abord, 
j'ai renverse votre maison. Dans un pays libre, on ne vit pas 
en caserne, pele-mele, sans repos et sans dignite. De chacun de 
ces tiroirs, que vous appelez des etages, j'ai fait une demeure 
a l'americaine 3 ; je l'ai disposee et meublee a ma fa con, j'y ai 
joint un petit jardin. Pour arranger ainsi les quarante mille 
maisons de Paris, cela m'a pris pres de deux heures ; je ne le 
regrette pas; vous voici maitre chez vous, c'est la premiere de 
toutes les libertes. Desormais, vous n'avez plus a souffrir de 
vos voisins, et vous ne les faites plus souffrir. Odeur de cuisine 
et d'ecurie, cris des enfants, des femmes, et des homines, aboie- 
ment 4 des chiens, miaulement 5 des chats et des pianos, tout est 
fini. Vous n'etes plus un numero de bagne ou d'hopital, un 



390 BUFFET' 8 FRENCH METHOD. 

hareng encaque 6 , vous etes un homme; vous avez une famille 
et un foyer. 

— Ma maison renversee! Je suis ruine! Qu'avez-vous fait de 
mes locataires? 

— Soyez tranquille; ils sont la, chacun dans une maison com- 
mode. Quant a vous, mon cher Lefebvre, vous voici devenu, par 
droit d'emigration, M. le docteur Smith, et membre de la plus 
nombreuse famille qui soit sortie de la souche anglo-saxonne. 
Faites fortune en tuant ou en guerissant vos clients du nouveau 
monde, ce ne sont pas les cousins qui vous manqueront. 

Je voulais appeler: les yeux de mon terrible visiteur me 
clouaient dans mon lit. A propos, dit-il en riant, vous serez un 
peu surpris d'entendre votre femme, vos enfants, vos voisins, 
parler anglais et nasiller. Ils ont laisse leur memoire dans 
1'ancien monde, et ne sont plus que des Yankees pur sang. 
Quant a vous, monsieur l'incredule, je vous ai laisse et vos 
prejuges et vos souvenirs. Je tiens a ce que vous jugiez de 
mon pouvoir en connaissance de cause. Vous saurez si Jona- 
than Dream est un spirite : vous voila cousu dans une peau 
d'Americain, vous n'en sortirez que sous mon bon plaisir. 

1 moved; 2 shock; 3 an American dwelling; * barking; 5 mewing; 
6 herring in a barrel. 



45. 

But I can not speak English, m'ecriai-je. Je m'arretai brusque- 
ment, tout effraye, de siffler comme un oiseau. 
— Pas mal, dit l'insupportable railleur; avant deux jours, vous 
confondrez shall et will, these et those avec toute la facilite, et la 
grace d'un Ecossais. Adieu, ajouta-t-il en se levant; adieu, on 
m'attend a minuit chez la sultane favorite, au harem de Con- 
stantinople; a deux heures, il faut que je sois a Londres, et je 
verrai lever le soleil a Pekin. Un dernier avis: rappelez-vous 
que le sage ne s'etonne de rien. Si vous voyez autour de vous 
quelque figure etrange, ne criez pas au diable, on vous enferme- 
rait avec nos lunatiques. Cela generait vos observations. 

Je me levai en sursaut; trois poignees 1 de fluide recues en 
plein visage me rendirent immobile et muet. Mon traitre, alors, 
me salua d'un rire sardonique; puis, prenant un rayon de la 



SELECTIONS. 391 

mne, qui trainait dans la chambre, il s'en fit une ceinture, 
tra versa la fenetre et s'evanouit dans les airs. Effroi, magne- 
tisme ou sommeil, je me sentis aceable. 

Quand je revins a moi, il faisait jour. Mon fils chantait a 
pleine voix le Miserere du Trovatore ; ma fille, eleve de Thalberg, 
jouait avec un brio incomparable les variations de Sturm sur un 
air varie de Donner. Dans le lointain, ma femme querellait la 
bonne qui lui repondait en criant. Eien n'etait change dans 
ma paisible derueure; les angoisses de la nuit n'etaient qu'un 
vain songe. Delivre de ces chimeriques terreurs, je pouvais, 
suivant une douce habitude, rever les yeux ouverts, en attendant 
le dejeuner. 

A sept heures, selon l'usage, le domestique entra dans ma 
chambre, et m'apporta le journal. II ouvrit la fenetre, ecarta 
les persiennes 2 ; l'eclat du soleil et la vivacite de l'air me firent 
l'effet le plus agreable. Je tournai la tete vers le jour ; horreur ! 
mes cheveux se herisserent, je n'eus meme pas la force de crier. 
En face de moi, souriant et dansant, etait un negre, avec des 
dents comme des touches de piano, et deux enormes levres 
rouges qui lui cachaient le nez et le menton. 

Pour chasser ce cauchemar 3 je fermai les yeux, le cceur me 
battait a me rompre la poitrine; quand j'osai regarder, j'etais 
seul. Sauter a bas du lit, me toucher les bras et la tete, ce fut 
l'affaire d'un instant. En face de moi, une suite de petites 
maisons, rangees comme des capucins de cartes, trois imprime- 
ries, six journaux, des afhches 4 partout, l'eau gaspillee debor- 
dant dans les ruisseaux. Dans la rue, des gens affaires, silen- 
cieux, courant les mains dans leurs poches, sans doute pour y 
cacher des revolvers ; point de bruit, point de cris, point de 
flaneurs, point de cigares, point de cafes, et, aussi loin que 
portait ma vue, pas un sergent de ville, pas un gendarme. 
C'en etait fait! j'etais en Amerique, inconnu, seul, dans un 
pays sans gouvernement, sans lois, sans armee, sans police, au 
milieu d'un peuple sauvage, violent et cupide. J'etais perdu ! 

Plus abandonne, plus desole que Robinson apres son naufrage, 
je me laissai tomber sur un fauteuil, qui aussitot se mit a danser 
sous moi. Je me levai tout tremblant, je me cherchai dans la 
glace, helas! je ne me retrouvai meme plus. En face de moi, 
il y avait un homme maigre, au front chauve parseme de 
quelques cheveux rouges, a la face bleme, encadree de favons 



392 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

flamboyants 5 qui voltigeaient jusqu'aux epaules. Voila ce que 
la malice du sort faisait d'un Parisien de la Chaussee d'Antin! 

1 handful; 2 shutters; 3 nightmare; 4 posters; 5 flaming red side- 
whiskers. 

46. 

Lhomme au Masque de fer. 

Quelques mois apres la mort du cardinal Mazarin, il arriva 
un evenement qui n'a point d'exemple ; et, ce qui est non 
moins etrange, c'est que tous les historiens l'ont ignore. On 
envoya dans le plus grand secret au chateau de File Sainte- 
Marguerite, dans la mer de Provence, un prisonnier inconnu, 
d'une taille au-dessus de l'ordinaire, jeune, et de la figure la 
plus belle et la pins noble. Ce prisonnier, dans la route, por- 
tait un masque dont la mentonniere l avait des ressorts d'acier 
qui lui laissaient la liberte de manger avec le masque sur son 
visage; on avait ordre de le tuer s'il se decouvrait. II resta 
dans Tile jusqu'a ce qu'un oflicier de confiance, nomme Saint- 
Mars, gouverneur de Pignerol, ayant ete fait gouverneur de la 
Bastille Fan 1690, l'alla prendre dans Pile Sainte-Marguerite, et 
le conduisit a, la Bastille, toujours masque. Le marquis de 
Louvois alia le voir dans cette ile avant la translation, et lui 
parla debout et avec une consideration qui tenait du respect. 
Cet inconnu fut mene a la Bastille, ou il fut loge aussi bien 
qu'on pouvait l'etre dans ce chateau ; on ne lui refusait rien de 
ce qu'il demandait; son plus grand gout etait pour le linge 
d'une finesse extraordinaire, et pour les dentelles; il jouait de 
la guitare. On lui faisait la plus grande chere 2 , et le gouver- 
neur s'asseyait rarement devant lui. Un vieux medecin de la 
Bastille, qui avait souvent traite cet homme singulier daus ses 
maladies, a dit qu'il n'avait jamais vu son visage, quoiqu'il eut 
souvent examine sa langue et le reste de son corps. II etait 
admirablement bien fait, disait ce medecin; sa peau etait un 
peu brune; il interessait par le seul ton de sa voix, ne se 
plaignant jamais de son etat, et ne laissant point entrevoir ce 
qu'il pouvait etre. 

Cet inconnu mourut en 1703, et fut enterre, la nuit, k la 
paroisse de Saint-Paul. Ce qui redouble l'etonnement, c'est que, 



SELECTIONS. 393 

quand on l'envoya dans l'ile Sainte-Marguerite, il ne disparut 
dans 1 'Europe aucim homme considerable. Ce prisonnier l'etait 
sans doute ; car voici ce qui arriva les premiers jours qu'il etait 
dans l'ile. 

Le gouverneur mettait lui-meme les plats sur la table, et 
ensuite se retirait apres l'avoir enferme. Un jour, le prisonnier 
ecrivit avec un couteau sur une a^siette d'argent, et jeta 
l'assiette par la fenetre vers un bateau qui etait au rivage, 
presque au pied de la tour; un pecheur, a qui ce bateau ap- 
partenait, ramassa l'assiette et la porta au gouverneur. Celui-ci, 
etonne, demanda au pecheur: "Avez-vous lu ce qui est ecrit 
sur cette assiette, et quelqu'un l'a-t-il vue entre vos mains?" 
"Je ne sais pas lire," repondit le pecheur; "je viens de la 
trouver, personne ne l'a vue." Ce paysan fut retenu jusqu'a ce 
que le gouverneur fut informe qu'il n'avait jamais lu, et que 
l'assiette n'avait ete vue de personne. "Allez, lui dit-il, vous 
etes bien heureux de ne savoir pas lire." 

M. de Chamillart fut le dernier ministre qui eut cet etrange 
secret: le second marechal de la Feuillade, son gendre, le con- 
jura a genoux, a sa mort, de lui apprendre ce que c' etait que, 
cet homme qu'on ne connut jamais que sous le nom de V homme 
au masque de fer. Chamillart lui repondit que c'etait le secret 
de l'Etat, et qu'il avait fait serment de ne le reveler jamais. 

1 chin-piece; 2 best living. 

47. 
Histoire d'un Lievre. 1 

J'ai dix ans bien comptes; je suis si vieux, que de memoire 
de Lievre il n'a ete donne de si longs jours a un pauvre ani- 
mal. Je suis venu au monde en France, de parents francais, 
le ler Mai, 1830, la, tout pres, derriere ce grand chene, le plus 
beau de notre belle foret de Eambouillet, sur un lit de mousse 
que ma bonne mere avait recouvert de son plus fin duvet 2 . 
Je me rappelle encore ces belles nuits de mon enfance, ou 
j'etais ravi d'etre au monde, ou l'existence me semblait si 
facile, la lumiere de la lune si pure, l'herbe si teiidre, le thym 3 
et le serpolet si parfumes! 

S'il est des jours amers, il en est de si doux! J'etais alerte 



394 DUFFET'S FRENCH METHOD. 

alors, etourdi paresseux comme vous; j'avais votre age, votre 
insouciance et mes quatre pattes; je ne savais rien de la vie, 
j'etais heureux, oui, hetireux! car vivre et savoir ce que c'est 
que l'existence d'un Lievre, c'est mourir a toute heure, c'est 
trembler toujours. L' experience n'est, helas! que le souvenir 
du malheur. 

Je ne tardai pas, du reste, a reconnaitre que tout n'est pas 
pour le mieux en ce triste monde, que les jours se suivent et 
ne se ressemblent pas. 

Un matin, des l'aurore, apres avoir couru a travers ces pr£s, 
j'etais sagement revenu m'endormir pres de ma mere, comme 
le devait faire un enfant de mon age, quand je fus reveille 
soudain par deux eclats de tonnerre et par d'horribles clameurs. 

Ma mere etait a deux pas de moi, mourante, assassinee ! . . . , 
"Sauve-toi, me cria-t-elle encore, sauve-toi!" et elle expira. 
Son dernier soupir avait ete pour moi. 

II ne m'avait fallu qu'une seconde pour apprendre ce que 
c'etait qu'un fusil, ce que c'etait que le malheur, ce que c'etait 
qu'un Homme. Ah! mes enfants, s'il n'y avait pas d'Hommes 
sur la terre, la terre serait le paradis des Lievres. 

Je suivis les conseils de ma mere: pour un Lievre de dix- 
huit jours je me sauvai tres-bravement, ma foi ; oui, bravement. 
Et si jamais vous vous trouvez a pareille affaire, ne craignez 
rien, mes enfants, sauvez-vous. 

Se retirer devant des forces superieures, ce n'est pas fuir, 
c'est imiter les plus grands capitaines, c'est battre en retraite. 
Je m'indigne quand je pense a la reputation de poltronnerie 4 
qu'on pretend nous faire. Croit-on done qu'il soit si facile de 
trouver des jambes a l'heure du danger? 

Je courus done, je courus longtemps; quand je fus au bout 
de mon haleine, un malheureux point de cote me saisit et je 
m'evanouis. Je ne sais pas combien de temps cela dura: mais 
jugez de mon effroi, lorsque je me retrouvai, non plus dans nos 
vertes campagnes, non plus sous le ciel, non plus sur la terre 
que j'aime, mais dans une etroite prison, dans un panier ferme\ 

1 hare; 2 down; 3 thyme and creeping thyme; 4 cowardice. 



GERMAN TEXTS 



INTERMEDIATE 

Bernhardt. Freudvoll und Leidvoll Sc.65 

Dillard. Aus dem Deutschen Dichterwald . . . .60 
Ebner-Eschenbach. Krambambuli, and Klaussmaxx. 

Memoiren eines Offizierburschen (Spanhoofd), .25 

Fouque. Undine (Senger) 50 

Freytag. Die Journalisten (Johnson) 55 

Groller. Inkogniro, and Albersdorf. Cand. phil. 

Lauschmann (Lentz) 50 

Keller. Bilder aus der Deutschen Litteratur. Revised, i.co 
Lessixg. Minna von Barnhelm (Lambert) ... .50 

Moser. Der Bibliothekar (Cooper) 45 

Riehl. Das Spielmannskind, and Der Stumme 

Ratsherr Pries: ) .35 

Riehl. Der Fluch der Schonheit (Frost) ... .30 
Riehl. Die Vierzenn Nothelfer, and Tros: urn 

Trost (Sihler) .30 

Schanz. Der Assistent and Other Stories ( Beinhorn), . 3 5 

Schiller. Wilhelm Tell (Roedder) 70 

Seidel. Herr Omnia (Matthewman) 25 

Sterx. Geschichten vom Rhein 85 

Sterx. Geschichten von Deutschen S:ad:en . . . 1.25 

Stifter. Das Heidedorf (Lentz) 25 

Wildexbruch. Das Edle Blut (Eggert) ... .30 

ADVANCED 
Berxhardt. Deutsche Li::era:urgeschichte 
Lessixg. Nathan der Weise (Diekhoff) . 
Prehx. journalistic German .... 
Ranke. Kaiserwahl Karl's V. ( Schoenfeld) 
Richter. Selections (Collins) 
Scheffel. Der Trompeter von Sakkingen Buehr.er , 
Schiller. Gustav Adolf in Deutschland (Bernhardt), 
Wagner. Die Meistersinger von Niirnberg Bigc 
Wilbrandt, Der Mejster von Palmyra THenckels), 



3) 

6: 

"5 
+5 

80 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 



(224) 



GERMAN TEXTS 



THESE German texts are, in the main, those which 
are read most by classes following the recommendations 
of the Modern Language Association, the College 
Entrance Examination Board, and the New York State 
Education Department. In addition a few others are in- 
cluded which are no less suitable. With few exceptions 
each volume contains notes and a vocabulary. 



PRICE 



ELEMENTARY 
Arnold. Ein Regentag auf dem Lande (Kern) . $0.25 
Baumbach. Im Zwielicht, Vol. I. (Bernhardt) . .65 
Baumbach. Im Zwielicht, Vol. II. (Bernhardt) . .65 
Baumbach and Wildenbruch. Es War Einmal 

(Bernhardt) 65 

Benedix. Der Prozess, and Wilhelmi. Einer Muss 

Heiraten (Lambert) * .30 

Grimm. Kinder- und Hausmarchen (Vos) . . . .45 

Heyse. Anfang and Ende (Lentz) 30 

Heyse. Das Madchen von Treppi, and Marion 

(Bernhardt) 30 

Heyse. L'Arrabbiata (Lentz) 30 

Hillern. Hoher als die Kirche (Dauer) 25 

Leander. Traumereien (Hanstein) 35 

Meyer. Das Amulett (Glascock) 35 

Seidel. Die Monate (Arrowsmith) 25 

Seidel. Der Lindenbaum and Other Stories (Richard), . 2 5 
Seidel. Leberecht Huhnchen und Andere Sonderlinge 

(Bernhardt) 50 

Spyri. Rosenresli, and Der Toni von Kandergrund, .25 

Stoltze. Bunte Geschichten 30 

Storm. Immensee (Dauer) 25 

Storm. Im Sonnenschein, and Ein Grimes Blatt 

(Swiggett) 25 

Zschokke. Der Zerbrochene Krug (Berkefeld) . .25 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

I 

(223) 



TWO GERMAN READERS 

Bv MENCO STERN 



Geschichten vom Rhein $°'%5 

Geschichten von Deutschen Stadten 1.25 



THESE two collections of stories are designed to arouse 
and stimulate the pupil's interest, not only while he is 
struggling with the difficulties of German grammar, but 
even after he has successfully completed the study. They 
make him acquainted with the German people, and describe 
faithfully the various sections of the German Empire, portray- 
ing their local color, and giving their local traditions. 
^| These volumes, each containing nearly one hundred stories, 
furnish interesting reading-matter, and include, besides, valu- 
able suggestive material for exercises in conversation and com- 
position. They are well suited for intermediate and advanced 
grades, and provide excellent preparation for the reading of 
the German classics. Both books have been recommended for 
schools by the New York State Education Department. 
^[ While each chapter is complete in itself, yet taken together, 
they form a complete whole, and afford a good general 
acquaintance with the scenes in which they are laid. In 
Geschichten von Deutschen Stadten, the stories commence 
with the cities on the coast of the North Sea, and progress 
through the leading towns of the German Empire. In 
Geschichten vom Rhein, the reader starts from the source of 
the Rhine, and follows it throughout its course. These sketches 
all portray the romance of Germany — its scenery, cities, 
castles, and homes, interweaving with the descriptions the 
legends and folk-lore of the people. They do not, however, 
consist of fiction only, but furnish also many facts of historical, 
geographical, and literary importance. The vocabularies, 
which have been carefully compiled, furnish ample aid. The 
maps help show the significance of the tales. 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

(225) 



EPISODES FROM CAESAR'S 
GALLIC AND CIVIL WARS 

Edited by MAURICE W. MATHER, Ph.D., formerly 
Instructor in Latin, Harvard University 

#1.25 



THIS volume presents interesting and important parts 
of both the Gallic and Civil Wars, and for this 
reason differs from all other editions of Caesar. The 
selections from the Gallic War are equivalent in amount to 
the first four books, and include the account of the Helvetian 
War in the first book, the conflict with the Nervii in the 
second, the entire third and fourth books, the description 
of Britain and the Britons in the fifth book, the comparison 
of the Gauls and the Germans in the sixth, the failure at 
Gergovia and the grand success at Alesia in the seventh. 
From the Civil War about two-thirds as much is taken, 
including Curio's disastrous African campaign in the 
second book, and the struggle between Caesar and Pompey, 
ending with the latter 's overthrow and death, in the third 
book. 

^| The notes on the first and second books of the Gallic War 
are adapted to the needs of classes which begin their study of 
Caesar with either book. Long vowels are marked, and sum- 
maries and frequent topical headings supply the thread of the 
narrative. The introduction contains the lives of Caesar and 
Pompey, a brief description of Caesar's army, and a list 
of books useful in the study of Caesar. 

^j" An innovation which will meet with general approval is 
the printing in full in the vocabulary of the principal parts of 
verbs and of the genitive of nouns, except in the first conjuga- 
tion of verbs, and in such nouns of the first, second, and 
fourth declensions as offer no possibility of mistake. Deriva- 
tions are adequately explained. The book is abundantly 
supplied with illustrations, maps, and plans. 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

255) 



LATIN DICTIONARIES 



HARPER'S LATIN DICTIONARY 

Founded on the translation of Freund's Latin-German 
Lexicon. Edited by E. A. Andrews, LL.D. Revised, 
Enlarged, and in great part Rewritten by Charlton T. 
Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles Short, LL.D. 
Royal Octavo, 2030 pages. Sheep, $6.50; Full Russia, $10.00 

^j The translation of Dr. Freund's great Latin-German 
Lexicon, edited by the late Dr. E. A. Andrews, and pub- 
lished in 1850, has been from that time in extensive and 
satisfactory use throughout England and America. Mean- 
while great advances have been made in the science on which 
lexicography depends. The present work embodies the latest 
advances in philological study and research, and is in every 
respect the most complete and satisfactory Latin Dictionary 
published. 

LEWIS'S LATIN DICTIONARY FOR SCHOOLS 

By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D. 

Large Octavo, 1200 pages. Cloth, $4.50 $ Half Leather, $5.00 

^j This dictionary is not an abridgment, but an entirely new 
and independent work, designed to include all of the student's 
needs, after acquiring the elements of grammar, for the inter- 
pretation of the Latin authors commonly read in school. 

LEWIS'S ELEMENTARY LATIN DICTIONARY 

By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D. 

Crown Octavo, 952 pages. Half Leather $2.00 

^| This work is sufficiently full to meet the needs of students 
in secondary or preparatory schools, and also in the first and 
second years' work in colleges. 

SMITH'S ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY 

A Complete and Critical English-Latin Dictionary. By 
William Smith, LL.D., and Theophilus D. Hall, 
M.A., Fellow of University College, London. With a 
Dictionary of Proper Names. 
Royal Octavo, 765 pages. Sheep $4.00 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 



(278) 



BOOKS ON FRENCH PROSE 
COMPOSITION 

By VICTOR E. FRANCOIS, Instructor in French, 
College of the City of New York 



Introductory French Prose Composition $0.25 

Advanced French Prose Composition 80 



THE INTRODUCTORY FRENCH PROSE COM- 
POSITION is designed for students with some knowl- 
edge of French grammar — that is, in the second year in 
the high school, or the second term in college, although it may 
be used satisfactorily earlier in the course. Part I. presents a 
systematic review of the elements of French grammar by means 
of an original narrative, and Part II. contains an adapted 
story. The progressive exercises in grammar, transposition, 
and translation, the general review, and the vocabulary are 
all arranged for interesting and effective work. 
% The ADVANCED FRENCH PROSE COMPOSI- 
TION is intended for the third and fourth years in high 
schools, or for the second year in colleges, and may be 
used with any complete grammar. Each exercise in Part I. 
includes the rules of grammar to be reviewed, a list of 
verbs with the required preposition, a portion of French 
text, work in transposition, questions to be asked the student, 
and an English passage for translation into French. For 
Part II. the author has chosen an interesting subject, "A 
Stranger Visiting Paris," and has based upon it numerous 
French and English passages for translation, in this way im- 
parting much valuable information about that city. At the 
beginning of the book is a list of tolerances adopted by the 
French Minister of Public Instruction in his decree of February 
6, 1 90 1. The book contains, furthermore, brief yet sug- 
gestive notes, French-English and English-French vocabula- 
ries, and numerous illustrations. 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 



(214) 



FEB 37 ISO 3 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 116 501 5 




